Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2011

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   8742   94-3351864

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, California 94403

(650) 577-5200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Joseph L. Jackson

Chief Executive Officer

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, California 94403

(650) 577-5200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David J. Segre, Esq.

Mark B. Baudler, Esq.

Todd C. Carpenter, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 493-9300

  

Kimberly L. Jackson, Esq.

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, California 94403

(650) 577-5200

  

Christopher L. Kaufman, Esq.

Tad J. Freese, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 328-4600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

 

Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x     (Do not check if a  smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock $0.001 par value

  $75,000,000   $8,707.50
     
         
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 25, 2011

                     Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is WageWorks, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling              shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the              under the symbol “WAGE.”

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of              additional shares to cover over-allotments of shares.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 10.

 

    

Price to
Public

  

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

  

Proceeds to
WageWorks, Inc.

Per Share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

   $                    $                    $                

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about             ,         .

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Credit Suisse    William Blair & Company

 

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel    JMP Securities    Needham & Company, LLC

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2011.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WageWorks®

> Flexible Spending Accounts

> Commuter Benefits

> Health Savings Accounts

> Health Reimbursement Arrangements

> COBRA

Our programs provide material savings to both Employers and Employees – a win-win proposition.

Employees reduce their taxes by participating in FSA, HSA and Commuter programs.

Fantastic.

Just what working families need.

WageWorks®

Health Care Card

4000 1234 5678 9010

4000

GOOD THRU 12/11

JOHN R. SMITH

DEBIT

VISA

WageWorks®

Commuter Card

TRANSIT

5150 4099 9123

5150

Debit

4567

MasterCard

VALID THRU 12/11

JOHN R. SMITH

www.wageworks.com


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

     1   

T HE O FFERING

     6   

S UMMARY C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

     7   

R ISK F ACTORS

     10   

I NFORMATION R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

     27   

M ARKET , I NDUSTRY A ND O THER D ATA

     27   

U SE O F P ROCEEDS

     28   

D IVIDEND P OLICY

     29   

C APITALIZATION

     30   

D ILUTION

     32   

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

     34   

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION A ND A NALYSIS O F F INANCIAL C ONDITION A ND R ESULTS O F O PERATIONS

     38   

B USINESS

     67   
     Page  

M ANAGEMENT

     84   

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

     93   

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS A ND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

     115   

P RINCIPAL S TOCKHOLDERS

     119   

D ESCRIPTION O F C APITAL S TOCK

     122   

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME AND E STATE T AX C ONSIDERATIONS F OR N ON -U.S. H OLDERS

     126   

S HARES E LIGIBLE F OR F UTURE S ALE

     129   

U NDERWRITING

     131   

N OTICE TO C ANADIAN R ESIDENTS

     138   

L EGAL M ATTERS

     140   

E XPERTS

     140   

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND A DDITIONAL I NFORMATION

     140   

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Until                     , 2011 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Company Overview

We are a leading on-demand provider of tax-advantaged programs for consumer-directed health, commuter and other employee spending account benefits, or CDBs, in the United States. We administer and operate a broad array of CDBs, including spending account management programs, such as health and dependent care Flexible Spending Accounts, or FSAs, Health Savings Accounts, or HSAs, Health Reimbursement Arrangements, or HRAs, and commuter benefits, such as transit and parking programs.

We deliver our CDB programs through a highly scalable Benefits-as-a-Service, or BaaS, delivery model that employer clients and their employee participants may access through a standard web browser on any internet-enabled device, including computers, smart phones and other mobile devices, such as tablet computers. Our on-demand delivery model eliminates the need for our employer clients to install and maintain hardware and software in order to support CDB programs and enables us to rapidly implement product enhancements across our entire user base.

Our CDB programs enable employees and their families to save money by using pre-tax dollars to pay for certain of their healthcare and commuter expenses. Employers financially benefit from our programs through reduced payroll taxes, even after factoring in our fees. Under our FSA, HSA and commuter programs, employee participants contribute funds from their pre-tax income to pay for qualified out-of-pocket healthcare expenses not fully covered by insurance, such as co-pays, deductibles and over-the-counter medical products or for commuting costs.

These employee contributions result in savings to both employees and employers. As an example, based on our average employee participant’s annual FSA contribution of approximately $1,400 and an assumed personal combined federal and state income tax rate of 35%, an employee participant will reduce his or her taxes by approximately $490 per year by participating in an FSA. Our employer clients also realize payroll tax (i.e., FICA and Medicare) savings on the pre-tax contributions made by their employees. In the above FSA example, an employer client would save approximately $64 per participant per year, even after the payment of our fees.

Under our HRA programs, employer clients provide their employee participants with a specified amount of available reimbursement funds to help their employee participants defray out-of-pocket medical expenses, such as deductibles, co-insurance and co-payments. All amounts paid by the employer into HRAs are deductible by the employer as an ordinary business expense and are tax-free to the employee.

We generate revenue by providing on-demand solutions for tax-advantaged consumer-directed health, commuter and other employee spending plan benefits. Our CDB agreements with our larger employer clients, which we refer to as enterprise clients, are typically for three-year terms and provide for monthly fees that are set at the beginning of the contract term based on the number of employee participants enrolled in our programs.

In the case of our enterprise clients, contractual minimum monthly billing amounts are generally subject to upward revision on a monthly basis as our employer clients hire new employees who elect to participate in our programs, but generally are not subject to downward revision when employees leave their employers because we

 


Table of Contents

continue to administer those former employee participants’ accounts for the remainder of the plan year. For our enterprise commuter clients, our billings are based on the actual number of employees who participate on a monthly basis. For small- and medium-sized business, or SMB, clients, our CDB agreements are typically for one-year terms and the monthly fee remains constant for the year unless there is a 10% or greater increase in the number of employee participants in which case it is subject to upward revision. In addition, we derive a portion of our revenues from interchange fees that are paid to us when employee participants use the prepaid debit cards we provide to them to pay for certain of their healthcare and commuter expenses.

Our clients include 37 of the Fortune 100, 122 of the Fortune 500 and over 2,100 SMBs. At January 31, 2011, we had approximately 1.8 million employee participants from more than 4,700 employer clients. In 2010, employee participants used approximately 1.5 million WageWorks prepaid debit cards. Our revenues are highly diversified, as our largest client represented only 3.3% of our 2010 revenues and our top 10 clients represented only 13.9% of our 2010 revenues.

Through a combination of the acquisition and integration of smaller third party administrators, or TPAs, which we refer to as portfolio purchases, and organic growth, we grew our revenue from $103.3 million in 2008, to $108.5 million in 2009 and to $115.0 million in 2010. We have a recurring revenue model that affords us additional visibility on our quarterly results. For each of 2008, 2009 and 2010, clients that accounted for more than 90% of our revenues (excluding interchange fees and vendor commissions) during the year remained under contract with us in the succeeding year. Our Adjusted EBITDA grew from $10.8 million in 2008 to $15.9 million in 2009, and to $22.4 million in 2010, increases of 48% and 40%, respectively. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 3 to “ Selected Consolidated Financial Information .”

Industry Overview

Healthcare costs for both employers and employees continue to increase dramatically. To mitigate the continuing rise in healthcare costs, employers are more frequently passing these costs on to employees by increasing deductibles, out-of-pocket limits and non-network provider cost sharing, and by migrating to coinsurance models–systems where employees pay a percentage of the out-of-pocket costs for each healthcare service. As a result, according to a 2010 Hewitt Associates report, average employee out-of-pocket healthcare costs are expected to increase 12.5% from 2010 to 2011.

In addition, rising transportation costs and increasing corporate social responsibility have led to the creation of a variety of programs that are aimed at helping employees understand and reduce their carbon footprint by encouraging alternatives to driving to work. These alternatives include carpooling, cycling and use of public transportation. According to a 2011 American Public Transportation Association report, public transportation is twice as fuel efficient as private automobiles at reducing annual fuel consumption.

CDBs have emerged as an attractive way for employers to offer structured benefit plans to their employees that lessen overall healthcare and transportation costs through the use of tax-advantaged spending accounts.

Employee-funded tax-advantaged spending accounts include:

 

   

FSAs, which allow employees to set aside a portion of earnings on a pre-tax basis to pay for certain expenses primarily related to healthcare, but also cover dependent care, vision and dental expenses;

 

   

HSAs, which allow employees to set aside pre-tax earnings for similar expenses, but are available only to individuals who are enrolled in a qualified High Deductible Health Plan; and

 

   

Commuter accounts, which allow employee participants to set aside earnings on a pre-tax basis to cover commuter rail, subway, bus, commuter-related parking and eligible vanpool expenses.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

Employer-funded tax-advantaged spending accounts include:

 

   

HRAs, which allow employer clients to provide their employee participants with a specified amount of available reimbursement funds to help their employee participants defray out-of-pocket medical expenses, such as deductibles, co-insurance and co-payments. All amounts paid by the employer into HRAs are deductible by the employer as an ordinary business expense and are tax-free to the employee.

Our CDB Programs

We focus on providing CDB programs to employer clients of any size. We provide marketing programs that are designed to increase employee participation in our employer clients’ CDB offerings. We believe our employer clients and their employee participants benefit from our superior customer service, efficient workflow processes and advanced monitoring applications. The quality of our customer support has resulted in high levels of client satisfaction and service level performance. We employ a wide range of sophisticated tools to communicate available benefit options to employees and measure the effectiveness of CDB program performance.

We deliver our CDB programs through a BaaS model under which we host and maintain the benefits programs that we provide to our employer clients. Our on-demand delivery model enables employer clients and their employee participants to implement, access and use our proprietary software remotely through a standard web browser on any internet-enabled device, including computers, smart phones and other mobile devices, such as tablet computers. We believe that our on-demand model requires less up-front investment by our employer clients than required by traditional third-party software and hardware options, as well as less personnel resources and implementation services.

Key Business Attributes

Key attributes of our business include the following:

 

   

Recurring revenue model with high visibility. Our revenue is derived almost entirely from recurring monthly fees paid by our employer clients. We typically sign three-year agreements with our enterprise clients and one-year agreements with our SMB clients.

 

   

Focus on quality of service. Our focus is to consistently deliver the highest quality service to our employer clients and their employee participants, which primarily means providing employee participants with timely and accurate responses to their inquiries, claims submissions and other account transactions. We normally enter into service level agreements with our employer clients where we incur financial penalties if we fail to meet the call and claims processing service standards outlined in those agreements. We have exceeded our contractual service levels each month since May 2007. We typically process 99% of claims within two business days of receipt. This consistent record of service performance includes four consecutive Januarys, the month in which our call volume is substantially greater than the average month.

 

   

Leading edge scalable technology platforms. Our CDB programs employ an easy-to-use website interface that provides our employer clients with robust data and reporting capabilities to help them manage their benefits offerings and healthcare spending, and provides employee participants with direct access to their accounts, claims history and balance information. Employee participants can also submit claims and upload receipts online. Our highly scalable on-demand technology infrastructure supports employers of any size, from SMBs to Fortune 100 companies.

 

   

Ability to identify, execute and integrate portfolio purchases . As demonstrated by the four portfolio purchases we have made since 2007, we have a proven ability to identify, acquire and successfully integrate complementary businesses to expand our employer client base. In connection with these portfolio purchases, we have leveraged the ease of integration and efficiencies afforded by our on-demand software platform to cross-sell additional CDB products and services to acquired employer clients.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
   

Experienced, proven management team . Our senior management team has significant operating and service delivery experience with industry-leading businesses in healthcare, such as Kaiser Permanente, transaction processing, such as Alliance Data Systems and First Data Corporation, and financial services, such as American Express. Since 2007, our management team has focused on making investments in our CDB programs and the implementation of improved controls and processes. As a result, we have achieved significant operational efficiencies, consistently high service levels and improved client and participant satisfaction levels.

 

   

Large and highly diversified employer client base. Our current employer clients include 37 of the Fortune 100 and our top 50 employer clients include industry leaders such as Assurant Health, BayCare Health System, Comcast, Duke University, Ford Motor Company, Harley-Davidson, HCA, Interpublic Group, L-3 Communications, Lowe’s Companies, MetLife, Morgan Stanley, the State of New York, North Shore Long Island Jewish Health System and the State of Wisconsin. Our largest employer client represented only 3.3% of our 2010 revenues and our top 10 employer clients represented only 13.9% of our 2010 revenues.

 

   

Focus on CDB programs. Our core business is providing a comprehensive array of full-featured CDB programs to employers. Our technology and development resources are exclusively dedicated to creating, enhancing and optimizing our CDB programs and technology platforms to better support our employer clients and their employee participants. In contrast, many of our competitors, which include health insurance carriers, human resources consulting firms and payroll providers, generally offer CDBs as non-core service offerings.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of CDB account management programs. The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

 

   

Increase employee adoption and usage. We believe that significant opportunities exist to substantially increase employee participation levels within our existing employer client base. In 2010, employee participation levels in the benefit programs we serviced for our top 150 clients averaged 27.5%. We aim to increase employee enrollment through the continued promotion of our CDB programs, including through education and communication programs that we offer to our employer clients, and launched an initiative in 2010 specifically focused on this effort.

 

   

Cross-sell new products to existing employer clients. We believe that our broad portfolio of CDB products and strong employer client relationships create a significant opportunity for us to cross-sell additional CDB programs to our existing employer clients. For example, many of our clients currently utilize us for only healthcare or commuter CDB programs, but not both. In 2010, we reorganized our sales team to provide dedicated personnel who focus on the specialized cross-selling of healthcare programs to our existing commuter employer clients, and vice versa.

 

   

Capitalize on portfolio purchases. We intend to continue to execute our focused strategy to broaden our employer client base through portfolio purchases. There are several hundred regional TPA portfolios that we monitor and evaluate in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential candidates for purchase. We have demonstrated our ability to successfully integrate complementary businesses, as evidenced by the four TPA portfolio purchases we have made since 2007. Portfolio purchases have been the principal driver of our revenue growth from 2008 through 2010.

 

   

Leverage multiple sales channels . We believe that we can continue to gain market share with both Fortune 1000 companies and SMBs by leveraging our multiple sales channels. Our enterprise sales force generates new large client account relationships through employer prospecting, consultant relationships and strategic relationships. We will also continue to use an extensive network of brokers to reach SMBs. We believe that there is a significant growth opportunity in this sales channel, as there are millions of

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
 

SMBs throughout the United States and the penetration of CDBs in this population is much lower than that for larger companies.

 

   

Continually enhance our products and develop new products and functionality . We believe that our focus on CDB programs and the breadth of our client base has provided us with a deep understanding of our employer clients’ needs. We believe that this knowledge enables us to provide innovative CDB programs to our employer clients and their employee participants. Our easy-to-use process for online claim submissions is an example of our innovation.

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to a number of risks that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in “ Risk Factors ” following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks include the following:

 

   

any diminution in, elimination of, or change in the availability of, tax-advantaged consumer-directed benefits to employees would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects;

 

   

our ability to grow our business could be materially adversely affected if we fail to successfully identify, acquire or integrate additional portfolio purchase targets;

 

   

our business may not grow if our marketing efforts do not successfully raise awareness among employers and employees about the advantages of adopting and participating in CDB programs;

 

   

our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects would be materially adversely affected if we are unable to retain and expand our employer client base;

 

   

our business may not grow if a greater percentage of employees do not participate in our employer clients’ CDB programs;

 

   

our business and prospects may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to cross-sell our products and services;

 

   

we may be unable to compete effectively against our current and future competitors; and

 

   

we may not accurately estimate the impact of the development and introduction of new products and services on our business.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There are risks related to this offering and the ownership of our common stock that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in “ Risk Factors ” following this prospectus summary.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2000. Our principal executive offices are located at 1100 Park Place, 4th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94403, U.S.A., and our telephone number is 1 (650) 577-5200. Our website address is www.wageworks.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

“WageWorks,” “Commuter Express,” “WinFlexOne,” “Fringe Benefits Management Company” and other trademarks or service marks of WageWorks appearing in this prospectus are the property of WageWorks, Inc. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Overallotment option

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of additional shares of common stock from us to cover overallotments. The underwriters could exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of the prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for working capital, including funding of customer obligations, and general corporate purposes, including further expansion of our sales and marketing efforts, continued investments in technology and development and for capital expenditures. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering for portfolio purchases or purchases of technologies or assets to expand our employer client base. However, we do not have agreements for any portfolio purchases at this time. See “ Use of Proceeds .”

 

Proposed stock exchange trading symbol

“WAGE”

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and excludes:

 

   

9,014,180 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.58 per share;

 

   

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase common stock, at an exercise price of $4.10 per share;

 

   

9,157,146 shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis and assuming the conversion occurs immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.38 per share; and

 

   

830,240 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a     -for-     reverse stock split of our outstanding stock;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,375,393 shares of common stock, effective upon the completion of this offering, except with respect to historical financial information; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The information set forth below should be read together with “ Capitalization ,” “ Selected Consolidated Financial Information ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Revenues

   $ 103,273      $ 108,461      $ 115,047   

Operating expenses

     106,837        107,992        107,013   
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (3,564     469        8,034   

Interest and other expense, net

     (274     (608     (26,488
                        

Loss before income tax expense

     (3,838     (139     (18,454

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (487     (495     1,204   
                        

Net loss

     (4,325     (634     (17,250

Accretion of redemption premium

     (3,130     1,037        (6,740
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (7,455   $ 403      $ (23,990
                        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (2.23   $ 0.13      $ (7.85

Diluted

   $ (2.23   $ (0.02   $ (7.85

Weighted Average Shares:

      

Basic

     3,348        3,213        3,057   

Diluted

     3,348        33,729        3,057   

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic(1)

       $ 0.24   

Diluted(1)

       $ 0.23   

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic(1)

         38,432   

Diluted(1)

         39,878   

 

(1) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income per share and the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the year ended December 31, 2010. All shares to be issued in the offering were excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share calculation.

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 72,102      $ 93,261      $ 104,280   

Total current assets

     90,704        108,515        124,337   

Total assets

     159,615        171,478        206,831   

Total current liabilities

     145,004        153,303        167,648   

Total liabilities

     167,892        167,430        182,254   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     49,080        48,043        75,960   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (57,357     (43,995     (51,383
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP Financial Data:

      

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)

   $ 10,752      $ 15,941      $ 22,366   

Notes to Summary Balance Sheet Data and Other Data

Definition of Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. The table immediately following this discussion provides a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, income from operations or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner that we do. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments, the reasons we consider them appropriate and the material limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as described in footnote 3 to “ Selected Consolidated Financial Information .”

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:

 

   

as a measure of operating performance;

 

   

as a factor when determining management’s compensation;

 

   

for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;

 

   

to allocate resources of our business; and

 

   

to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies.

We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operating results by management and investors. Although calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may vary from company-to-company, our detailed presentation may facilitate analysis and comparison of our operating results by management and investors with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results in their public disclosures.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA

The following provides a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)
(unaudited)
 

Net loss

   $ (4,325   $ (634   $ (17,250

Depreciation

     4,559        4,564        4,164   

Amortization

     7,987        8,398        7,764   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,770        2,510        2,404   

Interest income

     (1,368     (851     (220

Interest expense

     1,570        1,102        188   

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     —          71        21,107   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     487        495        (1,204

Loss (gain) on revaluation of warrants

     72        (70     5,413   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          356        —     
                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 10,752      $ 15,941      $ 22,366   
                        

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business is dependent upon the availability of tax-advantaged consumer-directed benefits to employers and employees and any diminution in, elimination of, or change in the availability of, these benefits would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Our business fundamentally depends on employer and employee demand for tax-advantaged consumer-directed health, commuter and other employee spending plan benefits, or CDBs. Any diminution in or elimination of the availability of CDBs for employees would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects. In addition, incentives for employers to offer CDBs may also be reduced or eliminated by changes in laws that result in employers no longer realizing financial gain from the implementation of these benefits. If employers cease to offer CDB programs or reduce the number of programs they offer to their employees, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects would also be materially adversely affected.

In addition, if the payroll tax savings employers currently realize from their employees’ utilization of CDBs become reduced or unavailable, employers may be less inclined to offer these programs to their employees. If the tax savings currently realized by employee participants by utilizing CDBs were reduced or unavailable, we expect employees would correspondingly reduce or eliminate their participation in such CDB plans. Any such reduction in employer or employee incentives would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Future portfolio purchases are an important aspect of our growth strategy, and any failure to successfully identify, acquire or integrate additional portfolio targets could materially adversely affect our ability to grow our business. In addition, costs of integrating portfolio purchases may adversely affect our results of operations in the short term.

Our recent growth has been, and our future growth will be, substantially dependent on our ability to continue to make and integrate complementary portfolio purchases to expand our employer client base and service offerings. The successful integration of these portfolio purchases into our operations on a cost-effective basis is also critical to our future financial performance. While we believe that there are numerous potential portfolio purchases that would add to our employer client base and service offerings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully make a sufficient number of such portfolio purchases in a timely and effective manner in order to support our growth objectives. In addition, the process of integrating portfolio purchases may create unforeseen difficulties and expenditures. We face various risks in making portfolio purchases, including:

 

   

our ability to retain acquired employer clients and their associated revenues;

 

   

diversion of management’s time and focus from operating our business to address integration challenges;

 

   

our ability to retain or replace key employees from portfolios we acquire;

 

   

cultural and logistical challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired portfolios into our organization;

 

-10-


Table of Contents
   

our ability to integrate the combined products, services and technology;

 

   

the migration of acquired employer clients to our technology platforms;

 

   

our ability to cross-sell additional CDB programs to acquired employer clients;

 

   

our ability to realize expected synergies;

 

   

the need to implement or improve internal controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at businesses that, prior to the portfolio purchase, may have lacked effective controls, procedures and policies, including, but not limited to, processes required for the effective and timely reporting of the financial condition and results of operations of the acquired business, both for historical periods prior to the acquisition and on a forward-looking basis following the acquisition;

 

   

possible write-offs or impairment charges that result from portfolio purchases;

 

   

unanticipated or unknown liabilities that relate to purchased businesses; and

 

   

the need to integrate purchased businesses’ accounting, management information, human resources, and other administrative systems to permit effective management.

Portfolio purchases may have a short-term material adverse impact on our results of operations, including a potential material adverse impact on our cost of revenues, as we seek to migrate acquired employer clients to our proprietary technology platforms, typically over the succeeding 12 to 24 months, in order to achieve additional operating efficiencies. For example, our cost of revenues in the fourth quarter of 2010 included additional expenses of $1.8 million due to the purchases of Planned Benefit Systems and the CDB assets of a division of Fringe Benefits Management Company.

Our business may not grow if our marketing efforts do not successfully raise awareness among employers and employees about the advantages of adopting and participating in CDB programs.

Our revenue model is substantially based on the number of employee participants enrolled in the CDB programs that we administer. We devote significant resources to educating both employers and their employees on the potential cost savings available to them from utilizing CDB programs. We have created various marketing, educational and awareness tools to inform employers about the benefits of offering CDB programs to their employees and how our services allow them to offer these benefits in an efficient and cost effective manner. We also provide marketing information to employees that informs them about the potential tax savings they can achieve by utilizing CDB programs to pay for their healthcare, commuter and other benefit needs. However, if more employers and employees do not both become aware of or understand these potential cost savings and choose to adopt CDB programs, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects may be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to retain and expand our employer client base, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

Most of our revenue is derived from the long term, multi-year agreements that we typically enter into with our employer clients. The initial subscription period is typically three years for our larger employer clients, which we refer to as enterprise clients, and one year for our small- and medium-sized business, or SMB, clients. Our employer clients, however, have no obligation to renew their agreements with us after the initial term and we cannot assure you that our employer clients will continue to renew their agreements at the same rate, if at all. Moreover, most of our employer clients have the right to cancel their agreements for convenience, subject to certain notice requirements. While few employer clients have terminated their agreements with us for convenience, some of our employer clients have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Our employer clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the prices of competing products or services or reductions in our employer clients’ spending levels. If our employer clients do not renew their agreements with us, and we are unable to attract new employer clients, our revenue may decline and our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects may be materially adversely affected.

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Our business may not grow if a greater percentage of employees do not participate in our employer clients’ CDB programs.

Our revenue depends on the number of employees who participate in the CDB programs that we sell to our employer clients. If more employees do not participate in these benefit programs for various reasons, including a lack of information about the tax-related advantages of doing so, insufficient funds to set aside pre-tax income into such programs, concerns about forfeiting contributions due to forfeiture provisions in FSA benefit programs, or otherwise, our business may not grow as we anticipate and that may materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Our business and prospects may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to cross-sell our products and services.

A significant component of our growth strategy is the increased cross-selling of products and services to current and future employer clients. In particular, we expect our ability to cross-sell our commuter programs to our healthcare program clients and our healthcare programs to our commuter employer clients to be an important part of this strategy. We may not be successful in cross-selling our products and services if our employer clients find our additional products and services to be unnecessary or unattractive. Any failure to sell additional products and services to current and future clients could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

We may be unable to compete effectively against our current and future competitors.

The market for our products and services is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. We have numerous competitors, including health insurance carriers, such as Aetna and UHC, human resources consultants and outsourcers, such as Aon Hewitt, payroll providers, such as ADP and Ceridian, national CDB specialists, such as PayFlex and SHPS, regional third party administrators and commercial banks, such as Bank of America. Many of our competitors, including health insurance carriers, have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, some of these competitors may be in a position to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services.

In addition, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could materially adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic brokers, insurance carriers, payroll services companies, third party advisors or other parties with which we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our CDB programs with these parties and limiting the number of brokers available to sell or market our programs. If we are unable to compete effectively with our competitors for any of the foregoing reasons or for any other reasons, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We plan to extend and expand our products and services and introduce new products and services, and we may not accurately estimate the impact of developing and introducing these products and services on our business.

We intend to continue to invest in technology and development to create new and enhanced products and services to offer our employer clients and their participating employees. For example, we recently deployed a mobile application that enables participants to access their accounts and submit receipts by sending a digital photo of the receipt to verify healthcare debit card transactions directly from their Apple iPhone ® and iPad ® devices. We are currently working to expand the application’s capabilities to allow for claims submission and plan to develop similar applications for other smart phone platforms in the foreseeable future. We have limited experience in these areas, however, and we may not be able to anticipate or manage new risks and obligations or

 

-12-


Table of Contents

legal, compliance or other requirements that may arise. In addition, the anticipated benefits of these expanded products and services may not outweigh the costs and resources associated with their development.

Our ability to attract and retain new employer clients and increase revenue from existing employer clients will depend in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing products and services and to introduce new products and services. The success of any enhancement or new product or service depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of the enhancement or new product or service. Any new product or service we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new products or services or enhance our existing products or services to meet client requirements, our results of operations, financial condition, business or prospects may be materially adversely affected.

If the market for our services does not grow as we anticipate, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects may be materially adversely affected.

Our future success depends on increasing the number of employer clients and their employee participants to whom we provide our services. However, there is no guarantee that the market for our services will grow as we expect. For example, the value of our services is directly related to the complexity of administering CDB programs and government action that significantly reduces or simplifies these requirements could reduce demand or pricing for our services. If the market for our services declines or develops more slowly than we expect, or the number of employer clients that select us to provide CDB programs to their employee participants declines or fails to increase as we expect, our revenue, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

General economic and other conditions may adversely affect trends in employment and hiring patterns, which could result in lower employee participation in CDB programs, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Our revenue is attributable to the number of employee participants at each of our employer clients, which in turn is influenced by the employment and hiring patterns of our employer clients. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our employer clients to freeze or reduce their headcount or wages paid, demand for our programs may decrease, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects. Similarly, our revenue growth opportunities may be negatively affected by such headcount or wage reductions by our potential employer clients.

Our business and prospects may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to maintain high levels of service while reducing operating costs.

One of the key attributes of our business is providing high quality service to our employer clients and their employee participants. While we have exceeded contractual service levels to our employer clients each month since May 2007, as our business grows and we service increasing numbers of employer clients and their employee participants, we may be unable to sustain these same levels of service, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Alternatively, we may only be able to sustain high levels of service by significantly increasing our operating costs, which would materially adversely affect our operating results. If we are unable to maintain these high levels of service performance, our brand and reputation could suffer and our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Failure to effectively develop and expand our direct and indirect sales channels may materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects and reduce our growth.

We will need to continue to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure in order to grow our employer client base and our business. We rely on our enterprise sales force to target new Fortune 1000 client accounts, as well as to cross-sell additional products and services to our existing enterprise clients. Effectively training our sales personnel requires significant time, expense and attention. In addition, we utilize various channel brokers, including insurance agents, benefits consultants, regional and national insurance carriers, health plans, payroll companies, banks and regional TPAs, to sell and market our programs to SMB employers. If we are unable to develop and expand our direct sales teams or these indirect sales channels, our ability to attract new employer clients and cross-sell our programs may be negatively impacted and our growth opportunities will be reduced, each of which would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

If our efforts to develop and expand our direct and indirect sales channels do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue, our business may be materially adversely affected. In particular, if we are unable to effectively train our sales personnel or if our direct sales personnel are unable to achieve expected productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to increase our revenue and grow our business.

Long sales cycles make the timing of our long-term revenues difficult to predict.

Our sales cycle generally varies in length between two and nine months and, in some cases, even longer depending on the size of the potential client. Factors that may influence the length of our sales cycle include:

 

   

the need to educate potential employer clients about the uses and benefits of our CDB programs;

 

   

the relatively long duration of the commitment clients make in their agreements with us or with pre-existing plan administrators;

 

   

the discretionary nature of potential employer clients’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

   

the competitive nature of potential employer clients’ evaluation and purchasing processes;

 

   

fluctuations in the CDB program needs of potential employer clients; and

 

   

lengthy purchasing approval processes of potential employer clients.

The fluctuations that result from the length of our sales cycle may be magnified for large- and mid-sized potential employer clients. If we are unable to close an expected significant transaction with one or more of these potential clients in the anticipated period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, would be harmed.

Our business and operational results are subject to seasonality as a result of open enrollment for CDB programs and decreased use of commuter program offerings during typical vacation months.

The number of accounts that generate revenue is typically greatest during our first calendar quarter due primarily to three factors. First, new employer clients and their employee participants typically begin service on January 1. Second, during the first calendar quarter, we are also servicing the end of plan year activity for existing clients and employee participants who do not continue participation into the next plan year. Third, we receive the majority of cash for pre-funded accounts from our employer clients in late December or early January, which results in higher cash balances during our first quarter.

Generally, in comparison to other quarters, our revenue is highest in the first quarter and lowest in the second quarter. Thereafter, our revenue generally grows gradually in the second half of the year as our employer clients hire new employees who then elect to participate in our programs, thereby increasing our monthly minimum billing amount. The minimum billing amount is not, however, generally subject to downward revision

 

-14-


Table of Contents

when employees leave their employers because we continue to administer those former employee participants’ accounts for the remainder of the plan year. Revenue from commuter programs may vary from month-to-month because employees may elect to participate in our commuter programs at any time during the year and may change their election to participate or the amount of their contribution on a monthly basis; however, participation rates in our commuter business typically slow during the summer as people take vacations and do not purchase transit passes or parking passes during that time.

Our operating expenses increase during the fourth quarter because we increase our customer support center capacity to answer questions from employee participants during the open enrollment periods related to their CDB participation decisions. The cost of providing services peaks in the first quarter as new employee participants contact us for information about their CDBs, and as terminating employee participants submit their final claims for reimbursement.

If employee participants do not continue to utilize our prepaid debit cards, our results of operations, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We derive a portion of our revenue from interchange fees that are paid to us when employee participants utilize our prepaid debit cards to pay for certain healthcare and commuter expenses under CDB programs. These fees represent a percentage of the expenses transacted on each debit card. If our employer clients do not adopt these prepaid debit cards as part of the benefits programs they offer, if the employee participants do not use them at the rate we expect, or if other alternatives to prepaid tax-advantaged benefit cards develop, our results of operations, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand and reputation, our ability to sustain and grow our business may be materially adversely affected.

Maintaining and strengthening our brand is critical to attracting new clients and growing our business. Our ability to maintain and strengthen our brand and reputation will depend heavily on our capacity to continue to provide high levels of customer service to our employer clients and their employee participants at cost effective and competitive prices, which we may not do successfully. In addition, our continued success depends, in part, on our reputation as an industry leader in promoting awareness and understanding of the positive impact of CDBs among employers and employees. If we fail to successfully maintain and strengthen our brand, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects will be materially adversely affected.

Some plan providers with which we have relationships also provide, or may provide, competing services.

We face competitive risks in situations where some of our strategic partners are also current or potential competitors. For example, certain of the banks we utilize as custodians for our prepaid debit card funds also offer their own HSA products. To the extent that these partners choose to offer competing products and services that they have developed or in which they have an interest to our current or potential clients, our results of operations, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to complex regulation, and any compliance failures or regulatory action could materially adversely affect our business.

The plans we administer and, as a result, our business are subject to extensive, complex and continually changing federal and state laws and regulations, including IRS regulations, ERISA, privacy and HIPAA regulations and Department of Labor regulations, all of which are further described in “ Business—Government Regulation ” below. If we fail to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation, we could be subject to fines and penalties, indemnification claims by our clients, or become the subject of a Department of Labor enforcement action, each of which would materially adversely affect our business and reputation.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

We may also become subject to additional regulatory and compliance requirements as a result of changes in laws or regulations, or as a result of any expansion or enhancement of our existing products and services or any new products or services we may offer in the future. For example, if we expand our product and service offerings into the health insurance market in the future, we would become subject to state Department of Insurance regulations. Compliance with any new regulatory requirements may divert internal resources and take significant time and effort.

Any claims of noncompliance brought against us, regardless of merit or ultimate outcome, could subject us to investigation by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, the Treasury Department or other federal and state regulatory authorities, which could result in substantial costs to us and divert management’s attention and other resources away from our operations. In addition, investor perceptions of us may suffer and could cause a decline in the market price of our common stock. Our compliance processes may not be sufficient to prevent assertions that we failed to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

Changes in healthcare laws and other regulations applicable to our business may constrain our ability to offer our products and services.

Changes in healthcare or other laws and regulations applicable to our business may occur that could increase our compliance and other costs of doing business, require significant systems enhancement, or render our products or services less profitable or obsolete, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. For example, the new network exclusivity restrictions proposed by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, may require us to implement changes to our prepaid debit cards to enable them to be supported on at least two unaffiliated networks. Any such changes to our debit card program could be costly to implement and may constrain our ability to utilize prepaid debit cards as part of our service offerings.

There has been an increasing political and regulatory focus on healthcare laws in recent years. While legislation such as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act has been signed into law, many of the details necessary to implement the legislation have yet to be defined. For example, any new laws that increase reporting and compliance burdens on employers may make them less likely to offer CDBs to their employees and instead offer employees benefit coverage through state run health insurance exchanges. If employers are less incentivized to offer our CDB programs to employees because of increased regulatory burdens or otherwise, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Failure to ensure and protect the confidentiality of participant data could lead to legal liability, adversely affect our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business or financial condition.

We must collect, store and use employee participants’ confidential information, including the transmission of that data to third parties, to provide our services. For example, we collect names, addresses, social security numbers and other personally identifiable information from employee participants. In addition, we facilitate the issuance and funding of prepaid debit cards and, in some cases, collect bank routing information, account numbers and personal credit card information for purposes of funding an account or issuing a reimbursement. We have invested significantly in preserving the security of this data.

We cannot assure you that, despite the implementation of these security measures, we will not be subject to a security breach or that this data will not be compromised. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches. Despite our implementation of security measures, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures to protect this data. Any compromise or perceived compromise of our security could

 

-16-


Table of Contents

damage our reputation with our clients and brokers, and could subject us to significant liability, as well as regulatory action, which would materially adversely affect our brand, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Privacy concerns could require us to modify our operations.

As part of our business, we collect employee participants’ personal data for the sole purpose of processing their benefits. For privacy or security reasons, privacy groups, governmental agencies and individuals may seek to restrict or prevent our use of this data. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations. Increased domestic or international regulation of data utilization and distribution practices, including self-regulation, could require us to modify our operations and incur significant additional expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

If we fail to effectively upgrade our information technology systems, our business and operations could be disrupted.

As part of our efforts to continue the improvement of our enterprise resource planning, we plan to upgrade our existing information technology systems in order to automate several controls that are currently performed manually. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to these upgraded systems, including loss of data and decreases in productivity as personnel work to become familiar with these new systems. In addition, our management information systems will require modification and refinement as we grow and as our business needs change, which could prolong difficulties we experience with systems transitions, and we may not always employ the most effective systems for our purposes. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our management information systems or respond to changes in our business needs, we may not be able to effectively manage our business and we may fail to meet our reporting obligations.

Our future success depends on our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees, including our executive officers.

Our success is substantially dependent upon the performance of our senior management and key personnel, such as our chief executive officer. Our management and employees may terminate their employment at any time, and the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or key employees could materially adversely affect our business. Our success is also substantially dependent upon our ability to attract additional personnel for all areas of our organization. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel on a timely basis, on competitive terms or at all. If we are unable to attract and retain the necessary personnel, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We might require additional capital to support business growth in the future, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, combined with our credit line, expected cash flow from operations and net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our operating and capital requirements, as well as anticipated requirements for potential additional portfolio purchases, for at least the next 12 months. Our business and operations may, however, consume resources faster than we currently anticipate. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth, including through additional portfolio purchases of complementary businesses, and may require additional funds in the future to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features and platforms, enhance our existing programs or improve our operating infrastructure. Accordingly, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain additional debt financing. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible

 

-17-


Table of Contents

debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential portfolio purchases. We have not made arrangements to obtain additional financing and there can be no assurances that financing, if required, will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Changes in credit card association or other network rules or standards set by Visa or MasterCard, or changes in card association and debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could materially adversely affect our results of operations, business and financial position.

We, and the banks that issue our prepaid debit cards, are subject to Visa and MasterCard association rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by the card associations or networks for acts or omissions by us or businesses that work with us, including card processors, such as Fidelity National Information Services. The termination of the card association registrations held by us or any of the banks that issue our cards, or any changes in card association or other debit network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of existing rules or standards that increase the cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide our products and services, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects. In addition, from time-to-time, card associations increase the organization or processing fees that they charge, which could increase our operating expenses, reduce our profit margin and materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Our operating results can fluctuate from period-to-period, which could cause our share price to fluctuate.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, including fluctuations in our operating expenses during the year for items such as printing and temporary labor expenses. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could cause our stock price to decline rapidly, may lead analysts to change their long-term models for valuing our common stock, could cause short-term liquidity issues, may impact our ability to retain or attract key personnel or cause other unanticipated issues. If our quarterly operating results or guidance fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

Our quarterly operating expenses and operating results may vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one quarter as an indication of future performance.

Our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected if we experience unanticipated delays in rollouts by our employer clients of services to their employee participants.

We generally do not earn fees from our employer clients until our services are available to their employee participants. If our infrastructure capacity is insufficient to meet our needs, we may experience delays in deploying our programs to new employer clients, or expanding the services we offer to existing employer clients, and on-boarding their employee participants. If the rollout of our services to our employer clients and, subsequently, their employer participants is delayed, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, we may not be able to market and sell our products and services successfully.

We have expanded our operations significantly in recent years and anticipate that further expansion will be required in order for us to grow our business. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of our

 

-18-


Table of Contents

services could suffer, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects, and damage our reputation among existing and prospective clients. In order to manage our future growth, we will need to hire, integrate and retain highly skilled and motivated employees. We will also be required to continue to improve our existing systems for operational and financial information management, including our reporting systems, procedures and controls and regulatory compliance processes. These improvements may require significant capital expenditures and will place increasing demands on our management. We may not be successful in managing or expanding our operations, or in maintaining adequate operating and financial information systems and controls. If we are not successful in implementing improvements in these areas, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We have entered into outsourcing and other agreements with third parties related to certain of our business operations, and any difficulties experienced in these arrangements could result in additional expense, loss of revenue or an interruption of our services.

We have entered into outsourcing agreements with third parties to provide certain customer service and related support functions to our employer clients and their participant employees. As a result, we rely on third parties over which we have limited control to perform certain of our operations. If these third parties are unable to perform to our requirements or to provide the level of service required or expected by our employer clients and their employee participants, our operating results, financial condition, business, prospects and reputation may be materially harmed and we may be forced to pursue alternative strategies to provide these services, which could result in delays, interruptions, additional expenses and loss of clients and related revenues.

If our intellectual property and technology are not adequately protected to prevent use or appropriation by our competitors, our business and competitive position could be materially adversely affected.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights in the United States.

The efforts we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not be sufficient or effective, and our trademarks, copyrights and patents, if issued, may be held invalid or unenforceable. Any patents issued to us may not be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary technologies, and given the costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to seek patent protection for certain of our proprietary technologies. We may not be effective in policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property, and even if we do detect violations, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights. Any enforcement efforts we undertake, including litigation, could be time consuming and expensive, could divert our management’s attention and may result in a court determining that our intellectual property rights are unenforceable. If we are not successful in cost-effectively protecting our intellectual property rights, our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As of December 31, 2010, we had $61.7 million of federal and $38.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards will expire beginning in 2020 through 2029 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and beginning in 2011 through 2031 for state income tax purposes, if not fully utilized. In addition, we have federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $2.2 million and $1.1 million respectively. The federal research credit carryforwards expire beginning in the years 2023 through 2030, if not fully utilized. The California research credit carries forward indefinitely. Our ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the future may be subject to substantial restriction under applicable law, including in the event of past or future ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and similar state law (including in connection with this offering), which ownership changes may be outside of our control.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

If one or more jurisdictions successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect additional sales and use taxes on our fees, we could be subject to additional liability with respect to past or future sales and the results of our operations could be adversely affected.

We do not collect sales and use taxes in all jurisdictions in which our employer clients are located, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use tax laws and rates vary by jurisdiction and such laws are subject to interpretation. Jurisdictions in which we do not collect sales and use taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in the assessment of such taxes, interest and penalties, and we could be required to collect such taxes in the future. This additional sales and use tax liability could adversely affect the results of our operations.

Third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us, or our services may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may subject us to legal liability and materially adversely affect our reputation.

Assertion of intellectual property infringement claims against us could result in litigation. We might not prevail in any such litigation or be able to obtain a license for the use of any infringed intellectual property from a third party on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if obtained, we may be unable to protect such licenses from infringement or misuse, or prevent infringement claims against us in connection with our licensing efforts. Any such claims, regardless of their merit or ultimate outcome, could result in substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention and our resources away from our operations and otherwise adversely affect our reputation. Our process for controlling our own employees’ use of third-party proprietary information may not be sufficient to prevent assertions of intellectual property infringement claims against us.

We rely on insurance to mitigate some risks of our business and, to the extent the cost of insurance increases or we maintain insufficient coverage, our results of operations, business and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

We contract for insurance to cover a portion of our potential business risks and liabilities. In the current environment, insurance companies are increasingly specific about what they will and will not insure. It is possible that we may not be able to obtain sufficient insurance to meet our needs, may have to pay very high prices for the coverage we do obtain or may not acquire any insurance for certain types of business risk. This could leave us exposed, and to the extent we incur liabilities and expenses for which we are not adequately insured, our results of operations, business and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Also, to the extent the cost of maintaining insurance increases, our operating expenses will rise, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

VantagePoint Capital Partners will continue to hold a high percentage of our common stock following the completion of this offering, which may limit the ability of our public stockholders to affect significant corporate actions.

After this offering, funds affiliated with VantagePoint Capital Partners, or VantagePoint, will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. In addition, we and VantagePoint intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement related to a number of board of directors, stockholder and related governance matters.

Furthermore, such stockholders’ agreement will also provide that the following actions by us require the approval of VantagePoint for so long as VantagePoint owns a specified percentage or more of our outstanding shares of common stock:

 

   

any amendment of our bylaws;

 

-20-


Table of Contents
   

the issuance of any securities with economic rights senior to our common stock or with voting rights different than our common stock, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

the incurrence or guarantee of any debt in excess of a specified dollar amount;

 

   

the issuance of equity or debt, or any securities convertible into equity or debt, for consideration in excess of a specified percentage of our market capitalization;

 

   

the acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, including through a license or lease, for consideration in excess of a specified percentage of our market capitalization;

 

   

the adoption of a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

the approval of any “golden parachute” or other compensatory plan contingent upon a change in control of us for value in excess of a specified dollar amount; or

 

   

any change in the number of authorized directors.

Accordingly, our ability to engage in significant transactions, such as a merger, acquisition or liquidation, is limited without the consent of VantagePoint. Conflicts of interest could arise between us and VantagePoint, and any conflict of interest may be resolved in a manner that does not favor us. VantagePoint may decide not to consent to a transaction in which you would receive consideration for your common shares that is higher than the cost to you or the then-current market price of those shares. Any decision that VantagePoint may make at some future time regarding their ownership of us will be in their absolute discretion.

In addition, our stockholders’ agreement with VantagePoint and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide the following additional rights to VantagePoint:

 

   

so long as VantagePoint owns more than 30% of our outstanding voting stock, a special meeting of our stockholders may be called by either VantagePoint or any two members of our board of directors, whether or not VantagePoint designees;

 

   

so long as VantagePoint owns more than 40% of our outstanding voting stock, our stockholders may act by written consent to change the number of authorized directors, remove a director without cause or fill a vacancy on our board of directors;

 

   

we may not amend any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws relating to VantagePoint’s rights without VantagePoint’s consent; and

 

   

VantagePoint and its representatives will have access to our books and records, subject to customary confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions.

VantagePoint will have the right to designate (and remove or replace) three of the members of our board of directors if VantagePoint owns at least 50% or more of our outstanding shares, two members of our board of directors if VantagePoint owns between 20% and 50% of our outstanding shares, and one member of our board of directors if VantagePoint owns between 10% and 20% of our outstanding shares. VantagePoint shall also have the right to select one of its board designees to serve on our compensation committee, our nominating and corporate governance committee and any other special committee of our board of directors, so long as it continues to hold at least 10% of our outstanding shares.

VantagePoint is not prohibited from selling its interest in us to a third party.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations that affect public companies, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance

 

-21-


Table of Contents

requirements. These requirements include compliance with Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the stock exchange on which our common stock will be traded. In addition, our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. We expect that compliance with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

The increased costs associated with operating as a public company will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain a system of effective control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accountants determined that in certain years prior to 2009 we had material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting and determined in connection with their audit of our 2010 financial results that we have significant deficiencies with respect to instances of lack of timely financial reporting and reliable financial statements, inability to timely integrate the accounting function of certain of our portfolio purchases and inconsistencies and omissions in key documents. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and develop effective controls, our impaired ability to produce accurate and timely financial reports could cause our stock price to decline.

We have, in the past, experienced issues with our internal control over financial reporting. For example, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements in 2008, certain material weaknesses were identified in our internal controls over financial reporting related to the data used in our cash account reconciliation and related to our communications. Although we believe we have remediated these material weaknesses, we cannot assure you that other material weaknesses will not occur or be discovered in the future.

Three significant deficiencies were identified in internal controls in connection with the preparation of our financial statements and the audit of our financial results for 2010. We had significant deficiencies relating to: the completion of our financial reporting cycle within the expected period and our ability to produce reliable financial statements in the period that would normally be expected of a public company; our ability to timely integrate accounting functions of certain of our portfolio purchases; and certain inconsistencies and omissions in some of our key documents and agreements. The lack of timely financial reporting involved adjustments of a bonus accrual that was not timely made and the number of errors, missing disclosures and incorrect numbers in the financial statements we delivered to our independent registered public accounts for audit. The inability to timely integrate the accounting function of portfolio purchases related to our inability through March 2011 to reconcile an opening balance sheet for our PBS acquisition on August 31, 2010. The inconsistencies and omissions in key documents related to certain agreements that were not appropriately documented or referred to other agreements that did not exist, including agreements relating to our acquisition of the CDB assets of a division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, or FBM.

We are seeking to remediate the significant deficiency relating to lack of timely financial reporting and reliable financial statements by the hiring of additional qualified accounting personnel. Hires to date include an

 

-22-


Table of Contents

SEC reporting director, an internal auditor who will also address Sarbanes-Oxley issues, a financial analyst and a treasury analyst. We are also seeking to hire a senior accountant. We intend to remediate the significant deficiency with respect to timely integration of the accounting function of portfolio purchases by earlier assessment of the accounting function at the company from which the portfolio is purchased and allocation of needed resources, including the hiring of consultants, to assure timely integration.

We cannot assure that these actions will entirely remediate these significant deficiencies or that other material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not be discovered.

After this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and applicable listing standards of the securities exchange on which we list our common stock, and the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant new compliance obligations upon us. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and implementation of any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, the price of our stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiation with the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares of common stock following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for newly public companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of companies’ stock, including ours, regardless of actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against such a company. If securities class action litigation is instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources and could materially adversely affect our operating results.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

A total of             , or     %, of our total outstanding shares after the offering are restricted from immediate resale, but may be sold on a stock exchange in the near future. The large number of shares eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our common stock. Based on shares outstanding as of January 31, 2011, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. Of these shares, the common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the United States, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The holders of              shares of outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock during the 180-day period beginning on the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. After the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, these shares may be sold in the public market in the United States, subject to prior registration in the United States, if required, or reliance upon an exemption from U.S. registration, including, in the case of shares held by affiliates or control persons, compliance with the volume restrictions of Rule 144.

 

Number of Shares

and % of Total

Outstanding

  

Date Available for Sale into Public Markets

            , or     %

   Immediately after this offering.

            , or     %

   180 days after the date of this prospectus due to contractual obligations and lock-up agreements between the holders of these shares and the underwriters. However, the underwriters may waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time, provided their respective one-year holding periods under Rule 144 have expired.

            , or     %

   From time-to-time after the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus and upon expiration of stockholders’ respective one-year holding periods in the United States.

Upon completion of this offering, stockholders owning an aggregate of              shares (including              shares issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock) will be entitled, under agreements providing for registration rights, to require us to register shares of our common stock owned by them for public sale in the United States. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register the approximately              shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon the effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and, in certain cases, lock-up agreements with the representatives of the underwriters referred to above, the shares of common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

Sales of our common stock, as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights, may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause our stock price to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, preventing or rendering more difficult an acquisition of us if such acquisition is deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions that:

 

   

create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

-24-


Table of Contents
   

authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

   

limit the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings;

 

   

limit the ability of stockholders to act by written consent to such periods during which VantagePoint Capital Partners and its affiliates hold a specified percentage of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

require advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

control the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings; and

 

   

provide the board of directors with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent unsolicited takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $             in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In addition, following this offering, purchasers in this offering will have contributed     % of the total consideration paid by our stockholders to purchase shares of common stock, in exchange for acquiring approximately     % of our total outstanding shares as of December 31, 2010 after giving effect to this offering. The exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants will result in further dilution.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot specify with certainty the uses to which we will apply these net proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to continue to maintain and expand our business and adversely affect the price of our common stock.

After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing credit facility prohibits us from paying cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may prohibit us from paying any type of dividends. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could,” and similar expressions or phrases, or the negative of those expressions or phrases, identify forward-looking statements.

Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on our projections of the future that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, to differ. The sections in this prospectus entitled “ Risk Factors ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and “ Business ,” as well as other sections in this prospectus, discuss some of the factors that could contribute to these differences.

Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also harm our results. Consequently, actual results or developments anticipated by us may not be realized or, even if substantially realized, may not have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

You may rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus, nor sale of common stock, means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “ Risk Factors ” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay in connection with this offering. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $             million.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering. Accordingly, our management team will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds to be received by us from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for working capital, including funding of customer obligations, and general corporate purposes, including further expansion of our sales and marketing efforts, continued investments in technology and development and for capital expenditures. Specifically, we intend to hire additional personnel to support the growth in our business. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds received by us from this offering for portfolio purchases of complementary businesses, technologies or assets to expand our employer client base. We have no agreements with respect to any portfolio purchases at this time.

Pending such uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions. Currently, our credit facility with Union Bank, N.A. prohibits our payment of any dividends without obtaining its prior written consent, other than dividends payable solely in our common stock.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2010 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

an unaudited pro forma basis, after giving effect, upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,375,393 shares of our common stock, (ii) the conversion of our outstanding Series C preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase 423,529 shares of our common stock, and (iii) the conversion of our outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase 8,733,617 shares of our common stock; and

 

   

an unaudited pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, and the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, as well as the information under “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations .” The unaudited “pro forma” and “pro forma as adjusted” information below is prepared for illustrative purposes only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 104,280      $ 104,280     
                        

Bank borrowings

     2,837        2,837     
                  

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     75,960       
            

Stockholder’s deficit:

      

Convertible preferred stock, Series A, $0.001 par value ($200 liquidation preference); authorized 50,000 shares; issued and outstanding 50,000 shares, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

     200       

Convertible preferred stock, Series A-1, $0.001 par value ($6,903 liquidation preference); authorized 1,725,792 shares; issued and outstanding 1,725,792 shares, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

     6,903       

Convertible preferred stock, Series A-2, $0.001 par value ($3,995 liquidation preference); authorized 1,013,383 shares; issued and outstanding 998,661 shares, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

     3,995       

Convertible preferred stock, Series B, $0.001 par value ($20,818 liquidation preference); authorized 14,870,179 shares; issued and outstanding 14,870,179 shares, actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

     22,867       

Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 60,528,131 shares; issued and outstanding 3,436,787 shares, actual; authorized              shares, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; issued and outstanding, 38,812,180 shares pro forma; issued and outstanding              shares, pro forma as adjusted.

     9        54     

Treasury stock

     (376     (376  

Additional paid-in capital

     22,960        134,310     

Accumulated deficit

     (107,941     (107,941  
                        

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (51,383     24,577     
                        

Total capitalization

   $ 27,414      $ 27,414      $                
                        

 

-30-


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us under this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, net proceeds to us would increase by approximately $             million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the expected initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) each of our unaudited pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, or by approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us under this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The outstanding share information in the capitalization table above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and excludes:

 

   

9,014,180 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.58 per share;

 

   

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase common stock, at an exercise price of $4.10 per share;

 

   

9,157,146 shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis and assuming the conversion occurs immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.38 per share; and

 

   

830,240 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2010 was $             million, or $             per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,375,393 shares of our common stock, (ii) the conversion of our outstanding Series C preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase 423,529 shares of our common stock, and (iii) the conversion of our outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock warrants into warrants to purchase 8,733,617 shares of our common stock. Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering on a pro forma as adjusted basis. After giving effect to the sale of the              shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of our estimated net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2010 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This estimate represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share of common stock to existing common stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

  
        

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

   $     
        

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the expected initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by approximately $             million, and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share. It would also increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us under this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.

The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2010, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders before this offering and investors participating in this offering paid, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
per Share
 
         Number              Percent             Amount              Percent        

Existing Stockholders

                       $                                     $                

New Investors (shares sold by us)

            
                                    
                       $                         
                                    

The table above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and excludes:

 

   

9,014,180 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.58 per share;

 

-32-


Table of Contents
   

150,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase common stock, at an exercise price of $4.10 per share;

 

   

9,157,146 shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis assuming the conversion immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.38 per share; and

 

   

830,240 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of 2008, 2009 and 2010, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 82,090      $ 89,765      $ 103,273      $ 108,461      $ 115,047   

Operating expenses:

          

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

     58,912        48,459        49,298        46,802        50,205   

Sales and marketing, technology and development and general and administration

     33,319        36,115        49,552        52,792        49,044   

Amortization

     6,010        6,867        7,987        8,398        7,764   
                                        

Total operating expense

     98,241        91,441        106,837        107,992        107,013   
                                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (16,151     (1,676     (3,564     469        8,034   

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     784        1,403        1,368        851        220   

Interest expense

     (2,613     (2,189     (1,570     (1,102     (188

Interest expense—amortization of convertible debt

     —          —          —          (71     (21,107

Other, net

     (517     (643     (72     (286     (5,413
                                        

Loss before income taxes

     (18,497     (3,105     (3,838     (139     (18,454

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (266     (315     (487     (495     1,204   
                                        

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and accretion of redemption premium

     (18,763     (3,420     (4,325     (634     (17,250

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax of $0(1)

     (398     —          —          —          —     

Accretion of redemption premium

     (1,116     (3,837     (3,130     1,037        (6,740
                                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (20,277   $ (7,257   $ (7,455   $ 403      $ (23,990
                                        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ (7.79   $ (2.41   $ (2.23   $ 0.13      $ (7.85

Diluted

   $ (7.79   $ (2.41   $ (2.23   $ (0.02   $ (7.85

Share outstanding

          

Basic

     2,604        3,010        3,348        3,213        3,057   

Diluted

     2,604        3,010        3,348        33,729        3,057   

 

-34-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

          

Basic(2)

           $ 0.24   

Diluted(2)

           $ 0.23   

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

          

Basic(2)

             38,432   

Diluted(2)

             39,878   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39,426      $ 49,978      $ 72,102      $ 93,261      $ 104,280   

Total current assets

     69,888        72,657        90,704        108,515        124,337   

Total assets

     123,371        138,144        159,615        171,478        206,831   

Total current liabilities

     113,239        120,763        145,004        153,303        167,648   

Total liabilities

     127,032        143,869        167,892        167,430        182,254   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     42,113        45,950        49,080        48,043        75,960   

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (45,774     (51,675     (57,357     (43,995     (51,383

Non-GAAP Financial Data:

          

Adjusted EBITDA(3) (unaudited)

   $ (7,788   $ 8,867      $ 10,752      $ 15,941      $ 22,366   

 

(1)   We adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , effective January 1, 2006, which requires that warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock be classified as liabilities and revalued at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The impact of the change in accounting principle was to increase net loss by approximately $398,000 in 2006.
(2)   See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income per share and the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for the year ended December 31, 2010. All shares to be issued in the offering were excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share calculation.
(3)   We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus: (i) depreciation; (ii) amortization; (iii) stock based compensation expense; (iv) interest expense (income), net; (v) income tax (benefit) expense; (vi) interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discounts; (vii) gain/loss on revaluation of warrants; and (viii) loss on extinguishment of debt.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized presentation in accordance with GAAP. An explanation of the elements of Adjusted EBITDA, a full reconciliation of net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA, and the material limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are set forth below. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, income from operations or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner that we do. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:

 

   

as a measure of operating performance;

 

   

as a factor when determining management’s compensation;

 

   

for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;

 

   

to allocate resources of our business; and

 

   

to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies.

We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA as an operational performance metric provides greater consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operating results by management and investors. Although calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may vary from company-to-company, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may facilitate analysis and comparison of our operating results by management and investors with other peer companies that may use similar

 

35


Table of Contents

non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results in their public disclosures. While we believe Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure for our management and investors in evaluating our operating performance and business trends, there are material limitations to the use of Adjusted EBITDA. For a further discussion of these limitations, see below in this footnote.

We believe that it is useful to exclude non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, amortization of convertible debt discounts, gain/loss on revaluation of warrants, losses associated with the extinguishment of debt and stock-based compensation from Adjusted EBITDA because (i) the amount of such non cash expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying operational performance of our business and (ii) such expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired intangible assets, full amortization of convertible debt discounts or the timing of new stock-based awards.

 

   

Depreciation and amortization. We believe that it is useful to exclude depreciation and amortization from Adjusted EBITDA because depreciation is a function of our capital expenditures, while amortization reflects other asset acquisitions and their associated costs made at a prior point or points in time. In analyzing the performance of our business currently, management believes it is helpful to also consider the business without taking into account costs or benefits accruing from historical decisions on infrastructure and capacity. While these expense and related investments affect the overall financial health of our company, they are separately evaluated and relate to historic decisions. Further, depreciation and amortization do not result in ongoing cash expenditures. Investors should note that the use of assets being depreciated or amortized contributed to revenues earned during the periods presented and will continue to contribute to future period revenues. This depreciation and amortization expense will recur in future periods for GAAP purposes.

 

   

Gains/losses associated with the revaluation of warrants. We believe that it is useful to exclude gains/losses associated with the revaluation of warrants from Adjusted EBITDA. These items vary significantly in size and amount and are excluded by our management when evaluating and predicting earnings trends because these charges are based on many subjective inputs at a point in time and many of these inputs are not necessarily directly related to the performance of our business. Due to subjective assumptions that underlie valuation methodologies used in the calculation, as well as the impact of non-operational factors such as our share price, on the magnitude of this expense, management excludes these gains or losses when evaluating the ongoing performance of our business.

 

   

Losses associated with the extinguishment of debt and amortization of convertible debt discount. We believe that it is useful to exclude losses associated with the extinguishment of debt and amortization of convertible debt discount from Adjusted EBITDA. These items vary significantly in size and amount and are excluded by our management when evaluating and predicting earnings trends because these charges are unique to specific financings. We, therefore, exclude these cash and non-cash charges when presenting Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Stock-based compensation expense. We believe that it is useful in evaluating our financial performance to exclude stock-based compensation expense from Adjusted EBITDA because non-cash equity grants made at various points in time based on the value of our stock do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time. While we believe that investors should have information about any dilutive effect of outstanding options and the cost of that compensation, we also believe that investors should have the ability to view Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes these costs. The determination of stock-based compensation expense is based on many subjective inputs at a point in time and many of these inputs are not necessarily directly related to the performance of our business. Due to subjective assumptions that underlie valuation methodologies used in the calculation of this expense and the variety of stock award types that companies employ, as well as the impact of non-operational factors, such as our share price, on the magnitude of this expense, management believes that providing Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes this stock-based compensation expense allows investors to make meaningful comparisons between our operating results and those of other companies.

Although Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA measures each have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP.

A number of the material limitations of our use and presentation of Adjusted EBITDA include:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our future requirements for contractual commitments and capital expenditures;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash interest income or expense;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash outflows for income taxes;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the stock-based component of employee compensation;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges that are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any current cash requirements for these replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently from the manner in which we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures by our management or investors.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

Management addresses the inherent limitations associated with using the Adjusted EBITDA measure through disclosure of such limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA. Further, management also reviews GAAP measures, and evaluates individual measures that are not included in Adjusted EBITDA such as our level of capital expenditures and interest expense, among other items.

The following provides a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands)
(unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (18,763   $ (3,420   $ (4,325   $ (634   $ (17,250

Depreciation

    1,957        3,729        4,559        4,564        4,164   

Amortization

    6,010        6,867        7,987        8,398        7,764   

Stock-based compensation expense

    396        610        1,770        2,510        2,404   

Interest income

    (784     (1,403     (1,368     (851     (220

Interest expense

    2,613        2,189        1,570        1,102        188   

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

    —          —          —          71        21,107   

Income tax (provision) benefit

    266        315        487        495        (1,204

Loss (gain) on revaluation of warrants

    517        (360     72        (70     5,413   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    —          340        —          356        —     
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (7,788   $ 8,867      $ 10,752      $ 15,941      $ 22,366   
                                       

 

-37-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading on-demand provider of tax-advantaged programs for consumer-directed health, commuter and other employee spending account benefits, or CDBs, in the United States. We administer and operate a broad array of CDBs, including spending account management programs such as health and dependent care Flexible Spending Accounts, or FSAs, Health Savings Accounts, or HSAs, Health Reimbursement Arrangements, or HRAs, and commuter benefits, such as transit and parking programs.

We deliver our CDB programs through a highly scalable Benefits-as-a-Service, or BaaS, delivery model that employer clients and their employee participants may access through a standard web browser on any internet-enabled device including computers, smart phones and other mobile devices, such as tablet computers. Our on-demand delivery model eliminates the need for our employer clients to install and maintain hardware and software in order to support CDB programs and enables us to rapidly implement product enhancements across our entire user base.

Our CDB programs enable employees and their families to save money by using pre-tax dollars to pay for certain of their healthcare and commuter expenses. Employers financially benefit from our programs through reduced payroll taxes, even after factoring in our fees. Under our FSA, HSA and commuter programs, employee participants contribute funds from their pre-tax income to pay for qualified out-of-pocket healthcare expenses not fully covered by insurance, such as co-pays, deductibles and over-the-counter medical products or for commuting costs.

These employee contributions result in savings to both employees and employers. As an example, based on our average employee participant’s annual FSA contribution of approximately $1,400 and an assumed personal combined federal and state income tax rate of 35%, an employee participant will reduce his or her taxes by approximately $490 per year by participating in an FSA. Our employer clients also realize payroll tax (i.e., FICA and Medicare) savings on the pre-tax contributions made by their employees. In the above FSA example, an employer client would save approximately $64 per participant per year, even after the payment of our fees.

Under our HRA programs, employer clients provide their employee participants with a specified amount of available reimbursement funds to help their employee participants defray out-of-pocket medical expenses such as deductibles, co-insurance and co-payments. All amounts paid by the employer into HRAs are deductible by the employer as an ordinary business expense and are tax-free to the employee.

Our company was founded in 2000 to provide the administration of tax-free commuter benefits. In early 2003, we expanded our business to include the administration of tax-advantaged healthcare programs with our FSA program. As a result of subsequent portfolio purchases made through 2006, we have broadened our CDB offerings to include HRA, HSA and Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, programs. In 2007 we purchased MHM Resources, or MHM. The MHM small- and medium-sized business, or SMB, portfolio expanded our existing client base and the MHM technology platform enhanced our service offering to SMBs. In the last three years, we have made three additional portfolio purchases that have added to our client base and broadened our opportunities with public sector employers.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

We market and sell our CDB programs through multiple channels, including direct sales to large enterprises, direct sales and through brokers to SMBs, and direct sales to industry purchasing and affiliate groups. Our enterprise sales force targets Fortune 1000 companies and generates new large account relationships through employer prospecting, consultant relationships and strategic partnerships. Our SMB distribution channel complements our enterprise sales channel. It consists of third-party advisors and institutional brokers that sell our CDB programs along with their own complementary products to SMBs. We also sell our services through group purchasing organizations of industry-specific employers with which we negotiate a standard service contract that covers their member entities. Our sales cycle ranges from two months for SMBs to six to nine months for our large institutional clients.

Our CDB agreements with our larger employer clients, which we refer to as enterprise clients, are typically for three-year terms and provide for monthly fees based on the number of employee participants enrolled in our programs. We price our services based on the estimated number and types of claims, whether payment processing and client support activities will be provided within or outside of the United States, the estimated number of calls to our customer support center and any specific client requirements. Almost all of the healthcare benefit plans we service on behalf of our enterprise clients are subject to contractual minimum monthly billing amounts. Generally, such minimum billing amounts are subject to upward revision on a monthly basis as our employer clients hire new employees who elect to participate in our programs, but generally are not subject to downward revision when employees leave their employers because we continue to administer those former employee participants’ accounts for the remainder of the plan year. For our SMB clients, our agreements are typically for one year and the monthly fee remains constant for the year unless there is a 10% or greater increase in the number of employee participants in which case it is subject to upward revision.

Benefit plan years customarily run concurrently with the calendar year and have an open enrollment period that typically occurs at benefit plan year-end during the fourth quarter of the calendar year. Most of our healthcare CDB agreements are executed in the last quarter of the calendar year. Because the signing of our contract often coincides with open enrollment, employer clients are able to offer our CDB programs to their employees during open enrollment for the upcoming benefit year. As a result of this timing, we are able to obtain significant visibility into our healthcare-related revenue early on in each plan year because healthcare benefit plans are administered on an annual basis, contractual revenue is based on the number of participants enrolled in our CDB programs on a per month basis and the minimum number of enrolled participants for the plan year is usually established at the close of the open enrollment period. In contrast to healthcare CDB programs, enrollment in commuter programs occurs on a monthly basis. Therefore, there is less visibility and some variability in commuter revenue from month-to-month, particularly during the summer vacation period when employee participants are less likely to participate in commuter programs for those months.

We offer prepaid debit cards for use in conjunction with almost all of the plans that we administer. These prepaid debit cards are offered in coordination with commercial banks and card associations. We receive interchange fees from employee participants’ prepaid debit card transactions, which are calculated as a percentage of the expenses transacted on each card. In addition to interchange fees, we also derive revenue through our wholesale card program from fees we charge to assist third party administrators, or TPAs, in issuing our prepaid debit cards to their employee participant groups and in selling their administrative services utilizing our prepaid debit cards to new employee participants. We have historically experienced seasonality in healthcare interchange revenue, which is typically the highest during the first quarter of the year because participants are either using their newly available balances for the current plan year or spending any remaining funds available from the prior plan year during the prior plan year’s grace period. A grace period is generally established by employer clients as January 1 through March 15 of the succeeding plan year and is the period during which employee participants can access funds from the prior plan year’s FSA account. Healthcare interchange revenue generally declines through the second and third quarters and is subject to a small increase in December as some employee participants strive to use their remaining account balances before the end of the plan year.

We also offer transit passes from various transit agencies, which we purchase at volume discounts and resell to employee participants at full price. We recognize the difference as commission revenue.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

Our cost of revenues typically varies with our revenue and is, therefore, impacted by the seasonality of our business. We incur higher expenses in the first quarter associated with increased headcount in the form of temporary workers, consultants and other outsourced services that are required to cover the increased call volume and activity associated with the commencement of the new plan year. The need for these resources diminishes in the second and third quarters, but increases again in the fourth quarter when we provide services to our employer clients during their open enrollment periods.

At the beginning of a plan year, most of our enterprise clients provide us with prefunds for their FSA programs based on a percentage of projected elections by the employee participants for the plan year ahead. This prefunding activity covers our estimate of approximately one week of spending on behalf of the employer client’s employee participants. During the plan year, we process employee participants’ FSA claims as they are submitted and typically seek reimbursement from our employer clients within one week after settling the claim. Employer clients generally set a time after the close of a plan year when employee participants in FSA programs are allowed to continue submitting claims for the preceding plan year, which we refer to as a run-out period. At the end of the plan year and following the grace period and run-out period, as applicable, we reconcile all claims paid against the FSA prefund and return any unused funds to the employer. Prior to that point we will have already received an entirely new FSA prefund from a continuing employer client for the new plan year.

Our growth strategy includes acquiring and integrating smaller TPAs to expand our employer client base. We refer to these acquisitions as portfolio purchases.

Consistent with this acquisition strategy, we have made four portfolio purchases since 2007, which include MHM in September 2007, Creative Benefits, or CB, in September 2008, Planned Benefit Systems, or PBS, in August 2010 and the CDB assets of a division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, or FBM, in November 2010. These portfolio purchases have enabled us to expand our employer client base, particularly in the SMB and public sector markets, and provided an opportunity to cross-sell additional CDB services to our newly acquired employer clients. The purchases of CB and PBS increased our COBRA service offerings, and the purchase of the FBM portfolio expanded our service capabilities to public sector clients. Our model for these portfolio purchases generally involves a payment at closing of the transaction and contingent payments based on retention of the acquired client accounts and achievement of revenue growth targets. Portfolio purchases may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, including a potential material adverse impact on our cost of revenues in the short term as we seek to migrate acquired clients to our proprietary technology platforms, typically over the succeeding 12 to 24 months, in order to achieve additional operating efficiencies. There are several hundred regional TPA portfolios that we continually monitor and evaluate in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential candidates for purchase and we intend to continue executing our focused strategy of portfolio purchases to broaden our employer client base.

We monitor our operating results and take steps to improve, redirect and consolidate our operations. During 2008, we migrated our Troy, Michigan customer support center operations into our other existing customer support centers located in Tempe, Arizona and Mequon, Wisconsin and outsourced the remaining call volume. In April 2009, we reorganized a number of operational areas to enable key personnel to focus solely on supporting either our healthcare or commuter programs. In addition, we reduced and reorganized our client services team to focus on specific regions. We also took actions to reduce our fixed personnel costs and increase our variable outsourcing costs. These activities have provided us with increased resource flexibility during our seasonal peaks in service delivery.

Adjusted EBITDA

In addition to traditional financial measures, we monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The table immediately following

 

-40-


Table of Contents

this discussion provides a reconciliation of net loss, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to this non-GAAP measure. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, income from operations or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner that we do. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. For further discussion on Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 3 to “ Selected Consolidated Financial Information .”

The following provides a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (4,325   $ (634   $ (17,250

Depreciation

     4,559        4,564        4,164   

Amortization

     7,987        8,398        7,764   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,770        2,510        2,404   

Interest income

     (1,368     (851     (220

Interest expense

     1,570        1,102        188   

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     —          71        21,107   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     487        495        (1,204

Loss (gain) on revaluation of warrants

     72        (70     5,413   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          356        —     
                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 10,752      $ 15,941      $ 22,366   
                        

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from three major sources: healthcare solutions, commuter solutions and other services.

Healthcare Revenue

We derive our healthcare revenue from the service fees paid by our employer clients for the administration services we provide in connection with their employee participants’ healthcare FSA, dependent care FSA, HRA and HSA tax-advantaged accounts. Our fee is generally fixed for the duration of the written agreement with our employer client, which is typically three years for our enterprise clients and one year for our SMB clients. These fees are paid to us on a monthly basis by our employer clients, and the related services are made available to employee participants pursuant to written agreements between us and each employer client. Almost all of the healthcare benefit plans we service on behalf of our enterprise employer clients are subject to contractual minimum monthly billing amounts. Generally, such minimum billing amounts are subject to upward revision on a monthly basis as our employer clients hire new employees who elect to participate in our programs, but generally are not subject to downward revision when employees leave their employers because we continue to administer those former employee participants’ accounts for the remainder of the plan year. For SMB employer clients, the monthly fee remains constant for the plan year unless there is a 10% or greater increase in the number of employee participants in which case it is subject to upward revision. Revenue is recognized monthly as services are rendered under our written service agreements.

We also earn interchange revenue from debit cards used by employee participants in connection with all of our healthcare programs and through our wholesale card program, which we recognize monthly based on reports received from third parties.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

Commuter Revenue

We derive our commuter revenue from monthly service fees paid by our employer clients, interchange revenue that we receive from debit cards used by employee participants in connection with our commuter solutions and revenue from the sale of transit passes used in our commuter solutions. Our fees from employer clients are normally paid monthly in arrears based on the number of employee participants enrolled for the month. Most agreements have volume tiers that adjust the per participant price based upon the number of participants enrolled during that month. Revenue is recognized monthly as services are rendered under these written service agreements.

We earn interchange revenue from the debit cards used by employee participants in connection with our commuter programs, which we recognize monthly based on reports received from third parties.

We also earn revenue from the sale of transit passes at full price to employee participants, which we purchase from various transit agencies at a discount based on our volume of sales of their products. This difference is recorded as commission revenue.

Other Revenue

We derive other revenue primarily from our provision of COBRA administration services to employer clients for continuation of coverage for participants who are no longer eligible for the employer’s health benefits, such as medical, dental, vision, and for the continued administration of the employee participants’ HRAs and certain healthcare FSAs. Our agreements to provide COBRA services are not consistently structured and we receive fees based on a variety of methodologies. Other services also include enrollment and eligibility services, employee account administration (i.e., tuition and health club reimbursements) and project-related professional fees. Other services revenue is recognized as services are rendered under our written service agreements.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Revenues (excluding the amortization of internal use software)

Cost of revenues includes the costs of providing services to our employer clients’ employee participants.

The primary component of cost of revenues is personnel and the expenses related to our claims processing, product support and customer service personnel. Cost of revenues includes outsourced and temporary help costs, check/ACH payment processing services, debit card processing services, shipping and handling costs for cards and passes and employee participant communications costs.

Cost of revenues also includes the losses or gains associated with processing our large volume of transactions, which we refer to as “net processing losses or gains.” In the normal course of our business, we make administrative and processing errors that we cannot bill to our employer clients. For example, we may over-reimburse employee participants for claims they submit or incur the cost of replacing commuter passes that are not received by employee participants. Upon identifying such an error, we record the expense as a processing loss. In certain circumstances, we experience recoveries with respect to these amounts which are recorded as processing gains.

Cost of revenues does not include amortization of internal use software, which is included in amortization, or the cost of operating on-demand technology infrastructure, which is included in technology and development expenses.

Technology and Development

Technology and development expenses include personnel and related expenses for our technology operations and development personnel as well as outsourced programming services, the costs of operating our on-demand technology infrastructure, depreciation of equipment and software licensing expenses. During the

 

-42-


Table of Contents

planning and post-implementation phases of development, we expense, as incurred, all internal use software and website development expenses associated with our proprietary BaaS model. During the development phase, costs incurred for internal use software are capitalized and subsequently amortized once the software is available for its intended use. Expenses associated with the platform content or the repair or maintenance of the existing platforms are expensed as incurred.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales, client services and marketing staff, including sales commissions for our direct sales force, as well as communication, promotional, public relations and other marketing expenses.

General and Administration

General and administration expenses include personnel and related expenses of and professional fees incurred by our executive, finance, legal, human resources and facilities departments.

Amortization

Amortization expense includes amortization of internal use software and amortization of acquired intangible assets.

We capitalize internal use software and website development costs incurred during the development phase and we amortize these costs over the technology’s estimated useful life, which is generally four years. These capitalized costs include personnel costs and fees for outsourced programming and consulting services.

We also amortize acquired intangible assets consisting primarily of employer client agreements and relationships and broker relationships. Employer client agreements and relationships and broker relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over an average estimated life that ranges from four to ten years.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists of (i) interest income; (ii) interest expense; (iii) interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount; and (iv) gain/loss on revaluation of warrants.

Interest Expense: Amortization of Convertible Debt Discount

On December 28, 2009, we entered into a convertible note agreement with several of our existing preferred stockholders. This transaction resulted in a debt discount of $20.0 million that was fully amortized during 2010. Amortization of convertible debt discount also includes accrued interest on our promissory notes that were converted in July 2010.

Gain (Loss) on Revaluation of Warrants

Preferred warrant liabilities are the result of warrants issued in connection with previous debt financings. We account for those freestanding warrants that are exercisable into shares of potentially redeemable preferred stock as liabilities by marking-to-market those warrants at each reporting period from the warrant issuance date until their exercise date or expiration. The changes resulting from marking-to-market are presented in our consolidated statements of operations as gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants. Warrants issued in connection with our 2009 debt financing were modified on July 30, 2010 to be exercisable for Series E-1 preferred shares that are not redeemable. Accordingly, these warrants were reclassified at that date from debt to equity and were no longer subject to mark-to-market changes. Upon the completion of this offering, the remaining warrants to

 

-43-


Table of Contents

purchase Series C preferred stock, which are also redeemable at the option of the holder, will either be exercised for shares of common stock or converted to warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these warrants in our consolidated statement of operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxation in the United States. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate primarily due to the full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, R&D credits and state taxes. For periods subsequent to the date on which we reverse our deferred tax asset valuation allowance, we expect our effective tax rate to approximate the U.S. federal statutory tax rates before adjusting for the effects of credits and state taxes.

As of December 31, 2010, we had $61.7 million of federal and $38.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income. If not fully utilized, these net operating loss carryforwards will expire beginning in 2020 through 2029 for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and beginning in 2011 through 2031 for state income tax purposes. In addition, we have federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $2.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The federal research credit carryforwards expire beginning in the years 2023 through 2030, if not fully utilized. The California research credit carries forward indefinitely. Our ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the future may be subject to substantial restriction under applicable law, including in the event of past or future ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and similar state law (including in connection with this offering), which ownership changes may be outside of our control.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially affected.

Accretion of Redemption Premium

Certain of our series of preferred stock are redeemable after December 31, 2012 at the election of the majority of the preferred stockholders. This redemption option is only available to the extent an initial public offering has not been consummated as of December 31, 2012. To the extent that the redemption is requested, the holders will receive the greater of the fair value of the preferred stock at the time of redemption and the original issuance price. We account for this redemption premium by recording accretion charges reflecting the changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date, which is December 31, 2012. Upon the completion of this offering, the redeemable preferred shares will convert to common shares and we will not record any further accretion.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances, changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period-to-period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application, while in other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment

 

-44-


Table of Contents

for similar transactions. We believe that there are several accounting policies that are critical to understanding our business and prospects for future performance, as these policies affect the reported amounts of revenue and other significant areas that involve management’s judgment and estimates. These significant policies and our procedures related to these policies are described in detail below. In addition, please refer to the “ Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ” for further discussion of our accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

We report revenue for the following programs: healthcare, commuter and other services.

Healthcare and commuter programs include revenues generated from benefit service fees based on employee participant levels, interchange and other commission fees.

Most of our employee participants utilize prepaid debit cards to pay for their qualified healthcare and commuter expenses and we receive fees, known as interchange, that represent a percentage of the expenses transacted on each card. We also earn revenue from the sale of transit passes at full price to employee participants that we purchase from various transit agencies at a discount based on our volume of sales of their products. This difference is recognized as commission revenue.

We recognize revenue when the following criteria are met: collectibility is reasonably assured, delivery has occurred, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and there is a fixed or determinable fee. These criteria are generally met each month as we deliver services to our employer clients and their employee participants.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, equipment, acquired intangibles and capitalized internal use software subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable such as: (i) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which it is being used or in its physical condition, (ii) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect its value, or (iii) a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with its use.

Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. An asset group is the lowest level at which cash flows can be identified that are largely independent of the cash flows of other asset groups. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Management has determined that the entity level is the lowest level at which cash flows can be identified that are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities as our revenue is interdependent on the revenue-producing activities and significant shared operating activities of all long-lived assets. In addition to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated at an entity level, we also consider other available information such as our total enterprise value determined for the purpose of estimating the fair value of our common stock, as further discussed below, in assessing the fair value of the entity level asset group. Management evaluates the remaining useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. We recorded impairment adjustments of $415,000, $345,000 and $119,000 in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, related to software development costs.

We perform an annual goodwill impairment test on December 31st and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment tests are performed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 Intangibles— Goodwill and Other . An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the

 

-45-


Table of Contents

carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step process: First, the reporting unit’s estimated fair value is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. Second, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation.

The fair value of our reporting unit was determined using a combination of the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, and the market valuation approach. Under the income approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows that the reporting unit is expected to generate over its remaining life. Under the market approach, the value of the reporting unit is based on an analysis that compares the value of the reporting unit to values of publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. In the application of the income and market valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates of future operating trends and judgments on discount rates and other variables. We determined that applying equal weight to both our income and market analyses provided the most reliable indications of fair value of our reporting unit.

If we assumed a 100 basis point reduction in the assumed net sales growth beginning in fiscal 2011, the decrease in the overall valuation would be minimal and would not cause a change in the results of our impairment testing.

To date, we have not made any impairment adjustments to goodwill because the fair value of our reporting unit has always exceeded its carrying value.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States. Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes.

We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not.

During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As a result, we recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite the belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that certain positions may not be more likely than not of being sustained upon review by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2010, our unrecognized tax benefits approximated $2.0 million, none of which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized and we have no uncertain tax positions that would be reduced as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. We believe that our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on our assessment of many factors, including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. We do not anticipate any adjustments would result in a material change to our financial position. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

Management periodically evaluates if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial performance. In order to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed, positive evidence of sufficient quantity and quality (objective compared to subjective) is necessary to overcome negative evidence. During 2008, 2009 and 2010, management determined there was significant negative evidence and concluded that it was more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would not be realized and accordingly established a full valuation allowance. The lack of profitability in prior years is a significant piece of negative evidence and generally precludes management’s estimate of forecasted future taxable income as positive evidence in its assessment. As a result, a full valuation allowance is recognized for the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010. In the event we become consistently profitable in future periods and were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance which would reduce the provision for income taxes in the period such determination was made.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation for stock awards is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. The determination of the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price and related volatility over the expected term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate, estimated forfeitures and expected dividends. The following table sets forth the assumptions made with respect to these issues during 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

    

2008

  

2009

  

2010

Expected term (in years)

   4.68-4.95    4.95-6.06    6.07

Risk-free interest rate

   2.32-2.79%    2.13-2.72%    1.19-2.51%

Expected volatility

   33.8-47.0%    47.0%    46.0-50.9%

Dividend yield

   0.00%    0.00%    0.00%

Range of fair value of granted stock options

   $1.19-1.60    $1.32-1.79    $1.17-1.78

We changed our method of estimating expected term in 2010 from using historical and observed exercises to using the “simplified” method as an estimate of expected term. We based the risk-free interest rate on zero-coupon yields implied from U.S. Treasury issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. We estimate expected volatility based on the implied volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer-group. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the option pricing model. We are required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We true-up our forfeitures monthly to vested amounts. If we use different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods, or if actual forfeitures differ materially from our estimated forfeitures, future stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our income (loss) from operations, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share.

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our stock price at any given time is determined by our board of directors, which considers numerous objective and subjective factors at each option grant date, including the following:

 

   

valuations performed by an independent valuation firm, generally as of specified dates;

 

   

prices for our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arms-length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock and our common stock;

 

-47-


Table of Contents
   

secondary sales of shares of our common stock, if any;

 

   

our actual financial condition and results of operations relative to our operating plan during the relevant period;

 

   

forecasts of our financial results and overall market conditions; and

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the options such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, or remaining a private company, given prevailing market conditions at the time of grant.

Our board of directors believes that the judgment required in such efforts necessarily involves an element of subjectivity.

Our valuations were performed in accordance with methods specified by the AICPA Practice Aid on “ Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .” The valuations performed by the independent valuation firm use the income approach method. The income approach involves applying appropriate risk-adjusted discount rates to estimated debt-free cash flows, based on forecasted revenues and costs. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was based on a weighted average cost of capital, which represents the blended, after-tax costs of debt and equity. The projections used in connection with these valuations were based on our expected operating performance over the forecast period. The valuations also considered the public company market multiple method to evaluate the reasonableness of the income approach. The public company market multiple method focuses on comparing our company to similar publicly traded entities. The valuations also considered differences between our preferred and common stock with respect to liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights and other features. The resulting fair values were based upon the weighted average of various scenarios and exit strategies using the Probability-Weighted Expected Result Method.

We considered appropriate adjustments in light of the lack of marketability of shares of our common stock and calculated our results based upon variables for cost of capital (20-25%). The following table summarizes the concluded discount for lack of marketability as of the valuation dates noted:

 

Valuation Date

   Discount for
Lack of
Marketability
    Value per
Share of
Common Stock
 

As of December 31, 2007

     7.3   $ 4.14   

As of March 31, 2008

     9.5        4.12   

As of December 31, 2008

     15.0        3.07   

As of June 30, 2009

     15.0        3.71   

As of December 31, 2009

     11.7        2.66   

As of June 30, 2010

     9.6        3.09   

As of December 31, 2010

     12.4        5.45   

No other discounts were applied to arrive at the fair value amount, other than the lack of marketability discount discussed above.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the number of options granted and the value of the common stock at each grant date:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price
per Share
     Common Stock
Fair Value per
share at Grant
Date
     Intrinsic Value
per Share at
Grant Date
 

February 7, 2008

     1,436,100       $ 4.14       $ 4.14         —     

May 7, 2008

     342,750         4.12         4.12         —     

May 7, 2009

     310,500         3.07         3.07         —     

May 29, 2009

     1,185,750         3.07         3.07         —     

November 4, 2009

     137,500         3.71         3.71         —     

December 15, 2009

     215,000         3.71         3.71         —     

April 1, 2010

     78,750         2.66         2.66         —     

May 6, 2010

     1,514,750         2.66         2.66         —     

August 24, 2010

     82,510         3.09         3.09         —     

November 4, 2010

     598,500         3.09         3.09         —     

If we assumed a 100 basis point change, but not below zero, in the following assumptions or a one-year change in the expected life, the value of a newly granted stock option would increase (decrease) by the following percentages:

 

     +100 Basis Points     -100 Basis Points  

Expected life

     7.2     (8.0 )% 

Expected volatility

     1.9     (1.5 )% 

Risk-free interest rate

     3.4     (3.4 )% 

Fair Value of Warrants

We record warrants issued in connection with our debt financings based on their fair value on the grant date and adjust quarterly based on a mark-to-market valuation. The change in estimated fair value is classified as “Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants” in our consolidated statement of operations.

In connection with a May 23, 2005 debt financing, we granted a warrant, or the Lender Warrant, to purchase 423,529 shares of Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.25 per share. The Lender Warrant is classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with ASC 480. The warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, until the earliest of May 23, 2015 or 18 months after an initial public offering of our common stock. We value the Lender Warrant using an option pricing model, and for 2008-2010 the assumptions were: expected term (2.0-3.5 years); risk-free interest rates (0.61% to 1.56%); dividend of 0%; fair value of underlying shares ($5.14-$7.34) and volatility (43.7% – 56.4%). Upon the completion of this offering, the Lender Warrant will either be exercised for shares of common stock or converted to a warrant to purchase common stock. At that time, we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these warrants in our consolidated statement of operations.

If we assumed a 100 basis point change, but not below zero, in the following assumptions or a one-year change in the expected life, the value of the Lender Warrant would increase (decrease) by the following percentages:

 

     +100 Basis Points     -100 Basis Points  

Expected life

     6.3     (6.9 )% 

Expected volatility

     0.5     (0.6 )% 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.7     (1.2 )% 

 

-49-


Table of Contents

In connection with a December 28, 2009 debt financing, we granted warrants, or the Investor Warrants, to purchase $20 million worth of Series E preferred stock. From December 28, 2009 through July 30, 2010, the Investor Warrants were classified as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet in accordance with ASC 480 as these warrants are exercisable into redeemable shares. On July 30, 2010, the terms of the Investor Warrants were amended to allow for conversion to Series E-1 preferred stock, which is not redeemable. As a result, the Investor Warrants were reclassified from a liability to equity on July 30, 2010, and changes in the fair value of these warrants have not been recorded in our consolidated statement of operations after the third quarter of 2010. We valued the Investor Warrants from December 28, 2009 through July 30, 2010 using an option pricing valuation model with assumptions that ranged as follows: fair value of the underlying shares ($3.42 – $3.98); risk-free interest rates (0.84% – 2.68%); expected term (2.89 – 6.15 years); dividend of 0%; and volatility (48.4% – 66.1%).

Accretion of Redemption Premium

Our redeemable preferred stock is redeemable at the election of the majority of the preferred stock holders on or after December 31, 2012 if a qualified offering, defined as an initial public offering in which net proceeds from the sale of our common stock is $40 million or greater and the offering price per share is at least $10.39 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares), has not occurred. To the extent that redemption is requested, the holders will receive the greater of the fair value of the preferred stock at the time of redemption or the original issuance price. We record accretion related to this redemption premium, using the interest method, as an increase or decrease to the liquidation value of the redeemable preferred stock and a decrease or increase to additional paid-in capital based on the excess of the estimated fair value of each redeemable preferred stock over the stated minimum redemption price per share for each redeemable preferred stock over the period of time up to the redemption date. Upon completion of this offering, the redeemable preferred shares will convert to common shares and we will not record any further accretion.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the specified periods:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

  

Revenue:

      

Healthcare

   $ 66,754      $ 70,718      $ 75,771   

Commuter

     26,011        27,603        29,304   

Other

     10,508        10,140        9,972   
                        

Total revenue

     103,273        108,461        115,047   
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

     49,298        46,802        50,205   

Technology and development

     12,664        13,773        12,640   

Sales and marketing

     19,869        18,885        18,173   

General and administration

     17,019        20,134        18,231   

Amortization

     7,987        8,398        7,764   
                        

Total operating expenses

     106,837        107,992        107,013   
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (3,564     469        8,034   

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     1,368        851        220   

Interest expense

     (1,570     (1,102     (188

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     —          (71     (21,107

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          (356     —     

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants

     (72     70        (5,413
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (3,838     (139     (18,454

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (487     (495     1,204   
                        

Net loss

     (4,325     (634     (17,250

Accretion of redemption premium

     (3,130     1,037        (6,740
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (7,455   $ 403      $ (23,990
                        

 

-51-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (unaudited)  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data as a Percentage of Revenue:

      

Revenue:

      

Healthcare

     65     65     66

Commuter

     25        26        25   

Other

     10        9        9   
                        

Total revenue

     100        100        100   
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

     48        43        44   

Technology and development

     12        13        11   

Sales and marketing

     19        17        16   

General and administration

     16        19        16   

Amortization

     8        8        6   
                        

Total operating expenses

     103        100        93   
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (3     0        7   

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     1        1          

Interest expense

     (2     (1       

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

                   (18

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                     

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants

                   (5
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (4            (16

Income tax (provision) benefit

            (1     1   
                        

Net loss

     (4     (1     (15

Accretion of redemption premium

     (3     1        (6
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     (7 )%      0     (21 )% 
                        

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change from Prior Year  
     2008      2009      2010      2009     2010  
     (in thousands)               

Revenue:

             

Healthcare

   $ 66,754       $ 70,718       $ 75,771         6     7

Commuter

     26,011         27,603         29,304         6        6   

Other

     10,508         10,140         9,972         (4     (2
                               

Total revenue

   $ 103,273       $ 108,461       $ 115,047         5     6
                               

The growth in healthcare revenues from 2009 to 2010 was primarily driven by the inclusion of $1.8 million and $0.8 million in post-purchase revenues for PBS, which was acquired in August 2010, and FBM, which was acquired in November 2010, respectively. Interchange fees grew by $2.1 million due to an increased number of prepaid debit cards, both WageWorks-branded and those provided as part of our wholesale card program, and increased debit card usage as a percentage of overall employee participant spending.

The increase in healthcare revenues from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to $3.5 million of revenues from the inclusion of a full year of revenues of CB compared to only 3.5 months of post-purchase revenues in 2008.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

Interchange fees grew by $1.7 million due to an increased number of prepaid debit cards, both WageWorks-branded and those provided as part of our wholesale card program, and increased debit card usage as a percentage of overall employee participant spending.

The growth in commuter revenues from 2009 to 2010, and from 2008 to 2009, was principally due to an increase in the number of employee participants from our existing employer clients.

Cost of Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change from Prior Year  
     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)              

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

   $ 49,298      $ 46,802      $ 50,205        (5 )%      7

Percent of revenue

     48     43     44    

The increase in cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software) from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to $1.4 million and $0.7 million relating to the post-purchase costs of PBS and FBM, respectively. In 2009, we had $1.1 million of net processing gains, due to the recovery of overpayments made in previous periods. In 2010, our net processing losses were $0.3 million.

In addition to these changes, headcount attributable to cost of revenues decreased by 7% in 2010, which contributed to a $0.7 million decrease in cost of revenues. The decrease in headcount was the result of the continued consolidation of operations between locations and an increase in outsourcing. The consolidation also reduced facilities costs by $0.4 million, while outsourcing costs increased by $0.5 million. Cost of revenues in 2009 benefited from a $0.3 million reduction in accrual for a third party claim. Cost of revenues as a percent of revenue increased due to the change from net processing gains in 2009 to net processing losses in 2010, despite higher revenue volume and other expense decreases.

The decrease in cost of revenues from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to the effects of our consolidation of our functions between locations. Excluding additions related to our purchase of CB in 2008, our 14% reduction in headcount attributable to cost of revenues led to a $0.9 million decrease in cost of revenues, which was offset by a $0.9 million increase in temporary resources and outsourcing costs. Cost of revenues in 2008 was adversely affected by a $1.0 million restructuring charge related to personnel and facilities as we relocated the Troy, Michigan customer support center activities to our existing customer support centers in Mequon, Wisconsin and Tempe, Arizona and outsourced the overflow volume during our seasonal peaks. In 2009, facilities and depreciation costs decreased by $2.1 million primarily as a result of our restructuring. Cost of revenues attributable to our purchase of CB increased $2.3 million from 2008 to 2009. Cost of revenues also decreased in 2009 due to $1.1 million in net processing gains as compared to $0.4 million net processing losses in 2008. Cost of revenues as a percent of revenue decreased due to our expense reductions and increased revenue volume.

As we continue to scale our operations, we expect our cost of revenues to increase in dollar amount to support increased employer client and employee participant levels. Cost of revenues will continue to be affected by our portfolio purchases. Prior to migrating to our proprietary technology platforms, these new portfolios often operate with higher service delivery costs that result in increased cost of revenues until we are able to complete the migration process, which typically occurs over the 12 to 24 month period following closing of the portfolio purchase.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

Technology and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change from Prior Year  
     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)              

Technology and development

   $ 12,664      $ 13,773      $ 12,640        9     (8 )% 

Percent of revenue

     12     13     11    

The decrease in technology and development expenses from 2009 to 2010 was primarily a result of a 13% reduction in headcount due to increased outsourcing and consolidation of our IT operations, which led to a decrease in personnel expenses of $0.5 million. In addition, we incurred decreased use of our personnel and less outsourced programming on expensed development activities due to the completion of several significant customization and internal control projects during 2009. Technology and development expense as a percentage of revenue decreased due to these changes and increased revenue volume.

The increase in technology and development expenses from 2008 to 2009 was principally due to a decrease in the percentage of time spent on projects qualifying for capitalization, as a higher percentage of development costs in 2009 was attributable to projects in the planning stage, including customization for major employer clients and the implementation of our daily settlement system. This resulted in a $0.9 million decrease in capitalized internal use software development costs in 2009. Technology and development expenses, as a percentage of revenue, increased due to these shifts despite increased revenue volume.

We intend to enhance functionality in our software platform in a continuous effort to improve our employer client and employee participant experience and to maintain and enhance our control and compliance environment. As a result of our focus on technology development, we expect our technology and development expenses to increase in dollar amount in future periods. The timing of development and enhancement projects, including whether they are in phases where costs are capitalized or expensed, will significantly affect both our technology and development expense in dollar amount and as a percentage of revenue.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change from Prior Year  
     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)              

Sales and marketing

   $ 19,869      $ 18,885      $ 18,173        (5 )%      (4 )% 

Percent of revenue

     19     17     16    

The decrease in sales and marketing expense from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to a 10% reduction in sales and marketing headcount, which reduced personnel expense by $1.8 million. In April 2009, we reorganized in a number of areas to enable key personnel to focus solely on servicing either our healthcare or commuter programs. In addition, we reduced and reorganized our client services team to focus on specific regions. This decrease in personnel expenses was offset in part by expenses for increased promotional activity and education efforts focused on increasing employee participation levels in our tax-deferred CDBs among our existing employer client base. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue decreased slightly, primarily due to increased revenue volume.

The decrease in sales and marketing expense from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to a reduction in commissions of $1.1 million from a revised sales compensation plan that better aligned commissions with our corporate goals and a performance-based reduction in sales staff. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue decreased based on these dollar decreases in expenses and the increase in revenue volume.

We intend to continue to invest in sales, client services and marketing by hiring additional direct sales personnel and continuing to build our broker and channel relationships. We also intend to promote our brand

 

-54-


Table of Contents

through a variety of marketing and public relations activities. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in dollar amount in future periods.

General and Administration

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change from Prior Year  
     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)              

General and administration

   $ 17,019      $ 20,134      $ 18,231        18     (9 )% 

Percent of revenue

     16     19     16    

The decrease in general and administration expenses from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to a decrease in consulting and accounting expenses of $1.0 million relating to the improvement of our controls and processes that we incurred in 2009 and to a decrease of $0.8 million in public service announcements and advocacy efforts that we incurred in 2009 relating to healthcare reform. General and administration expense as a percentage of revenues decreased due to these decreases together with increased revenue volume.

The increase in general and administration expenses from 2008 to 2009 arose from $1.1 million of increased bonus payments due to achievement of goals, $0.8 million of increased expense for public service announcements and advocacy efforts relating to healthcare reform and $0.6 million of incremental expenses from the inclusion of a full year of CB in 2009, as opposed to 3.5 months in 2008. We incurred $2.0 million of increased consulting expenses in 2009 to improve our finance processes and internal controls. These increases were offset by a $1.9 million reduction in legal and accounting fees due to the postponement of an initial public offering planned for 2008 and reduced audit expenses. The increase in general and administration expenses as a percentage of revenues was due to these increased costs despite the increase in revenue volume.

We expect our administrative expenses to increase in dollar amount in 2011 and beyond due to the increased expenses associated with becoming a public company.

Amortization

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change from Prior Year  
     2008      2009      2010      2009     2010  
     (in thousands)               

Amortization

   $ 7,987       $ 8,398       $ 7,764         5     (8 )% 

Our amortization consists of two components: amortization of internal use software and amortization of acquired intangibles. We capitalize our software development costs related to the development and enhancement of our business solution. When the technology is available for its intended use, the capitalized costs are amortized over the technology’s estimated useful life, which is generally four years. Acquired intangibles are also amortized over their useful lives.

The decrease in amortization from 2009 to 2010 was primarily a result of a decrease of $1.2 million in amortization of acquired intangible assets due to a number of acquired intangible assets becoming fully amortized in 2010. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in a $0.6 million amortization of internal use software as several major client specific platform enhancements and our daily settlement system were completed and amortization commenced, and increases in amortization related to the purchases of PBS and FBM of $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The increase in amortization from 2008 to 2009 was due to a $0.4 million increase in amortization of acquired intangible assets relating to the purchase of CB and $0.3 million of increased amortization of capitalized development projects that were completed in 2008 offset in part by some of the intangible assets becoming fully amortized in 2009.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 1,368      $ 851      $ 220   

Interest expense

     (1,570     (1,102     (188

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     —          (71     (21,107

The decrease in interest income from 2008 through 2010 was due to reduced short-term interest rates available to us on our invested funds.

The decrease in interest expense from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to the repayment of a debt facility in December 2009.

The decrease in interest expense from 2008 to 2009 was due to a lower interest rate charged on the debt facility.

Our convertible notes issued on December 28, 2009 resulted in a debt discount of $20.0 million. We amortized as interest $11.4 million of the debt discount from January 1, 2010 to the date of the conversion of the notes and accrued interest of $1.2 million on July 31, 2010. At the conversion date, the remaining unamortized debt discount balance of $8.5 million was immediately expensed as interest.

Revaluation of Warrants

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants

   $ (72   $ 70       $ (5,413

The significant increase in expense relating to revaluation of warrants in 2010 is primarily due to the mark-to-market adjustment of Series E redeemable preferred stock warrants issued to the holders of our convertible debt on December 28, 2009. This mark-to-market adjustment was required as a result of the warrants being classified as a liability because the Series E preferred shares were redeemable. In July 2010, the warrants were amended to provide that, upon exercise, the holders would receive shares of our Series E-1 preferred stock which are not redeemable. For that reason, the warrants were reclassified from a liability to equity and mark-to-market adjustments were no longer required. The total mark-to-market adjustment for these warrants was approximately $5.0 million for 2010.

Mark-to-market adjustments related to our outstanding warrants for Series C redeemable preferred stock will continue until these warrants expire or are exercised. Upon the completion of this offering, the warrants for Series C redeemable preferred stock will either be exercised for shares of common stock or converted to warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, we will no longer record any mark-to-market changes in the fair value of these warrants in our statement of operations. The total mark-to-market adjustment for these warrants was approximately $0.4 million for 2010.

Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Income tax (provision) benefit

   $ (487   $ (495   $ 1,204   

 

-56-


Table of Contents

The change in income taxes from 2009 to 2010 is due to our purchase of PBS in August 2010 in which we recorded a deferred tax liability related to the book and tax bases differences in our purchase accounting. This increase in deferred tax liabilities resulted in a reduction of our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets which is recorded as an income tax benefit in our statement of operations.

The expenses in 2008 and 2009 primarily reflect the recording of deferred tax liabilities due to the book and tax bases differences related to the goodwill acquired in certain of our portfolio purchases.

We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and alternative minimum taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

Accretion of Redemption Premium

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Accretion of redemption premium

   $ (3,130   $ 1,037       $ (6,740

Certain of our series of preferred stock are redeemable after December 31, 2012 at the election of the majority of the holders of those series if we have not completed an initial public offering by December 31, 2012. To the extent that the redemption is requested, the holders will receive the greater of the fair value of the preferred stock at the time of redemption and the original purchase price. We account for this redemption premium by recording accretion charges reflecting the changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption rate, which is December 31, 2012.

The significant increase in accretion of redemption premium expense in 2010 relates to the issuance of shares of Series E preferred stock in July 2010 that provide for the same type of redemption premium as well as an increase in the fair value of our preferred stock based on our performance and that of the general economy. The benefit in 2009 arises from a decrease in the value of shares of our preferred stock from 2008 to 2009 arising from general economic conditions. The expense in 2008 relates to an increase in the fair value of our preferred stock.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the four quarters for the year ended December 31, 2010. The data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and you should read the following tables together with such financial statements. The quarterly results of operations include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year and are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    December 31,
2010
 
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Healthcare

   $ 20,017      $ 18,249      $ 17,733      $ 19,772   

Commuter

     7,142        7,350        7,288        7,524   

Other

     2,553        2,208        2,312        2,899   
                                

Total revenue

     29,712        27,807        27,333        30,195   
                                

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

     13,297        11,747        11,336        13,825   

Technology and development

     3,557        3,051        2,966        3,066   

Sales and marketing

     4,628        4,325        4,942        4,278   

General and administration

     5,423        4,150        4,249        4,409   

Amortization

     1,912        1,878        1,900        2,074   
                                

Total operating expenses

     28,817        25,151        25,393        27,652   
                                

Income from operations

     895        2,656        1,940        2,543   

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     107        71        27        15   

Interest expense

     (42     (3     (19     (124

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     (5,358     (5,418     (10,331     —     

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants

     (5,935     (9,606     10,642        (514
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (10,333     (12,300     2,259        1,920   

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (195     (283     1,972        (290
                                

Net income (loss)

     (10,528     (12,583     4,231        1,630   

Accretion of redemption premium

     (70     (70     (3,094     (3,506
                                

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (10,598   $ (12,653   $ 1,137      $ (1,876
                                

 

-58-


Table of Contents
     Quarter Ended  
     March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    December 31,
2010
 
     (unaudited)  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data as a Percentage of Revenue:

        

Revenue:

        

Healthcare

     67     66     65     65

Commuter

     24        26        27        25   

Other

     9        8        8        10   
                                

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100   
                                

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

     45        42        41        46   

Technology and development

     12        11        11        10   

Sales and marketing

     16        15        18        14   

General and administration

     18        15        16        15   

Amortization

     6        7        7        7   
                                

Total operating expenses

     97        90        93        92   
                                

Income from operations

     3        10        7        8   

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     —          —          —          —     

Interest expense

     —          —          —          —     

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     (18     (19     (38     —     

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants

     (20     (35     39        (2
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (35     (44     8        6   

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (1     (1     7        (1
                                

Net income (loss)

     (36     (45     15        5   

Accretion of redemption premium

     —          —          (11     (11
                                

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

     (36 )%      (45 )%      4     (6 )% 
                                

Changes in healthcare revenue reflect the seasonality of this portion of our business. The first quarter is expected to provide increased revenues because we continue to bill employer clients for employee participants who terminate their enrollment for the new plan year, but who still participate in the run-out or grace period of the old plan year that normally runs through the first quarter of the new plan year. Interchange revenue also typically increases during the first quarter due to employee participants who utilize their account balances for the new plan year and other employee participants who are spending any remaining account balances they may have under the old plan year during the grace period. The declining trend of healthcare revenue over the second and third quarters is partially attributable to a gradual decrease in interchange revenue as employee participants begin to slow their spending as the year progresses, subject to a small increase in activity in December as some employee participants spend the remainder of their account balance prior to the end of the year. In addition, during the late third and fourth quarters, we have an increase in our revenue from sales of a self-service plan kit that we provide employer clients to initiate the deduction of healthcare premiums on a tax deferred basis, without the use of a spending account, which we refer to as our Premium Only Plan. Our quarterly revenue can also be impacted by the timing of our portfolio purchases.

Employees may elect to participate in our commuter programs at any time during the year. In the past, we have experienced some seasonality in this portion of our business because participation rates typically slow during the summer as employee participants take vacations and do not purchase transit passes or parking through us during that time period.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Other services revenues, which consist of COBRA and enrollment and eligibility fees, are generally consistent throughout the year but may increase in the fourth quarter due to additional enrollment and eligibility fees being earned after our clients’ open enrollment seasons.

Quarterly revenue in 2010 was impacted by $0.5 million from PBS in the third quarter of 2010 and $1.3 million and $0.8 million from PBS and FBM, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2010, which accounted for part of the increase during this period. In addition, Premium Only Plan revenue increased by $0.7 million from the third quarter to the fourth quarter.

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software) typically varies based on our revenue and is, therefore, impacted by the seasonality of the business. We incur higher expenses in the first quarter associated with increased headcount in the form of temporary workers, consultants and other outsourced services that are required to cover the increased call volume and activity associated with the new plan year. The need for these resources diminishes in the second and third quarters, but increases again in the fourth quarter when we provide services to our employer clients during their open enrollment periods. The fourth quarter also reflects expenses that relate to the sale of our Premium Only Plan kits and the production of debit cards. In addition, our quarterly revenue can also be impacted by the timing of our portfolio purchases. Portfolio purchases may have a short-term material adverse impact on our results of operations, including a potential material adverse impact on our cost of revenues as we seek to migrate acquired employer clients to our proprietary technology platforms, typically over the succeeding 12 to 24 months, in order to achieve additional operating efficiencies. The fourth quarter of 2010 reflects additional expenses of $1.8 million due to the purchases of PBS and FBM.

Technology and development expense is most significantly affected by changes in the stage of development of our internal use software, which determines whether amounts spent are capitalized or expensed.

Sales and marketing expense generally varies from quarter to quarter based on when we undertake promotion activities and when sales commissions are earned. For example, sales and marketing expenses increased in the third quarter of 2010 because we invested in a promotional campaign to increase awareness of pre-tax CDB accounts.

General and administration expense varies from quarter-to-quarter based on the timing of expenses for accounting. For example, our accounting and consulting fees were higher in the first quarter of 2010 as a result of conducting our annual audit. Our expenses related to our preparation to become a publicly held company increased in the third and fourth quarters of 2010 because we commenced activities to file a registration statement for this offering.

Amortization of convertible debt discount terminated in the third quarter of 2010 when our convertible notes were converted into preferred stock. Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants for our Series E preferred stock terminated in the third quarter when the warrants were reclassified from debt to equity and were no longer subject to mark-to-market changes. Our Series C preferred stock warrants continue to be marked-to-market.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $104.3 million comprised primarily of prefunds by clients of amounts to be paid on behalf of employee participants as well as, in recent years, other cash flows from operating activities, together with $12.1 million of unused borrowing capacity under our $15.0 million credit facility described below. To date, our operations have been financed primarily through cash flows from operating activities, the sale of preferred stock and short and long-term borrowings. Since inception, we have raised $135.8 million of equity capital and at December 31, 2010, we had debt with a principal amount of $2.9 million outstanding.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, combined with our credit facility, expected cash flow from operations, and net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to meet our operating and capital requirements, as well as anticipated cash requirements for potential future portfolio purchases, over at least the next 12 months. At December 31, 2010, our current liabilities exceeded our current assets by $43.3 million. However, we have historically been able to fulfill our obligations as incurred and expect to continue to fulfill our obligations in the future. Our expectation is based not only on receipt of the proceeds of this offering but also on our current and anticipated client retention rates and our continuing funding model in which the vast majority of our enterprise clients provide us with prefunds as more fully described below under “ —Prefunds .” To the extent these current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, including any potential portfolio purchases, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, if at all.

Prefunds

Under our contracts with the vast majority of our enterprise employer clients, we receive prefunds that have been and are expected to continue to be a significant source of cash flows from operating activities. Each prefund is reflected in cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet with an equivalent customer obligation recorded as a liability as the prefund is received. Changes in these prefunds and corresponding customer obligations are reflected in our cash flows from operating activities. The substantial majority of our SMB employer clients deposit funds into a separate custodial account, and those funds are neither a source of cash flows from operating activities nor reflected on our balance sheet. These SMB employer clients are responsible for maintaining an adequate balance in those custodial accounts to cover their employee participants’ claims. We only pay SMB employee participant claims from amounts in the custodial accounts.

The operation of these prefunds for our enterprise employer clients throughout the year typically is as follows: at the beginning of a plan year, these employer clients provide us with prefunds for their FSA and HRA programs based on a percentage of projected spending by the employee participants for the plan year. In the case of our commuter program, at the beginning of each month we receive prefunds based on the employee participants’ monthly elections. These prefunds are typically replenished on a weekly basis by our FSA and HRA employer clients and on a monthly basis by our commuter employer clients, in each case, after we have advanced the funds necessary to process employee participants’ FSA and HRA claims as they are submitted to us and to pay vendors relating to our commuter programs. As a result, our cash balances can vary significantly depending upon the timing of invoicing of, and payment by, our employer clients of reimbursement for payments we have made on behalf of employee participants. This prefunding activity covers our estimate of approximately one week of spending on behalf of the employer client’s employee participants. We do not require a prefund to administer any of our HSA programs because employee participants in these programs only have access to funds they have previously contributed.

By way of example, a new FSA enterprise employer client with a plan year starting January 1 will typically provide between 4-6% of the projected annual election for its employee participants as a prefund. In this example, we would typically receive this prefunding in late December. Once the new plan year starts, the employee participants can immediately access all elected funds of their FSA benefit even before any payroll deductions have commenced. This access to funds differs from our HSA programs where available funds are added to employee participants’ accounts only as payroll deductions occur and HRA programs where funds are only available as contributions are made.

Following the run-out period and grace period, the FSA prefunds from the prior plan year are reconciled and funds are returned to the employer clients, resulting in a substantial decline in our cash position. The cycle then repeats itself in each plan year as participants enroll in programs and prefunds are received in the fourth quarter for the new plan year. In a majority of cases, new FSA prefunds for the succeeding plan year are received prior to a plan year’s prefund being fully paid out in the form of benefits for employee participants or being returned to the employer client. Because participant activity in our commuter programs varies monthly, prefunds for these programs fluctuate monthly.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Our enterprise client contracts do not contain restrictions on our use of enterprise client prefunds and, as a result, these prefunds are reflected as cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet and changes in prefunds are recorded as an element of our cash flow from operating activities. The timing of when employer clients make their prefunds as well as the timing of when we make payments on behalf of employee participants can significantly affect our cash flows.

Union Bank Credit Facility

In August 2010, we entered into a $15.0 million revolving credit facility with Union Bank N.A., or UB. Each loan under the credit facility bears interest at a variable rate of the prime rate plus 0.5% or, at our option, a fixed interest rate equal to the LIBOR rate for a period of either one, two, three or six months, if offered by UB, plus 3.0%. At December 31, 2010, we had outstanding indebtedness of $2.9 million under the credit facility at an interest rate of 3.3%. The credit facility will expire, and all outstanding loans will mature, on August 31, 2012.

Loans under the credit facility that bear interest at the prime rate may be prepaid by us, in whole or in part, without penalty or premium. Loans that bear interest at LIBOR rates may only be prepaid upon five business days’ notice to UB and subject to a prepayment fee equal to the present value of the difference between the return that UB could obtain if it used the amount of such prepayment of principal to purchase regularly quoted securities issued by the United States at bid price, and the return UB would have received had the prepayment not been made.

To maintain availability of funds under the credit facility, we pay UB a commitment fee on the unused portion of the credit facility. The commitment fee is equal to 0.25% of the unused portion per annum and is recorded as interest expense.

As part of our credit facility with UB, we are required to maintain certain covenants including financial covenants relating to a quick ratio, monthly minimum 3-month EBITDA coverage and a monthly cash flow coverage ratio. We are currently in compliance with all financial covenants under our credit facility. The credit facility contains customary events of default, subject to customary cure periods for certain defaults. Upon an event of default, all amounts outstanding under the credit facility will become immediately due and payable.

Cash Flows

The following table presents information regarding our cash flows, cash and cash equivalents in 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 43,533      $ 31,075      $ 20,476   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (18,057     (9,253     (12,299

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (3,352     (663     2,842   
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     22,124        21,159        11,019   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 72,102      $ 93,261      $ 104,280   

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 43,533       $ 31,075       $ 20,476   

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2010 resulted primarily from our net loss of $17.3 million being adjusted for the following non-cash items: amortization of convertible debt discount of $21.1 million, depreciation and amortization of $11.9 million, revaluation of warrants of $5.4 million and stock-based compensation of $2.4 million. We also experienced a $1.5 million increase in prefunds. These cash flows were offset in part by a $1.3 million change in deferred taxes and a $2.1 million increase in accounts receivable attributable to our increased revenue volume.

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 resulted in part from our net loss of $0.6 million being adjusted for the following non-cash items: depreciation and amortization of $13.0 million and stock-based compensation of $2.5 million. We also experienced a $12.9 million increase in customer obligations which was principally the result of an increase in the size of employee participants’ commuter elections and commuter prefunds, a portion of which was the direct result of pre-tax transit limits being almost doubled in 2009 as compared to 2008, and a $2.4 million decrease in accounts receivable attributable to improved collections.

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 resulted in part from our net loss of $4.3 million being adjusted for non-cash items of $12.5 million of depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense of $1.8 million. We also experienced a $22.2 million increase in customer obligations from prefunds, a $4.8 million decrease in accounts receivable attributable to improved collections and related controls and a $2.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses attributable to increased transit agency payables resulting from increased commuter elections.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (18,057   $ (9,253   $ (12,299

Net cash used in investing activities consists primarily of our investment in internal use software that is capitalized prior to it being available for its intended use, capital expenditures and purchases of portfolios.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2010 was primarily a result of $7.3 million of capitalized internal use software and purchased equipment, which was largely related to further upgrades to our product platform and control environment. Some of our major projects for the year included the implementation of mobile features for our platform, such as our mobile application for use on Apple iPhone ® and iPad ® devices, the final stage of the daily settlement system implementation, increased automation for our COBRA services and significant platform changes to accommodate unique client requirements. We also used $5.0 million of cash, net of cash received, for payments made in connection with the purchases of CB, PBS and FBM.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2009 was principally due to $6.6 million of capitalized internal use software and purchased equipment, which was largely related to our continued upgrades to our product platform and control environment. We used $2.1 million of cash for a contingent payment made in connection with the purchase of CB. We also used $0.6 million of cash to increase our restricted cash due to an increase in a cash secured letter of credit for one of our commuter employer clients as a result of increased employee participation.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2008 was primarily attributable to $12.1 million of capitalized internal use software and purchased equipment and $5.0 million, net of cash received, for the initial portfolio purchase of CB. In 2008, we developed an online claims submissions tool as an integral part of our platform and made enhancements to the platform to improve the payment processing controls. We also used $0.9 million of cash to increase restricted cash as a result of a payment in escrow for our purchase of CB and increased letters of credit related to our leased office facilities.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ (3,352   $ (663   $ 2,842   

Net cash provided in financing activities in 2010 was due to drawing down on our credit facility to fund our acquisition of PBS. Net cash used in financing activities in 2009 reflected payments on capital leases on service delivery equipment and our purchase of treasury stock from a stockholder. Net cash used in financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to our repayment of outstanding debt and payments on capital leases on service delivery equipment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13 , Revenue Recognition (605): Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (EITF Issue No. 08-1, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables ). ASU 2009-13 amends FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements , to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have vendor specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE) or third party evidence of selling price (TPE) before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE and TPE for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. Application of the “residual method” of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of ASU 2009-13. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple element revenue arrangements. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We expect that the adoption of ASU 2009-13 in 2011 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (820), which provides amendments that will provide more robust disclosures about: (1) the different classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value, (2) the valuation techniques and inputs used, (3) the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, and (4) the transfers between Levels 1, 2, and 3. ASU 2010-06 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. In the period of initial adoption, entities will not be required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. However, those disclosures are required for periods ending after initial adoption. We do not anticipate the adoption of ASU 2010-06 related to the Level 3 activity disclosure will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC 350 for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in ASC paragraph 350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. The ASU allows an entity to use either the equity or enterprise valuation premise to determine the

 

-64-


Table of Contents

carrying amount of a reporting unit. ASU 2010-28 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. We expect that the adoption of ASU 2010-28 in 2011 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combinations (805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The objective of this update is to address diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. Paragraph 805-10-50-2(h) requires a public entity to disclose pro forma information for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period. The disclosures include pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. In practice, some preparers have presented the pro forma information in their comparative financial statements as if the business combination that occurred in the current reporting period had occurred as of the beginning of each of the current and prior annual reporting periods. Other preparers have disclosed the pro forma information as if the business combination occurred at the beginning of the prior annual reporting period only, and carried forward the related adjustments, if applicable, through the current reporting period. The amendments in this update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combinations that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. We will comply with this disclosure requirement for all future acquisitions.

Contractual Obligations

The following table describes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1–3 years      3–5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long term debt obligations(1)

   $ 2,900       $ —         $ 2,900       $ —         $ —     

Interest obligations on long-term debt obligations(2)

     210         126         84         —           —     

Operating lease obligations(3)

     11,100         3,716         5,160         2,224         —     

Acquisition payments(4)

     15,961         9,009         6,952         —           —     
                                            

Total

   $ 30,171       $ 12,851       $ 15,096       $ 2,224       $ —     
                                            

 

(1) Credit facility: $15.0 million credit facility executed in August 2010 with a variable interest rate of prime rate plus 50 basis points per annum or LIBOR plus 300 basis points per annum, and a maturity date of August 31, 2012. The $2,900 is recorded net of debt issuance costs on our balance sheet and the debt issuance costs are not included in the table above.
(2) Estimated interest payments assume the current interest rate of 3.3% per annum on a $2.9 million principal amount and the related commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the $12.1 million unused portion of the credit facility.
(3) We lease facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2015.
(4) Estimated consideration for companies acquired in 2010. See Note 3 of our consolidated financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may affect our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates.

As of December 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $104.3 million. These amounts consist of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we do not believe that changes in interest rates would have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations. However, declines in interest rates and cash balances will reduce future investment income.

Our exposure to market risk also relates to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest expense we must pay on our outstanding debt instruments. As of December 31, 2010, we had outstanding principal of $2.9 million under our credit facility. Loans under our credit facility bear interest at a variable rate of the prime rate plus 0.5%, or, at our option, a fixed interest rate equal to the LIBOR rate for a period of either one, two, three or six months, if offered by UB, plus 3.0%.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading on-demand provider of tax-advantaged programs for consumer-directed health, commuter and other employee spending account benefits, or CDBs, in the United States. We administer and operate a broad array of CDBs, including spending account management programs such as health and dependent care Flexible Spending Accounts, or FSAs, Health Savings Accounts, or HSAs, Health Reimbursement Arrangements, or HRAs, and commuter benefits, such as transit and parking programs.

We deliver our CDB programs through a highly scalable Benefits-as-a-Service, or BaaS, delivery model that employer clients and their employee participants may access through a standard web browser on any internet-enabled device, including computers, smart phones and other mobile devices, such as tablet computers. Our on-demand delivery model eliminates the need for our employer clients to install and maintain hardware and software in order to support CDB programs and enables us to rapidly implement product enhancements across our entire user base.

Our CDB programs enable employees and their families to save money by using pre-tax dollars to pay for certain of their healthcare and commuter expenses. Employers financially benefit from our programs through reduced payroll taxes, even after factoring in our fees. Under our FSA, HSA and commuter programs, employee participants contribute funds from their pre-tax income to pay for qualified out-of-pocket healthcare expenses not fully covered by insurance, such as co-pays, deductibles and over-the-counter medical products or for commuting costs.

These employee contributions result in savings to both employees and employers. As an example, based on our average employee participant’s annual FSA contribution of approximately $1,400 and an assumed personal combined federal and state income tax rate of 35%, an employee participant will reduce his or her taxes by approximately $490 per year by participating in an FSA. Our employer clients also realize payroll tax (i.e., FICA and Medicare) savings on the pre-tax contributions made by their employees. In the above FSA example, an employer client would save approximately $64 per participant per year, even after the payment of our fees.

Under our HRA programs, employer clients provide their employee participants with a specified amount of available reimbursement funds to help their employee participants defray out-of-pocket medical expenses such as deductibles, co-insurance and co-payments. All amounts paid by the employer into HRAs are deductible by the employer as an ordinary business expense and are tax-free to the employee.

We believe there is significant potential for growth in the market we serve. In order to increase employee participation, we educate and advocate the use of CDB programs through a comprehensive online and offline approach. The higher the election rates in these CDB programs, the more employees save on income taxes and the more employers save on payroll taxes.

Our clients include 37 of the Fortune 100, 122 of the Fortune 500 and over 2,100 small- and medium-sized businesses, or SMBs. Our larger employer clients, which we refer to as enterprise clients, generally enter into three-year written service agreements and commit to pay fixed monthly fees that are set at the beginning of the contract term based on the number of employee participants enrolled in our CDB programs at the beginning of each annual enrollment period. For SMB clients, our agreements are typically for one-year terms and the monthly fee remains constant for the plan year unless there is a 10% or greater increase in the number of employee participants in which case it is subject to upward revision. In addition, we derive a portion of our revenues from interchange fees that we receive when employee participants use the prepaid debit cards we provide to them for healthcare and commuter expenses. We market and sell our CDB programs through multiple channels, including direct sales to large enterprises, direct sales and through brokers to SMBs, and direct sales to industry purchasing and affiliate groups.

At January 31, 2011, we had approximately 1.8 million employee participants from more than 4,700 employer clients. In 2010, employee participants used approximately 1.5 million WageWorks prepaid debit

 

-67-


Table of Contents

cards. Through a combination of the acquisition and integration of smaller third party administrators, or TPAs, which we refer to as portfolio purchases, and organic growth, we grew our revenue from $103.3 million in 2008, to $108.5 million in 2009 to $115.0 million in 2010. Our revenues are highly diversified. Our largest employer client represented only 3.3% of our 2010 revenues and our top 10 employer clients represented only 13.9% of our 2010 revenues. We have a recurring revenue model that has been highly predictable. For each of 2008, 2009 and 2010, clients that accounted for more than 90% of our revenues (excluding interchange fees and vendor commissions) during the year have remained under contract with us in the succeeding year. Our Adjusted EBITDA grew from $10.8 million in 2008 to $15.9 million in 2009, and to $22.4 million in 2010, which represent increases of 48% and 40%, respectively. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see “ Selected Consolidated Financial Information.

Industry Overview

Rising Cost of Healthcare to Employers and Employees

Healthcare costs for both employers and employees continue to increase dramatically. According to a 2010 Kaiser Family Foundation survey, since 2000, family premiums for employer-sponsored health coverage have increased by 114%. A 2010 Hewitt Associates report predicts that employers can expect average annual premium increases of 8.8% from 2010 to 2011. To mitigate the continuing rise in healthcare costs, employers are more frequently passing these costs on to employees by increasing deductibles, out-of-pocket limits and non-network provider cost sharing and by migrating to coinsurance models – systems where employees pay a percentage of the out-of-pocket costs for each healthcare service. As a result, according to the Hewitt Associates report, average employee out-of-pocket healthcare costs are expected to increase 12.5% from 2010 to 2011.

Rising Commuter Costs and Impacts on the Environment

We believe that rising commuter costs and a new era of corporate social responsibility have also led to the creation of a variety of programs that are aimed at helping employees understand and reduce their carbon footprint by encouraging alternatives to driving to work. These alternatives include carpooling, cycling and the use of public transportation. According to a 2010 American Public Transportation Association report, public transportation is twice as fuel efficient as private automobiles at reducing annual fuel consumption. The report further notes that public transportation ridership increased by 38% from 1995 to 2008, compared to a 21% growth in the use of the nation’s highways over the same period. As gasoline prices continue to rise, we believe employees will be more inclined to utilize public transportation as a means of commuting to work.

Establishment of Tax-Advantaged Spending Accounts

Beginning in the late 1970’s, federal laws have been enacted to establish ways for employers to offer structured benefit plans to their employees that lessen overall healthcare and transportation costs through the use of tax-advantaged spending accounts.

Tax-advantaged spending accounts for healthcare were first authorized in 1978. The legislation established a set of rules under which an employer could offer a special benefit plan that allows employees to set aside a portion of their earnings on a pre-tax basis, which are exempt from income and payroll taxes, to pay for certain expenses that are primarily related to healthcare, but also cover dependent care, vision and dental expenses. This benefit was called a “flex” or “cafeteria” plan, and a participating employee’s funds were placed into an FSA. In 2010, there were approximately 35 million active FSA accounts.

Subsequent legislation enacted in 1980 established HRAs, which are employer-funded spending accounts with rules and tax treatment that generally mirror FSAs, but allow employers to have greater control over eligible expenditure designations and plan administration. In 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act established another closely related product, the HSA. HSAs also offer tax-advantaged

 

-68-


Table of Contents

treatment for contributed funds, but include savings account features and are only available to individuals who are enrolled in a qualified High Deductible Health Plan, or HDHP. According to a 2011 Employee Benefit Research Institute report, the combined number of HSAs and HRAs grew to 5.7 million in 2010.

Commuter benefits were established in 1998 to provide tax incentives to employees to encourage the use of mass transportation. As with tax-advantaged healthcare accounts, commuter accounts allow employee participants to set aside earnings on a pre-tax basis to cover commuter rail, subway, bus, commuter-related parking and eligible vanpool expenses. In 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act increased the monthly pre-tax benefit cap for commuter accounts from $120 to $230, a level that has been maintained through 2011, and brings parity between allowable monthly parking and transit benefits. According to a 2009 Transit Center survey, an estimated 35% of employers offer commuter benefits.

Challenges of Tax-Advantaged CDBs for Employers

Employers face numerous challenges in implementing and administering CDBs, including:

 

   

High regulatory risks and related compliance costs. The rules and regulations applicable to implementing and administering CDBs in-house are complex and continually changing. Failure to comply can lead to disqualification of the entire plan, as well as severe penalties. Most employers do not have the internal resources required to assure such compliance and the cost of obtaining such internal resources is high.

 

   

Education to increase employee usage of plan benefits . Given the complexity of CDBs, employers are challenged with effectively communicating plan benefits to employees in order to increase employee participation.

 

   

Effectiveness of benefit programs. In order to help employers maximize the value of these programs, employers need quality data and analysis to help them understand employee participation, measure the effectiveness and efficiency of their CDB programs and improve cost management.

If not successfully met, these challenges can diminish the value employees and employers receive from CDBs and can lead to unnecessary friction between employees and their employers.

Fragmented Landscape of CDB Providers

The current market for administrators of CDBs is highly fragmented. Larger service providers, including health insurance carriers, payroll providers, human resources consulting firms and commercial banks, generally offer CDB programs as non-core offerings bundled with their main products and services. The technology these larger service providers employ for many CDBs is often licensed or outsourced. Their relative lack of focus on CDB plans often restricts the breadth of their offerings in the CDB area. As a result, many of these providers only offer healthcare benefits and do not offer commuter or other CDBs.

There are also hundreds of TPAs that provide administration services for CDBs. We believe many regional TPAs lack sufficient resources to rapidly implement new technologies or to tailor their operations and service offerings in response to evolving rules and regulations.

We believe that the increasing regulation of the healthcare industry, and the increased demand for a variety of tax-advantaged CDBs will lead employers to seek providers that have a principal focus on CDBs and can provide best-in-class, full-featured and scalable programs.

Our CDB Programs

We focus on providing CDB programs to employer clients of any size.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Our CDB programs enable our employer clients and their employee participants to achieve significant tax savings through the use of tax-advantaged spending programs. Using our CDB programs, employee participants contribute a portion of either their pre-tax income or employer-provided funds to pay for qualified out-of-pocket healthcare expenses not fully covered by insurance, such as co-pays, deductibles and over-the-counter medical products, as well as to pay for commuting expenses. Our employer clients also benefit financially from our programs through reduced payroll taxes, even after payment of our fees.

Our programs are designed to increase employee participation in employer clients’ CDB offerings. We believe our employer clients and their employee participants benefit from our superior customer service, efficient workflow processes and advanced monitoring applications. The quality of our customer support has resulted in high levels of client satisfaction and service level performance. We employ a wide range of sophisticated tools to communicate available benefit options to employees and measure the effectiveness of CDB program performance.

We deliver our CDB programs through a BaaS model under which we host and maintain the benefits programs that we provide to our employer clients. Our on-demand delivery model enables employer clients and their employee participants to implement, access and use our proprietary software remotely through a standard web browser on any internet-enabled device, including computers, smart phones and other mobile devices, such as tablet computers. We are able to implement improvements to our programs in a rapid and uniform manner because updates and upgrades to our programs are managed by us on behalf of our clients. Our CDB programs are delivered through integrated platforms that eliminate the need to support multiple versions of our products and multiple websites, and enable us to focus more of our development resources and efforts on the creation of innovative new functionality and features for our employer clients and employee participants. We, therefore, believe that our on-demand model requires less up-front investment by our employer clients than traditional third-party software and hardware options, as well as less personnel resources and implementation services.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the principal benefits that our CDB programs offer to our employer clients and their employee participants:

 

       Principal Benefits

Employer Clients

  

• Achieve FICA and Medicare tax savings on employee payroll deductions through increased employee participation in FSA, HSA and commuter programs

 

• Realize tax deductions on contributions to employee HRAs

 

• Outsource the risk and cost of compliance with regulation and industry standards related to CDBs

 

• Help increase employee awareness of CDB programs

 

• Improve ability to monitor the effectiveness of CDB programs through robust reporting capabilities

 

• Enable ability to offer best-in-class CDB benefits that are not tied to a single insurance provider

 

• Eliminate cost of on-premises information technology infrastructure management, systems security and disaster recovery

 

• Encourage activities and behaviors that may result in a healthier and more socially responsible workforce

Employee Participants

  

• Reduce after-tax out-of-pocket healthcare and commuting costs through tax-advantaged spending

 

• Manage CDBs through an easy to use online interface

 

• Enhance convenience through multiple options for the payment, submission and reimbursement of claims, including the use of a prepaid debit card

 

• Access to a broader selection of CDB programs to customize their health package to meet their specific needs

Key Attributes of Our Business

Key attributes of our business include the following:

 

   

Recurring revenue model with high visibility. Our revenue is derived almost entirely from recurring monthly fees paid by our employer clients. We typically sign three-year agreements with our enterprise clients and one-year agreements with our SMB clients and, for each of 2008, 2009 and 2010, employer clients that accounted for more than 90% of our revenues (excluding interchange fees and vendor commissions) during each year remained under contract with us in the succeeding year.

 

   

Focus on quality of service. Our focus is to consistently deliver the highest quality service to our employer clients and their employee participants, which primarily means providing employee participants with timely and accurate responses to their inquiries, claims submissions and other account transactions. We normally enter into service level agreements with our employer clients where we incur financial penalties if we fail to meet the call and claims processing service standards outlined in those agreements. We have exceeded our contractual service levels each month since May 2007. We typically process 99% of claims within two business days of receipt. This consistent record of service performance includes four consecutive Januarys, the month in which our call volume is substantially greater than the average month.

 

   

Leading edge scalable technology platforms. Our CDB programs employ an easy-to-use website interface that provides our employer clients with robust data and reporting capabilities to help them manage their

 

-71-


Table of Contents
 

benefits offerings and healthcare spending, and provides employee participants with direct access to their accounts, claims history and balance information. Employee participants can also submit claims and upload receipts online. Our highly scalable on-demand technology infrastructure supports employers of any size, from SMBs to Fortune 100 companies.

 

   

Ability to identify, execute and integrate portfolio purchases . As demonstrated by the four portfolio purchases we have made since 2007, we have a proven ability to identify, acquire and successfully integrate complementary businesses to expand our employer client base. In connection with these portfolio purchases, we have leveraged the ease of integration and efficiencies afforded by our on-demand software platform to cross-sell additional CDB products and services to acquired employer clients.

 

   

Experienced, proven management team . Our senior management team has significant operating and service delivery experience with industry-leading businesses in healthcare, such as Kaiser Permanente, transaction processing, such as Alliance Data Systems and First Data Corporation, and financial services, such as American Express. Since 2007, our management team has focused on making improvements to our CDB programs and the implementation of improved controls and processes. As a result, we have achieved significant operational efficiencies, consistently high service levels and improved client and participant satisfaction levels.

 

   

Large and highly diversified employer client base. Our current employer clients include 37 of the Fortune 100 and our top 50 employer clients include industry leaders such as Assurant Health, BayCare Health System, Comcast, Duke University, Ford Motor Company, Harley-Davidson, HCA, Interpublic Group, L-3 Communications, Lowe’s Companies, MetLife, Morgan Stanley, the State of New York, North Shore Long Island Jewish Health System and the State of Wisconsin. Our largest employer client represented only 3.3% of our 2010 revenues and our top 10 employer clients represented only 13.9% of our 2010 revenues.

 

   

Focus on CDB programs. Our core business is providing a comprehensive array of full-featured CDB programs to employers. Our technology and development resources are exclusively dedicated to creating, enhancing and optimizing our CDB programs and technology platforms to better support our employer clients and their employee participants. In contrast, many of our competitors, which include health insurance carriers, human resources consulting firms and payroll providers, generally offer CDBs as non-core service offerings.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of CDB account management programs. The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

 

   

Increase employee adoption and usage. We believe that significant opportunities exist to substantially increase employee participation levels within our existing client base. In 2010, employee participation levels in the benefit programs we serviced for our top 150 clients averaged 27.5%. We aim to increase employee enrollment through the continued promotion of our CDB programs, including through the education and communication programs that we offer to our employer clients, and launched an initiative in 2010 specifically focused on this effort.

 

   

Cross-sell new products to existing employer clients. We believe that our broad portfolio of CDB products and strong employer client relationships create a significant opportunity for us to cross-sell additional CDB programs to our existing employer clients. For example, many of our employer clients currently utilize us for only healthcare or commuter CDB programs, but not both. In 2010, we reorganized our sales team to provide for dedicated personnel focusing on the specialized cross-selling of health care programs to our existing commuter employer clients and vice versa.

 

   

Capitalize on portfolio purchases. We intend to continue to execute our focused strategy to broaden our employer client base through portfolio purchases. There are several hundred regional TPA portfolios that we continually monitor and evaluate in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential candidates for

 

-72-


Table of Contents
 

purchase. We have demonstrated our ability to successfully integrate complementary businesses, as evidenced by the four TPA portfolio purchases we have made since 2007. Portfolio purchases have been the principal driver of our revenue growth from 2008 through 2010.

 

   

Leverage multiple sales channels . We believe that we can continue to gain market share with both Fortune 1000 companies and SMBs by leveraging our multiple sales channels. Our enterprise sales force generates new large client account relationships through employer prospecting, consultant relationships and strategic relationships. We will also continue to use an extensive network of brokers to reach SMBs. We believe that there is a significant growth opportunity in this sales channel, as there are millions of SMBs throughout the United States and the penetration of CDBs in this population is much lower than that for larger companies.

 

   

Continually enhance our products and develop new products and functionality . We believe that our focus on CDB programs and the breadth of our client base has provided us with a deep understanding of our employer clients’ needs. We believe that this knowledge enables us to provide innovative CDB programs to our employer clients and their employee participants. Our easy to use process for online claim submissions is an example of our innovation.

Starting in 2010, our growth strategy has shifted from a singular focus on adding new employer clients to also seeking to take advantage of our substantial base of existing employer clients and their employees who are eligible to participate in our CDB programs. This shift has included initiatives to increase participation in pre-tax health care programs by targeting awareness and education at non-participating eligible employees, and the addition of dedicated sales personnel to focus on the specialized cross-selling of healthcare programs to our existing commuter employer clients and vice versa.

Our Services

Flexible Spending Accounts

Healthcare

We offer flexible spending accounts, or FSAs, which are employer-sponsored CDBs that enable employees to set aside pre-tax dollars to pay for eligible healthcare expenses that are not generally covered by insurance, such as co-pays, deductibles and over-the-counter medical products, as well as vision expenses, orthodontia, medical devices and autism treatments. Employers benefit from payroll tax savings on the pre-tax FSA contributions from the employee.

During each annual open enrollment period, an employee elects an amount to be placed into an FSA for the following plan year, subject to any limits set by his or her employer, and that amount is then deducted in equal increments out of each paycheck on a pre-tax basis over the plan year. The entire annual election amount is available to the participant for use starting on the first day of the plan year and cannot be changed except for the occurrence of certain life events such as a birth, death, marriage or divorce. During the course of the plan year, we are able to automatically process a substantial majority of our employee participants’ claims for reimbursement. The remaining claims for reimbursement are independently adjudicated by us to ensure that FSA funds are used only for qualified healthcare expenses. Any unused funds that remain in the account at the end of the plan year are forfeited by the employee participant and revert to the employer, and are generally used by the employer to defray the administrative expenses of the FSA plans. Forfeitures also reduce excess claims costs that may have been incurred by employee participants who voluntarily or involuntarily leave their employ before the end of a plan year.

Under current law, there is no statutory contribution limit for FSA plans. Rather, employers set the maximum amount of dollars that their employees can deposit into FSAs, which is typically $3,000 to $5,000. Employers set limits for two principal reasons. First, the accounts must be structured in a way that prevents highly compensated employees from benefiting more than other employees. Setting limits helps ensure that highly compensated employees do not make higher elections that would threaten the plan’s nondiscriminatory

 

-73-


Table of Contents

status. Second, regulations governing healthcare FSAs require that a participant’s full annual election be available for use on the first day of the plan year, so employers utilize limits to minimize their risk in the event they are not able to recover the entire amount of their employee participants’ elections through payroll deductions made over the course of the plan year.

The Affordable Care Act provides that, beginning January 1, 2013, there will be a $2,500 limit, indexed to inflation, on pre-tax dollar employee contributions made to a healthcare FSA. Employers themselves will, however, be able to contribute additional amounts in excess of this statutory limit, and may choose to do so in an effort to mitigate the impact of rising healthcare costs on their employees.

Dependent Care

We also offer FSA programs for dependent care plans. These plans allow employees to set aside pre-tax dollars to pay for eligible dependent care expenses, which typically include child care or day care expenses but may also include expenses incurred from adult and elder care. Current laws and regulations limit the amount of pre-tax dollars employees can contribute to dependent care FSAs to $5,000 per tax year. Like healthcare FSAs, employers can also contribute funds to employees’ dependent care FSAs, subject to a statutory $5,000 annual limit on total contributions. As with healthcare FSAs, employers realize payroll tax savings on the pre-tax dependent care FSA contributions made by their employees.

Health Reimbursement Arrangements

We offer employer-funded heath reimbursement arrangements, or HRAs. Under HRAs, employers provide their employees with a specified amount of reimbursement funds that are available to help employees defray their out-of-pocket healthcare expenses, such as deductibles, co-insurance and co-payments. HRAs may only be funded by employers and, while there is no limitation on how much employers may contribute, employers are required to establish the programs in such a way as to prevent discrimination in favor of highly compensated employees. HRAs can be customized by employers so employers have the freedom to determine what expenses are eligible for reimbursement under these arrangements. At the end of the plan year, employers have the option to allow all, or a portion, of the unused funds to roll over and accumulate year-to-year if not spent. All amounts paid by employers into HRAs are deductible by the employer and tax-free to the employee.

Health Savings Accounts

We also administer health savings accounts, or HSAs, for employers that allow employee participants to invest funds to be used for qualified healthcare expenses at any time without federal tax liability or penalty. Such funds are also exempt from payroll taxes for employers. Both employees and employers can make contributions to an HSA. HSA funds are held by a custodian, accumulate year-to-year if not spent and are portable if a participant leaves his employer. Our HSA programs are designed to offer employers a choice of third party custodian to hold the funds as well as a variety of investment options within each custodial offering that enables employers the opportunity to explore a broader assortment of funds to offer their employees.

In order to be eligible for an HSA, an employee must be enrolled in a qualified HDHP that is HSA-compatible and not be covered by any other impermissible coverage. HSAs have annual contribution limits. For 2011, the annual HSA contribution limit is $3,050 for an individual and $6,150 for a family, with allowable catch-up annual contributions of $1,000 for those aged 50 and older so that those individuals can accumulate adequate funds to meet their healthcare expense obligations. Withdrawals for non-medical expenses are treated similarly to those in an individual retirement account. Specifically, such withdrawals may provide tax advantages if taken after retirement age, and may incur penalties if taken earlier.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Commuter Programs

We also offer qualified commuter benefit plans. The federal tax code and all states currently permit employers to provide the following commuter benefits to employees on a tax-free basis:

 

   

qualified parking;

 

   

transit passes;

 

   

transportation in a commuter highway vehicle, or vanpooling, if such transportation is in connection with travel between the employee’s residence and place of employment; and

 

   

reimbursement of certain bicycle commuting expenses.

For most commuter benefits, the maximum monthly amount that employees can exclude from income tax is subject to a statutory limit that is periodically adjusted for inflation. For 2011, the monthly maximum is $230 for transit or vanpooling, $230 for parking and $20 for bicycle reimbursement.

We offer three variations of commuter programs: Commuter Express, Commuter Order and Commuter Account. Each of these programs is described below.

While these programs differ in terms of funding, implementation and available services, they all include the following common features:

 

   

home delivery of transit passes and vouchers;

 

   

electronic loading of transit agency smartcards (where available);

 

   

an express electronic payment feature for selected transit and vanpool operators;

 

   

access to transit vouchers (where available and accepted);

 

   

Commuter Card, a prepaid debit card used to pay for transit purchases or parking expenses;

 

   

Pay My Parking, a direct monthly payment to parking providers for eligible parking;

 

   

Park-n-Ride Support, which provides parking at or near transit stations or stops;

 

   

a cash reimbursement process for parking, vanpool, and certain other transit expenses; and

 

   

employer managed parking, which includes support for employer owned, managed, or leased parking, including customization capability by parking facility.

Under our Commuter Express program, which we target to SMBs, employers create transit and parking accounts on behalf of their employees using a web-based application on our proprietary platform. Employees then designate a monthly election amount, the employer submits the appropriate funds to us and we deposit those funds onto a prepaid debit card that we provide to the employee participants, which can be used to make transit or parking purchases at eligible locations. All such employee elections are exempt from income tax and the employer recognizes a financial benefit because it does not pay FICA or Medicare tax on amounts contributed by its employees. Employees may also supplement the amounts in their account with their own personal funds, although such supplemental funds are contributed on an after-tax basis.

Under our Commuter Order program, which we target to medium-sized and larger enterprise clients, employees place orders for transit, vanpool or parking benefits through our website or our toll-free customer service center. Employers pay us for transit and parking orders in advance and reimburse themselves through payroll deductions from the participants, which are exempt from payroll and income taxes.

Under our Commuter Account program, which we target to medium-sized and larger enterprise clients, and particularly to those clients in the public sector, retail and service industries, employees make payroll deduction elections that employers use to fund accounts that we maintain. These deductions are exempt from payroll and

 

-75-


Table of Contents

income taxes. Participants use the funds in their accounts either automatically to fund a prepaid debit card that can be used to make transit or parking purchases at eligible locations or to purchase a transit or parking pass directly on our website. In addition to the payroll deductions, employees may also supplement the amounts in their account with their own personal funds, although such supplemental funds are contributed on an after-tax basis.

Our commuter programs include a parking catalog with over 3,000 selectable locations and purchasable transit products from over 750 transit operators covering every major metropolitan area. At March 1, 2011, we offered over 153,000 different transportation products and we fulfill approximately 6.4 million commuter items, including passes, smartcards, vanpool vouchers and commuter cards, to commuters on an annual basis. We sell our commuter program to employers of all sizes and industries.

COBRA

We offer Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, continuation services to employer clients to meet the employer’s obligation to make available continuation of coverage for participants who are no longer eligible for the employer’s COBRA covered benefits which includes medical, dental, vision, HRAs and certain healthcare FSAs. COBRA requires employers to make health coverage available for terminated employees for a period of up to 36 months post-termination. As part of our COBRA program, we offer a direct billing service where former employee participants pay for coverage they elect to continue. We handle the accounting and customer service for these separated employees, as well as interfacing with the carrier regarding the employees’ eligibility. At January 31, 2011, we provided COBRA services to approximately 700 employer clients.

Our Employer Clients

As of January 31, 2011, we had more than 4,700 employer clients across a broad range of industries with approximately 1.8 million participating employees in all 50 states. Our employer clients include 37 of the Fortune 100, 122 of the Fortune 500 and over 2,100 SMBs.

Our top 50 employer clients include Assurant Health, BayCare Health System, Comcast, Duke University, Ford Motor Company, Harley-Davidson, HCA, Interpublic Group, L-3 Communications, Lowe’s Companies, MetLife, Morgan Stanley, the State of New York, North Shore Long Island Jewish Health System and the State of Wisconsin.

Our Technology Platforms

We run our services on two distinct on-demand technology platforms that have been designed to be highly scalable, and we closely monitor utilization of all aspects of our platforms for capacity planning purposes. Our existing infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and planned future needs.

The majority of our accounts run on our integrated and scalable proprietary platform, which we call our v5 platform. We generally use our v5 platform for medium-sized and enterprise clients. Our v5 platform supports all account administrative functions and provides integration with the systems used by employer clients, payment networks, health plans and key suppliers. Our v5 platform offers employer clients and employee participants a variety of payment features, in addition to traditional reimbursement, for our healthcare, commuter and other employee spending plans. Our v5 platform features a flexible, rules-based engine that includes multi-wallet functionality and is highly configurable to accommodate custom client plan designs and service requests. This multi-wallet functionality allows us to include more than one type of healthcare account (FSA, HRA and HSA) on one card, and helps ensure that funds that are otherwise subject to forfeiture at the end of a plan year are used first to pay for eligible expenses. Our v5 platform also allows for automated file interfacing with clients and external vendors, including card processors, custodian banks, health plan providers, claims and payment vendors. We have a daily settlement system and have implemented internal reporting and monitoring systems to ensure quality control on a daily basis.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

In addition to our v5 platform, we also operate a technology platform known as WinFlexOne, which has been specifically designed and enhanced to address the needs of SMBs. While the overall features and capabilities of WinFlexOne are comparable to v5, WinFlexOne utilizes a simpler set of interfaces and product configurations that better accommodate the more limited administrative capabilities and needs of small employers.

In 2010, we released our mobile website to support our healthcare, commuter and COBRA products. Participants can view summary and detailed plan information, including card and account balances, important messages and alerts via our mobile site. We are currently enhancing our mobile site and expect to continue releasing new functionality in the future.

In January 2011, we released our mobile application for the Apple iPhone ® and iPad ® . This application enables participants to access their accounts and submit receipts by sending a digital photo of the receipt to verify healthcare card transactions directly from their Apple iPhone ® and iPad ® devices. We are currently working to expand the application’s capabilities to allow for claims submission and plan to develop similar applications for other smart phone platforms in the foreseeable future.

Operations

Operation Support Services

We provide operational support services to our clients, including customer support center servicing and claims processing.

Our customer support center servicing team is responsible for handling all incoming calls from our employee participants and is focused on continually improving the participants’ customer service experience. Our team is trained to provide support on all our product offerings and is cross trained to support our claims servicing team. The customer support center servicing team is responsible for resolving any issues or problems an employee participant may have, including: education as to how our programs work; to what benefits an employee participant may be entitled; how to submit a claim for reimbursement; and why an employee participant may need to provide additional detail before a particular transaction is approved. We also have an executive escalations team that is trained to respond to any significant service issues that arise. Our customer support center team serviced over 1.6 million calls in 2010.

Our claims servicing team is responsible for processing all incoming claims for payment or reimbursement directly to providers or participants. This team reviews and adjudicates claims to ensure they meet all compliance and employer plan requirements and communicates with participants regarding the status of their claims using our in-house claims center technology tool. Like the customer support center servicing team, the claims servicing team is trained to support the customer support center servicing team when demand dictates. In 2010, the claims servicing team processed over 3.5 million claims and card use verification forms.

In an effort to increase our service efficiency and maintain our high-quality high-touch approach, we have outsourced and trained additional resources that we can use to support our customer support center and claims services teams during busy times such as open enrollment. All of these outsourced resources go through the same rigorous training as our own customer support center and claims servicing teams, and we believe that they provide the same level of quality service as our own employees.

Our operations support team is also responsible for processing and coordinating all activities required to support our high volume transaction business, including:

 

   

managing prepaid funds and reimbursement payments from client employers to settle participant transactions;

 

-77-


Table of Contents
   

monitoring all card spending, authorizations and settlements with the transaction processors;

 

   

delivering electronic and paper statements directly to participants;

 

   

delivering “explanation of benefits” forms directly to participants;

 

   

delivering healthcare and commuter cards and passes directly to participants; and

 

   

managing process improvement projects across our organization.

Our operations support team utilizes both our v5 and WinFlexOne on-demand platforms to deliver products and services to clients and participants. In addition, we have supporting applications provided by third party vendors, the most significant of which is Fidelity National Information Services, which provides card network switching and settlement services, and Fiserv, Inc., which handles fulfillment of our printed healthcare statements, explanation of benefits and payment statements and open enrollment guides.

In 2010, our operations team delivered approximately 1.1 million healthcare and commuter prepaid debit cards, 7.6 million electronic and paper statements and fulfilled over 6.4 million commuter products to employees.

We also have a professional services team that is responsible for coordinating all activities related to the implementation, transition and on-board of new employer clients, assisting our existing clients with the addition of new services to their accounts and transitioning clients that we acquire from portfolio purchases to our platforms. This team also coordinates project planning to ensure that the startup of new programs coincide with the employer client’s new plan year and acts as a client liaison to keep the client informed of the implementation status. In addition, our professional services team coordinates the completion of requests for proposals in response to new business prospects and works directly with all other functions in our organization to ensure each employer client receives consistent quality service.

Employer Client Services

We assign each employer client to a regionally aligned account team with a relationship manager who functions as the client’s single point of contact. Our relationship managers are trained on all of our account offerings and receive prompt updates from internal subject matter experts on how regulatory or operational changes may impact a particular program or procedure. Our account service consultants, who are responsible for day-to-day management of client data, and our service account representatives, who are subject matter experts on new or specific aspects of our business, work closely with the relationship manager to ensure that our employer clients receive high-quality consultative service.

We provide assistance to our enterprise clients with their open enrollment processes. Our employer clients have an annual open enrollment period during which their employees have the opportunity to enroll, re-enroll or change their benefit elections for the upcoming plan year. We provide our employer clients with tools, such as educational information, calculators, video, webinars and onsite support to help facilitate their open enrollment and help drive employee participation in our programs.

We also provide both pre- and post-enrollment consultation services to employer clients to ensure that they utilize our services in a way that fits with their overall approach to employee benefit plans for the upcoming year. These consultations include providing employer clients with robust data regarding spend patterns, participation and service utilization, such as website usage, online claims submissions and participant feedback, to ensure maximum employee participation in their benefits programs. Our employer client services team also ensures that any platform or product changes are properly communicated to and adopted by our clients. Examples of these changes include service enhancements, such as online claims processing, the launch of our mobile application and website process changes.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

We have relationships with a significant number of regional transit authorities, and have a large catalog of commuter pass offerings. Our employer client services team ensures that our commuter clients’ employee participants are kept informed about rate changes, new pricing schemes and the adoption of new technologies, such as smart cards.

Sales and Business Development

We grow our employer client base through our various sales channels and through other business development efforts.

Sales

We sell our CDB programs to our employer clients through three different sales channels, each of which targets a distinct group of clients.

Enterprise Sales. Our enterprise sales force targets Fortune 1000 companies and generates new large account relationships through employer prospecting, consultant relationships and strategic partnerships. Our sales process includes responding to requests for proposals, making client presentations and providing demonstrations of our v5 platform, and is focused on both securing new accounts as well as cross-selling additional products to existing clients.

SMB Distribution Channel. Our SMB distribution channel complements our enterprise sales channel and consists of third party advisors, including insurance agents and benefits consultants who typically have two to three enterprise clients and several hundred smaller employer clients, and institutional resellers, including regional and national insurance carriers, health plans, payroll providers, commercial banks and TPAs, who sell our CDB programs to smaller employers along with their own complementary products. We provide CDB programs to our resellers who either rebrand our programs under their own name or co-brand the programs with us.

Group Purchasing Organizations. We also sell our programs through group purchasing organizations in which we negotiate a standard service contract with group purchasing organizations that are formed by industry specific employers to cover their members. Once the standard contract and pricing have been negotiated, we are able to add additional employers that are members of the group at a low incremental cost.

Business Development

In addition to our sales channels, we utilize portfolio purchases as a business development strategy to broaden our employer client base and to acquire new employer clients. Since 2007, we have purchased CDB portfolios of four TPAs: CB, MHM, PBS and FBM. We migrate acquired clients to our proprietary technology platforms over time following the completion of a portfolio purchase. The acquired portfolios often contain a mix of large employer clients and SMB clients. In general, larger clients will be transitioned to our v5 platform and smaller clients will be transitioned to the WinFlexOne platform. This process is usually completed over a 12 to 24 month period. In connection with these portfolio purchases, we have leveraged the ease of integration and efficiencies afforded by our on-demand software platforms and cross-sold additional CDB products and services to many acquired employer clients.

Marketing

We market ourselves as a provider of CDB programs and services through three primary channels.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Public Communications

Our public communications marketing efforts include:

 

   

Our website, which includes information about WageWorks, our CDB programs and developments in the CDB industry, generally;

 

   

Our nationwide media campaign to educate consumers about FSAs, which includes a consumer website, utilization of spokespersons and broadcast and print media stories;

 

   

Targeted email and multimedia campaigns to select audiences through leading trade industry publications;

 

   

Involvement with various industry organizations; and

 

   

Participation in trade shows, conferences and organizations, such as the Employers Council on Flexible Compensation, the Special Interest Group for IIAS Standards and the Society of Human Resource Management.

Client Communications

Our client communications marketing initiatives include:

 

   

Publication of a monthly client newsletter;

 

   

Providing clients with educational programs, such as webinars and white papers;

 

   

Creating education and awareness tools for employees to support clients’ annual open enrollment processes; and

 

   

Providing clients with regulatory updates and guidance.

Participant Communications

Our participant communications marketing efforts include:

 

   

Providing open enrollment materials that are easy for participants to understand and complete;

 

   

Preparing welcome materials and introductory guides for new participants; and

 

   

Providing ongoing educational resources for participants regarding program features, benefits and regulatory changes.

We also regularly engage in advocacy efforts to educate legislators and regulators about the importance of retaining and expanding the availability of CDBs for employees. For example, during the healthcare reform efforts in 2009, we led an industry-wide initiative that focused on creating awareness amongst legislators about the consumer benefits associated with flexible spending programs and other healthcare-related benefits accounts.

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive, complex and rapidly changing federal and state laws and regulations.

IRS Regulations

We are subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service regulations, which lay the foundation for tax savings and eligible expenses under the CDB programs we administer. Each year, the IRS issues guidance regarding employee plans.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

ERISA

Certain of our CDB programs are covered by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, which governs the structure of “employee benefits plans.” ERISA does not apply to dependent care FSAs, HSAs or any of our commuter programs, and does not typically apply to agreements with churches or governments. ERISA generally imposes extensive reporting requirements on employers, as well as an obligation to provide detailed disclosure to covered individuals, which includes both employees and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor can bring enforcement actions or assess penalties against employers for failing to comply with ERISA’s requirements.

HIPAA, Privacy and Data Security Regulations

In connection with processing data on behalf of our clients and participants, we frequently undertake or are subject to specific compliance obligations under privacy and data security-related laws, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and related state laws. We are also subject to federal and state security breach notification laws, as well as state laws regulating the processing of personal information, including laws governing the collection, use and disclosure of social security numbers and related identifiers. As part of the payment-related aspects of our business, we may also undertake security-related obligations arising out of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Payment Card Industry guidelines applicable to card systems.

Department of Labor

The Department of Labor, or the DOL, is responsible for issuing guidance under any component plans that are subject to ERISA, including healthcare FSAs and HRAs.

The DOL issues technical releases that apply to employee benefit plans generally. In addition, in response to a request by an individual or an organization, the DOL’s Employee Benefits Security Administration may issue an advisory opinion that interprets and applies ERISA to a specific situation, including issues related to consumer-directed healthcare accounts.

Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services Regulations

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, is heavily involved in the oversight of the plans we administer as a division of the Department of Health and Human Services. Other than ERISA provisions relating to HIPAA, which are enforced by the Department of Labor, and the provisions of the Code related to HIPAA, which are enforced by the Department of Treasury, CMS has primary responsibility for enforcement and implementation of HIPAA and many of the requirements of health reform.

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, the federal government enacted significant reforms to healthcare legislation through the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or HCERA. These laws amended various provisions in many federal laws, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and ERISA. These amendments include numerous coverage changes affecting group health plans, which now apply to insurers and governmental plans, as well as employer-sponsored health plans, including self-insured plans.

Dodd-Frank Act and Durbin Amendment

In July 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, which includes the Durbin Amendment to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act that requires the

 

-81-


Table of Contents

issuance of new rules that implement interchange transaction fee restrictions and prohibitions against payment card network exclusivity arrangements and transaction routing restrictions related to the processing of electronic debit transactions. Proposed rules implementing these changes have been issued with final rules expected to be promulgated by July 2011.

Competition

The market for CDBs is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Key categories of competitors include:

 

   

National CDB specialists, such as PayFlex Systems, Inc. or SHPS, Inc.;

 

   

Health insurance carriers, such as Aetna or UHC;

 

   

Human resources consulting firms, such as Aon Hewitt;

 

   

Payroll providers, such as ADP or Ceridian;

 

   

Small regional TPAs focused on CDBs; and

 

   

Commercial banks, such as Bank of America.

CDB sales opportunities are presented through a number of different channels and often involve direct competition and requests for proposal processes. Many of our competitors, such as health insurance carriers, payroll providers, human resources consulting firms and commercial banks, offer CDB programs as non-core offerings bundled with their main products and services. We also compete against many regional TPAs who often lack sufficient resources to rapidly implement new technologies or to tailor their operations and service offerings in response to evolving rules and regulations. We further compete against the limited number of other CDB specialists.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our products’ performance and cost relative to that of our competitors;

 

   

the quality of service that we provide to our employer clients and their employee participants;

 

   

our ability to easily identify, acquire and integrate client portfolio purchases; and

 

   

our industry leadership and expertise.

Some of our competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, some of these competitors may choose to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services. We believe our focus on CDB programs, our high quality service and our highly scalable BaaS delivery model are the principal basis on which we can compete in the CDB market. We cannot assure you that our products will continue to compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition from new products and enhancements introduced by our existing competitors or new companies entering our market.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of patent laws, trade secrets, including know-how, employee and third party nondisclosure agreements, copyright laws, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our technology. We have one issued patent which expires in 2027.

Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer, or otherwise obtain portions of our products. Competitors

 

-82-


Table of Contents

may attempt to develop similar products that could compete in the same market as our products. Unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information by our employees or third parties could occur.

Third-party infringement claims are also possible in our industry, especially as software functionality and features expand, evolve, and overlap with other industry segments. Current and future competitors, as well as non-practicing patent holders, could claim at any time that some or all of our products infringe on patents they now hold or might obtain, or be issued in the future.

Employees

At January 31, 2011, we had 816 full-time employees and 28 temporary or seasonal employees. 105 employees are located in our Northern California headquarters and the remainder are located in our various other offices throughout the United States or work remotely from various locations. None of our employees are currently represented by labor unions or are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with respect to their employment. To date we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

From time-to-time, we are subject to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business activities. In addition, from time-to-time, third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us in the form of letters and other forms of communication. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation whereby the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects, cash flows, financial position or brand.

Facilities

We do not currently own any of our facilities. Our corporate headquarters are located in San Mateo, California where we occupy approximately 38,249 square feet of space under a lease that expires in October 2011. We have additional facilities in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Kansas, Michigan, New York and Wisconsin under various leases that expire between November 30, 2012 and November 30, 2015. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of March 31, 2011, are as set forth below:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Joseph L. Jackson

     50       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Richard T. Green

     52       Chief Financial Officer

Edgar O. Montes

     50       Senior Vice President, Service Delivery Operations

Kimberly L. Jackson

     42       Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Richard M. Berkeley(3)

     58       Director

Thomas A. Bevilacqua(2)(3)

     54       Director

Bruce G. Bodaken(1)

     59       Director

Mariann Byerwalter(1)

     50       Director

Jerome D. Gramaglia(2)

     55       Director

John W. Larson(3)

     75       Director

Leigh E. Michl(1)

     49       Director

Edward C. Nafus(2)

     70       Director

 

(1) Member of our audit committee
(2) Member of our compensation committee
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Joseph L. Jackson has served as our Chief Executive Officer, and as a member of our board of directors, since February 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jackson served in various roles at First Data Corporation, a provider of payment processing services, from January 1983 until March 2006, most recently as President of Commercial Sales for its Western Union subsidiary. Mr. Jackson holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Nebraska. We believe that Mr. Jackson possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his past business experience and his perspective as our Chief Executive Officer, which brings operational expertise to our board of directors.

Richard T. Green has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Green served as Chief Financial Officer for Vertex Business Services N.A., a leading global outsourcing company, from July 2008 to December 2008, and as Chief Financial Officer of the Utility Services Division of Alliance Data Systems, a provider of loyalty marketing solutions derived from transaction-rich data, from March 2000 to July 2008. Mr. Green holds an M.S. in Computer Systems Management from Creighton University and an M.B.A. and a B.S. in Finance from the University of Nebraska.

Edgar O. Montes has served as our Senior Vice President, Service Delivery Operations since March 2007, and as our Vice President, Operations from November 2006 until March 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Montes served in various positions with American Express, most recently as Vice President - Customer Service from December 1982 until November 2006. Mr. Montes holds an M.B.A., a B.S. in Accounting and a B.S. in Real Estate from Arizona State University.

Kimberly L. Jackson has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since March 2008. Prior to joining us, Ms. Jackson served as Senior Corporate Counsel for Aricent Inc., a leading communications software company, from May 2007 to March 2008, and prior to that as Associate General Counsel for KLA-Tencor Corporation, a provider of yield management and process control solutions for semiconductor manufacturing and related industries, from April 2000 to May 2007. Ms. Jackson holds a J.D. from the University of the Pacific, McGeorge School of Law and a B.A. in Political Science from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Richard M. Berkeley has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2005, and as a member of our nominating and corporate governance committee since July 2005. Mr. Berkeley is a managing member of Camden Partners Holdings, LLC, where he focuses on investments in the business and financial services, healthcare and education markets. Prior to joining Camden Partners in October 2002, Mr. Berkeley spent 19 years with Alex. Brown & Sons, Incorporated and its successor organizations, Bankers Trust Corporation and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., where he was responsible for the origination, structuring and consummation of private equity financings for public and private companies. He currently serves on the board of directors of RealPage, Inc., a leading provider of on demand software solutions for the rental housing industry, and on the boards of directors of a number of private companies, educational institutions and charitable organizations. Mr. Berkeley served as an officer in the United States Air Force between 1974 and 1976. He received an M.B.A., a J.D. and a B.A. in History from the University of Virginia. We believe that Mr. Berkeley possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as a member of our nominating and corporate governance committee, including his extensive experience in business and investing and knowledge of equity financings.

Thomas A. Bevilacqua has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2009, as a member of our compensation committee since February 2010 and as a member of our nominating and corporate governance committee since February 2011. Mr. Bevilacqua is a Managing Director and Group Co-leader, Information Technology with VantagePoint Capital Partners. Prior to joining VantagePoint, Mr. Bevilacqua was Executive Vice President of E*TRADE Financial, where he served in a variety of operational roles and established E*TRADE’s acquisition and investment strategies. While at E*TRADE, Mr. Bevilacqua founded ArrowPath Venture Partners, an early stage venture capital fund that was later spun out from E*TRADE, and served as the Managing Partner of that firm for over seven years. Mr. Bevilacqua was previously a partner at two leading Silicon Valley law firms, Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP and Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP. Mr. Bevilacqua received a J.D. from the University of California, Hastings College of the Law and a B.S. in business administration from the University of California at Berkeley. We believe that Mr. Bevilacqua possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as a member of our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, including his knowledge of technology investments and Internet services, his financial literacy and his general business and legal experience.

Bruce G. Bodaken has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2005, as chairman of our audit committee since May 2009 and as a member of our audit committee since February 2006. Mr. Bodaken is the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Shield of California. Mr. Bodaken joined Blue Shield in 1994 as President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Blue Shield, Mr. Bodaken served as Senior Vice President and Associate Chief Operating Officer of FHP International Corporation. Mr. Bodaken also serves on numerous professional and civic boards. He is a member of the Institute of Medicine’s Roundtable on Value & Science-Driven Healthcare and serves on the board of directors of the California Business Roundtable, and the University of California, Berkeley’s Health Services Management Program. Mr. Bodaken received an M.S. in Philosophy from the University of Colorado and a B.A. in Philosophy from Colorado State University. We believe that Mr. Bodaken possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as chairman of our audit committee, including his extensive business experience as an executive in the health insurance industry.

Mariann Byerwalter has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2010 and as a member of our audit committee since May 2010. Ms. Byerwalter has been the chairman of JDN Corporate Advisory LLC, a privately-held advisory services firm, since October 2001. Ms. Byerwalter served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President for Business Affairs of Stanford University from February 1996 through February 2001. Prior to joining Stanford University, she was a partner and co-founder of America First Financial Corporation from 1987 through January 1996. Ms. Byerwalter was also the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and a director of America First Eureka Holdings, the holding company for EurekaBank, a publicly-traded institution. She was the Chief Financial Officer of Eureka Bank from 1993 to 1996 and was a member of its board of

 

-85-


Table of Contents

directors from 1988 until the company was sold in 1998. Ms. Byerwalter served as a member of the board of directors of PMI Group, Inc., a provider of residential mortgage insurance, from May 2001 until March 2009. Ms. Byerwalter currently serves on the boards of certain investment companies affiliated with Charles Schwab Corporation, Redwood Trust, Inc., Pacific Life Corporation and Burlington Capital. She serves as a director and as chairman of the board of the Stanford Hospital & Clinics and a director and chair of the audit committee of the Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital. She also serves on the board of trustees of Stanford University. Ms. Byerwalter received an M.B.A. from Harvard University and a B.A. in Economics and Political Science/Public Policy from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Byerwalter possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve a member of our board of directors and to serve as a member of our audit committee, including her experience as a company executive and her financial and accounting expertise with public companies.

Jerome D. Gramaglia has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2002, as a member of our compensation committee since October 2003 and as the chairman of our compensation committee since February 2006. Since March 2011, Mr. Gramaglia has served as interim Chief Executive Officer and President of Acxiom Corporation, a leading provider of marketing data, services and technology. Prior to such appointment, Mr. Gramaglia was a private investor/advisor to consumer-oriented technology start-ups. From May 2002 to March 2008, Mr. Gramaglia served as Entrepreneur-in-Residence and then as Partner for ArrowPath Venture Partners, a Silicon Valley based venture capital firm. From June 1998 to May 2002, Mr. Gramaglia served as Chief Marketing Officer and then as President and Chief Operating Officer for E*TRADE Group, Inc., a leading provider of electronic financial services. Mr. Gramaglia began his career at Procter & Gamble and later held marketing and general management positions for Nestle, PepsiCo, Imasco and Sprint. Mr. Gramaglia has also served on the boards of directors of Coldwater Creek, a national retailer of women’s apparel, since June 2004 and Acxiom since August 2009. Mr. Gramaglia received a B.A. in Economics from Denison University. We believe Mr. Gramaglia possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as the chairman of our compensation committee, including his experience in various executive roles of a public company, his service on the board of other public companies and his marketing, financial, technology and management expertise.

John W. Larson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2000, as chairman of our board of directors since July 2006 and as chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee since February 2006. Mr. Larson retired as a partner at the law firm of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP in December 2009, which he joined in February 2003. Mr. Larson served as partner at the law firm of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP from 1969 until retiring in January 2003, except for the period from July 1971 to September 1973 when he was in government service as Assistant Secretary of the United States Department of the Interior and Counselor to George P. Shultz, Chairman of the Cost of Living Council. From 1988 until March 1996, Mr. Larson served as the Chief Executive Officer for Brobeck. Mr. Larson has served on the board of directors of Sangamo Biosciences, Inc., a biotechnology company focusing on zinc finger DNA-binding proteins, since January 1996. Mr. Larson also serves on the board of Needham Funds and MBA Polymers. Mr. Larson received an L.L.B. from Stanford Law School and a B.A., with distinction, in Economics from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Larson possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee, including his extensive legal career and business background and his experience on the boards of numerous public and private companies.

Leigh E. Michl has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2005 and as a member of our audit committee since May 2009. Since July 2009, Mr. Michl has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ultimus, Inc., a provider of business process management software. Since January 2007, Mr. Michl has also been an independent consultant providing venture capital advisory services to Advent International Corporation, an international private equity firm. From November 2003 until December 2006, Mr. Michl was a partner at Advent. Between 1988 and 2003, Mr. Michl was a managing director of Ascent Venture Partners, a firm he co-founded, and a general partner of Ascent’s predecessor, Pioneer Capital Corporation. Mr. Michl also worked as a business analyst for The Pioneer Group Inc., a publicly traded mutual fund company, and completed General Electric Company’s Financial Management Program. Mr. Michl has been a director of numerous

 

-86-


Table of Contents

companies, and is also the past president and trustee of the Mad River Glen ski area in Vermont. Mr. Michl holds an M.S. in Finance from Boston College and a B.A. in Economics from Bates College. We believe Mr. Michl possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as a member of our audit committee, including his extensive business experience as executive officer and board member and extensive investment experience in the technology industry.

Edward C. Nafus has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2010 and as a member of our compensation committee since August 2010. From April 2005 until his retirement in December 2007, Mr. Nafus served as President and Chief Executive Officer of CSG Systems International, Inc., a leading provider of customer interaction management solutions to the North American market. Mr. Nafus joined CSG Systems in August 1998 as Executive Vice President and became President, Convergent Services and Solutions Division in January 2002. Prior to joining CSG Systems, Mr. Nafus served in numerous management positions with First Data Corporation from 1978 to 1998, including Executive Vice President from 1992 to 1998, President of First Data International from 1989 to 1997, and Executive Vice President of First Data Resources from 1984 to 1989. From 1971 to 1978, Mr. Nafus worked in sales management, training and sales for Xerox Corporation. From 1966 to 1971, Mr. Nafus was a pilot and division officer in the United States Navy. Mr. Nafus serves on the board of directors of CSG Systems International, Inc. Mr. Nafus received a B.S. degree from Jamestown College. We believe Mr. Nafus possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and to serve as a member of our compensation committee, including his experience as an executive and board member of a public company and general business experience.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We expect our board of directors to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our chief executive officer, chief financial and accounting officer and other principal executive and senior financial officers.

Board of Directors and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors is currently composed of nine members, eight of whom have been determined to be independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of                     . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time-to-time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

As of the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Richard M. Berkeley, Jerome D. Gramaglia and Leigh E. Michl, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Mariann Byerwalter, John W. Larson and Edward C. Nafus and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Thomas A. Bevilacqua, Bruce G. Bodaken and Joseph L. Jackson, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to conduct an annual self-evaluation at the end of each fiscal year, which will include a review of any areas in which the board of directors or

 

-87-


Table of Contents

management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors will have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee will discuss with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. Our compensation committee will oversee risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees will report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

As part of its oversight of our compensation programs, our compensation committee has considered our executive officer and non-executive employee compensation programs as they relate to our risk management and based upon this assessment, we believe that any risks arising from such policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Our employees’ base salaries are fixed in amount and do not depend on performance. Our cash incentive program takes into account multiple metrics, thus diversifying the risk associated with any single performance metric, and we believe it does not incentivize our employees to focus exclusively on short-term outcomes. Our equity awards are limited by the terms of our equity plans to a fixed maximum specified in the plan, and are subject to vesting to align the long-term interests of our employees with those of our stockholders. We do not believe that these equity-based incentives encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking because their ultimate value is tied to our stock price.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be listed on                     . Under the rules of             , independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of time following the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of              require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of             , a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In March 2011, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of Ms. Byerwalter and Messrs. Berkeley, Bevilacqua, Bodaken, Gramaglia, Larson, Michl and Nafus, representing eight of our nine directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of             . Our board of directors also determined that Ms. Byerwalter and Messrs. Bodaken and Michl, who comprise our audit committee, Messrs. Bevilacqua, Gramaglia and Nafus, who comprise our compensation committee, and Messrs. Berkeley, Bevilacqua and Larson, who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of             . In making this determination,

 

-88-


Table of Contents

our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below. The audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee all operate under charters approved by our board of directors, which charters will be available on our website upon the closing of this offering.

Audit Committee . Our audit committee is comprised of Ms. Byerwalter and Messrs. Bodaken and Michl, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Bodaken is the chairman of our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication as defined in the rules of the             . Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving the selection of our independent registered public accounting firm, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Compensation Committee . Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Bevilacqua, Gramaglia and Nafus. Mr. Gramaglia is the chairman of our compensation committee. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, the annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;

 

   

reviewing and approving compensation to our non-executive directors;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

administrating our equity compensation plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Berkeley, Bevilacqua and Larson. Mr. Larson is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;

 

   

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing the succession planning for our executive officers;

 

-89-


Table of Contents
   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

   

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by members of our board of directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. The table excludes Mr. Jackson, who is a named executive officer, and did not receive any compensation from us in his role as a director in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

     Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards
(1)(8)
    Total  

Richard M. Berkeley

   $ —         $ 13,645 (2)    $ 13,645   

Thomas A. Bevilacqua

     —           13,645 (2)      13,645   

Bruce G. Bodaken

     46,000         38,675 (3)      84,675   

Mariann Byerwalter

     17,022         54,400 (4)      71,422   

Jerome D. Gramaglia

     37,500         38,722 (5)      76,222   

John W. Larson

     44,000         45,541 (6)      89,541   

Leigh E. Michl

     —           13,645 (2)      13,645   

Edward C. Nafus

     9,011         47,974 (7)      56,985   

 

(1) Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option award calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation , as amended, without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 12 of our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of valuation assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2)

Represents an option granted on May 6, 2010 to purchase up to 13,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $2.66. The option vests beginning on May 6, 2010 and vests as to 1/12 th of the shares subject to the option per month for the subsequent year, subject to each respective director’s continued service through each vesting date.

(3)

Represents an option granted on May 6, 2010 to purchase up to 13,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $2.66 with a grant date fair value of $13,645 and an option granted on November 4, 2010 to purchase up to 22,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $3.09 with a grant date fair value of $25,030. The options vest beginning on May 6, 2010 and November 4, 2010, respectively, and each option vests as to 1/12 th of the shares subject to such option per month for the subsequent year, subject to Mr. Bodaken’s continued service through each vesting date.

(4)

Represents an option granted on May 6, 2010 to purchase up to 50,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $2.66. The option vests beginning on May 6, 2010 and vests as to 1/24 th of the shares subject to the option per month for the subsequent two years, subject to Ms. Byerwalter’s continued service through each vesting date.

(5)

Represents an option granted on May 6, 2010 to purchase up to 13,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $2.66 with a grant date value of $13,645 and an option granted on November 4, 2010 to purchase up to 22,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $3.09 with a grant date fair value of $25,077. The options vest beginning on May 6, 2010 and November 4, 2010, respectively, and each option vests as to 1/12 th of the shares subject to such option per month for the subsequent year, subject to Mr. Gramaglia’s continued service through each vesting date.

 

-90-


Table of Contents
(6)

Represents an option granted on May 6, 2010 to purchase up to 19,500 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $2.66. The option vests beginning on May 6, 2010 and vests as to 1/12 th of the shares subject to the option per month for the subsequent year, subject to Mr. Larson’s continued service through each vesting date.

(7)

Represents an option granted on August 24, 2010 to purchase up to 50,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $3.09. The option vests beginning on August 24, 2010 and vests as to 1/24 th of the shares subject to the option per month for the subsequent two years, subject to Mr. Nafus’s continued service through each vesting date.

(8) The aggregate number of shares subject to stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010 for each non-employee director is as follows:

 

Name

   Aggregate Number of Stock
Options Outstanding as of
December 31, 2010
 

Richard M. Berkeley

     49,000   

Thomas A. Bevilacqua

     13,000   

Bruce G. Bodaken

     61,000   

Mariann Byerwalter

     50,000   

Jerome D. Gramaglia

     61,000   

John W. Larson

     100,500   

Leigh E. Michl

     49,000   

Edward C. Nafus

     50,000   

Pursuant to our non-employee director compensation program, our non-executive chairman of the board receives an annual retainer of $             and each of our remaining non-employee directors receives an annual retainer of $            , payable quarterly. If a non-employee director serves for only a portion of a year, such non-employee director’s retainer is pro-rated for that portion of the year. The chair of our audit committee receives an additional annual retainer of $            , the chair of our compensation committee receives an additional annual retainer of $             and the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee receives an additional annual retainer of $            . Our chairman of the board will not be paid an additional committee chair retainer if he or she also serves as a committee chair. Our non-employee director compensation program allows a non-employee director to elect to be paid their annual retainers in options to purchase that number of shares of our common stock equal to 2.5 times the retainer amount divided by the then-current fair market value of a share of our common stock.

Our non-employee directors are also paid $             for every meeting of the board of directors or committee attended in person, and $             for every meeting of the board of directors or committee attended telephonically. Prior to this offering, directors affiliated with our major stockholders, Messrs. Berkeley, Bevilacqua and Michl, did not receive retainer payments or payments for attending board or committee meetings.

Under the non-employee director compensation program, each non-employee director is automatically granted a stock option to purchase              shares of our common stock on the date such person first becomes a non-employee director, under the equity incentive plan in place at that time. Additionally, annually, each non-employee director is automatically granted a stock option to purchase              shares of our common stock under the equity incentive plan in place at that time. Prior to 2010, each non-employee director was automatically granted a stock option to purchase shares of our common stock on the date such person first became a non-employee director, under the equity incentive plan in place at that time. Prior to this offering, annually, our non-executive chairman of the board was automatically granted a stock option to purchase 19,500 shares of our common stock and each of our other non-employee directors was granted a stock option to purchase 13,000 shares of our common stock.

In November 2010, we granted each of Messrs. Bodaken and Gramaglia a one-time additional stock option to purchase 22,000 shares of our common stock. These grants were made partially in recognition of the dilution caused by the conversion of convertible promissory notes we issued and sold in December 2009.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

The exercise price of all stock options granted pursuant to the non-employee director program is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of all stock options will be 10 years. Subject to the adjustment provisions of our equity incentive plans, the initial stock option awards vest monthly over two years, provided the non-employee director continues to serve as a director through each vesting date. Subject to the adjustment provisions of our equity incentive plans, the annual awards vest monthly over one year, provided the non-employee director continues to serve as a director through each vesting date.

Each vested stock option granted under the non-employee director compensation program is exercisable by the grantee for three years following separation from the board of directors.

In the event of a “change in control,” as defined in the appropriate equity incentive plan, with respect to awards granted under the non-employee director compensation program, the participant non-employee director will fully vest in and have the right to exercise awards as to all shares underlying such awards.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information about the material components of our compensation program for our named executive officers, or NEOs. Our NEOs for 2010 were Joseph L. Jackson, Chief Executive Officer, who we refer as our CEO; Richard T. Green, Chief Financial Officer; who we refer to as our CFO; Edgar O. Montes, Senior Vice President, Service Delivery Operations and Kimberly L. Jackson, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, who we refer to as our GC. More information on the compensation for our NEOs appears in the Summary Compensation Table that follows this section.

2010 Highlights

We believe that the leadership of our executives is critical to the success of our business and that establishing appropriate compensation and incentives helps us to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled executives. In order to provide an executive compensation program that emphasizes pay for performance, we subject a substantial portion of our executives’ compensation to the achievement of performance-based goals.

In 2010, through a combination of client portfolio purchases and organic growth, we grew our revenue from $108.5 million in 2009 to $115.0 million in 2010, despite global adverse economic conditions. We increased healthcare revenues by 7% and commuter revenues by 6% from 2009. Further, our employee participants, employer clients and debit card transaction volume all increased from 2009 to 2010. Our Adjusted EBITDA grew from $15.9 million in 2009 to $22.4 million in 2010, an increase of 40%. In line with our executive compensation program’s emphasis on pay-for-performance, compensation to our executives reflected our financial results.

As a result of our strong performance in 2010, we paid out bonuses under our annual bonus plan at 100% of the targeted amounts. To further our goal of promoting the alignment of our executives’ interests with that of our stockholders, we granted performance-based equity awards during 2010. In addition, to recognize key contributions made by certain executives during 2010, we granted discretionary bonuses, consistent with our philosophy to reward excellence and provide competitive compensation necessary to continue to attract and retain top talent to lead our business.

Overview, Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate key employees who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide our NEOs with compensation packages that are competitive, but that also pay for performance, by rewarding achievement of our business goals and aligning our NEO’s interests with those of our stockholders.

The following table identifies the main elements of our 2010 NEO compensation program and the reason we chose to provide each:

 

Element of Compensation

  

Basis for Providing Element

Base Salary

   To reward the NEO for day-to-day efforts based on demonstrated experience, competencies and performance

Short-term Incentives (also referred to as cash bonuses)

  

To motivate and reward achievement of our annual strategic goals and to better align the NEOs’ interest with those of our stockholders by promoting strong, annual financial and business results

Discretionary Bonuses

   To reward excellence and retain and attract top talent

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Element of Compensation

  

Basis for Providing Element

Long-term Incentives

   To align the NEOs’ interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders and to promote the retention of our NEOs through multi-year vesting schedules

Employee Benefits

   To provide for the safety and wellness of our NEOs through benefits that are competitive

Change in Control and Severance Benefits

   To promote the retention of our NEOs

Compensation-Setting Process

Role of the Board and Compensation Committee

Our board of directors, or the Board, established the compensation committee, or the Committee, of the Board to carry out the Board’s responsibilities of administering our compensation programs (as described further in the section titled “ Compensation Committee ” under “ Committees of the Board of Directors ” above). The Committee has the final decision-making authority for the compensation of our NEOs, except for our CEO whose compensation is recommended by the Committee and approved by the Board. The Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Committee and approved by the Board. The charter will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering. Each committee member qualifies as (i) an “independent director” under the requirements of                    , (ii) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (iii) an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

Our Committee has independent authority to engage outside consultants and obtain input from external advisers as well as our management team or other employees.

Role of Compensation Consultant

In late 2009, we engaged Compensia, a third party executive compensation consultant, to assist us with respect to 2010 compensation of our executives, including our NEOs. Compensia has performed work for us pursuant to engagement by the Committee. For 2010, Compensia provided services to us with respect to our executive compensation program that generally included analyzing, reviewing and making recommendations regarding our peer group companies, competitive analysis of our executive compensation program, our equity granting practices and change in control and severance arrangements. From time-to-time, our management also discussed their questions with Compensia regarding the projects and presentations that Compensia provided to the Committee. In 2010, Compensia did not provide any services to us, or receive any payments from us, other than in their capacity as a consultant to the Committee.

Role of Management

Our CEO typically attends Committee meetings except for executive sessions (unless specifically requested by the Committee to be present). No NEO attends an executive session at which his or her compensation is considered. Our CEO, with the assistance of the CFO and GC as appropriate, may provide recommendations with respect to compensation for the NEOs other than himself. The Committee considers these recommendations, but may approve, reject or adjust them as the Committee deems appropriate.

Peer Companies

Peer Private Companies

For 2010, with the assistance of Compensia, the Committee considered various data in order to conduct a comparative analysis of our NEOs’ compensation against our peer companies. In particular, the Committee

 

-94-


Table of Contents

looked to the Advanced HR—Option Impact Pre-IPO Compensation Database covering privately held high technology companies with revenues over $100 million and range of privately raised capital between $50 million and $100 million, which we refer to as the Peer Private Companies. Compensia recommended, and the Committee agreed, that the Peer Private Companies data offered a more relevant comparative framework than a set of public companies, due to our stage of development and status as a private company at the time.

Peer Public Companies

The Committee also considered data from certain publicly traded companies in order to conduct a comprehensive review of our executive compensation practices and to enable any appropriate planning needed for a potential initial public offering in the upcoming year. This additional data consisted of both publicly traded high technology companies in the Radford Executive Survey with revenues in the $50 million to $200 million range, which we refer to as the Radford Companies, and a separate set of 18 publicly traded companies based on publicly available data compiled by Compensia, which we refer to as the Peer Group Companies, and together with the Radford Companies, the Peer Public Companies, that the Committee approved based on various factors including company revenue (approximately $60 million to $240 million) and the industry in which the companies operate (companies chosen are in the human resources and outsourced services and human resources software industries) as follows:

Peer Group Companies

 

Athenahealth, Inc.

  ExlService Holdings, Inc.   Saba Software, Inc.

Callidus Software, Inc.

  HMS Holdings Corp.   SuccessFactors, Inc.

Concur Technologies, Inc.

  Innodata Isogen, Inc.   Taleo Corporation

Constant Contact, Inc.

  Kenexa Corporation   Tier Technologies, Inc.

CyberSource Corp.

  Online Resources Corporation   The Ultimate Software Group, Inc.

Dice Holdings, Inc.

  S1 Corporation   Wright Express Corporation

The Committee believed (secondarily to the Peer Private Companies) that this set of data was appropriate because the companies were similar in size and operated within the same or similar industries as us. With respect to our CEO, CFO and GC, the Peer Public Companies data for base salary and short-term incentive was a blend of the Radford Companies and Peer Group Companies, and Peer Public Companies data for equity compensation was limited to the Peer Group Companies. For Mr. Montes’ position as our Senior Vice President, Service Delivery Operations, the peer market data with respect to base salary and short-term incentives was based on the Radford Companies due to the limited data available in the Peer Group Companies. However, all of the equity compensation market analysis for our NEOs was based on the Peer Group Companies.

Use of Peer Data

Within these peer companies, we generally target the 50 th percentile for each element of compensation. We believe that this benchmark level provides a competitive compensation package that has sufficient retention and incentive value for our executives. In setting the various elements of compensation for the NEOs, rather than reviewing each element of compensation in isolation, we also take into account total cash compensation (i.e., base salary plus short-term incentives) and total direct compensation (i.e., total cash compensation plus equity incentives), both of which are also targeted at the 50 th percentile. We believe that considering these measures is important because it allows us to provide compensation that, as a complete package, is appropriate for each individual.

The data described above was used principally for purposes of validation and as guidelines, with the expectation that adjustments to compensation that vary from the target will be made incrementally over time (rather than implementing any dramatic changes immediately). Moreover, other factors, such as performance, contributions, motivation, retention, and importance of the role, ultimately may drive the decision and result in compensation that differs from the targeted percentile.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Further, the available peer market data for Mr. Montes’ position as Senior Vice President, Service Delivery Operations was not comprehensive, resulting in an analysis with respect to his compensation that the Committee believed did not take into account some of his larger responsibilities with respect to our operations. As a result, the Committee generally also took into consideration these larger responsibilities in reviewing and setting Mr. Montes’ compensation for 2010.

Elements of Compensation

Base Salary

We typically review and consider adjustments to base salaries on an annual basis, following the Committee’s review (or the Board’s review, with respect to our CEO) of the executive’s performance for the most recently ended fiscal year. Base salaries generally are set at levels intended to recognize the NEOs’ experience, competencies and responsibilities and, over time, are intended to reflect the NEOs’ overall sustained performance and contributions to our Company.

The following table shows each NEO’s base salary during the first four months of 2010 and the base salary increases that the Committee approved effective as of May 2010:

 

Name

   Early 2010 Base
Salary
     May 2010 Base
Salary
     Percent Increase
in Base Salary
as of May 2010
 

Joseph L. Jackson

   $ 400,000       $ 400,000         0.0

Richard T. Green

     275,000         281,875         2.5   

Edgar O. Montes

     208,000         218,400         5.0   

Kimberly L. Jackson

     190,000         198,550         4.5   

The base salary increases for Messrs. Green and Montes and Ms. Jackson were provided in order to reward their contributions and strong performance during the prior year. For example, the Committee recognized Messrs. Green and Montes’ demonstration of leadership in achieving significant enhancements to our account management system, and Ms. Jackson’s instrumental role in participating in the U.S. Congressional discussions regarding potential, significant changes to flexible benefit accounts (which is one of the key benefits we provide for our clients). In addition, the Committee reviewed other factors, such as internal equity, the market data as described above and our budget with respect to salary compensation. For example, Mr. Green’s salary increase on a percentage basis was smaller than with respect to Mr. Montes or Ms. Jackson, which reflects only that he was hired more recently and as part of his new hire compensation package, his salary was set at a relatively high level compared to the market data. As another example, with respect to Mr. Jackson’s base salary, the Board considered the market data which showed that his base salary ranked relatively high among the Peer Private Companies. Despite his strong performance in the relevant period, the Board determined that based on the longer term interest of aligning base salary generally at the 50 th percentile among our peer companies, no adjustment would be made to his salary in 2010.

Short-Term Incentives (Cash Bonuses)

We adopted a 2010 Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan, in order to reward the performance of our employees, including our NEOs, in achieving our financial and strategic objectives for the year. Bonuses are discretionary and the Committee and Board may determine bonuses based on achievement of performance goals and other factors they deem relevant, including a determination not to award any bonus.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Target Bonuses

Each year we typically establish a target bonus for our NEOs expressed as a percentage of base salary. Prior to setting bonuses for 2010, the Committee reviewed the market analysis with respect to bonuses for our NEOs. The following table shows the 2010 target bonus that was approved for each NEO:

 

Name

   2010 Target
Bonus as a
Percentage of
Base Salary
 

Joseph L. Jackson

     50

Richard T. Green

     40   

Edgar O. Montes

     40   

Kimberly L. Jackson

     40   

With respect to Mr. Montes, the Committee determined that his target bonus should be increased from 30% to 40% based on internal equity considerations, as well as his strong performance in 2009, as described above. All other NEOs’ target bonus remained the same for 2010 as compared to 2009. The Committee (and the Board with respect to our CEO) believed that, based on review of the NEOs’ total cash compensation and total direct compensation, as well as base salary increases during 2010, that the current target bonus percentages were appropriate.

Performance Goals

For 2010, performance goals were based on the achievement of our annual adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, or Adjusted 2010 EBITDA, certain corporate goals and individual goals. These goals were weighted as follows:

 

Performance Goal

   Weighting  

Adjusted 2010 EBITDA

     45

Overall Corporate Goals

     40   

Individual Goals

     15   

We believe that this mix of corporate and individual goals for 2010 was appropriate because the former incentivized our executives to work as a team to achieve important financial, business and strategic goals, while the latter focused each NEO’s attention on the critical objectives specific to his or her role and responsibilities within our company.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Adjusted 2010 EBITDA . For purposes of the Bonus Plan, Adjusted 2010 EBITDA means our 2010 EBITDA as adjusted by: (1) adding back compensation costs for 2010 for share-based payments that otherwise would be amortized for financial reporting purposes; (2) excluding the financial results of any businesses acquired by us during 2010 (unless such business also was included in the budgeted Adjusted 2010 EBITDA target as approved by the Board); and (3) including the effect of bonuses paid to our employees (including our NEOs) for 2010. The following table describes the levels of Adjusted 2010 EBITDA performance required for 2010 for our NEOs, as well as the multiplier that would be applied to the portion of the eligible bonus (45% of the bonus) upon achievement of this performance goal:

 

Achievement of
Adjusted 2010 EBITDA(1)

  

Multiplier Allocated to Adjusted 2010 EBITDA Performance Goal

Greater than $20,125,000

   A multiplier of 125% is allocated to achievement of the performance goal

At least $14,500,000 but not greater than $20,125,000

  

 

A multiplier between 90% and 125% is allocated to achievement of the performance goal, prorated based on the level of achievement within such Adjusted 2010 EBITDA range (i.e., an increase of 1% per $0.161 million increase)

Less than $14,500,000

   No amount becomes payable with respect to the Adjusted 2010 EBITDA performance goal

 

(1) The target goal (which at 100% achievement yields a multiplier of 100%) is based on achievement of Adjusted 2010 EBITDA at $16.1 million.

Overall Corporate Goals . The following table describes the four overall corporate goals selected for 2010 and the required level of achievement with respect to each:

 

Corporate Goal

  

Required Achievement

Client Renewal

   Achieve at least 93% renewals of agreements based on revenue

Company Revenue

   Achieve at least $115.1 million in revenue for 2010

New Sales

   Achieve at least $15.0 million in new or existing clients for new programs and implementation

Employee Participation

   Achieve a minimum 5% increase in employee participation in clients’ flexible spending account benefits

The amount of bonus that would become payable with respect to achievement of the overall corporate goals was based on the number of overall corporate goals achieved for 2010, divided by the total number of those goals. However, even if these goals were achieved, no bonus would become payable with respect to the overall corporate goals unless a minimum Adjusted 2010 EBITDA of $13.8 million was achieved for 2010.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Individual Goals . In addition to the corporate goals, the bonuses for our NEOs depended on achievement of individual goals that were specific to his or her roles and responsibilities. The following table summarizes the individual goals for each NEO for 2010:

 

Name

  

Individual Performance Goals and Weightings

Joseph L. Jackson

   Rated on his overall performance, using the following factors: (1) increase employee participation in clients’ flexible spending account benefits by at least 5%; (2) complete new equity or debt funding; (3) complete portfolio purchases; (4) support the nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board to identify two new Board members; and (5) execute initial public offering planning and preparation.

Richard T. Green

   Rated on his overall performance, using the following factors: (1) execute initial public offering planning and preparation relating to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (weighted at 40%); (2) implement activity-based cost models for commuter, health savings account and COBRA* benefits (weighted at 40%); (3) support other preparation relating to the initial public offering (weighted at 10%); and (4) support improvements in our operations.

Edgar O. Montes

   Rated on his overall performance, using the following factors: (1) improve customer support center performance (weighted at 20%); (2) improve client satisfaction based on transaction-based services (weighted at 20%); (3) improve new client satisfaction (weighted at 5%); (4) reduce certain operational costs (weighted at 35%); (5) implement improvements in account management system (weighted at 10%); and (6) improve employee retention (weighted at 10%).

Kimberly L. Jackson

   Rated on her overall performance, using the following factors: (1) improve operations relating to processing of accounts and client agreements; (2) improve management of agreements entered into with external constituents; (3) increase consistency among various other agreements, policies and documents in use; (4) execute on preparation relating to the initial public offering; and (5) execute legal and strategic goals relating to portfolio purchases (each equally weighted at 20%).

 

* Refers to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

Each individual performance goal is assigned a score on a scale of one through five, with five being the best possible score (other than with respect to our CEO, as described below) depending on the level of achievement of that goal. If the final weighted average score of all of the NEO’s individual performance goals resulted in a score of three or higher, the individual performance goals for him or her would be deemed achieved in full. However, even if these goals were 100% achieved, no bonuses with respect to the individual performance goals would be payable unless a minimum Adjusted 2010 EBITDA of $13.8 million was achieved for 2010. Our CEO’s performance was reviewed by the Committee and Board and achievement levels were subject to the Board’s approval. All other NEOs’ performances were reviewed and recommended by our CEO, subject to the Committee’s review and approval.

2010 Results

Following the performance period, the Committee assessed the performance of us against the criteria under the Bonus Plan and determined that for 2010, we achieved an Adjusted 2010 EBITDA for bonus purposes of $22.2 million (resulting in a multiplier of 125% for the Adjusted 2010 EBITDA performance goal) and of the four overall corporate goals the two goals relating to client renewal and revenue were achieved at 95% and $115.0 million, respectively. Although the goal relating to revenue required achievement at $115.1 million, the Committee approved achievement of the goal given that the actual revenue was very close to the required revenue amount.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Further, each of our NEOs achieved strong scores with respect to their individual performance goals (other than our CEO whose individual performance goals were not reviewed based on numerical scores). For our NEOs other than our CEO, each individual goal was achieved at a minimum of 4.0 out of a maximum 5.0 score, with the overall score ranging from 4.2 to 4.9 out of a maximum of 5.0 among the NEOs. These weighted average scores were deemed to be full achievement of the individual performance goals for each of the NEOs (other than our CEO). This achievement resulted in an overall bonus payable at 91.25%. With respect to Mr. Jackson’s individual performance goals, the Board determined that nearly all of his goals were achieved in full; the only goal that was not achieved in full related to the increase in employee participation in our clients’ flexible spending account benefits. Based on these results, the Board deemed Mr. Jackson’s individual performance goals to have been achieved in full.

Following review of the performance results, in light of very strong performance by each of the NEOs in 2010 and looking ahead to a challenging year in 2011, our CEO recommended (for the NEOs other than himself), and the Committee agreed, that bonuses would be paid out at 100% of target. The Board also approved Mr. Jackson’s bonus at 100% of target, for the same reasons. We believe the adjustment was appropriate in order to meet our retention concerns and to provide additional motivation to our executives during a critical period leading up to the anticipated public offering of our common stock.

The following table sets forth the 2010 bonuses paid to our NEOs:

 

Name

   Target Bonus as
a Percentage of
Base Salary
    Actual Bonuses      Actual Bonuses
as a Percentage
of Base Salary
 

Joseph L. Jackson

     50   $ 200,000         50

Richard T. Green

     40        112,750         40   

Edgar O. Montes

     40        87,360         40   

Kimberly L. Jackson

     40        79,420         40   

Discretionary Bonuses

In 2010, we determined it was appropriate to provide discretionary bonuses to certain NEOs for their demonstration of excellence and in recognition for their efforts with respect to certain of our important goals. Particularly, the Committee recognized Ms. Jackson’s instrumental role in participating in the U.S. Congressional discussions regarding potential, significant changes to flexible benefit accounts (which is one of the key benefits we provide for our employer clients) and Messrs. Green’s and Montes’ demonstration of leadership in achieving significant enhancements to our account management system. In order to reward them for their contributions, the Committee approved the following discretionary bonuses to these NEOs, which were paid in early 2010:

 

Name

   Discretionary
Bonus
Amount
 

Richard T. Green

   $ 20,000   

Edgar O. Montes

     20,000   

Kimberly L. Jackson

     25,000   

Long-Term Incentives (Equity Awards)

We believe that strong, long-term corporate performance is achieved with a corporate culture that encourages a long-term focus by our NEOs through the use of equity awards, the value of which depends on our stock performance. We have established equity incentive plans to provide certain of our employees, including our NEOs, with incentives to help align those employees’ interests with the interests of our stockholders and to enable them to participate in the long-term appreciation of our stockholder value. Additionally, to the extent equity awards are granted, these provide an important retention tool for key employees, as the awards generally are subject to vesting over an extended period of time subject to continued service with us.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

In early 2010, with the assistance of Compensia, the Committee reviewed total direct compensation and the percent equity ownership of our NEOs based on their outstanding equity awards and shares held (excluding shares acquired as an investment). The Committee also reviewed past equity award grants to our NEOs and recognized that as of late 2009, a majority of Mr. Jackson’s, and about one-half of Mr. Montes’, outstanding option grants were vested. Based on our compensation philosophy of aligning our NEOs’ interests with that of our stockholders, and after considering the factors above, we determined it was appropriate to grant our NEOs the following option grants in May 2010:

 

Name

   May 2010 Option
Grants
(Number of
Shares)
 

Joseph L. Jackson(1)

     750,000   

Richard T. Green(2)

     175,000   

Edgar O. Montes(2)

     60,000   

Kimberly L. Jackson(2)

     35,000   

 

(1)

Mr. Jackson received two option grants, each covering 375,000 shares. The first option grant is scheduled to vest as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, and an additional 1/48 th of the shares on each of the 36 succeeding monthly anniversaries of the date of the grant, subject to continued employment through each relevant vesting date. The second option grant is scheduled to vest in May 2017, subject to continued employment through such date, or may vest sooner upon satisfaction of the same performance criteria as described below with respect to Mr. Jackson’s November 2010 option grant.

(2)

Options are scheduled to vest as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, and an additional 1/48 th of the shares on each of the 36 succeeding monthly anniversaries of the date of the grant, subject to continued employment through each relevant vesting date.

During 2010, the Committee considered the appropriateness of providing equity awards that would provide incentive to our NEOs to achieve our important strategic and business objectives. The Committee requested management to provide a recommendation regarding performance-based awards to be granted to the executives. After consulting with Compensia and discussions with management, we determined that one-half of the shares subject to options granted to Mr. Jackson in May 2010 would be subject to performance-based vesting. Additionally, in November 2010, the Committee (and Board with respect to our CEO) granted the following performance-based options to our NEOs:

 

Name

   November 2010
Option Grants
(Number of
Shares)
 

Joseph L. Jackson

     300,000   

Richard T. Green

     60,000   

Edgar O. Montes

     40,000   

Kimberly L. Jackson

     25,000   

The November 2010 grants were made partially in recognition of the dilution caused by the conversion of convertible promissory notes we issued and sold in December 2009. Although these options are scheduled to vest in November 2017, subject to continued employment through such date, the awards may vest sooner, based on achievement of certain milestones as follows:

 

Percentage of Option Grant

  

Vesting Criteria(1)

25%

   Achievement of the public offering of our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange

25

   Achievement of revenue growth of at least 8% per year for two consecutive years attributable to our organic growth, based on our audited financials

50

   Achievement of both performance goals described above

 

(footnotes on next page)

 

-101-


Table of Contents

 

(1) As discussed above, these performance criteria also apply to Mr. Jackson’s option grant covering 375,000 shares granted in May 2010.

We chose these performance goals because we believe that long-term revenue growth is an important indicator of the success of our business and that focusing our executives on the achievement of the public offering of our common stock is an important strategic objective that would benefit us and our stockholders. Consistent with our compensation philosophy, these awards are intended to increase the alignment of our NEOs’ interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders. We believe that these performance-based grants demonstrate our commitment to our compensation philosophy of paying for performance.

Equity Award Grant Practices

Equity awards are granted to our NEOs and other employees under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The grant date of all equity awards is the date on which the Committee approves the award (or the Board with respect to our CEO). The Committee has not delegated authority to grant equity awards under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The Committee does not intend to establish any program, plan or practice of timing the grant of equity awards in coordination with the release of material non-public information that is likely to result in any increase or decrease in the value of our common stock.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

At this time, we have not adopted stock ownership guidelines with respect to the NEOs or other employees, although we may consider doing so in the future. Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect to establish an insider trading policy that prohibits, among other things, short sales, hedging of stock ownership positions, and transactions involving derivative securities relating to our common stock.

Employee Benefits

Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the same group insurance and employee benefit plans as our other full-time, U.S. employees. We provide employee benefits to all eligible employees, including our NEOs, which we believe are reasonable and consistent with our overall compensation objective to better enable us to attract and retain employees. These include benefits such as medical, dental, and vision care, disability benefits and life insurance. We also sponsor a 401(k) tax-qualified retirement savings plan pursuant to which employees, including our NEOs, are entitled to participate. Employees can make contributions to the plan on a pre-tax basis up to 85% of their eligible compensation, subject to the maximum amount prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service. Under the 401(k) plan, we provide discretionary matching contributions at 25% of the first 4% of the employee contribution, up to a maximum of 1% of the employee’s eligible compensation. Other than this plan, we do not maintain any other deferred savings plans in which the NEOs participate. We do not maintain or provide any defined benefit plans for our employees.

Relocation Benefits

During late 2009 and 2010, the Board reviewed certain relocation arrangements previously entered into with Mr. Jackson. In order to recruit him to join us, we offered him assistance in his relocation from Colorado as part of his new hire compensation package in 2007, as amended in 2008. As part of these benefits, Mr. Jackson was entitled to receive an amount equal to the difference between the market value of his house when he was hired by us, less the sale price of his house, plus sales commission and closing costs, on a grossed up basis for tax purposes. As a result, following the sale of his Colorado home, Mr. Jackson received a payment in an aggregate amount of $373,645 during 2010.

During 2010, we provided Mr. Green with a reimbursement equal to $36,683 for certain costs he incurred in connection with his relocation from Texas to California. In order to recruit Mr. Green to join us, we offered him

 

-102-


Table of Contents

certain relocation benefits in an aggregate amount not to exceed $160,000, which included reimbursement of realtor fees of up to 6% of the sale price of his Texas home, normal and customary closing costs, and a tax gross-up with respect to these payments. Accordingly, in early 2010, we provided Mr. Green such payment following the sale of his home in late 2009. No other relocation benefits remain outstanding with respect to Mr. Green’s relocation in connection with his hire. Other than Messrs. Jackson and Green, none of the other NEOs had any relocation benefits in 2010.

Change in Control and Severance Benefits

In hiring our executive officers, we recognized that it would be necessary to recruit qualified candidates that have the requisite experience, talent and skills to fill critical positions. In recruiting these executives, we offered compensation packages that we believe were competitive and sufficiently compelling in order for them to forego other opportunities and/or leave their prior employment. We have entered into agreements with each of our NEOs and certain other executives, either in connection with their hire or for internal equity considerations, which provide for certain severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination. We believe that these agreements will help our NEOs and other executives to maintain their focus and dedication to their responsibilities to help maximize stockholder value by minimizing distractions due to the possibility of an involuntary termination or termination in connection with a potential change in control of us. We also believe that these arrangements further our interest in encouraging retention among our key employees.

The benefits include continued payment of base salary and health coverage for six months (or 12 months for Mr. Jackson) and a tax gross-up, if any, with respect to health coverage, upon an “Involuntary Termination” (as defined in the applicable agreement). Mr. Jackson additionally would be eligible to receive all or a portion of his bonus in effect for the year that the termination occurs subject to the Board’s sole discretion, and he will be entitled to receive accelerated vesting of certain options as if he remained employed through the date 24 months following his termination, upon an “Involuntary Termination” within 24 months following a “Change in Control” (as defined in the applicable agreement) or during the time between signing a definitive agreement for a Change in Control and either (x) the closing of such Change in Control or (y) the termination of such agreement without completion of the proposed Change in Control. The other NEOs additionally would be entitled to receive his or her prorated bonus and acceleration of options as if he or she had remained employed through the date 18 months following such termination, upon an “Involuntary Termination” within 12 months following a “Change in Control” or during the time between signing a definitive agreement for a Change in Control and either (x) the closing of such Change in Control or (y) the termination of such agreement without completion of the proposed Change in Control. The severance benefits are subject to the NEO executing a release of claims in favor of us and complying with certain covenants (described further below).

An Involuntary Termination generally refers to a termination without cause or the NEO’s resignation within 90 days following a material reduction in base salary or job duties, a material relocation of principal place of employment, or our material breach of our obligations under the applicable agreement. Change in Control generally refers to a change in ownership of us, change in the effective control of us, or change in ownership of a substantial portion of our assets, in each case which also qualifies as a change in control event under Section 409A of the Code.

Our 2010 Bonus Plan provided for bonuses to become payable to the NEO (or his or her estate, as applicable) in the event of death or disability, in an amount equal to the bonus that otherwise would have been paid if he or she remained employed with us through the date that the bonus is paid.

These various agreements are described in more detail in “ —Employment Agreement and Executive Severance Benefit Agreements ” and “ —Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ” below.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Generally, Section 162(m) of the Code disallows a tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for any remuneration in excess of $1.0 million paid in any taxable year to its chief executive officer and to certain other highly compensated officers. Remuneration in excess of $1.0 million may be deducted if, among other things, it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the Code. In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-approved stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members are non-employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied.

As we had been a privately held corporation, the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) previously did not apply to us. Moreover, under a certain Section 162(m) exception, any compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan in existence before the effective date of this public offering will not be subject to the $1.0 million limitation until the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the compensation plan, (ii) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m), (iii) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which the public offering occurs. We expect that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our executive officers for the “performance-based compensation” exemption from the deductibility limit. As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive officers in the future, we will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). The Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with an exemption from the deductibility limit when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Taxation of “Parachute” Payments and Deferred Compensation

We did not provide any executive officer, including any NEO, with a “gross-up” or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he or she might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G, 4999, or 409A of the Code during 2010 and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any NEOs with such a “gross-up.” Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that we, or a successor, may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. Section 409A of the Code also imposes additional significant taxes on the individual in the event that an executive officer, director or other service provider receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Accounting Treatment

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation , or ASC Topic 718, for our stock-based awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options and restricted stock awards, based on the grant date “fair value” of these awards. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our executive officers may never realize any value from their awards. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based compensation awards in their income statements over the period that an executive officer is required to render service in exchange for the option or other award.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information concerning the total compensation of our named executive officers, for services rendered to us in all capacities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards(1)
    Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
    Other
Compensation
    Total  

Joseph L. Jackson

    2010      $ 400,000      $ —        $ 1,486,674      $ 200,000      $ 376,095 (3)    $ 2,462,769   

Chief Executive Officer

             

Richard T. Green

    2010        279,583        20,000        305,211        112,750        36,683 (4)      754,227   

Chief Financial Officer

             

Edgar O. Montes

    2010        214,933        20,000        136,458        87,360        2,450 (5)      461,201   

Senior Vice President, Service Delivery Operations

             

Kimberly L. Jackson

    2010        196,206        25,000        82,344        79,420        2,450 (5)      385,420   

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

             

 

(1) Amounts represent the aggregate fair market value of options granted in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 to the named executive officer calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2) Amounts represent the total performance-based bonuses earned for services rendered in 2010 under our Bonus Plan. For more information, please see the description of the Bonus Plan in the “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” section.
(3) Amounts represent (i) $201,906 in reimbursements for relocation related expenses, (ii) $171,739 in tax gross-ups associated with taxable relocation related expenses and (iii) $2,450 in 401(k) matching contribution by us.
(4) Amounts represent (i) $20,550 in reimbursements for relocation related expenses, (ii) $16,133 in tax gross-ups associated with taxable relocation related expenses and (iii) $2,450 in 401(k) matching contribution by us.
(5) Amount represents 401(k) matching contribution by us.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table presents grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2010:

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
    Estimated
Future
Payouts
under
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
    All Other
Option
Awards:
    Exercise
Price of
Options
($/sh)(5)
    Grant
Date
Fair

Value
of
Options

(6)
 
    Threshold     Target
(1)
    Maximum
(2)
    Target
(3)
    Number
of
Securities
Underly-

ing
Options
(4)
     

Joseph L. Jackson

    5/6/2010      $     —        $ 200,000      $ 222,500        375,000        —        $ 2.66      $ 551,966   
    5/6/2010        —          —          —          —          375,000        2.66        443,566   
    11/4/2010        —          —          —          300,000        —          3.09        491,142   

Richard T. Green

    5/6/2010        —          112,750        125,434        —          175,000        2.66        206,982   
    11/4/2010        —          —          —          60,000        —          3.09        98,229   

Edgar O. Montes

    5/6/2010        —          87,360        97,188        —          60,000        2.66        70,972   
    11/4/2010        —          —          —          40,000        —          3.09        65,486   

Kimberly L. Jackson

    5/6/2010        —          79,420        88,355        —          35,000        2.66        41,415   
    11/4/2010        —          —          —          25,000        —          3.09        40,929   

 

(1) Amounts reported in this column represent the target performance-based bonus of each named executive officer granted under our Bonus Plan, as described in “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis .”

 

-105-


Table of Contents
(2) The maximum bonus payout amount represents the amount payable if we achieve Adjusted EBITDA of greater than $20,125,000, as described in the “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” section.
(3) Options reported in this column vest in full on the seven-year anniversary of the grant date; provided, however, (a) 25% of each grant will vest immediately if certain financial performance goals are met, (b) 25% of each grant will vest immediately upon a successful listing of our common stock on NASDAQ or the New York Stock Exchange and (c) the remaining 50% of each grant will vest immediately if both (a) and (b) occur, subject to the respective named executive officer’s continued service to us on each such vesting date. The vesting of this option is described in the “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” section. The number of shares reported as “target” represents the total number of shares granted to named executive officers in 2010. The options granted on May 6, 2010 were granted under our 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and the options granted on November 4, 2010 were granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
(4)

Options reported in this column were granted under our 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and vest as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, and an additional 1/48 th of the shares on each of the 36 succeeding monthly anniversaries of the date of the grant, subject to the respective named executive officer’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

(5) Our shares of common stock were not publicly traded during 2010. The exercise price of all options was the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant as determined in good faith by our board of directors.
(6) Amounts represent the grant date fair value of the stock options, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value or incremental fair value of our stock options.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents certain plan information of equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2010:

 

Name

   Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options -
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options -
Unexercisable
     Exercise
Price of
Option
     Expiration
Date of
Options
 

Joseph L. Jackson

     5/25/2007 (1)      1,293,750         56,250       $ 4.71         5/25/2017   
     2/7/2008 (1)      70,833         29,167         4.14         2/7/2018   
     5/7/2009 (1)      79,167         120,833         3.07         5/7/2019   
     5/6/2010 (1)      —           375,000         2.66         5/6/2020   
     5/6/2010 (2)      —           375,000         2.66         5/6/2020   
     11/4/2010 (2)      —           300,000         3.09         11/4/2020   

Richard T. Green

     5/29/2009 (1)      150,000         150,000         3.07         5/29/2019   
     5/6/2010 (1)      —           175,000         2.66         5/6/2020   
     11/4/2010 (2)      —           60,000         3.09         11/4/2020   

Edgar O. Montes

     2/8/2007        55,000         —           4.24         2/8/2017   
     4/18/2007 (1)      41,250         3,750         4.71         4/18/2017   
     5/1/2007 (1)      44,792         5,208         4.71         5/1/2017   
     2/7/2008 (1)      35,417         14,583         4.14         2/7/2018   
     5/29/2009 (1)      19,792         30,208         3.07         5/29/2019   
     5/6/2010 (1)      —           60,000         2.66         5/6/2020   
     11/4/2010 (2)      —           40,000         3.09         11/4/2020   

Kimberly L. Jackson

     5/7/2008 (1)      68,750         31,250         4.12         5/7/2018   
     5/29/2009 (1)      19,792         30,208         3.07         5/29/2019   
     5/6/2010 (1)      —           35,000         2.66         5/6/2020   
     11/4/2010 (2)      —           25,000         3.09         11/4/2020   

 

(footnotes on next page)

 

-106-


Table of Contents

 

(1)

25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, and an additional 1/48 th of the shares on each of the 36 succeeding monthly anniversaries of the date of the grant, subject to the respective named executive officer’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

(2) The shares subject to the option vest in full on the seven-year anniversary of the grant date; provided, however, (a) 25% of each grant will vest immediately if certain financial performance goals are met, (b) 25% of each grant will vest immediately upon a successful listing of our common stock on NASDAQ or the New York Stock Exchange and (c) the remaining 50% of each grant will vest immediately if both (a) and (b) occur, subject to the respective named executive officer’s continued service to us on each such vesting date. The vesting of the option is described in the “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” section.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

None of our named executive officers exercised stock options or had any restricted stock vest in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Employment Agreement and Executive Severance Benefit Agreements

Joseph L. Jackson

We entered into a second amended and restated employment agreement, or the employment agreement, with Joseph L. Jackson, our Chief Executive Officer, on November 23, 2010. The employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at will employment. Mr. Jackson’s current annual base salary is $400,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to no less than 50% of his then-current salary. The actual annual bonus amount depends on Mr. Jackson’s performance and achievement of corporate performance goals set for that year, as determined by our compensation committee.

The employment agreement provides that in the event of an involuntary termination, if Mr. Jackson executes a general release of claims in favor of us, he will receive at least two months of salary and medical care coverage. If he also enters into and abides by an agreement not to compete with us, Mr. Jackson will receive payment of his salary over a total period of 12 months and reimbursement (plus a tax gross up for such reimbursement, if applicable) for the cost of medical care coverage through our benefit plans for Mr. Jackson, his spouse and his eligible dependents for a total period of 12 months.

In the event of an involuntary termination of his employment with us (i) within 24 months following a change in control of us or (ii) during the time between signing a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction and either (x) the closing of such change in control transaction or (y) the termination of such agreement without completion of the proposed change in control transaction, the employment agreement provides that he will receive the severance described above (subject to the execution of a release of claims and non-compete covenant as described above), plus: (a) accelerated vesting of certain stock options listed in his employment agreement with respect to the number of shares subject thereto that would have vested had he remained an employee for an additional 24 months; and (b) potential payment of all or a portion of his annual bonus, at the discretion of our board of directors.

The terms “involuntary termination” and “change in control” are set forth in the employment agreement.

Richard T. Green, Edgar O. Montes and Kimberly L. Jackson

On January 27, 2011, we entered into amended and restated executive severance benefit agreements, or the severance benefit agreements, with each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Jackson. Each severance benefit agreement provides that in the event of an involuntary termination, if the named executive officer executes a general release of claims in favor of us, he or she will receive at least one month of base salary and medical care coverage. If the named executive officer also enters into and abides by an agreement not to compete

 

-107-


Table of Contents

with us, such named executive officers will receive payment of his or her salary over a total period of six months and reimbursement, (plus a tax gross up for such reimbursement, if applicable) for the cost of medical care coverage through our benefit plans for such named executive officer and his or her spouse and eligible dependents for a total period of six months.

In the event of an involuntary termination of employment with us (i) within 12 months following a change in control of us or (ii) during the time between signing a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction and either (x) the closing of such change in control transaction or (y) the termination of such agreement without completion of the proposed change in control transaction, the severance benefit agreements provide that he or she will receive the severance described above (subject to the execution of a release of claims and non-compete covenant as described above), plus: (a) accelerated vesting of certain stock options listed in his employment agreement with respect to the number of shares subject thereto that would have vested had he or she remained an employee for an additional 18 months; and (b) a prorated payment of such named executive officer’s annual target bonus based on the number of months that he or she was an employee during such fiscal year.

The terms “involuntary termination” and “change in control” are set forth in the severance benefit agreements.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following table shows the amounts each of our named executive officers would have received in the event of their involuntary termination, assuming the involuntary termination took place on December 31, 2010, the last day of our most recent completed fiscal year. The terms “involuntary termination” and “change in control” have the meanings set forth in the relevant agreement.

 

          Involuntary termination  

Name

  

Benefits

   Not in connection with
change in control
    In connection with
change in control
 

Joseph L. Jackson

  

Severance Payment (Salary)

Severance Payment (Bonus)

Healthcare Benefits

Acceleration of Stock Options

   $ 400,000 (1)    $ 400,000 (1) 
               ** (2) 
        19,233 (3)      19,233 (3) 
               267,390 (4) 

Richard T. Green

  

Severance Payment (Salary)

Severance Payment (Bonus)

Healthcare Benefits

Acceleration of Stock Options

     140,937 (5)      140,937 (5) 
               112,750 (6) 
        9,616 (7)      9,616 (7) 
               41,442 (8) 

Edgar O. Montes

  

Severance Payment (Salary)

Severance Payment (Bonus)

Healthcare Benefits

Acceleration of Stock Options

     110,000 (5)      110,000 (5) 
               87,360 (6) 
        9,616 (7)      9,616 (7) 
               13,812 (8) 

Kimberly L. Jackson

  

Severance Payment (Salary)

Severance Payment (Bonus)

Healthcare Benefits

Acceleration of Stock Options

     99,275 (5)      99,275 (5) 
               79,420 (6) 
        3,013 (7)      3,013 (7) 
               8,213 (8) 

 

(1) Upon an involuntary termination, Mr. Jackson would receive payment of his salary over a period of 12 months, provided Mr. Jackson executes a general release of claims and an agreement not to compete with us during the period of time that he receives severance benefits from us.
(2) Upon an involuntary termination (i) within 24 months of a change in control or (ii) during the time between the signing and closing a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction, Mr. Jackson will be considered for a termination bonus, with the amount of such termination bonus to be determined by our board of directors subject to achieving corporate and individual performance goals.

 

-108-


Table of Contents
(3) Upon an involuntary termination, Mr. Jackson would receive reimbursement, and tax gross-up payments for such reimbursement, for the cost of medical care coverage through our benefit plans for Mr. Jackson, his spouse and his eligible dependents for a period of 12 months, provided Mr. Jackson agrees to a general release of claims and covenant not to compete with us during the period of time that he receives severance benefits from us.
(4) Upon an involuntary termination (i) within 24 months of a change in control or (ii) during the time between signing and closing a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction, 24 months of unvested shares subject to stock options that vest over time would accelerate and 100% of unvested shares subject to stock options that have performance vesting would accelerate. Value represents the gain the named executive officer would receive, calculated as the difference between the stock price on December 31, 2010 and the exercise price of such accelerated shares. The stock price on December 31, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $3.09 per share.
(5) Upon an involuntary termination, the named executive officer would receive payment of his or her salary over a period of six months, provided the named executive officer executes a general release of claims and an agreement not to compete with us during the period of time that he or she receives severance benefits from us.
(6) Upon an involuntary termination (i) within 12 months of a change in control or (ii) during the time between signing and closing a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction, the named executive officer will be eligible to receive a payment equal to the pro-rata portion of their annual target bonus.
(7) Upon an involuntary termination, the named executive officer would receive reimbursement, and tax gross-up payments for such reimbursement, for the cost of medical care coverage through our benefit plans for the named executive officer, his or her spouse and dependents for a period of six months, provided the named executive officer executes a general release of claims and an agreement not to compete with us during the period of time that he or she receives severance benefits from us.
(8) Upon an involuntary termination (i) within 12 months of a change in control or (ii) during the time between signing and closing a definitive agreement for a change in control transaction, 18 months of unvested shares subject to stock options that vest over time would accelerate. Value represents the gain the named executive officer would receive, calculated as the difference between the stock price on December 31, 2010 and the exercise price of such accelerated shares. The stock price on December 31, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $3.09 per share.

Employee Benefit Plans

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2010 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in May 2010 and approved by our stockholders in June 2010. We expect that our board of directors and our stockholders will adopt and approve amendments to the 2010 Plan prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under our 2010 Plan is 1,500,000 shares of our common stock. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under our 2010 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning in 2011, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

500,000 shares;

 

   

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired common stock. Shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under our 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2010 Plan.

Plan Administration . Our 2010 Plan is administered by the board of directors or a committee appointed by the board of directors. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients (also referred to herein as participants), the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under our 2010 Plan. The administrator may institute a program under which (i) outstanding awards are cancelled in exchange for awards of the same or different type and/or cash, (ii) participants may transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity, and (iii) the exercise price of awards are increased or decreased.

Stock Options. Under the 2010 Plan, the exercise price of options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of the options may not exceed 10 years, provided, however, that an ISO held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (for example, vesting). After the termination of employment or other service, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are awards that allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of the common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination of both, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, based on terms and conditions established by the administrator. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units . Each restricted stock unit granted under the 2010 Plan is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability . The 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless the administrator otherwise determines, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Certain Adjustments . In the event of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split or other similar change in our corporate structure, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be issued and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by awards and the numerical shares limits under the 2010 Plan, in order to prevent the decrease or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits intended to be made under the 2010 Plan.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2010 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2010 Plan will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner.

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors will adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the ESPP prior to the closing of this offering. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP. A total of shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2012 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

   

             shares;

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Our board of directors or its committee has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility.

Our employees are eligible to participate if they have completed at least 90 days of service with us. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing     % or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Code Section 423, and provides for consecutive 3-month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after         ,                     ,                      and              of each year, except that the first offering period under the ESPP will commence upon the first trading day on or after the closing of this offering and end on the first trading day on or after                     , and the second offering period will begin on the first trading day on or after                     . Each offering period (other than the first offering period) will begin after one exercise date and will end with the next exercise date approximately three months later. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, commissions, payments for overtime and shift premium, incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation provided under our normal payroll practices. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares of common stock during each offering period.

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant automatically is granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option expires at the end of the offering period or upon termination of employment, whichever is earlier, but is exercised at the end of each offering period to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during such offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set which will occur prior to the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant in writing that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant has already withdrawn from the offering period.

Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2031, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

Our 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or our 2000 Plan, was adopted in June 2000 and was subsequently amended a number of times to increase the share limit of the 2000 Plan. Our 2000 Plan provided for the grant of ISOs to our employees, and for the grant of NSOs and stock issuances in the form of stock purchase rights or stock bonuses to our employees, directors, and consultants. The 2000 Plan terminated in 2010 and as a result, no additional awards will be granted under the 2000 Plan. However, the 2000 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . We had reserved a total of 10,160,222 shares of our common stock pursuant to the 2000 Plan. As of December 31, 2010, options to purchase 8,344,420 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2000 Plan.

Plan Administration . Our Board, or a committee appointed by the Board, administered the 2000 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2000 Plan, the administrator had the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the terms of the award agreement for use under our 2000 Plan. With the consent of affected option holders, the administrator may institute a program under which outstanding options are cancelled in exchange for new options covering the same or a different number of shares of our common stock but with an exercise price per share based on the fair market value per share of our common stock on the new option grant date.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Stock Options . The 2000 Plan permitted the grant of ISOs and NSOs. The exercise price of ISOs must equal at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price of NSOs may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years. Provided, however, that an option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or a 10% Stockholder, must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and if such option held by a 10% Stockholder is an ISO, the ISO may not have a term in excess of five years.

Subject to the provisions of our 2000 Plan, the administrator determined the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). However, the vesting schedule of options granted other than to officers, members of the Board and independent consultants must allow for vesting with respect to at least 20% of the shares per year, with the first vesting event occurring not later than one year after grant. After the termination of employment or other service, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement subject to the terms of the 2000 Plan. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Additionally, if a recipient’s service is terminated for misconduct, the recipient’s outstanding options immediately terminate.

Stock Issuances . Stock issuance awards are grants of rights to purchase our common stock for cash or to receive our common stock as a bonus for past services rendered to us. Stock issuance awards may be subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. After the administrator determines that it will offer a stock issuance award, it advises the recipient of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of shares that the recipient is entitled to purchase or receive, the price to be paid, if any, which may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant if the recipient is a 10% Stockholder), the form of consideration the recipient may use to pay the purchase price, and the vesting schedule applicable to the award, if any. However, the vesting schedule of an award granted other than to officers, members of the Board and independent consultants must allow for vesting with respect to at least 20% of the shares per year, with the first vesting event occurring not later than one year after grant. A recipient accepts the offer by execution of a stock issuance agreement in the form determined by the administrator, which will set forth all the terms of the award.

Transferability of Awards . The 2000 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and only the recipient of an award may exercise the award during his or her lifetime. Certain assignments are permitted with respect to NSOs to family members.

Certain Adjustments . If any change is made in our common stock subject to the 2000 Plan, such as through a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or other change affecting the outstanding common stock as a class without the receipt of consideration by us, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option.

Corporate Transaction . In the event of corporate transaction, as defined under our 2000 Plan, each outstanding award will be either assumed or replaced with a cash incentive program preserving the spread existing in the unvested options, by the successor corporation or its parent. Unless otherwise provided for in a recipient’s award agreement, if the successor corporation or its parent refuses to assume awards or establish a cash incentive program for options, then such awards will fully vest (unless specified otherwise in an applicable award agreement), and the awards will terminate if not exercised, if applicable, at or prior to the corporate transaction.

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our Board has the authority to amend the 2000 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any award recipient. The 2000 Plan terminated in 2010, but continues to govern the terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2000 Plan.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Code limits. Employees can make contributions to the plan on a before tax basis up to 85% of their eligible compensation, subject to the maximum amount prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service. Under the 401(k) plan, we provide discretionary matching contributions at 25% of the first 4% of the employee contribution, up to a maximum of 1% of the employee’s eligible compensation. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the cash and equity compensation arrangements of our directors and executive officers discussed above under “ Management—Director Compensation ” and “ Executive Compensation ,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2008, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. None of our directors or executive officers purchased shares of our convertible preferred stock during this time period.

Bridge Debt Financing

In December 2009, we entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with certain of our stockholders pursuant to which we issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 and warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock. In July 2010, we entered into an amendment to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement. The convertible promissory notes accrued interest at the rate of 10% per annum. In July 2010, the convertible promissory notes were converted into an aggregate of 5,294,514 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a conversion price of $4.00 per share and the warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock became exercisable to purchase an aggregate of 8,733,617 shares of our Series E-1 preferred stock at exercise prices of $2.29 per share.

The following table summarizes the investment amounts under the bridge debt financing:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Notes
     Shares of
Series E
Preferred Stock
issued upon
Conversion of
Notes
     Shares of
Series E-1
Preferred Stock
issuable upon
exercise of
Preferred
Warrants
 

Funds managed by VantagePoint Capital Partners(1)

   $ 16,094,731         4,260,693         7,028,265   

Funds managed by Advent International Corporation(2)

     2,165,153         573,168         945,477   

Camden Partners(3)

     1,694,049         448,458         739,759   

 

(1) Funds managed by VantagePoint holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P., VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P. and VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P. Thomas A. Bevilacqua is a member of the general partner of these funds and a member of our board of directors.
(2) Funds managed by Advent International Corporation holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Advent Partners II Limited Partnership, Advent Partners II-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V. and Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V. Leigh E. Michl is a limited partner of certain of these Advent Funds and a member of our board of directors.
(3) Affiliates of Camden Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Richard M. Berkeley is a managing member of Camden Partners and a member of our board of directors.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

Purchases of Stock by Affiliates

In July 2009, we purchased shares of our capital stock from certain former officers and employees and assigned the right to purchase additional shares of our capital stock from such former officers and employees to certain of our existing investors, as set forth below. We received no consideration in connection with such assignment or purchases.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Common Stock
Purchased(1)
     Shares of
Series A-1
Preferred Stock
Purchased(2)
     Shares of
Series A-2
Preferred Stock
Purchased(2)
     Shares of
Series D
Preferred Stock
Purchased(2)
 

Registrant

     371,268         0         0         0   

Funds managed by VantagePoint Capital Partners(3)

     299,478         6,857         3,917         27,106   

Funds managed by Advent International Corporation(4)

     40,168         919         526         3,635   

Camden Partners(5)

     30,767         704         403         2,784   

 

(1) The price per share paid for each share of common stock was $1.00.
(2) The price per share paid for each share of preferred stock was $2.16.
(3) Funds managed by VantagePoint holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P., VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P. and VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P.
(4) Funds managed by Advent International Corporation holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Advent Partners II Limited Partnership, Advent Partners II-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V. and Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V.
(5) Affiliates of Camden Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.

Repurchases of Common Stock

In December 2008, we entered into a Rescission Agreement with certain of our former officers and employees, pursuant to which we repurchased an aggregate of 297,916 shares of common stock from such former officers and employees in exchange for $222,916. The purchase price represented the aggregate exercise price of the shares originally purchased from us upon exercise of such stock option awards.

Engagement of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

Prior to September 2009, the law firm of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, or Morgan Lewis, served as our outside legal counsel. John W. Larson, a member of our board of directors since June 2000 and chairman of our board of directors since July 2006, was a partner at Morgan Lewis from January 2003 until his retirement in December 2009. Amounts paid to Morgan Lewis for services and fees were $540,990, $211,815 and $10,890 in the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We believe that the services performed by Morgan Lewis were provided on terms no more or less favorable than those with unrelated parties.

Related Party Transaction Policy

We intend to adopt a formal policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent

 

-116-


Table of Contents

of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board in the case it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

Stockholders’ Agreement

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and stockholders’ agreement between us and VantagePoint, to become effective upon the completion of this offering, provide for a number of board of director, stockholder and related governance matters.

The following actions by us will require the approval of VantagePoint for so long as VantagePoint owns at least a specified percentage or more of our outstanding shares of common stock: (i) any amendment of our bylaws; (ii) the issuance of any securities with economic rights senior to our common stock or with voting rights different than our common stock, subject to certain exceptions; (iii) the incurrence or guarantee of any debt in excess of a specified dollar amount; (iv) the issuance of equity or debt, or any securities convertible into equity or debt, for consideration in excess of a specified percentage of our market capitalization (as determined by the average trading price of our common stock over the 30 trading days prior to approval by our board of directors of such issuance); (v) the acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, including through a license or lease, for consideration in excess of a specified percentage of our market capitalization (as determined by the average trading price of our common stock over the 30 trading days prior to approval by our board of directors of such transaction); (vi) the adoption of a stockholder rights plan; (vii) the approval of any “golden parachute” or other compensatory plan contingent upon a change in control of us for value in excess of a specified dollar amount; and (viii) any change in the number of authorized directors.

Amendments or modifications of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws relating to VantagePoint’s rights can occur only with the approval of VantagePoint. VantagePoint and its representatives will have access to our books and records, subject to customary confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions. So long as VantagePoint owns at least 40% of our outstanding voting stock, our stockholders may act by written consent to change the number of authorized directors, remove a director without cause or fill a vacancy on our board of directors.

VantagePoint will have the right to designate (and remove or replace) three members of our board of directors if VantagePoint owns at least 50% or more of our outstanding shares. VantagePoint will continue to have a right to designate (and remove or replace) two members of our board of directors if VantagePoint owns between 20% and 50% of our outstanding shares and will have a right to designate (and remove or replace) one member of our board of directors if VantagePoint owns between 10% and 20% of our outstanding shares. VantagePoint shall also have the right to select one of its board designees to serve on our compensation committee, our nominating and corporate governance committee and any other special committee of our board of directors so long as it continues to hold at least 10% of our outstanding shares.

Registration Rights Agreement

Holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock. See “ Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreement ” for additional information.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants

Certain stock option grants to, and related option grant policies regarding, our directors and officers are described in this prospectus under the caption “ Management .”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, or will enter, into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “ Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters .”

 

-118-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned on December 31, 2010, immediately following consummation of this offering, by:

 

   

Each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our common stock;

 

   

Each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

   

All of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 38,812,180 shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2010, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 35,375,393 shares of common stock, but does not reflect the exercise of any warrants or options to purchase common stock or convertible preferred stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each of the persons listed below is 1100 Park Place, 4th Floor, San Mateo, California 94403.

 

    Before the Offering     After the Offering  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 

Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Joseph L. Jackson(1)

    2,700,000        6.5    

Richard M. Berkeley(2)

    3,761,006        9.5       

Thomas A. Bevilacqua(3)

    13,000        *       

Bruce G. Bodaken(4)

    136,000        *       

Mariann Byerwalter(5)

    50,000        *       

Jerome D. Gramaglia(6)

    134,322        *       

John W. Larson(7)

    364,784        *       

Leigh E. Michl(8)

    4,660,103        11.7       

Edward C. Nafus(9)

    50,000        *       

Richard T. Green(10)

    535,000        1.4       

Edgar O. Montes(11)

    350,000        *       

Kimberly L. Jackson(12)

    210,000        *       

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group
(12 persons)(13)

    12,964,215        29.0    

5% Stockholders:

       

Funds managed by VantagePoint Capital Partners(14)

    34,241,397        74.6    

Funds managed by Advent International Corporation(8)

    4,660,103        11.7       

Entities affiliated with Camden Partners(2)

    3,761,006        9.5       

 

(1) Consists of options to purchase 2,700,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.

 

-119-


Table of Contents
(2) Includes 576,445 shares held by Camden Strategic Fund II-A, Limited Partnership, 34,197 shares held by Camden Strategic Fund II-B, Limited Partnership, 2,267,378 shares held by Camden Strategic Fund III, Limited Partnership and 94,227 shares held by Camden Strategic Fund III-A, Limited Partnership. Also includes 710,243 shares subject to warrants held by Camden Strategic Fund III, Limited Partnership and 29,516 shares subject to warrants held by Camden Strategic Fund III-A, Limited Partnership that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC, or Camden Partners Strategic Manager, is the managing member of Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC, or Camden Partners Strategic III, which is the general partner of Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P., or the Camden Funds. Because Richard M. Berkeley, Don Hughes and David Warnock are the managing members of Camden Partners Strategic Manager, Camden Partners Strategic Manager is managing member of Camden Partners Strategic III and Camden Partners Strategic III is the general partner of the Camden Funds, Messrs. Berkeley, Hughes and Warnock may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Camden Funds. Also includes 49,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Berkeley that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. Mr. Berkeley has voting and investment power over the shares subject to options held by him. Mr. Berkeley disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Camden Funds except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Camden Funds, their affiliated entities and Mr. Berkeley is 500 East Pratt Street, Suite 1200, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
(3) Includes 13,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Bevilacqua that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. VantagePoint Management, Inc. has the authority to direct the exercise of the options held by Mr. Bevilacqua. Mr. Bevilacqua disclaims beneficial ownership of the options and the shares underlying the options, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests in the shares. The address of Mr. Bevilacqua is 1001 Bayhill Drive, Suite 300, San Bruno, California 94066.
(4) Includes options to purchase 61,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(5) Consists of options to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(6) Includes options to purchase 61,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(7) Includes options to purchase 100,500 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(8) Includes 50,372 shares held by Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership, 47,122 shares held by Advent Partners II-A Limited Partnership, 15,895 shares held by Advent Partners II Limited Partnership, 802,689 shares held by Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership, 388,449 shares held by Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership, 118,797 shares held by Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership, 1,772,692 shares held by Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership, 281,776 shares held by Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V. and 187,833 shares held by Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V. Also includes 12,992 shares subject to warrants held by Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership, 12,154 shares subject to warrants held by Advent Partners II-A Limited Partnership, 4,099 shares subject to warrants held by Advent Partners II Limited Partnership, 207,038 shares subject to warrants held by Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership, 100,193 shares subject to warrants held by Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership, 30,641 shares subject to warrants held by Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership, 457,233 shares subject to warrants held by Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership, 72,679 shares subject to warrants held by Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V., and 48,448 shares subject to warrants held by Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V. that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. Advent International Corporation, the general partner of the above listed Funds has the sole ability to vote and dispose of these shares. Mr. Michl, a member of our board of directors, is a limited partner of certain of these Advent Funds. Includes 49,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Michl that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. Mr. Michl disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Funds Managed by Advent International Corporation except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such funds. The address for the funds managed by Advent International Corporation is 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

-120-


Table of Contents
(9) Consists of options to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(10) Consists of options to purchase 535,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(11) Consists of options to purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(12) Consists of options to purchase 210,000 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(13) Includes options to purchase 4,228,500 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days as of December 31, 2010.
(14) Includes 24,387,331 shares held by VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P., 2,455,748 shares held by VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P., 301,301 shares held by VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P., and 15,668 shares held by VantagePoint Venture Associates IV, L.L.C. Also includes 6,367,609 shares subject to warrants held by VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P., 637,463 shares subject to warrants held by VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P. and 23,193 shares subject to warrants held by VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P. that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. VantagePoint Venture Associates IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of these VantagePoint limited partnerships and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares and warrants. Also includes 13,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Bevilacqua, 15,167 shares subject to options held by Ms. Annette Bianchi, a former member of our board of directors, and 24,917 shares subject to options held by J. Stephan Dolezalek that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010. VantagePoint Management, Inc. has the authority to direct the exercise of the options held by Mr. Bevilacqua, Ms. Bianchi and Mr. Dolezalek. Alan E. Salzman, CEO of VantagePoint Management, Inc. and Managing Member of VantagePoint Venture Associates IV, L.L.C., may be deemed to beneficially own the shares subject to these shares, warrants and options. Mr. Bevilacqua, Ms. Bianchi, and Mr. Dolezalek each disclaim beneficial ownership of all options or shares beneficially owned by entities affiliated with VantagePoint Capital Partners, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. The address of VantagePoint Capital Partners, Mr. Bevilacqua, Ms. Bianchi, Mr. Dolezalek and Mr. Salzman is 1001 Bayhill Drive, Suite 300, San Bruno, California 94066.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

   

             shares will be designated as common stock; and

 

   

             shares will be designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2010, we had outstanding 31,286,830 shares of convertible preferred stock (which are convertible into an aggregate of 35,375,393 shares of common stock assuming the conversion immediately prior to the closing of this offering) and 3,436,787 shares of common stock, held of record by 138 stockholders. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, 9,014,180 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options, and warrants exercisable for up to an aggregate of 9,307,146 shares of our capital stock that do not expire upon the completion of this offering. For more information on our capitalization, see “ Capitalization .”

Common Stock

Pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. This restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. However, the current policy of the board of directors is to retain earnings, if any, for operations and growth. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, subject to the rights, if any of the holders of our preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets that are legally available for distribution. The holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, which may be designated solely by action of the board of directors and issued in the future.

Preferred Stock

The board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time-to-time shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Each such series of preferred stock shall have such number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special or relative rights or privileges as shall be determined by the board of directors, which may include, among others, dividend rights, voting rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights and preemptive rights.

Warrants

At December 31, 2010, we had warrants outstanding to purchase 9,307,146 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, at exercise prices ranging from $2.29 to $4.25 per share. Assuming the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, warrants

 

-122-


Table of Contents

to purchase 8,733,617 shares of common stock and 150,000 shares of common stock will terminate on June 30, 2014 and September 26, 2014, respectively. The warrant to purchase 423,529 shares of common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of preferred stock into common stock, will terminate on the earlier of May 23, 2015 or 18 months following the effective date of this offering. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, and reclassifications, consolidations and the like. Each warrant holder, with the exception of the holder of the warrant to purchase 423,529 shares of common stock, was granted certain registration rights on the same terms as those held by preferred stockholders as described below.

Stockholders’ Agreement

We and VantagePoint intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement, to become effective upon the completion of this offering, providing VantagePoint with the right to (i) designate (and remove or replace) up to three members of our board of directors, (ii) select one of its board designees to serve on our compensation committee, our nominating and corporate governance committee and any other special committee of our board of directors, (iii) approve certain corporate actions and certain amendments or modifications of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and (iv) access our books and records, subject to customary confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions, all as described in more detail in the “ Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions ” section above.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 22, 2005, as amended, the holders of an aggregate of 44,259,010 shares of common stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of all warrants and the conversion of the preferred stock) are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These rights include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate with respect to an individual holder after the date that is five years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to the Piggyback Registration Rights discussed below, at such time as the holders may sell all shares in any ninety day period under Rule 144.

Demand Registration Rights . The holders of an aggregate of 44,109,010 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of all warrants and the conversion of the preferred stock), or their permitted transferees, are currently entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, at our expense, upon the written request of holders of a majority of these shares, to use our best efforts to register all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. We are not required to effect a demand registration prior to 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement.

Short-Form Registration Rights . The holders of an aggregate of 44,259,010 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of all warrants and the conversion of the preferred stock), or their permitted transferees, are also currently entitled to short-form registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request, to have such shares registered by us at our expense if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $2,000,000, subject to certain exceptions. We are required to effect only two registration statements on Form S-3 during a twelve month period.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights . The holders of an aggregate of 44,259,010 shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of all warrants and the conversion of the preferred stock), or their permitted transferees, are currently entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, after the completion of this offering the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration at our expense. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to              shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

   

limit the actions to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

limit the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of our stockholders;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors; and

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the “interested stockholder.” Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage business combinations or other attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             . The transfer agent’s address is             .

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the              under the symbol “WAGE.”

 

-125-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-U.S. holders who purchase and hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a person that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not a partnership (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate tax law and does not describe any other U.S. federal, non-U.S., state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder who is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including, without limitation, certain former citizens and former long-term residents, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a partnership or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes or an investor in any such entity, a tax-exempt organization, a bank or other financial institution, a broker, dealer or trader in securities, commodities or currencies, a person holding our common stock as part of a hedging, conversion, straddle, constructive sale or other risk reduction transaction or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on Common Stock

As described in the section titled “— Dividend Policy ,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our

 

-126-


Table of Contents

common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the non-U.S. holder’s basis in the common stock, but not below zero, and, to the extent such portion exceeds the non-U.S. holder’s basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “— Dispositions of Common Stock .”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided that the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form). Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty for dividends will be required to (a) furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Disposition of Common Stock

Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the calendar year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as such term is defined in section 897(c) of the Code during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or your holding period of our common stock. As long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, within the meaning of section 897(c)(3) of the Code, these rules will apply only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Code. We believe we are not and do not expect to become a U.S. real property holding corporation.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and if it is a corporation, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax

 

-127-


Table of Contents

treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

A non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or tax information exchange agreement.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.- related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Recently enacted legislation affecting taxation of our common stock held by or through foreign entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering a total of              shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming that there are no exercises of options or warrants after                     , 2011. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The remaining              shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of Shares  

On the date of this prospectus

  

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

In addition, of the              shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of                     , 2011, options to purchase              shares of common stock were vested as of                     , 2011 and will be eligible for sale at various times beginning more than 180 days following the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then-outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up restrictions described below, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering we and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, file or cause to be filed a registration statement covering shares of common stock or any securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for, or represent the right to receive, common stock or any substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing restrictions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. This agreement does not apply to the issuance by us of shares under any existing employee benefit plans. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions, and is also subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days, as set forth in “ Underwriting .”

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of              shares of common stock, assuming the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “ Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights ” for additional information.

Registration Statements

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated , we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and William Blair & Company are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

 

Underwriter    Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
        

Total

  
        

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to              additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $             per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 

   

            Per Share            

   

                Total                 

 
    Without
Over-allotment
    With
Over-allotment
    Without
Over-allotment
    With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

  $                   $                   $                   $                

Expenses payable by us

  $        $        $        $     

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered. The underwriters will not confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts.

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the

 

-131-


Table of Contents

expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

Our directors, executive officers and certain of our significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), engage in any transaction that would require a filing pursuant to §13 or §16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, in each case other than certain limited exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We expect to apply to list the shares of our common stock on                  under the symbol “WAGE”.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time-to-time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, lending and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The initial public offering price for the common stock was determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us and the initial public offering price of the common stock may not be indicative of the market price following this offering. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical and projected business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the various other matters referenced in this prospectus in relation to the market valuation of other comparable corporations.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on                          or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their affiliates have provided certain commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us for which they receive fees. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters from time-to-time enter bids with respect to mortgage-backed security trades with us and the lowest bidder purchases those securities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time-to-time in the future perform services for us and engage in other transactions with us.

The common stock is being offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of: (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares of common stock within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares of common stock through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares of common stock under, the offer of shares of common stock contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

(a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

(b) in the case of any shares of common stock acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offering have not

 

-134-


Table of Contents

been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares of common stock have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares of common stock to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares of common stock, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of the issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) or any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under

 

-135-


Table of Contents

Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275 (1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole whole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

By accepting this prospectus, the recipient hereof represents and warrants that he is entitled to receive it in accordance with the restrictions set forth above and agrees to be bound by limitations contained herein. Any failure to comply with these limitations may constitute a violation of law.

Notice to prospective investors in Germany

Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware of the fact that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act, Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, or the Act, of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to our common stock. In particular, each underwriter has represented that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering in (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our common stock otherwise than in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Notice to prospective investors in France

The shares of common stock are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and that, in connection with their initial distribution, it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock to the public in the Republic of France, and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated 1st October, 1998.

Notice to prospective investors in The Netherlands

Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from The Netherlands as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in The Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institution, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities) (hereinafter, “the Professional Investors”), provided that in the offer, prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in The Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional

 

-136-


Table of Contents

Investors may not participate in the offering of our common stock, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.

Notice to prospective investors in Italy

No prospectus has or will be registered in the Republic of Italy with the Italian Stock Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societá di Borsa), or Consob, pursuant to the Prospectus Directive and Italian laws and regulations on financial products. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered, sold or delivered in the Republic of Italy, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the common stock may not be distributed in the Republic of Italy, except to (a) qualified investors (investori qualificati), or the Qualified Investors, pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree no. 58 dated February 24, 1998, as amended, or the Financial Act, as defined in Article 34-ter of Consob Regulation no. 11971 dated May 14. 1999, as amended, Regulation no. 11971; or (b) in circumstances where there is an exemption from the rules governing an offer to the public of financial products pursuant to Article 94 et seq. of the Financial Act, and to Regulation no. 11971. Any offer, sale or delivery of the common stock in the Republic of Italy must be (a) made by an investment firm, a bank or financial intermediary authorized to engage in such activities in Italy, in compliance with the Financial Act and with Legislative Decree no. 385 dated September 1, 1993, as amended and Consob Regulation no. 16190 dated October 29, 2007, as amended, and any other applicable law and regulation; and (b) in compliance with any applicable Italian laws and regulations and any other condition or limitation that may be imposed by Consob, the Bank of Italy (Banca d’Italia) and any other relevant Italian authorities.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares of common stock will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares of common stock, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange. The shares of common stock are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e . , to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares of common stock with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares of common stock, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

   

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,

 

   

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,

 

   

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under “ Resale Restrictions ,” and

 

   

the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the common stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Further details concerning the legal authority for this information are available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us

 

-138-


Table of Contents

or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters in this offering. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich  & Rosati own an interest representing less than 0.1% of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of WageWorks, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, have been included herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statements of revenue and direct expenses of FBMC Tax Favored Accounts Division, a division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc., for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

WageWorks, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WageWorks, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WageWorks, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1(c) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to change its accounting policy for accounting for certain costs and have retroactively applied this new accounting policy for all years presented.

San Francisco, California

April 25, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2009 and 2010

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2009     2010  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 93,261     $ 104,280  

Restricted cash, current portion

     2,520       3,575  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $349 and $415, respectively

     11,186       14,591  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,548       1,891  
                

Total current assets

     108,515       124,337  

Restricted cash, net of current portion

     1,025       —     

Property and equipment, net

     21,295       18,693  

Goodwill

     33,767       46,806  

Acquired intangible assets, net

     5,414       15,230  

Other assets

     1,462       1,765  
                

Total assets

   $ 171,478     $ 206,831  
                
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Deficit     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 19,972     $ 29,882  

Customer obligations

     132,824       137,458  

Other current liabilities

     436       308  

Convertible debt

     71       —     
                

Total current liabilities

     153,303       167,648  

Long-term debt

     —          2,837  

Warrants

     10,250       1,470  

Long-term contingent payment, net of current portion

     —          6,952  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     3,877       3,347  
                

Total liabilities

     167,430       182,254  
                

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series C ($24,999 liquidation preference). Authorized 6,306 shares; issued and outstanding 5,882 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2010

     30,984       34,807  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series D ($15,998 liquidation preference). Authorized 2,465 shares; issued and outstanding 2,465 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2010

     17,059       17,947  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series E ($21,179 liquidation preference). Authorized 5,295 shares; issued and outstanding 5,295 shares at December 31, 2010

     —          23,206  
                

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     48,043       75,960  
                

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value ($31,916 liquidation preference). Authorized 26,392 shares, outstanding 17,645 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2010

     33,965       33,965  

Common stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 60,528 shares; issued 3,424 shares and 3,437 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively

     9       9  

Treasury stock at cost 373 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2010

     (376     (376

Additional paid-in capital

     13,098       22,960  

Accumulated deficit

     (90,691     (107,941
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (43,995     (51,383
                

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 171,478     $ 206,831  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2008     2009     2010  

Revenues:

      

Healthcare

   $ 66,754     $ 70,718     $ 75,771  

Commuter

     26,011       27,603       29,304  

Other

     10,508       10,140       9,972  
                        

Total revenues

     103,273       108,461       115,047  
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenues (excluding amortization of internal use software)

     49,298       46,802       50,205  

Technology and development

     12,664       13,773       12,640  

Sales and marketing

     19,869       18,885       18,173  

General and administration

     17,019       20,134       18,231  

Amortization

     7,987       8,398       7,764  
                        

Total operating expenses

     106,837       107,992       107,013  
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (3,564     469       8,034  

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     1,368       851       220  

Interest expense

     (1,570     (1,102     (188

Interest expense: amortization of convertible debt discount

     —          (71     (21,107

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          (356     —     

Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants

     (72     70       (5,413
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (3,838     (139     (18,454

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (487     (495     1,204  
                        

Net loss

     (4,325     (634     (17,250

Accretion of redemption premium

     (3,130     1,037       (6,740
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (7,455   $ 403     $ (23,990
                        

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2.23   $ 0.13      $ (7.85

Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2.23   $ (0.02   $ (7.85

Shares used in basic net income (loss) per share calculations

     3,348       3,213       3,057  

Shares used in diluted net income (loss) per share calculations

     3,348       33,729       3,057  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010

(In thousands)

 

    Convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Treasury stock     Additional
paid-in  capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2007

    17,645     $ 33,965       3,344     $ 9       (2   $ (5   $ 88     $ (85,732   $ (51,675

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          306       3       —          —          223       —          226  

Share repurchases

    —          —          (298     (3     —          —          (220     —          (223

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,770       —          1,770  

Accretion of redemption premium

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,130     —          (3,130

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,325     (4,325
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

    17,645       33,965       3,352       9       (2     (5     (1,269     (90,057     (57,357

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          72       —          —          —          20       —          20  

Share repurchases

    —          —          —          —          (371     (371     —          —          (371

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,510       —          2,510  

Beneficial conversion feature

    —          —          —          —          —          —          10,800       —          10,800  

Accretion of redemption premium

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,037       —          1,037  

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (634     (634
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2009

    17,645       33,965       3,424       9       (373     (376     13,098       (90,691     (43,995

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          13       —          —          —          5       —          5  

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,404       —          2,404  

Modification of warrants

    —          —          —          —          —          —          14,193       —          14,193  

Accretion of redemption premium

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,740     —          (6,740

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (17,250     (17,250
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    17,645     $ 33,965       3,437     $ 9       (373   $ (376   $ 22,960     $ (107,941   $ (51,383
                                                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

(In thousands)

 

     2008     2009     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (4,325   $ (634   $ (17,250

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     12,546       12,962       11,928  

Stock-based compensation

     1,770       2,510       2,404  

Revaluation of warrants

     72       (70     5,413  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          183       —     

Amortization of debt discount

     95       272       21,107  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     450       368       120  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     155       (224     66  

Deferred taxes

     410       446       (1,334

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     4,754       2,394       (2,109

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (330     448       (324

Other assets

     1,373        980        (303

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     2,023       (418     344  

Customer obligations

     22,245       12,942       1,522  

Other liabilities

     2,295       (1,084     (1,108
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     43,533       31,075       20,476  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (12,142     (6,617     (7,257

Cash consideration for business acquisitions, net of cash received

     (5,032     (2,069     (5,012

Change in restricted cash

     (883     (567     (30
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (18,057     (9,253     (12,299
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from convertible debt

     —          20,000       —     

Increase in long-term debt

     —          —          2,837  

Repayments of outstanding debt facilities

     (2,151     (20,000     —     

Principal payments on capital leases

     (1,204     (312     —     

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     226       20       5  

Share repurchases

     (223     —          —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     —          (371     —     
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (3,352     (663     2,842  
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     22,124       21,159       11,019  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     49,978       72,102       93,261  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 72,102     $ 93,261     $ 104,280  
                        

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

      

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Interest

   $ 1,854     $ 1,083     $ 189  

Taxes

     18       149       383  

Noncash financing and investing activities:

      

Conversion of convertible debt and accrued interest into Series E preferred stock

     —          —          21,178  

Accretion of redemption premium

     3,130       (1,037     6,740  

Modification of warrants

     —          —          14,193  

Beneficial conversion feature

     —          10,800       —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Business

WageWorks, Inc. (the Company) is a leading on-demand provider of tax-advantaged programs for consumer-directed health, commuter and other employee spending account benefits (CDBs) in the United States. The Company is headquartered in San Mateo, California.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries MHM Resources and Planned Benefit Systems (PBS). Acquisitions are accounted for as business combinations, and accordingly, the results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(c) Change of Accounting Policy, Immaterial Correction, Reclassifications

(i) Capitalization of Certain Costs

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company changed its accounting policy for accounting for issued debit cards and contract acquisition and origination costs. Previously, the Company had capitalized and deferred such costs, amortizing these costs as performance under the relevant contracts was fulfilled. The new accounting policy to expense these costs as incurred is preferable in order to eliminate the subjectivity in determining the period of benefit to amortize the associated capitalized costs and better align to the actual performance of services under the contracts.

The Company accounted for the change in accounting policy in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC 250), Accounting for Changes and Error Correction , and recorded an adjustment to increase opening accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2008 in the amount of $2.1 million.

As a result of the adoption of this new accounting policy, net loss for fiscal 2008 was reduced by $83,000 and net loss for fiscal 2009 was reduced by $202,000.

(ii) Adoption of SAB 108

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company changed its accounting policy related to uncorrected financial statement misstatements. Historically, the Company had utilized the rollover method for assessing its financial statement misstatements and has changed to the dual method as described in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108, (SAB 108), Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements . This change was made as a result of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

As a result of applying the dual method prescribed by SAB 108, the Company recorded an adjustment to decrease opening accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2008 in the amount of approximately $237,000.

The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Net Loss or Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders for any period presented in these consolidated financial statements.

(iii) Immaterial Correction of an Error

As further discussed in Note 10, certain series of Preferred Stock are redeemable after December 31, 2012 at the greater of their original issuance price or the then fair market value. The Company had not historically recorded any redemption premium related to these redemption features.

 

   F-7    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In 2010 accretion of redemption premium has been recorded for each period presented in the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholders’ deficit and in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The redemption premium amounts in each year were charges in 2008 and 2010 of $3.1 million, and $6.7 million respectively and a credit in 2009 of $1.0 million. These amounts impact net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders but have no impact on net loss.

Based upon an evaluation of all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors, and after considering ASC 250, which incorporates SAB No. 99, Materiality , and SAB 108 the Company does not believe that the effect of the adjustments were material to any period presented.

(iv) Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

(d) Liquidity

The Company has completed several rounds of private equity financing to date. While the Company initially incurred losses for several years, it has experienced positive cash flow from operations since 2005. The Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from its operations, and unused borrowing capacity on its line of credit will be sufficient to fund its operations through December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2010, the Company’s current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $43.3 million. The Company has historically been able to fulfill its obligations as they fall due and expects to be able to continue to do so in the future. This expectation is based on retaining the majority of its current client base as well as continuing its funding model whereby at the beginning of a plan year, most of the Company’s enterprise clients provide it with prefunds for their Flexible Spending Account (FSA) programs based on a percentage of projected elections by the employee participants for the plan year ahead. During the plan year, the Company processes employee participants’ claims as they are submitted and typically seeks reimbursement from its employer clients within one week after settling the claim. To the extent that this model is discontinued or the Company’s client retention significantly deteriorates, its business, operating results and financial condition may be significantly impacted.

Future capital requirements also depend on other factors, including the required level of investment in technology. Although the Company is currently not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products, or technologies, it may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require the Company to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required, the Company may not be able to raise it on acceptable terms or at all. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital when desired, its business, operating results, and financial condition may be significantly impacted.

(e) Certain Risks

In addition to the liquidity risks discussed above, the Company delivers its CDB programs through a highly scalable Benefits-as-a-Service, or BaaS, delivery model that employer clients and their employee participants may access through a standard web browser on any internet-enabled device, including computers, smart phones and other mobile devices, such as tablet computers. The Company faces risks associated with ongoing sales acceptance, the realization of cost economies of scale, and existing and potential competition.

Additionally, the Company’s business is dependent on the availability of tax-advantaged CDBs for employers and employees. Any diminution in, elimination of, or change in the availability of these benefits would significantly impact the Company’s operations.

 

   F-8    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(f) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates in these consolidated financial statements include allowances for doubtful accounts, estimates of future cash flows associated with assets, asset impairments, useful lives for depreciation and amortization, loss contingencies, deferred tax assets, reserve for income tax uncertainties, warrant valuations, and the assumptions used for stock-based compensation and purchase accounting. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In making its estimates, the Company considers the current economic and legislative environment in the estimates and has considered those factors when reviewing the assumptions and estimates.

(g) Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents, which consist of cash on deposit with banks and money market funds, are stated at cost. To the extent the Company’s contracts do not provide for any restrictions on the Company’s use of cash that it receives from clients the cash is recorded as a Company asset.

In all cases, the Company recognizes a related liability to its customers, classified as customer obligations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Restricted cash represents cash used to collateralize standby letters of credit substantially all of which mature in 2011 and is therefore classified as a current asset at December 31, 2010.

(h) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company deposits its cash with several financial institutions, and its deposits, at times, exceed insured amounts.

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, no clients accounted for greater than 10% of total revenue or 10% of accounts receivable.

(i) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and convertible debt and revolver, approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature and/or market interest rates.

FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), provides a consistent framework to define, measure, and disclose the fair value of assets and liabilities in financial statements. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy priority for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The ordering of priority reflects the degree to which objective prices in external active markets are available to measure fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable.

 

   F-9    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The Lender Warrant (see Note 9) was recorded at fair value on the grant date and are adjusted quarterly to fair value. The Company values the Lender Warrant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions about underlying asset value, volatility, expected remaining life, and risk-free interest rate. These valuation assumptions are estimated based upon management’s judgment about the general industry environment and are outlined in Note 9(b). Since the valuation of the Lender Warrant involves significant unobservable inputs, it is categorized as Level 3 under the three-level hierarchy discussed above.

The Investor Warrants (see Note 9) were recorded at fair value on the grant date and were adjusted quarterly to fair value until July 30, 2010. The estimated fair value of the Investor Warrants at December 31, 2009 and during 2010 has been determined based upon the Noreen-Wolfson option pricing model, which incorporates assumptions about underlying asset value, volatility, expected remaining life, and risk-free interest rate. These valuation assumptions are estimated based upon management’s judgment about the general industry environment and are outlined in Note 9(c).

At July 30, 2010, the Investor Warrant terms were changed from being exercisable for a redeemable preferred share to being exercisable for a preferred share that was not redeemable. Accordingly, the Investor Warrants are classified as equity, under FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC 480) and FASB ASC 815-40 (ASC 815), Derivatives and Hedging , at the date of change and no longer need to be marked-to-market. Since the valuation of the Investor Warrants involves significant unobservable inputs they were categorized as Level 3 under the three-level hierarchy discussed above.

There were no Level 1 or Level 2 financial assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 2010. There were no sales, purchases, settlements or transfers in or out of Level 3 liabilities.

Changes in fair value of the Investor Warrants, until the time they were reclassified as equity, and in fair value of the Lender Warrant are recorded as a separate line item under other income (expense) entitled “Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants” in the consolidated statements of operations.

(j) Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable represent both amounts receivable in relation to fees for the Company’s services and unpaid amounts by customers for benefit services of participants provided by third-party vendors, such as transit agencies and healthcare providers (see Note 5). The Company provides for an allowance for doubtful accounts by reference to reserves for specific accounts. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly.

 

   F-10    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accounts more than 30 days past due are reviewed weekly for collectibility. Account balances are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. Write-offs for 2008, 2009, and 2010 were not significant.

(k) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation on computer and equipment and furniture and fixtures is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of those assets, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the lease term. Total depreciation expense, including amortization of internal use software, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 was $9.2 million, $9.6 million, and $9.7 million respectively.

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gain or loss on such sale or disposal is reflected in operating expenses.

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that substantially increase an asset’s useful life are capitalized.

(l) Software and Web Site Development Costs

The Company recognizes internal use software and Web site development costs in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software , and FASB ASC Subtopic 350-50, Intangibles—Website Development Costs , respectively. As such, the Company expenses all costs incurred that relate to the planning and post implementation phases of development. Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and recognized over the technology’s estimated useful life, generally four years, as amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Amortization expense related to capitalized development costs was $4.7 million, $5.0 million, and $5.6 million for 2008, 2009, and 2010 respectively. Costs associated with the platform content or the repair or maintenance of the existing platforms are expensed as incurred.

The Company accounts for interest costs related to internal use software and Web site development costs in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Subtopic 835-20, Interest—Capitalization of Interest , which require capitalization of interest on major construction or acquisition projects where the financial statement effect of capitalization versus current expense recognition is likely to be material. Capitalized interest related to software and development costs was immaterial for all years.

(m) Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment , the Company evaluates the remaining useful life and recoverability of property and equipment and other assets, including identifiable intangible assets with definite lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group to estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds these estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group, based on discounted cash flows. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The Company recorded impairment adjustments of $415,000, $345,000, and $119,000 in 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively, related to software development costs which are included in Property and equipment, net in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. There were no impairment charges for acquired intangible assets recorded in 2008, 2009, and 2010.

 

   F-11    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(n) Acquisitions and Goodwill

The Company has accounted for all of its acquisitions using the purchase method as required under the provisions of FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805). The cost of acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in the acquisition.

The Company performs a goodwill impairment test annually on December 31st and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The following are examples of triggering events (none of which occurred in 2010) that could indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has fallen below the unit’s carrying amount:

 

   

A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate

 

   

An adverse action or assessment by a regulator

 

   

Unanticipated competition

 

   

A loss of key personnel

 

   

A more-likely than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed of

The impairment tests are performed in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (ASC 350), and an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. When reviewing goodwill for impairment, the Company assesses whether goodwill should be allocated to operating levels lower than the Company’s single operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed for decision-making purposes. These lower levels are referred to as reporting units. Currently, the Company has identified only one reporting unit in accordance with ASC 350.

The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step process: First, the reporting unit’s estimated fair value is compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If the estimated value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. Second, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation.

The fair value of the Company’s reporting unit was determined using a combination of the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, and the market valuation approach. Under the income approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows that the reporting unit is expected to generate over its remaining life. Under the market approach, the value of the reporting unit is based on an analysis that compares the value of the reporting unit to values of publicly traded companies in similar lines of business.

In the application of the income and market valuation approaches, the Company is required to make estimates of future operating trends and judgments on discount rates and other variables. Actual future results related to assumed variables could differ from these estimates. Discount rates are based on a weighted average cost of capital, which represents the average rate a business must pay its providers of debt and equity capital. The Company used discount rates that are the representative weighted average cost of capital for its reporting unit in comparison with guideline companies, with consideration given to the current condition of the global economy. The Company used the same discount rate for 2010 as it did for 2009 reflecting no change in the Company’s stage of development. The Company determines projected income based on the Company’s best estimate of near term revenue and Earnings before Interest, Income Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA)

 

   F-12    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

expectations and long-term projections; estimated adjusted EBITDA for 2010 compared to 2009 indicated an increase. As a sensitivity analysis, a 100 basis point reduction in the assumed net sales growth beginning in fiscal 2011 would decrease minimally the overall valuation but it would not cause a change in the results of the Company’s impairment testing that indicated no impairment of goodwill.

To date, the Company has not made any impairment adjustments to goodwill as the fair value of its reporting unit has always exceeded its carrying value.

(o) Warrants

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants exercisable into shares that are redeemable in accordance with ASC 480. Under ASC 480, warrants to acquire Preferred Stock where that stock is potentially redeemable must be reported as liabilities and marked to market at each reporting period from the warrant issuance date until the exercise date or expiration. If the warrants were issued in connection with a debt financing, the Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC 470, Debt , which requires that the proceeds from an issuance of debt with warrants, where the warrant is classified as a liability, be allocated first to the warrant based upon the warrant fair value and the residual amount of the proceeds are allocated to the debt. The warrant terms for the Investor Warrants were changed on July 30, 2010 and became exercisable for Preferred Stock that is not redeemable and for that reason the warrants are now classified as equity under ASC 480.

(p) Revenue Recognition

The Company reports revenue based on the following product lines: Healthcare, Commuter, and Other services. Healthcare and Commuter include revenues generated from benefit service fees based on client employee (known as participant) participation levels and interchange and other commission revenues. Interchange and other commission revenues are based on a percentage of total healthcare and commuter dollars transacted pursuant to written purchase agreements with certain vendors and banks. Other revenue includes services related to Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA), enrollment and eligibility, nonhealthcare, and employee account administration (i.e., tuition and health club reimbursements) and project-related professional services.

The Company recognizes all revenue streams in accordance with FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . As such, the Company recognizes revenue when collectibility is reasonably assured, service has been performed, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and there is a fixed or determinable fee.

Benefit service fees are recognized on a monthly basis as services are rendered and earned under service arrangements where fees and commissions are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Benefit service fees are based on a fee for service model (e.g., monthly fee per participant) in which revenue is recognized on a monthly basis as services are rendered under price quotations or service agreements having stipulated terms and conditions, which do not require management to make any significant judgments or assumptions regarding any potential uncertainties. Fees received for initial setup of new clients and annual renewal fees are deferred and recognized on a monthly basis as services are rendered over the agreed benefit period, typically one year.

Vendor and bank interchange revenues are earned from certain vendors based on a percentage of total dollars transacted as reported on third-party reports. Commission revenue is recognized on a monthly basis as transactions are placed under written purchase agreements having stipulated terms and conditions, which do not require management to make any significant judgments or assumptions regarding any potential uncertainties.

Professional service fees are recognized upon completion of services and projects. The professional services are rendered with written price quotations or service agreements having stipulated terms and conditions, which do not require management to make any significant judgments or assumptions regarding any potential uncertainties and where fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

   F-13    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(q) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (ASC 718). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award at that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally over the vesting period of the award) on a straight-line basis.

ASC 718 requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options to be classified as financing cash inflows rather than operating cash inflows. There were no material excess tax benefits in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010.

(r) Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to expense in the period incurred. Advertising costs consist of expenses incurred to run advertisements. The Company incurred $102,000, $126,000, and $280,000, of advertising costs in 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively.

(s) Customer Obligations

Customer obligations represent liabilities incurred as a result of cash amounts received from customers and as a result of amounts billed to customers in which the Company has the legal right to bill and has yet to fulfill or initiate the related services.

(t) Leases

The Company leases various office space and equipment. The Company classifies its leases as either operating or capital lease arrangements in accordance with the criteria of FASB ASC 840, Leases . Certain of the Company’s operating leases for office space contain provisions under which monthly rent escalates over time and certain leases also contain provisions for reimbursement of a specified amount of leasehold improvements. When lease agreements contain escalating rent clauses, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. When lease agreements provide allowances for leasehold improvements, the Company capitalizes the leasehold improvement assets and amortizes them on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset, and reduces rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease by the amount of the allowances provided.

(u) Income Taxes

The Company reports income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes , which requires an asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from the differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements, as well as from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax amounts are determined by using the tax rates expected to be in effect when the taxes will actually be paid or refunds received, as provided under current enacted tax law. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance reduces the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company uses financial projections to support its net deferred tax assets, which contain significant assumptions and estimates of future operations. If such assumptions were to differ significantly, it may have a

 

   F-14    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

material impact on the Company’s ability to realize its deferred tax assets. At the end of each period, the Company assess the ability to realize the deferred tax benefits. If it is more likely than not that the Company would not realize the deferred tax benefits, then the Company would establish a valuation allowance for all or a portion of the deferred tax benefits.

Under ASC Subtopic 740-10, the Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

(v) Legal Matters and Contingencies

The Company accrues for estimated losses in accordance with FASB ASC 450, Contingencies , which requires an accrual for matters where the Company believes that the likelihood that a loss will occur is probable and the amount of loss is reasonably estimable. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

(w) Reduction in Force

In accordance with FASB ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Obligations , restructuring costs are record as incurred. The Company accrues severances once the total severance pool has been calculated, approved, and communicated and recognizes the expense ratably over the required service period, from the communication date to the exit date. The Company took actions with reductions in force during 2009 and recorded approximately $1.0 million in severance charges in 2009, which were fully paid out in 2009.

(x) Indemnification Agreements

In accordance with FASB ASC 460, Guarantees , the Company has disclosed and accounted for all guarantees. No amounts were recorded under these guarantees in 2008, 2009, and 2010.

The Company has signed indemnification agreements with all board members. The agreements indemnify the members from claims and expenses on actions brought against the individuals separately or jointly with the Company for Indemnifiable Events. Indemnifiable Events generally mean any event or occurrence related to the fact that the board member was or is acting in their capacity as a board member for the Company or was or is acting or representing the interests of the Company.

(y) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (EITF Issue No. 08-1, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables ). ASU 2009-13 amends FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Element Arrangements , to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have vendor specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE) or third-party evidence of selling price (TPE) before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE and TPE for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether

 

   F-15    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. Application of the “residual method” of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of ASU 2009-13. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company expects that the adoption of ASU 2009-13 in 2011 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), which provides amendments that will provide more robust disclosures about (1) the different classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value, (2) the valuation techniques and inputs used, (3) the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, and (4) the transfers between Levels 1, 2, and 3. ASU 2010-06 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. In the period of initial adoption, entities will not be required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. However, those disclosures are required for periods ending after initial adoption. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of ASU 2010-06 related to the Level 3 activity disclosure will have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (ASC 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A) . ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC 350 for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in ASC paragraph 350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. The ASU allows an entity to use either the equity or enterprise valuation premise to determine the carrying amount of a reporting unit. ASU 2010-28 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company expects that the adoption of ASU 2010-28 in 2011 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combinations (ASC 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The objective of this update is to address diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. Paragraph 805-10-50-2(h) requires a public entity to disclose pro forma information for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period. The disclosures include pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. In practice, some preparers have presented the pro forma information in their comparative financial statements as if the business combination that occurred in the current reporting period had occurred as of the beginning of each of the current and prior annual reporting periods. Other preparers have disclosed the pro forma information as if the business combination occurred at the beginning of the prior annual reporting period only, and carried forward the related adjustments, if applicable, through the current reporting period. The amendments in this Update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as

 

   F-16    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The Company will comply with this disclosure requirement for all future acquisitions.

(z) Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The Company intends to file a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to sell shares of its Common Stock to the public. Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO as contemplated by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as amended to date and as may be amended from time to time, each share of the Company’s Preferred Stock will convert into shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with the automatic conversion provisions under Article 4 of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The unaudited pro forma information as of December 31, 2010 gives effect to the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 35,375,393 shares of Common Stock upon the assumed completion of the Company’s initial public offering and assumes that all existing preferred stock warrants are exercisable into common stock.

 

(2) Net Income (Loss) per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to Common Stockholders:

 

     Year ended December 31  
         2008             2009             2010      
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

      

Net loss

   $ (4,325   $ (634   $ (17,250

Less accretion of redemption premium

     (3,130     1,037        (6,740
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders for basic EPS

   $ (7,455   $ 403      $ (23,990
                        

Add back: accretion of redemption premium

     —          (1,037     —     
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders for diluted EPS

   $ (7,455   $ (634   $ (23,990
                        

Denominator (basic):

      

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     3,348        3,213        3,057   

Denominator (diluted):

      

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     3,348        3,213        3,057   

Dilutive stock options and awards outstanding

     —          435        —     

Weighted average common shares from stock warrants

     —          —          —     

Weighted average common shares from preferred stock

     —          30,081        —     
                        

Net weighted average common shares outstanding

     3,348        33,729        3,057   
                        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock:

      

Basic

   $ (2.23   $ 0.13      $ (7.85

Diluted

   $ (2.23   $ (0.02   $ (7.85

 

   F-17    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share does not include the effect of the following anti-dilutive common equivalent shares:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Stock options outstanding

     6,731         5,620         9,014   

Common equivalent shares from stock warrants

     574         8,902         9,307   

Common shares from convertible debt

     —           8,328         —     

Common shares from preferred stock

     30,081         —           35,375   
                          
     37,386         22,850         53,696   
                          

The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands,
except per
share data,
unaudited)
 

Numerator (basic and diluted):

  

Net loss as reported

   $ (17,250

Interest Expense: Amortization of convertible debt discount

     21,107   

Mark to market adjustment for in the money warrants

     5,413   
        

Pro forma income

     9,270   

Denominator (basic):

  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     3,057   

Add common shares from preferred stock

     35,375   
        

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

     38,432   
        

Denominator (diluted):

  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     38,432   

Dilutive stock options outstanding

     374   

Dilutive warrants outstanding

     1,072   
        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     39,878   
        

Pro forma net income per share:

  

Basic

   $ 0.24   

Diluted

   $ 0.23   

 

(3) Acquisitions

On August 31, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Planned Benefits Systems (PBS). The results of operations of PBS have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations since this date. PBS is engaged in the business of providing flexible benefits administration and COBRA continuance services and is based in Denver, Colorado. This acquisition added a new regional base of customers and participant relationships. The financial results of this acquisition are considered insignificant for purposes of pro forma financial statement disclosures. The goodwill of $6.3 million arising from the acquisition was attributed to the premium paid for the opportunity to expand and better serve small and medium-sized businesses and achieve greater long-term growth opportunities than either company had operating alone. The aggregate noncontingent portion of the purchase price was $2.9 million and was paid in cash on August 31, 2010.

 

   F-18    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The purchase price also includes a contingent element that requires the Company to pay the former owners of PBS additional amounts in 2011 and 2012 based upon annualized revenues of PBS for 2011 and 2012. There is also an amount totaling $600,000, which was held back from the initial consideration paid to account for possible future contingencies. The fair value of the contingent elements totaled $6.3 million based on annualized revenues of $8.4 million for 2011 and $9.9 million for 2012. The fair value was determined from forecasts developed by management based upon existing business and relationships and based on historical growth rates. The Company discounted these forecasts using the weighted average cost of capital. A weighted average cost of capital of 18.5% was used. As the fair value measure is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, the Company categorizes the inputs as Level 3 inputs under ASC 820.

The following table summarizes the consideration for PBS and the amounts of estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

 

Goodwill

   $ 6,284,000   

Acquired intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, contracts, and trademarks

     4,350,000   

Acquired net tangible assets

     373,000   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,784,000
        

Total allocation of acquisition cost

   $ 9,223,000   
        

The acquired intangible assets, all of which are being amortized, have a weighted average useful life of approximately 6.9 years. The intangible assets include customer relationships of $3.7 million (6.7-year weighted average useful life), and other intangible assets of $630,000 (7.8-year weighted average useful life).

Since the acquisition was a stock purchase, goodwill and intangibles cannot be amortized for tax purposes; accordingly, a deferred tax liability of $1.8 million was recorded at the date of acquisition for the book tax cost basis difference related to the intangibles.

On November 30, 2010, the Company acquired a division (FBM) in a carve-out from Fringe Benefits Management Company, a Florida corporation (FBMC). The acquired division related to the tax-advantaged business of providing flexible benefits administration, commuter, and COBRA continuance services for public service entities. This acquisition added a new regional base of clients and participant relationships. The results of FBM’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. The financial results of this acquisition are considered insignificant for purposes of pro forma financial disclosures. The goodwill of $4.4 million arising from the acquisition was attributed to the premium paid for the opportunity to expand and better serve the public sector and achieve greater long-term growth opportunities than either company had operating alone. The aggregate noncontingent portion of the purchase price was $7.2 million and was paid in cash in two installments: at November 30, 2010 ($2.5 million) and January 14, 2011 ($4.7 million). The Company has determined that FBM represented a business which the Company obtained control on November 30, 2010. On that date, the Company also entered into a Shared Services Agreement (SSA) with FBMC to provide operational continuity to both parties as acquired customer contracts assumed by the Company were being assigned to the Company and to provide ongoing support to FBMC for the processing of certain tax favored business bundled as part of FBMC’s offerings as part of their ongoing business.

The purchase price includes a contingent consideration element that requires the Company to pay FBMC additional amounts in 2011 and 2012 based upon annualized revenues of $10.5 million for 2011 and $11 million for 2012. The fair value of the contingent consideration element of $4.9 million was based on achieving the

 

   F-19    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

aforementioned annualized revenues. Since FBM is a carve-out, some historical revenue details were not available and the forecasts relied upon existing management’s best estimates based upon current business and their understanding of retention rates and the marketplace. A weighted average cost of capital of 18% was used. That measure is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, which ASC 820 refers to as Level 3 inputs.

The following table summarizes the consideration for FBM and the amounts of estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

 

Goodwill

   $ 4,424,000   

Acquired intangible assets, primarily customer relationships and tradenames

     7,630,000   
        

Total allocation of acquisition cost

   $ 12,054,000   
        

The acquired intangible assets, all of which are being amortized, have a weighted average useful life of approximately 9.8 years. The intangible assets that make up that amount include a customer list of $7.3 million (10-year weighted average useful life) and other intangible assets of $300,000 (4-year weighted average useful life).

The goodwill and intangibles will be amortized for tax over a life of 15 years.

On September 15, 2008, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Creative Benefits, Inc (CB), a California Corporation, pursuant to which CB transferred its operating assets and certain liabilities to WageWorks. CB is engaged in the business of providing flexible benefits administration, COBRA continuance, and eligibility services. This acquisition added a significant base of clients and participant relationships as well as some technology. The results of operations of CB have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations since its acquisition date. The financial results of this acquisition are considered insignificant for purposes of pro forma financial disclosures. The purchase price was approximately $6.9 million (including a contingent payment made on April 1, 2010 in the amount of $2.2 million) and was paid for in cash.

 

(4) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     2009      2010  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 33,608       $ 33,767   

Additions

     159         13,039   
                 

Balance at end of year

   $ 33,767       $ 46,806   
                 

In connection with the acquisition of MHM Resources in 2007, the Company is required to pay the former parent company of MHM Resources a portion of revenue earned by the Company related to a specific client. The Company recorded $159,000 and $77,000 in 2009 and 2010, respectively, to goodwill related to this contingent payment.

 

   F-20    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Acquired intangible assets at December 31, 2009 and 2010 were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

    2009     2010  
    Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net     Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net  

Amortized intangible assets:

           

Client contracts and broker relationships

  $ 15,484      $ 11,842      $ 3,642      $ 26,534      $ 13,224      $ 13,310   

Trade names

    490        268        222        1,020        388        632   

Technology

    2,580        1,092        1,488        2,580        1,678        902   

Noncompete agreements

    1,612        1,550        62        2,011        1,625        386   
                                               

Total

  $ 20,166      $ 14,752      $ 5,414      $ 32,145      $ 16,915      $ 15,230   
                                               

Amortization expense for acquired intangible assets totaled $3.3 million, $3.4 million, and $2.2 million in 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. The weighted average estimated lives of acquired intangible assets are approximately seven years for client contracts and relationships, four and a half years for trade names, four and a half years for technology, and four years for noncompete agreements. The weighted average remaining estimated life of acquired intangible assets in total is approximately seven and a half years.

The estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 2,675   

2012

     2,413   

2013

     2,226   

2014

     1,680   

2015

     1,530   

Thereafter

     4,706   
        

Total

   $ 15,230   
        

 

(5) Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable at December 31, 2009 and 2010 were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2009     2010  

Trade receivables

   $ 8,114      $ 9,438   

Unpaid amounts for benefit services

     3,421        5,568   
                
     11,535        15,006   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (349     (415
                

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 11,186      $ 14,591   
                

 

   F-21    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(6) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2010 were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2009     2010  

Computers and equipment

   $ 7,879      $ 8,487   

Software and development costs

     34,319        36,373   

Furniture and fixtures

     3,121        3,143   

Leasehold improvements

     6,163        6,320   
                
     51,482        54,323   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (30,187     (35,630
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 21,295      $ 18,693   
                

During 2008, 2009, and 2010 the Company capitalized software development costs of $6.5 million, $5.6 million, and $5.5 million, respectively. In 2008, 2009, and 2010, the Company has amortized $4.7 million, $5.0 million, and $5.6 million, respectively, of these costs. These costs are included in amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the unamortized software development costs included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets were $13.3 million and $13.2 million, respectively.

 

(7) Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2009 and 2010 were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2009      2010  

Accounts payable

   $ 1,320       $ 1,214   

Payable to benefit providers and transit agencies

     7,942         7,908   

Accrued payables

     2,912         4,224   

Contingent payments

     —           8,982   

Accrued compensation and related benefits

     6,264         6,378   

Other accrued expenses

     1,334         987   

Deferred revenue

     200         189   
                 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 19,972       $ 29,882   
                 

 

(8) Debt

(a) Revolver

On August 30, 2010, the Company entered into a Commercial Credit Agreement (Revolver) with Union Bank N.A. to borrow an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million. The proceeds from this facility are used to fund permitted acquisitions. The Company borrowed $2.9 million during 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $12.1 million available under the Revolver. As collateral for the Revolver, the Company granted Union Bank a security interest in all of the Company’s assets.

The interest rate for the Revolver is based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus three percent. The interest rate at December 31, 2010 was 3.3%. The Revolver may only be prepaid upon five business days’ notice to the lender and payment of a prepayment fee to the lender. Such prepayment fee is calculated as the present value of the difference between the return that the lender could obtain if it used the amount of such prepayment of principal to purchase regularly quoted securities issued by the United States at bid price, minus the return the lender would have received had the prepayment not been made. The Revolver has financial

 

   F-22    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

covenants including monthly quick ratio, monthly minimum 3-month EBITDA coverage, and a monthly cash flow coverage ratio. The Revolver also contains a nonfinancial covenant to provide audited financial statements within 90 days after each year end. The Company was not in compliance with the covenant requirement to provide audited financial statements within the stated period of time. The Company obtained a waiver from the lender extending the period of time the Company had to provide financial statements through May 15, 2011. To maintain availability of funds under the Revolver, the Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolver. The commitment fee is equal to one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum and is recorded as interest expense.

Any borrowing outstanding under the Revolver is due and payable on August 31, 2012.

(b) Capital Lease

On September 29, 2006, the Company entered into a 30-month capital lease to finance the acquisition of certain service delivery equipment amounting to $3.2 million and paid the amount in full during 2009. The Company is depreciating the capitalized leased assets on a straight-line method over their useful life of five years.

(c) ORIX Venture Finance, LLC Senior Loan and Security Agreement

On September 27, 2007, the Company entered into a Senior Loan and Security Agreement with ORIX Venture Finance, LLC (ORIX) to borrow an aggregate principal amount of up to $20 million. On December 28, 2009, the Company repaid the loan to ORIX. Upon ORIX receiving payment in full, all obligations, covenant restrictions, and liabilities were satisfied in full and all security interests in the Company’s assets held as collateral were relieved. The Company recorded a charge in 2009 upon the extinguishment of this debt of $356,000, primarily related to the write-off of debt discount and cash payments for legal fees and a prepayment penalty.

(d) Convertible Debt

On December 28, 2009, the Company entered into certain convertible note agreements (Investor Notes) with several existing Preferred Stockholders for which it received proceeds of $20 million. The Investor Notes were automatically convertible into Series E Preferred Stock at the earlier of (a) the next qualified financing or (b) April 2010. The April 2010 conversion date could be extended by agreement of the Company and the noteholders. The Investor Notes bore interest at 10% per annum and were repayable on January 2, 2011.

In connection with the issuance of the Investor Notes, the same Preferred Stockholders received warrants to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock (see Note 9). The Investor Warrants were valued at $9.2 million, which was recorded as a discount to the Investor Notes. In addition, the Investor Notes contained a beneficial conversion feature in the amount of $10.8 million, which was also recorded as a discount to the Investor Notes resulting in the carrying value of the Investor Notes initially being zero. Both discounts were then charged to interest expense through the contractual maturity date of January 2011.

No qualified financing occurred in 2010 and the automatic conversion date was extended through July 31, 2010. On July 31, 2010, the Investor Notes (including accrued interest of approximately $1.2 million) were converted into 5,294,514 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and the Investor Warrants became exercisable to purchase shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (see Note 9). At the time of conversion, there remained an amount of approximately $8.4 million of unamortized debt discount. This amount was recorded as incremental interest expense upon conversion. As a result, there are no incremental charges to interest expense related to these Investor Notes after July 31, 2010.

 

   F-23    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

These amounts are included within interest expense the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008      2009      2010  

Noncash interest expense

   $ —         $ 16      $ 1,162  

Beneficial conversion feature

     —           30        10,770  

Warrant-related discount

     —           25        9,175  
                          
   $ —         $ 71      $ 21,107  
                          

 

(9) Warrants

(a) Warrant to Purchase Common Stock

On September 27, 2007, the Company granted ORIX a warrant for 150,000 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $4.10 per share in connection with the debt facility discussed in Note 8 (c).

The warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, for a period of seven years through September 26, 2014. The warrant does not entitle the holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to exercise. The fair value of the warrant was determined as approximately $216,000 and was recorded as a debt discount. The Company was amortizing the fair value of the warrant over the life of the loan as interest expense. The Company recorded $54,000 in interest expense in 2009. The unamortized balance at December 28, 2009 of $95,000 was included as part of the debt extinguishment. The fair value of the warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Assumptions used were as follows: fair value of the underlying stock of $4.10; risk-free interest rate of 4.27%; term of 7.0 years; dividend of 0%; and volatility of 22%. This warrant is classified as equity.

(b) Lender Warrant

On May 23, 2005, the Company entered into a Senior Loan and Security Agreement (Hercules Debt) with Hercules to borrow an aggregate principal amount of up to $20 million. On September 27, 2007, the Company repaid the loan to Hercules. In connection with the Hercules Debt financing, the Company granted Hercules a warrant to purchase 423,529 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $4.25 per share. The warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, for a period ending upon the earliest to occur of (a) May 23, 2015 or (b) 18 months after an initial public offering. The purchase price may be settled either by cash or by surrender of all or a portion of the warrant in exchange for shares of Series C Preferred Stock. The maximum number of preferred shares that the Company could be required to issue for settlement is 423,529. The warrant does not entitle the holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to exercise. The fair value of the warrants at December 31, 2010 was approximately $1.5 million and is recorded as Warrants on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants, on shares that are redeemable, in accordance with ASC 480 pursuant to which any change in the fair value of the warrants is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded a mark-to-market loss of $72,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008, a mark-to-market gain of $70,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, and a mark-to-market loss of $400,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, related to the change in fair value of these warrants. This revaluation is included in other income (expense) as a separate line item entitled “Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants.”

 

   F-24    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company values the warrants using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, at each reporting date, which incorporates assumptions about underlying asset value, volatility, expected remaining life, and risk-free interest rate. These valuation adjustments are estimated based upon management’s judgment about the general industry environment. The assumptions used at December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively, were as follows:

 

     2008     2009     2010  

Fair value of underlying stock per share

   $ 5.39      $ 5.14      $ 7.34   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.14     1.56     0.61

Expected term

     3.5 years        3.5 years        2 years   

Dividend yield

     —       —       —  

Volatility

     50.40     56.40     43.70

(c) Investor Warrants

Effective December 28, 2009, in connection with the Investor Notes described in Note 8(d) the Company granted to the instrument holders warrants (Investor Warrants) to purchase $20 million worth of Series E Preferred Stock (later amended to Series E-1 Preferred Stock – see below.) The Investor Warrants are exercisable, in whole or in part, after the Automatic Conversion Date (originally April 30, 2010 and amended and extended to July 31, 2010) and expire on December 28, 2017 (later amended to June 30, 2014). All unexercised warrants upon expiration will automatically be exercised unless the Investor Notes holders provide written notice to the Company of their intent to have the warrants expire unexercised. The Investor Warrants do not entitle the holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to exercise.

At December 31, 2009, the Company accounted for the Investor Warrants as liabilities in accordance with ASC 480. This was due to the fact that these warrants were exercisable into a series of Preferred Stock that was redeemable. Any change in the fair value of the warrants at each reporting period was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as a gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants. The initial fair value of the Investor Warrants was determined to be approximately $9.2 million using an expected value approach based on the Noreen-Wolfson option pricing valuation model. Assumptions used were as follows: weighted fair value of the implied value of the underlying shares of $3.98; weighted risk-free interest rate of 2.68%; weighted term of 6.1 years; dividend of 0%; and volatility of 48.40% determined by reference to the average asset volatility of comparable public companies. The initial fair value was recorded as a discount on the Investor Notes. The Company was amortizing the discount over the life of the Investor Notes as interest expense. The amount of the mark-to-market adjustment related to the Investor Warrants for the year ended December 31, 2009 was immaterial.

At July 30, 2010, the terms of the Investor Warrants were amended to allow for conversion to 8,733,617 Series E-1 Preferred Stock with an adjusted strike price of $2.29 (the original strike price was $2.40). The Series E-1 Preferred Stock is not redeemable and accordingly under ASC 480 and ASC 815 the Investor Warrants were determined to be equity classified and no longer classified as a liability. The fair value of the warrants at July 30, 2010 was determined to be $14.2 million and was determined using an expected value approach based on the Noreen-Wolfson option pricing valuation model. Assumptions used were as follows: weighted fair value of the implied value of the underlying shares of $3.42; weighted risk-free interest rate of 0.84%; weighted term of 2.89 years; dividend of 0%; and volatility of 66.10% determined by reference to the average asset volatility of comparable public companies. As a result of the valuation, the Company recorded a mark-to-market loss of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to the change in fair value of these warrants. This revaluation was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as a gain (loss) on revaluation of warrants.

 

   F-25    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(10) Redeemable and Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 30, 2010, the certificate of incorporation was amended to authorize the issuance of 40.5 million shares of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock is divided into series with 50,000 shares designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 1.7 million shares designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 1.0 million shares designated as Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 14.9 million shares designated as Series B Preferred Stock, 6.3 million shares designated as Series C Preferred Stock, 2.5 million shares designated as Series D Preferred Stock, 5.3 million shares designated as Series E Preferred Stock, and 8.7 million shares designated as Series E-1 Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2010, the rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of Preferred Stock are as follows:

(a) Dividends

The holders of Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, D, E, and E-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) annually payable out of funds legally available, when and if declared by the board of directors as follows:

 

Preferred stock

   Dividend rates  

Series A

   $ 0.3200   

Series A-1

     0.3200   

Series A-2

     0.3200   

Series B

     0.1120   

Series C

     0.3400   

Series D

     0.5192   

Series E

     0.3200   

Series E-1

     0.1800   

Payment of Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, D, E, and E-1 dividends shall be paid prior to payment of any dividends on the Common Stock.

As of December 31, 2010, no dividends have been declared or paid.

(b) Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Shares shall be entitled to a preference on liquidation equal to $4.00 and $2.29 per share, respectively (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares), plus declared but unpaid dividends prior to any payments to the Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, and D Preferred Stock, or the Common Stock holders.

In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Series D shall be entitled to a preference on liquidation equal to $6.49 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) plus declared but unpaid dividends prior to any payments to the Series A, A-1, A-2, B, and C Preferred Stock, or the Common Stock holders.

In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Series C shall be entitled to a preference on liquidation equal to $4.25 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) plus declared but unpaid dividends prior to any payments to the Series A, A-1, A-2, and B Preferred Stock, or the Common Stock holders.

 

   F-26    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Series B shall be entitled to a preference on liquidation equal to $1.40 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) plus declared but unpaid dividends prior to any payments to the Series A, A-1, and A-2 Preferred Stock, or the Common Stock holders.

In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Series A, A-1, and A-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a preference on liquidation equal to $4.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) plus declared but unpaid dividends prior to any payments to the Common Stock holders.

All further remaining proceeds would be distributed ratably to the Common Stock holders and the Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, D, E, and E-1 stockholders on an as-converted basis, provided that the distributions described above on the shares of Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, D, E, and E-1 Preferred Stock are capped at $14.14, $21.50, $14.14, $7.35, $10.20, $12.98, $8.00, and $4.58, respectively. Should the distributions be capped, each series of Preferred Stock is convertible to Common Stock at the election of the holder thereof.

(c) Conversion

Each share of Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, D, E, and E-1 may be converted to shares of Common Stock at a conversion ratio as outlined in the table below.

 

Preferred stock class

   Conversion ratio  

Series A

     1.7   

Series A-1

     2.9   

Series A-2

     1.7   

Series B

     1.0   

Series C

     1.0   

Series D

     1.0   

Series E

     1.0   

Series E-1

     1.0   

Each share of Series A, A-1, A-2, B, C, D, E, and E-1 shall be automatically converted to shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of a firm commitment, underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, in which the net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Company’s Common Stock is $40 million or greater, and the offering price per share is at least $10.39 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares) (Qualified IPO) or (ii) the effective date upon which a defined voting percentage, as outlined below, of the outstanding shares of such indicated class voting as a class, approve such conversion.

 

Preferred stock class

   Defined voting
percentage

Series A

   Majority of Series B

Series A-1

   Majority of Series B

Series A-2

   Majority of Series B

Series B

   Majority of Series B

Series C

   Majority of Series C

Series D

   Majority of Series D

Series E

   80.8% of Series E

Series E-1

   80.8% of Series E

 

   F-27    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Each series of Preferred Stock is convertible to Common Stock at the election of the holder thereof.

All Preferred Stock shall be entitled to proportional adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like.

(d) Redemption

Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series E-1 Preferred Stock are not redeemable. Series C, D, and E Preferred Stock are redeemable, at any time after December 31, 2012 if, prior to such date, the Company has not consummated a Qualified IPO, (i) the holders of not less than a majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock request, by written notice, that the Company redeem all shares of Series C Preferred Stock then held by such holders and/or (ii) the holders of not less than a majority of the issued and outstanding Series D Preferred Stock request, by written notice, that the Company redeem all shares of Series D Preferred Stock then held by such holders and/or (iii) the holders of not less than a majority of the issued and outstanding Series E Preferred Stock request, by written notice, that the Company redeem all shares of Series E Preferred Stock then held by such holders.

The redemption price per share shall be payable in cash and shall be equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of such shares as determined in good faith by an appraiser of national standing chosen by the redeeming preferred stockholders that is satisfactory to the Company or (ii) $4.25 per share, with respect to Series C Preferred Stock, $6.49 per share, with respect to Series D Preferred Stock and $4.00 per share, with respect to Series E Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares).

The Company records accretion related to this redemption premium, using the interest method, as an increase or decrease to the liquidation value of the redeemable Preferred Stock and a decrease or increase to additional paid-in capital based on the excess of the estimated fair value of each redeemable Preferred Stock, as determined by the Company, over the stated minimum redemption price per share for each redeemable Preferred Stock over the period of time up to the redemption date. The Company recorded the following dividend amounts for each redeemable Preferred Stock in 2008, 2009, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Series C     Series D     Series E  

Redemption value at December 31, 2007

   $ 29,164     $ 16,786     $ —     

Accretion of preferred stock

     2,430       700       —     
                        

Redemption value at December 31, 2008

     31,594       17,486       —     

Accretion of preferred stock

     (610     (427     —     
                        

Redemption value at December 31, 2009

     30,984       17,059       —     

Conversion of investor notes and accrued interest

     —          —          21,178  

Accretion of preferred stock

     3,823       888       2,028  
                        

Redemption value at December 31, 2010

   $ 34,807     $ 17,947     $ 23,206  
                        

The Company estimates the remaining aggregate dividend to be recorded over the remaining redemption period is approximately $23.1 million.

(e) Voting Rights

All holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on an as-converted basis.

 

   F-28    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(f) Anti-Dilution Protection

Subject to the following paragraphs below, each series of Preferred Stock is entitled to “weighted average” anti-dilution protection for issuances of Company securities at a price per share that is less than the conversion price then in effect for such series.

(g) Protective Provisions

Approval of the holders of a majority of Series A, A-1, A-2, B, and C Preferred Stock voting together as a single class is required on the following matters: (i) create a non wholly owned subsidiary; (ii) voluntary liquidation, winding-up, or dissolution; (iii) amendment of any stock option or stock purchase plan to modify the number of shares covered thereby; (iv) increase number of directors above nine; (v) any change to counsel or auditors; (vi) any material change in the nature of the Company’s business; (vii) declare, pay, or make any dividend or distribution on any shares of Common Stock; (viii) redeem, purchase, or acquire any shares of Common Stock; and (ix) sell any material assets or grant any exclusive license to intellectual property outside the ordinary course if the value of such assets or rights, when aggregated with all other such transfers in the preceding 12 months would meet certain materiality thresholds.

Approval of the holders of a majority of Series A, A-1, A-2, and B Preferred Stock voting together as a single class is required on the following matters: (i) create, designate, authorize, or issue any security that is senior to, or on par with, any such securities with respect to voting, dividends, and liquidation; or (ii) amend or repeal the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that disproportionately affects such securities relative to other series of Preferred Stock.

Approval of the holders of a majority of Series C Preferred Stock voting together as a single class is required on the following matters: (i) create, designate, authorize, or issue any security that is senior to, or on par with, such securities with respect to voting, dividends, and liquidation; (ii) agree to any liquidation event that would result in a liquidation preference to the Series C of less than $5.6525 per share; (iii) increase number of directors above nine; (iv) amend or repeal the certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that materially adversely changes the rights of such securities; (v) declare, pay, or make any dividend or distribution on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock; (vi) redeem, purchase, or acquire any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock; (vii) incur debt that results in aggregate outstanding indebtedness in excess of $25 million; or (viii) engage in certain related-party transactions.

Approval of the holders of a majority of Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class is required to amend or repeal the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that materially adversely changes the rights of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that disproportionately affects such securities relative to other series of Preferred Stock.

Approval of the holders of a majority of Series E Preferred Stock voting together as a single class is required to amend or repeal the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that materially adversely changes the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series E-1 Preferred Stock in a manner that disproportionately affects any such securities relative to other series of Preferred Stock.

(h) Investor Notes

On December 28, 2009, the Company entered into Investor Notes with preferred shareholders holding more than 90% of the preferred shares to borrow an aggregate principal amount of $20 million. Under the Agreement, each investor received a note. Each investor also received a warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock (see Note 8). The interest on the notes was accrued but was unpaid and converted with the Investor Notes on the conversion date. On July 31, 2010, the Investor Notes converted into Series E Preferred Stock under the automatic conversion date provision.

 

   F-29    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(11) Common Stock

(a) Authorized Shares

On July 30, 2010, the certificate of incorporation was amended to authorize the issuance of 101 million shares of capital stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock was authorized at 60.5 million shares.

(b) Dividends

Subject to the prior rights of the holders of all classes of stock having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive out of any assets of the Company legally available, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors.

(c) Liquidation

Upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be distributed as provided in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

(d) Redemption

The Common Stock shall not be redeemable other than by the repurchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment. As of December 31, 2010, there are currently no shares where the Company has such an option.

(e) Voting Rights

The holders of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

 

(12) Employee Benefit Plans

(a) Employee Stock Option Plan

The Company’s stock option program is a long-term retention program that is intended to attract, retain, and provide incentives for talented employees, officers, and directors, and to align stockholder and employee interests. The Company considers its option program critical to its operation and productivity.

Stock-based compensation is classified in the consolidated statement of operations in the same expense line items as cash compensation. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company recorded $1.8 million, $2.5 million and $2.4 million of stock-based compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively, relating to options. None of the stock-compensation cost was capitalized as amounts were immaterial. Amounts recorded as expense in the consolidated statement of operations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2008      2009      2010  

Cost of revenues

   $ 214       $ 373       $ 312   

Technology and development

     186         323         282   

Sales and marketing

     302         461         422   

General and administration

     1,068         1,353         1,388   
                          

Total

   $ 1,770       $ 2,510       $ 2,404   
                          

 

   F-30    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $4.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based employee compensation arrangements that is expected to vest. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.34 years.

The Company’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan adopted in June 2000, as amended and restated (the 2000 Plan), provides for the issuance of options and other stock-based awards. On May 6, 2010, the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan were increased by 597,204 shares to 10.2 million shares and the plan was terminated in June 2010. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of stock options. Any forfeitures or shares remaining under the plan are canceled and not available for reissue.

A 2010 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted on May 26, 2010 (the 2010 Plan) and the Company initially reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan 1.5 million shares with an annual increase of 1% unless otherwise determined by the board of directors. Options become vested and exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2010, 830,240 shares were available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Options under the 2000 and the 2010 Plan (collectively, the Plans) are generally for periods not to exceed 10 years and must be issued at prices not less than 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the plan administrator. Options become vested and exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the board of directors. Options generally vest over four years with 25% vesting after one year and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining period. In May and November 2010, the Company granted a total of 837,000 performance option awards to certain executives of the Company. The performance option awards are subject to potential early vesting based upon the achievement of certain milestones as follows: 25% to vest upon an initial public offering, 25% to vest upon achieving a revenue growth rate of at least 8% per year for two consecutive years, and an additional 50% will vest upon the achievement on an initial public offering and achieving consecutive growth rates.

Stock option activity for 2010 is as follows (shares in thousands):

 

     Shares     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Remaining
contractual
term
(years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(dollars in
thousands)
 

December 31, 2009

     6,956      $ 3.82         7.83       $ 1,213   

Granted

     2,274        2.79         

Exercised

     (13     0.40         

Forfeited

     (203     3.51         
                

Outstanding as of December 31, 2010

     9,014      $ 3.58         7.51         17,213   
                

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010

     8,237        3.63         7.36         15,310   

Exercisable at

          

December 31, 2010

     9,014        3.58         7.51         17,213   

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 was $94,000, $273,000, and $33,375, respectively. The Company received $3,500, $20,200, and $5,000 of cash upon the exercise of these options for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. The Company also recorded $36,000, $80,000, and $1,300 in tax benefits as a result of the exercise of these options for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively.

 

   F-31    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Plans provides for grants of immediately exercisable options; however, the Company has the right to repurchase any unvested Common Stock upon the termination of employment at the original exercise price. The Company did not repurchase any unvested Common Stock during 2008, 2009, or 2010. As of December 31, 2010, there were no exercised shares subject to repurchase.

The following table summarizes information with respect to options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010 (shares in thousands):

 

     Options outstanding
and exercisable
 

Exercise price

   Number of
options
     Weighted
average
remaining
life (years)
 

$0.25

     186         3.08   

  0.40

     51         1.02   

  1.00

     227         4.37   

  2.66

     1,589         9.34   

  3.07

     1,419         8.40   

  3.09

     670         9.82   

  3.33

     169         5.03   

  3.60

     452         5.71   

  3.71

     342         8.91   

  4.10

     120         6.72   

  4.12

     265         7.35   

  4.14

     1,002         7.10   

  4.24

     106         6.11   

  4.71

     1,802         6.38   

  5.21

     614         6.86   
           
     9,014         7.51   
           

(b) Valuation Assumptions

The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions (annualized percentages):

 

     2008     2009     2010  

Fair value of underlying stock per share

     $ 4.12-4.14      $ 3.07-3.71      $ 2.66-3.09   

Expected volatility

     33.8-47.0     47.0     46.0-50.9

Risk-free interest rate

     2.32-2.79     2.13-2.72     1.19-2.51

Expected term

     4.68-4.95 years        4.95-6.06 years        6.07 years   

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00

Grant date fair values of stock options

     $ 1.19-1.60      $ 1.32-1.79      $ 1.17-1.78   

Expected volatility is determined using average volatility of peer publicly traded companies. The risk-free interest rate is determined by using published zero coupon rates on treasury notes for each grant date given the expected life. The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that the Company expects to invest cash in operations and has never paid cash dividends on Common Stock. The Company changed its method of estimating expected term in 2010 from using historical and exercises to the “simplified” method as determined under SAB 107 due to the low frequency of option exercises.

 

   F-32    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in 2008, 2009, and 2010 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced for estimated prevest forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In addition, ASC 718 requires that compensation cost recognized at any date must be at least equal to the amount attributable to options that are vested at that date. The Company calculates a true-up of its compensation costs to the vested amounts on a quarterly basis. Prevesting forfeitures were estimated to be approximately nine percent in 2008 and 2009 and approximately eight percent in 2010 based on weighted average historical forfeiture rates. Under the provisions of ASC 718, the Company will record additional expense if the actual forfeiture rate is lower than estimated, and will record a recovery of prior expense if the actual forfeiture rate is higher than estimated.

(c) Restricted Stock Agreements

The Company issues stock under purchase agreements, which includes stock pursuant to the Company’s option plans, which include restrictions on the transfer of the Company’s Common Stock. Before selling Common Stock, the stockholder must first offer the Company the right of first refusal. In the event of a voluntary or involuntary termination (including death and disability), the Company has the right to repurchase the exercised unvested shares at the original price paid. The Company did not exercise these rights in 2008 and had no exercised and unvested shares in 2009 and 2010.

The Company has a co-sale agreement, which includes restrictions on the transfer of the Company’s Common Stock issued pursuant to the Company’s stock purchase agreement. Before selling Common Stock, the stockholder must first offer the Company the right of first refusal. The Company did not exercise these rights for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010.

(d) 401(k) Plan

The Company participates in the WageWorks 401(k) Plan (401(k) Plan), a tax-deferred savings plan covering all of its employees working more than 1,000 hours per year. Employees become participants in the 401(k) Plan on the first day of any month following the first day of employment. Eligible employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation to the 401(k) Plan, limited to the maximum allowed under the Internal Revenue Code (the Code). The Company, at its discretion, may match up to 25% of the first 4% of employees’ contributions and may make additional contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company contributed approximately $293,000, $255,000, and $292,000 in 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively.

(13) Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes using an asset and liability approach, under which deferred income taxes are provided based upon enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the taxes become payable.

Loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 was all incurred in the United States of America.

 

   F-33    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     2008      2009     2010  

Current:

       

Federal

   $ —         $ (48   $ —     

State

     77         97        130   
                         
     77         49        130   
                         

Deferred:

       

Federal

     387         423        (1,404

State

     23         23        70   
                         
     410         446        (1,334
                         

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 487       $ 495      $ (1,204
                         

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2009     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Current:

    

Prepaids

   $ —        $ 373  

Accruals and reserves

     2,923        2,571   
                

Deferred tax assets—current

     2,923        2,944   
                

Noncurrent:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

     26,416        22,002   

Stock-based compensation

     1,902        2,750   

R&D and other credits

     1,245        1,137   

Property and equipment

     304        1,009   

Other

     39        57   
                

Deferred tax assets—noncurrent

     29,906        26,955   
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     32,829        29,899   

Valuation allowance

     (25,801     (25,931
                

Net deferred tax assets

     7,028        3,968   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Noncurrent

    

Intangibles

     (2,970     (3,968

Beneficial conversion feature

     (4,058     —     

Goodwill

     (1,480     (1,929
                

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (8,508     (5,897
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,480   $ (1,929
                

 

   F-34    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010:

 

     2008     2009     2010  

Tax provision (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate

     (34 )%     (34 )%     (34 )%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     2        8        1   

Warrants

     1        (17 )     30   

Permanent items

     2        34        0  

R&D credits

     0        (59 )     0  

Change in valuation allowance

     41        424        (4 )
                        

Provision for tax

     12     356     (7 )%
                        

The Company has provided a valuation allowance for all of its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010 due to the uncertainty regarding their future realization. The total valuation allowance increased by approximately $130,000 from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2010, unrecognized tax benefits approximated $2 million, none of which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. Included in the balance at December 31, 2010 is $247,000 of current year tax positions, which would not affect the Company’s income tax expense if recognized. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has no uncertain tax positions that would be reduced as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. The Company does not anticipate any adjustments would result in a material change to its financial position. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, the Company did not recognize interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,173       $ 1,434       $ 1,630   

Increase in tax positions for prior years

     —           —           117   

Decrease in tax positions for prior years

     —           —           —     

Settlements

     —           —           —     

Lapse in statute of limitations

     —           —           —     

Increase in tax positions for current year

     261         196         247   
                          

Balance, end of year

   $ 1,434       $ 1,630       $ 1,994   
                          

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states jurisdictions. As a result of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards, the 2000 through 2010 tax years are open and may be subject to potential examination in one or more jurisdictions.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had federal and state operating loss carryforwards of approximately $61.7 million and $38.9 million, respectively, available to offset future regular and alternative minimum taxable income. The federal amount includes tax deductions benefits related to stock options in the amount of $2.7 million that will be booked to additional paid-in capital and that will benefit the tax provision when utilized.

The Company also has tax deductible goodwill related to asset acquisitions. When the Company utilizes these loss carryforwards, a portion of these amortization deductions will be booked to goodwill and will not benefit the tax provision. The cumulative amount of amortization deductions through 2010 is $5.4 million, of which $200,000 relates to amounts that will be booked to goodwill and will not benefit the tax provision.

 

   F-35    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In addition, the Company had federal and California research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $2.2 million and $1.1 million respectively, available to offset future tax liabilities. The Company’s federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in the years 2020 through 2029 and 2023 through 2030, respectively, if not utilized. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 2011 through 2031. The California tax credit carryforward can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Company’s ability to utilize the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards in the future may be subject to a reduction in the event of future ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Code and similar state tax law.

(14) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Operating Leases

The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2011 and 2015.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Operating
leases
 

December 31:

  

2011

   $ 3,716   

2012

     3,093   

2013

     2,067   

2014

     1,312   

2015

     912   

Thereafter

     —     
        

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 11,100   
        

Rent expense in 2008, 2009, and 2010 was $2.4 million, $2.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

(b) Legal Matters

The Company is involved from time to time in claims that arise in the normal course of its business. The Company is not presently subject to any material litigation nor, to management’s knowledge, is any litigation threatened against the Company that collectively is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s cash flows, financial condition or results of operations

(15) Related Party

The National Flex Trust (the Trust), established by a subsidiary of the Company, is to provide reimbursement of qualified expenses to plan participants under certain employer plans that have contracted with the Company to provide the plan services using a custodial account (the Trust Account) maintained by the Company. The client is responsible for maintaining the employer plan for their participants, including the establishment of eligibility and paying all eligible claim amounts owed to their participants. The Company is an independent contractor engaged to perform administration services. As an administrator, the Company does not have the power to direct the activities of the Trust that would most significantly impact the Trust’s economic performance.

 

   F-36    (Continued)


Table of Contents

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Under a Management Agreement for Services to the Trust, the Company is to provide services to the Trust, including accounting, treasury, tax, administration, and management. The Trust pays the Company monthly for the services provided based on plan participants and/or debit cards administered.

Amounts due to the Company from the Trust for management services were $360,000 as of December 31, 2010 and were not recognized. Trust expenses subsidized by the Company during the 2010 year amounted to $84,000.

The Company has a long-term receivable due from the Trust totaling $1.0 million which the Trust holds with its banks, as a security deposit for the settlement of participant claims. The Company has recorded this receivable within Other Assets.

 

   F-37    (Continued)


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WageWorks®

www.wageworks.com

WageWorks Works for American Businesses.

Our current clients include:

37% of the Fortune 100

24% of the Fortune 500

39% of Working Mother Magazine’s 100 Best Places to Work

Our programs provide material savings to both Employers and Employees – a win-win proposition.

Employers realize material payroll tax (i.e., FICA and Medicare) savings on the contributions made by their employees to FSA, HSA and Commuter programs.

Flexible Spending Accounts | Commuter Benefits | Health Savings Accounts | Health Reimbursement Arrangements | COBRA


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

 

Item

   Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 8,708   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

     8,000   

Stock exchange listing fee

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Registrar and Transfer Agent’s fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
        

Total

     *   
        

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102 of the DGCL allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of the DGCL or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding— other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant—by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the Registrant, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, agent or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (a) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such person acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the Registrant, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the Registrant as well but only to the extent of defense expenses, including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of liability to the Registrant, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable

 

II-1


Table of Contents

for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law. In addition, the Registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements, attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto, with its directors and officers which would require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The Registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2008, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below.

Sales of Convertible Promissory Notes and Preferred Stock; Warrants

 

   

In December 2009, the registrant issued and sold convertible promissory notes to a total of 13 accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000. In July 2010, such convertible promissory notes converted according to their terms into an aggregate of 5,294,514 shares of the registrant’s Series E preferred stock at a conversion price of $4.00 per share.

 

   

In December 2009, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of $20,000,000 of preferred stock to 13 accredited investors. In July 2010, such warrants became exercisable to purchase 8,733,617 shares of the registrant’s Series E-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.29 per share.

Options and Common Stock Issuances

 

   

From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010, the registrant granted to its employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 3,052,610 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $2.66 to $4.14 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $10,843,892.

 

   

From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010, the registrant granted to certain executive officers and directors options to purchase an aggregate of 2,849,500 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $2.66 to $4.14 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,757,985.00.

 

   

From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 79,863 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees, consultants and other service providers at exercise prices ranging from $0.25 to $1.00 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $23,651.

 

   

From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 12,500 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain executive officers and directors at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $5,000.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and agreements relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  4.1*    Specimen common stock certificate of Registrant
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2005, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein
  4.3    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein
  4.4    Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2010, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein
  4.5*    Stockholder Agreement by and among VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P., VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P., VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P. and Registrant
  4.6    Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Series E-1 Preferred Stock
  4.7    Warrant Agreement to Purchase Shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of Registrant issued to Hercules Technology Growth Capital, dated as of May 23, 2005
  4.8    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Registrant issued to ORIX Venture Finance LLC, dated as of September 26, 2007
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1*    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and officers
10.2*    Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.4    2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
10.5    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
10.6*    2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.7*    Form of Purchase Agreement under 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

  

Description

10.8*    Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, between Registrant and Joseph L. Jackson
10.9    Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Benefit Agreement
10.10    Commercial Credit Agreement, between Registrant and Union Bank, N.A., dated as of August 31, 2010
10.11    Sublease Agreement between Oracle USA, Inc. and Registrant, dated as of September 13, 2006
10.12    First Amendment to Sublease between Oracle USA, Inc. and Registrant, dated as of October 30, 2006
10.13    Commercial Building Lease, by and between Applied Buildings, LLC and HCAP Strategies, Inc., dated as of December 17, 2004
10.14    Assignment and Assumption of Lease, between, HCAP Strategies, Inc. and Registrant, dated as of May 16, 2005
10.15    Amendment to Commercial Building Lease, between Applied Buildings, LLC and Registrant, dated as of September 8, 2005
10.16    Lease, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. and Registrant, dated as of July 23, 2007
10.17    First Amendment to Lease, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. and Registrant, dated as of May 24, 2010
10.18    Second Amendment to Lease, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. and Registrant, dated as of August 31, 2010
10.19*    Shared Services Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and between Fringe Benefits Management Company and Registrant
10.20    Office Lease between Revere Corporate Center, LLC and Planned Benefits Systems, Inc., dated as of May 3, 2006
10.21    Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between Revere Corporate Center, LLC and Planned Benefits Systems, Inc.
10.22    Pinnacle Corporate Centre IV Standard Office Lease, dated as of February 8, 2008, by and between BK Pinnacle IV LLC and MHM Resources, LLC
10.23    First Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 30, 2008, by and between BK Pinnacle IV LLC and MHM Resources, LLC
10.24    Second Amendment to Lease dated as of August 12, 2008 by and between BK Pinnacle IV LLC and MHM Resources, LLC
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., Independent Public Accounting Firm
23.3*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this Form S-1)
99.1    Significant Subsidiary Financial Statements
99.2    Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

 

* To be filed by amendment

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  (b) Financial Statement Schedule

SCHEDULE II

WAGEWORKS, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Three Years Ended December 31, 2010

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Year
     Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
     (Deductions)/
Recoveries
    Balance
at End
of Year
 
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year Ended December 31, 2010

   $ 349       $ 64       $ 2      $ 415   

Year Ended December 31, 2009

   $ 572       $ 396       $ (619 )   $ 349   

Year Ended December 31, 2008

   $ 702       $ 456       $ (586 )   $ 572   

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of San Mateo, State of California, on the 25 th day of April, 2011.

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.

By

 

/s/  Joseph L. Jackson

 

Joseph L. Jackson

Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joseph L. Jackson and Richard T. Green and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys in fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/  Joseph L. Jackson      

Joseph L. Jackson

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   April 25, 2011

/s/  Richard T. Green      

Richard T. Green

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   April 25, 2011

/s/  Thomas A. Bevilacqua      

Thomas A. Bevilacqua

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

/s/  Bruce G. Bodaken      

Bruce G. Bodaken

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

/s/  Mariann Byerwalter      

Mariann Byerwalter

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

/s/  Jerome D. Gramaglia      

Jerome D. Gramaglia

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/  John W. Larson      

John W. Larson

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

/s/  Leigh Edward Michl      

Leigh Edward Michl

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

/s/  Edward C. Nafus      

Edward C. Nafus

  

Director

  April 25, 2011

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  4.1*    Specimen common stock certificate of Registrant
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2005, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein
  4.3    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein
  4.4    Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2010, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein
  4.5*    Stockholder Agreement by and among VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P., VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P., VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P. and Registrant
  4.6    Form of Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Series E-1 Preferred Stock
  4.7    Warrant Agreement to Purchase Shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of Registrant issued to Hercules Technology Growth Capital, dated as of May 23, 2005
  4.8    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Registrant issued to ORIX Venture Finance LLC, dated as of September 26, 2007
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1*    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between Registrant, its affiliates and its directors and officers
10.2*    Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.4    2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
10.5    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
10.6*    2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.7*    Form of Purchase Agreement under 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.8*    Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, between Registrant and Joseph L. Jackson
10.9    Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Benefit Agreement
10.10    Commercial Credit Agreement, between Registrant and Union Bank, N.A., dated as of August 31, 2010
10.11    Sublease Agreement between Oracle USA, Inc. and Registrant, dated as of September 13, 2006
10.12    First Amendment to Sublease between Oracle USA, Inc. and Registrant, dated as of October 30, 2006
10.13    Commercial Building Lease, by and between Applied Buildings, LLC and HCAP Strategies, Inc., dated as of December 17, 2004
10.14    Assignment and Assumption of Lease, between, HCAP Strategies, Inc. and Registrant, dated as of May 16, 2005


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

  

Description

10.15    Amendment to Commercial Building Lease, between Applied Buildings, LLC and Registrant, dated as of September 8, 2005
10.16    Lease, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. and Registrant, dated as of July 23, 2007
10.17    First Amendment to Lease, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. and Registrant, dated as of May 24, 2010
10.18    Second Amendment to Lease, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. and Registrant, dated as of August 31, 2010
10.19*    Shared Services Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and between Fringe Benefits Management Company and Registrant
10.20    Office Lease between Revere Corporate Center, LLC and Planned Benefits Systems, Inc., dated as of May 3, 2006
10.21    Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between Revere Corporate Center, LLC and Planned Benefits Systems, Inc.
10.22    Pinnacle Corporate Centre IV Standard Office Lease, dated as of February 8, 2008, by and between BK Pinnacle IV LLC and MHM Resources, LLC
10.23    First Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 30, 2008, by and between BK Pinnacle IV LLC and MHM Resources, LLC
10.24    Second Amendment to Lease dated as of August 12, 2008 by and between BK Pinnacle IV LLC and MHM Resources, LLC
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., Independent Public Accounting Firm
23.3*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this Form S-1)
99.1    Significant Subsidiary Financial Statements
99.2    Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

 

* To be filed by amendment

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

December 22, 2005

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 Page  
1.      Registration Rights      1   
     1.1         Definitions      1   
     1.2         Request for Registration      3   
     1.3         Company Registration      4   
     1.4         Obligations of the Company      4   
     1.5         Furnish Information      6   
     1.6         Expenses of Demand Registration      6   
     1.7         Expenses of Company Registration      6   
     1.8         Underwriting Requirements      7   
     1.9         Delay of Registration      7   
     1.10       Indemnification      7   
     1.11       Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934      9   
     1.12       Form S-3 Registration      10   
     1.13       Assignment of Registration Rights      11   
     1.14       Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      11   
     1.15       “Market Stand-Off’ Agreement      11   
     1.16       Amendment of Registration Rights      12   
     1.17       Termination of Registration Rights      12   
2.      Covenants of the Company      13   
     2.1         Delivery of Financial Information      13   
     2.2         Inspection      14   
     2.3         Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants      14   
     2.4         Right of First Offer      15   
     2.5         New Employee Options      16   
     2.6         Directors and Officers Liability Insurance      17   
     2.7         “Market Stand-Off’ Agreement      17   
3.      Miscellaneous      17   
     3.1         Successors and Assigns      17   
     3.2         Governing Law      17   
     3.3         Counterparts      18   
     3.4         Titles and Subtitles      18   
     3.5         Notices      18   
     3.6         Expenses      18   
     3.7         Amendments and Waivers      18   
     3.8         Severability      19   
     3.9         Aggregation of Stock      19   
     3.10       Construction      19   
     3.11       Entire Agreement      19   

 

-i-


Schedule A    Schedule of Holders   
Schedule B    Schedule of Founders   

 

-ii-


AMENDED—AND-RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 22, 2005 by and between WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Holders (as defined below) listed on Schedule A hereto and, as to certain sections hereof, the founders listed on Schedule B hereto (each a “ Founder ” and together the “ Founders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the investors in the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Prior Investors ”) and the Founders entered into that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2003 (the “ Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company has authorized the issuance and sale of up to 2,465,331 shares of its Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Financing ”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the new investors in the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ New Investors ”) have entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2005 (the “ Series D Purchase Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement, the Company will sell to the New Investors shares of its Series D Preferred Stock;

WHEREAS, the mutual obligations in the Series D Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of an Investors’ Rights Agreement as contemplated therein; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement, such agreement may be amended by a written amendment executed by the Company, the holders of more than 50% in interest of the Common Stock held by the Holders and the holders of more than 50% in interest of the Common Stock held by the Founders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “ Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which


permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.13 hereof.

(d) The term “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(e) The term “register”, “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(f) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2000 (the “Series A Purchase Agreement”), (ii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series A-2 Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2001 and as amended on October 23, 2001 and December 28, 2001 (the “Series A-2 Purchase Agreement”), (iii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series A-2 Purchase Agreement, (iv) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series B Purchase Agreement dated as of May 23, 2003 and as amended June 30, 2003 (the “Series B Purchase Agreement”), (v) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005 (the “Series C Purchase Agreement”) (vi) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement, (vii) the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders in the amounts set forth on Schedule B attached hereto; provided, however , that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the aforementioned Founders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.12, 1.13(i) and (ii) and 1.14 and (viii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i)—(vii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

(g) The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(h) The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-2-


1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) 180 days after the effective date of the first registration statement for a firm commitment underwritten public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) or (ii) May 23, 2006, a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Act, then the Company shall:

(i) within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

(ii) effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to subsection 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred-to-in-subsection 1.2(a). The-underwriter-will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such

 

-3-


registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.12 below.

1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided, however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period (A) the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request

 

-4-


of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, (B) the Company or such registration statement is subject to any stop order or (C) such registration statement must be amended or re-filed to correct any material misstatement or omission to state a material fact; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (I) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or (II) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (I) and (II) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act in the registration statement.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Act.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

-5-


(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

1.5 Furnish Information .

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) The Company shall have no obligation, with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.12 if, due to the operation of subsection 1.5(a), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.12(b)(2).

1.6 Expenses of Demand Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders) shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all Holders requesting such withdrawal shall bear such expenses), unless (a) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2, or (b) unless such withdrawal is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 1.2, in which case such registration shall not be counted as a registration under Section 1.2.

1.7 Expenses of Company Registration . The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.13), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable

 

-6-


fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not, jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success’ of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities in which case the Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or (ii) notwithstanding (i) above, any shares being sold by a stockholder exercising a demand registration right similar to that granted in Section 1.2 be excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a Holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of-such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder”, as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act or the 1934 Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect

 

-7-


thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act or the 1934 Act, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act or the 1934; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act or the 1934 Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by

 

-8-


the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall any Holder be required under this subsection 1.10(d) to contribute an amount that exceeds the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Act, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first. registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 under the Act (at any time after ninety (90) days after the

 

-9-


effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 1.12: (1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (without regard to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $2,000,000; (3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.12; (4) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.12; or (5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All expenses incurred in connection with the registrations requested pursuant to Section 1.12, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printer’s and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling Holder or Holders and counsel for the Company, but

 

-10-


excluding any underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities, shall be borne by the Company. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.12 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.13 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities who either (i) receives such shares in connection with the transfer of all of the Holder’s Registrable Securities, or (ii) receives not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations) as a result of such transfer, or (iii) is a partner, shareholder, subsidiary, affiliate, family member, family trust, or the estate of the Holder making such assignment or transfer; provided , however , that: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.15 below; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorneyin-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Section 1.

1.14 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within ninety (90) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.15 “Market Stand-Off’ Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company and an underwriter of common stock or other securities of the Company, following the date of the first sale to the public pursuant to a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation,

 

-11-


any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except common stock included in such registration and any common stock of the Company purchased by such Holder in such first underwritten sale of securities to the public or purchased subsequent to such sale in an open market transaction; provided , however , that:

(a) all executive officers and directors of the Company and stockholders owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s capital stock enter into similar agreements; and

(b) such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 1.15 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future. Furthermore, should any of the persons described in Section 1.15(a) above be released early from their market stand-off agreement such that they may directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) all or a portion of their securities of the Company, then each Holder shall likewise be released early from the restrictions of this Section 1.15 and shall be able to sell, transfer or dispose of an equal percentage of securities held by such Holder as those persons selling prior to the end of the market stand-off period.

1.16 Amendment of Registration Rights . Any provision of this Section 1 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding Registrable Securities held by the Founders) then outstanding; provided , however , that in the event such amendment or waiver adversely affects the rights and/or obligations of the Founders under this Section 1 in a different manner than the other Holders, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of a majority of Registrable Securities held by the Founders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, the Founders and the Company.

1.17 Termination of Registration Rights

(a) No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after five (5) years following the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a

 

-12-


registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public.

(b) In addition, the right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1.3 shall terminate on the closing of the first Company-initiated registered public offering of Common Stock of the Company if all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period, or on such date after the closing of the first Company-initiated registered public offering of Common Stock of the Company as all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Information .

(a) The Company shall deliver to each Holder that is a Major Investor (as defined below), as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company; and

(b) The Company shall deliver to each Holder that is a Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Company shall deliver to each Holder of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock that is a Major Investor (i) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first eleven (11) months of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and an unaudited balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail (such financial information shall indicate any changes for the applicable period or periods as compared to the budget for such applicable period or periods, if any) and (ii) as soon as practicable prior to the end of each fiscal year, but in any event within thirty (30) days the beginning of each fiscal year, a budget and any business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including unaudited income statements, balance sheets and a statement of cash flows for such months. Each Holder who is a Major Investor of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall have the right to receive the information designated in this Section 2.1(c) upon the written request by such Holder.

(d) Each Holder agrees that information obtained by such Holder pursuant to this Section 2.1 that is or would reasonably be perceived to be proprietary to the Company will not be disclosed by such Holder without the prior written consent of the Company; provided,

 

-13-


however , that each Holder’s obligation under this Agreement to hold all information received from the Company from reports, inspections or otherwise in confidence shall not prohibit such Holder from disclosing such information (i) if such information is or becomes public through no fault of such Holder, (ii) to its board of directors, investment advisers, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with the Holder’s investment in the Company, provided that such persons agree to hold such information confidential, (iii) to any prospective purchaser of any shares of the Company owned by the Holder as long as such prospective purchaser agrees in writing to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, (iv) to the Holder’s affiliates, provided that such affiliates agree to hold such information confidential as provided herein, or (v) upon request, to a regulatory body, stock exchange or court having jurisdiction over the Holder or by court or administrative order or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation or listing or trading agreement concerning the Holder or the Company, subject in each case to allowing the Company to seek a protective order with respect to disclosure of any such information.

(e) For purposes of Section 2.1 or 2.2, the term “ Major Investor ” shall mean (i) any Holder who holds at least 10% of the original investment such Holder makes in the Company pursuant to the Series A Purchase Agreement or the Series A-2 Purchase Agreement, (ii) any person who acquires at least 10% of the Series A Preferred Stock (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) issued pursuant to the Series A Purchase Agreement or 10% of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series A-2 Preferred Stock (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) issued pursuant to the Series A-2 Purchase Agreement, (iii) any person who acquires at least 10,000,000 shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) issued pursuant to the Series B Purchase Agreement (iv) any person who acquires at least 1,000,000 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (or the common stock issued upon conversion thereof) issued pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement (v) any person who acquires at least 600,000 shares of the Series D Preferred Stock (or common stock issued upon conversion thereof) issued pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement. For purposes of this Section 2.1 or 2.2, a Major Investor includes any general partners and affiliates of a Holder.

2.2 Inspection . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this paragraph 2.2, the Company hereby permits each Holder that is a Major Investor (as hereinafter defined) a right of inspection, at such Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall be suspended as to the Holders (i) when the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public is consummated or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur; provided , however , that in the case of (i) or

 

-14-


(ii) above, the covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall be reinstated as to the Holders in the event that the Company ceases to be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the 1934 Act.

2.4 Right of First Offer . So long as a Holder holds at least 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock the Company hereby grants to such Holder a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.4, Holder includes any general partners and affiliates of a Holder. A Holder shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“ Notice ”) to the Holders stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By written notification received by the Company, within 20 calendar days after giving of the Notice, the Holder may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of common stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock then held, by such Holder bears to the total number of shares of common stock of the Company then held by all Holders (assuming full conversion of all convertible securities held by all Holders). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Holder which purchases all the shares available to it (“ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Holder’s failure to do likewise. During the ten-day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Holders were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Holders which is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of common stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of common stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.

(c) If all Shares which Holders are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 2.4(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, the Company may, during the 30-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified

 

-15-


in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 30 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Holders in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.4 shall not be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of shares of common stock (or options therefor) to employees for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their employment, provided each employee executes an agreement, in substantially the form of the Stockholder Agreement attached as Exhibit D hereto, (ii) to or after the closing of the Company’s Common Stock in a firm commitment, underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the aggregate value of the Company’s Common Stock prior to the offering is $200 million or greater (for the purpose of the calculation, the aggregate value of the Common Stock shall be calculated as the offering price per share of Common Stock in the public offering multiplied by the number of shares of fully diluted Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such offering), (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, (v) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships, and (vi) the Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement.

(e) The right of first offer set forth in this Section 2.4 may be assigned or transferred (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities who either receives such shares in connection with the transfer of all of the Holder’s Registrable Securities, or after such assignment or transfer, holds not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations), or its partner, shareholder, subsidiary, affiliate, family member, family trust, or the estate of the Holder making such assignment or transfer; provided , however , that: (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.15 above. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Section 2.4.

2.5 New Employee Options . Shares and options issued after the date of this Agreement to newly hired employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the Company’s

 

-16-


employee stock option plan shall be subject to a four-year vesting schedule, with 25% of the shares vesting upon the first anniversary of the commencement of service and the remaining shares subject to monthly vesting thereafter. If the Board allows an employee, director or consultant to exercise an option prior to full vesting pursuant to a restricted stock purchase agreement, the unvested shares shall be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company which shall provide that upon termination of employment with or without cause, the Company may repurchase, at cost, any unvested shares held by such stockholder.

2.6 Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . The Company will continue to maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy which covers the directors and officers of the Company in an amount of at least $1,000,000 and covenants to increase such coverage immediately prior to the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering to at least $5,000,000 and will use its best efforts to increase such coverage to $10,000,000 at such time.

2.7 “Market Stand-Off’ Agreement . The Company agrees to ensure that all future holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock shall agree to the Market Stand-Off provisions set forth in Section 1.15 herein.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Governing Law .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and-to be-performed entirely within Delaware.

(b) Any judicial proceeding brought with respect to this Agreement must be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party (i) accepts, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and any related appellate court, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement and (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court or that such court is an inconvenient forum. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING TO WHICH THEY ARE BOTH PARTIES INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

-17-


3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5 Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the address as set forth on the signature page hereof or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

3.6 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

3.7 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement may be amended, and any provision of this Agreement may be waived, only by a written amendment executed (i) as to the Company, only by the Company, (ii) as to the Holders, by persons holding more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Holders (other than Founders), and (iii) as to the Founders, by persons holding more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the Common Stock held by the Founders; provided, that any amendment that imposes additional obligations on a particular Holder or Founder, or limits rights granted to such Holder or Founder, in a manner that does not similarly affect all Holders or Founders, respectively, shall require the separate written consent of such Holder or Founder to be enforceable against such Holder or Founder; provided, further, that any amendment to or waiver of Sections 2.1 or 2.2 with respect to investment funds affiliated with Advent International (“Advent”) or Camden Partners (“Camden”) shall require the separate consent of such parties to be enforceable against such parties; and provided, further, that any amendment to or waiver of Section 2.4 shall require the consent of more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Holders (other than Founders), which consent must include shares of Registrable Securities held by either Advent or Camden; provided, further, that the Company may amend this Agreement to add subsequent purchasers of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Series D Purchase Agreement as “Holders” hereunder (including Schedule A hereto) without the consent of any other party. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section shall be binding upon the Holders, the Founders, their transferees and the Company.

 

-18-


(b) The failure to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement, or to require at any time performance by any other party of any of the provisions hereof, shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The waiver by any party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

3.8 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.9 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.10 Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

3.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:   /s/ Scott Halstead
Name:   Scott Halstead
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Address:  

Two Waters Park Dr, Suite 250

San Mateo, CA 94403

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

HOLDERS:
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV (Q), L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV (Q), L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV, L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV PRINCIPALS FUND, L.P.
By:  

VantagePoint Venture Associates IV, L.L.C.,

Its General Partner

  By:   /s/ Alan E. Salzman
  Name:   Alen E. Salzman
  Title:   Managing Member
  Address:  

1001 Bayhill Drive, Suite 300

San Bruno, CA 94066

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS

III-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS

III-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS

III-C LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS

III-D

DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS

III-E C.V.

By:  

Advent International Limited Partnership,

Its General Partner

  By:  

Advent International Corporation,

Its General Partner

    By:   /s/ Leigh Michl
      Its:   Vice President/Senior Vice President
ADVENT PARTNERS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS II-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS DMC III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

Advent International Corporation,

Its General Partner

  By:   /s/ Leigh Michl
    Its:   Vice President/Senior Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I-A, L.P.
By:  

Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P.,

Its General Partner

  By:  

Brooke Private Equity Management LLC,

Its General Partner

    By:   /s/ John F. Brooke
      Name:   John F. Brooke
      Title:   Manager
BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I (D), L.P.
By:  

Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P.,

Its General Partner

  By:  

Brooke Private Equity Management LLC,

Its General Partner

    By:   /s/ John F. Brooke
      Name:   John F. Brooke
      Title:   Manager

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND

III-A, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:  

Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC

Its General Partner

  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
    Name:   Richard M. Berkeley
    Title:   Manager Member

CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND

II-A, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND

II-B, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:  

Camden Partners Strategic II, LLC

Its General Partner

  By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
    Name:   Richard M. Berkeley
    Title:   Manager Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
CAISSE DE DEPOT ET PLACEMENT DU QUEBEC
By:   /s/ Sylvain Gareau
  Name:   Sylvain Gareau
  Title:   Venture Capital
By:   /s/ Eric Legault
  Name:   Eric Legault
  Title:   Investment Manager

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL
By:   /s/ Scott Harvey
  Name:   Scott Harvey
  Title:   Chief Legal Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
DICKSON LEUNG
By:   /s/ Dickson Leung

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
MICHAEL HERBERT AND KIM GRAVES AS COMMUNITY PROPERTY
/s/ Michael Herbert
Michael Herbert
/s/ Kim Graves
Kim Graves

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
PATRICK SHEA
/s/ Patrick Shea
Patrick Shea

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
RICHARD BINGHAM
/s/ Richard Bingham
Richard Bingham

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
EDWARD GOTTSMAN
/s/ Edward Gottsman
Edward Gottsman

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
JOHN W. LARSON
/s/ John W. Larson
John W. Larson

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
ROBERT GREENMAN
/s/ Robert Greenman
Robert Greenman

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
JON KESSLER
/s/ Jon Kessler
Jon Kessler

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS

ANNABEL LEE, LLC,

a Maryland limited liability company

By:   /s/ Gary Gensler
  Name: Gary Gensler
  Its:       General Manager

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS
JERRY GRAMAGLIA
/s/ Jerry Gramaglia
Jerry Gramaglia

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDERS:
JON KESSLER
/s/ Jon Kessler
Jon Kessler
LAURA GOTTSMAN
/s/ Laura Gottsman
Laura Gottsman

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF HOLDERS

 

Series D Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Caisse de depot et placement du Quebec

     1,230,205   

Vantagepoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P.

     534,485   

Vantagepoint Venture Partners IV, L.P.

     53,508   

Vantagepoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P.

     1,947   

Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership

     50,674   

Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership

     24,527   

Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership

     7,497   

Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership

     111,901   

Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V.

     17,794   

Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V.

     11,847   

Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership

     3,170   

Advent Partners II Limited Partnership

     995   

Advent Partners II-A Limited Partnership

     2,985   

Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.

     3,939   

Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.

     984   

Camden Partners Strategic. Fund III, Limited Partnership

     132,349   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A Limited Partnership

     5,500   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund II-A, Limited Partnership

     37,180   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund II-B, Limited Partnership

     2,205   

 

SCHEDULE A - 1


Series D Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Hercules Technology Growth Capital

     38,520   

Dickson Leung

     4,164   

Michael Herbert and Kim Graves as community property

     9,830   

Patrick J. Shea

     615   

Richard Bingham

     4,096   

Edward Gottsman

     2,785   

John W. Larson

     14,441   

Robert W. Greenman

     3,049   

 

SCHEDULE A - 2


Series D Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Jon Kessler

     30,817   

Annabel Lee, LLC

     100,000   

Jerry Gramaglia

     23,322   

 

Series C Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Vantagepoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P.

     852,705   

Vantagepoint Venture Partners IV, L.P.

     85,365   

Vantagepoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P.

     3,106   

Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership

     605,405   

Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership

     292,970   

Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership

     89,603   

Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership

     1,337,008   

Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V.

     212,514   

Digital Media & Communications III-E C.V.

     141,678   

Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership

     37,999   

Advent Partners II Limited Partnership

     12,000   

Advent Partners II-A Limited Partnership

     35,529   

Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.

     47,059   

 

SCHEDULE A - 3


Series C Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.

     11,765   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, Limited Partnership

     1,574,588   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A Limited Partnership

     72,471   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund II-A, Limited Partnership

     444,235   

Camden Partners Strategic Fund II-B, Limited Partnership

     26,353   

 

Series B Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P.

     13,360,237   

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P.

     1,345,804   

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P.

     123,272   

WS Investment Company, LLC

     28,571   

Robert W. Greenman

     9,836   

Patrick J. Shea

     2,459   

 

SCHEDULE A - 4


Series A Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Phillip Korsant

     50,000   

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P.

     1,343,963   

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P.

     135,933   

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P.

     46,847   

Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP

     30,000   

John W. Larson

     44,074   

Patrick J. Shea

     1,250   

Clement O’Donnell

     35,795   

Dickson Leung

     12,708   

Timothy A. Danison

     12,500   

W. Richard Bingham

     12,500   

Edward Gottsman

     8,500   

Robert Greenman

     6,791   

Daniel and Allison Corbett

     4,931   

Kim A. Graves Trust UDA 9/25/0

     30,000   

 

Series A-2 Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV (Q), L.P.

     781,693   

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV, L.P.

     79,390   

VantagePoint Venture Partners IV Principals Fund, L.P.

     11,341   

John W. Larson

     25,185   

Patrick J. Shea

     714   

Clement O’Donnell

     20,454   

Dickson Leung

     7,261   

 

SCHEDULE A - 5


Series A-2 Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares
 

Timothy A. Danison

     7,142   

W. Richard Bingham

     7,142   

Edward Gottsman

     4,857   

Robert Greenman

     3,881   

Daniel and Allison Corbett

     2,817   

Delta Health Systems, Inc.

     12,500   

Kim A. Graves Trust UDA 9/25/0

     17,142   

 

SCHEDULE A - 6


SCHEDULE B

SCHEDULE OF FOUNDERS

 

Name

   Number of shares of
Common Stock
 

Jon Kessler

     621,268   

Laura Gottsman

     621,268   

Daniel Corbett

     222,789   

 

SCHEDULE B - 1

Exhibit 4.3

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (the “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 22, 2005, is made and entered into by and among WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned parties to the Agreement as of the 28th day of December, 2009. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Holders and the Founders have previously entered into the Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), with certain of the Holders, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell to such Holders convertible promissory notes and, in certain circumstances, related warrants to acquire shares of the Company’s capital stock;

WHEREAS, the mutual obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Agreement, the Agreement may be amended by a written amendment executed by the Company and the holders (other than Founders) of more than 50% in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Holders; provided that any amendment to Section 2.4 of the Agreement shall require the consent of more than 50% in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Holders (other than Founders), which consent must include shares of Registrable Securities held by either Advent or Camden.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 1.1(f) of the Agreement, which sets forth the definition of “Registrable Securities”, is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(f) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2000 (the “ Series A Purchase Agreement ”), (ii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series A-2 Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2001 and as amended on October 23, 2001 and December 28, 2001 (the “ Series A-2 Purchase Agreement ”), (iii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series A-2 Purchase Agreement, (iv) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series B Purchase Agreement dated as of May 23, 2003 and as amended June 30,


2003 (the “ Series B Purchase Agreement ”), (v) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005 (the “ Series C Purchase Agreement ”) (vi) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, issued pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement, (vii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of any series of the Company’s preferred stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the notes and exercise of the warrants issued under that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009 (the “ Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and certain of the Holders, (viii) the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders in the amounts set forth on Schedule B attached hereto; provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the aforementioned Founders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.12, 1.13(i) and (ii) and 1.14 and (ix) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) –(vii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.”

3. Section 2.4(d) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

(d) “The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.4 shall not be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of shares of common stock (or options therefor) to employees for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their employment, provided each employee executes an agreement, in substantially the form of the Stockholder Agreement attached as Exhibit D hereto, (ii) to or after the closing of the Company’s Common Stock in a firm commitment, underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the aggregate value of the Company’s Common Stock prior to the offering is $200 million or greater (for the purpose of the calculation, the aggregate value of the Common Stock shall be calculated as the offering price per share of Common Stock in the public offering multiplied by the number of shares of fully diluted Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such offering), (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, whether such conversion or exercise occurs prior to or after the date of Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, (v) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships, (vi) the Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreement and (vii) the issuance of notes or warrants pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement and the issuance of any shares of the Company’s capital stock into which such notes may be converted and for which such warrants may be exercised.”

4. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by both of the parties hereto.

 

-2-


5. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

-3-


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

COMPANY:

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Joseph L. Jackson
Name:   Joseph L. Jackson
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[A MENDMENT NO . 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV (Q), L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV, L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV PRINCIPALS FUND, L.P.
By:   VantagePoint Venture Associates IV, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/Alan E. Salzman
Name:   Alen E. Salzman
Title:   Managing Member

[A MENDMENT NO . 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
ADVENT PARTNERS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS II-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS DMC III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

Advent International Corporation,

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Leigh E. Michl
Name:   Leigh E. Michl
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-C LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-D C.V.
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-E C.V.
By:  

Advent International Limited Partnership,

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Leigh E. Michl
Name:   Leigh E. Michl
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

[A MENDMENT NO . 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I-A, L.P.
BROOKE PRIVATE EQUITY ADVISORS FUND I (D), L.P.
By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P.,
Its:   General Partner
  By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC,
  Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Kelly L. Roberts
Name:   Kelly L. Roberts
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[A MENDMENT NO . 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III, l.P.
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III-A, L.P.
By:   Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC
Their:  

Its General Partner

By:  

Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC

Its:  

Managing Member

By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
Name:   Richard M. Berkeley
Title:   Manager Member
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND II-A, L.P.
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND II-B, L.P.
By:   Camden Partners Strategic II, LLC
Their:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
Name:   Richard M. Berkeley
Title:   Manager Member

[A MENDMENT NO . 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]

Exhibit 4.4

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 (the “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2005, as amended on December 28, 2009 (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into by and among WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned parties to the Agreement as of the 30th day of July, 2010. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Holders and the Founders have previously entered into the Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), with certain of the Holders, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell to such Holders convertible promissory notes and, in certain circumstances, related warrants to acquire shares of the Company’s capital stock;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued certain Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”) and certain Warrants to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Original Warrants ”) to the Investors (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to amend the Purchase Agreement to provide for the creation of a new series of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, and to exchange the Original Warrants for Amended and Restated Warrants to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock that are exercisable for shares of the Company’s Series E-1 Preferred Stock (and not for shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Agreement, the Agreement may be amended by a written amendment executed by the Company and the holders (other than Founders) of more than 50% in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Clause (vii) of Section 1.1(f) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(vii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of any series of the Company’s preferred stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the notes and exercise of the warrants issued under that certain Note and Wan-ant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and certain of the Holders,”


2. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by both of the parties hereto.

3. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

-2-


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

COMPANY:

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Joseph L. Jackson
Name:   Joseph L. Jackson
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[A MENDMENT NO . 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
ADVENT PARTNERS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS II-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ADVENT PARTNERS DMC III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

Advent International Corporation,

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Leigh E. Michl
Name:   Leigh E. Michl
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS II LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-C LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-D C.V.
DIGITAL MEDIA & COMMUNICATIONS III-E C.V.
By:  

Advent International Limited Partnership,

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Leigh E. Michl
Name:   Leigh E. Michl
Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

[A MENDMENT NO . 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.
By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Kelly L. Roberts
Name:   Kelly L. Roberts
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[A MENDMENT NO . 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.
By:   Brooke Private Equity Advisors, L.P.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   Brooke Private Equity Management LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Kelly L. Roberts
Name:   Kelly L. Roberts
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[A MENDMENT NO . 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND III-A, L.P.
By:   Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC
Their:   Its General Partner
By:   Camden Partners Strategic Manager, LLC
Its:   Managing Member
By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
Name:   Richard M. Berkeley
Title:   Manager Member
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND II-A, L.P.
CAMDEN PARTNERS STRATEGIC FUND II-B, L.P.
By:   Camden Partners Strategic II, LLC
Their:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Richard M. Berkeley
Name:   Richard M. Berkeley
Title:   Manager Member

[A MENDMENT NO . 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the date and year first written above.

 

HOLDERS:
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV (Q), L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV, L.P.
VANTAGEPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS IV PRINCIPALS FUND, L.P.
By:   VantagePoint Venture Associates IV, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Alan E. Salzman
Name:   Alen E. Salzman
Title:   Managing Member

[A MENDMENT NO . 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT ]

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES E-1 PREFERRED STOCK

of

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Dated as of December 28, 2009, amended and restated as of July 30, 2010

Void after the date specified in Section 8

Warrant to Purchase

[—] Shares of

Series E-1 Preferred Stock

as Set Forth in Section 1

(subject to adjustment)

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [—], or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), [—] shares of the Company’s Series E-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with the transactions described in the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, as amended, by and among the Company and the purchasers described therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). This Warrant is one of a series of warrants referred to as the “ Warrants ” in the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Convertible Promissory Notes (the “ Notes ”) to be issued pursuant to, and the form of which is attached as Exhibit A to, the Purchase Agreement.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Exercise Price; Exercise Period.

(a) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price per Share of this Warrant (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be $2.29; provided, however, that such Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in this Warrant.

 


(b) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, after the Automatic Conversion Date (as defined in the Notes) and prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8 hereof.

2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1 hereof, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii) hereof, if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X

     =           Y (A – B)    
                  A

Where:

 

X

     =       The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder

Y

     =       The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation)

A

     =       The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)

B

     =       The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending

 

- 2 -


five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(c) Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

(e) Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 hereof by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

(f) Automatic Exercise. If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 hereof, then this Warrant shall automatically (without any act on the part of the Holder) be exercised pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof effective immediately prior to the expiration of the Warrant to the extent such net issue exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless Holder shall earlier provide written notice to the Company that the Holder desires that this Warrant expire unexercised. If this Warrant is automatically exercised, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

(g) Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its Series E-1 Preferred Stock (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company represents and warrants that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant will, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

- 3 -


3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a) hereof, issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 hereof, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to, or on the order of, the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or such name as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers. In addition to the restrictions applicable to this Warrant set forth in Section 1.15 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 22,

 

- 4 -


2005, as amended, and subject to Section 5(b) hereof, this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (together, the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

(ii) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of the Holder’s partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners or members, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners or members, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c) Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

- 5 -


(d) Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(e) Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(f) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(g) Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(d) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the number and kind of Shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8 hereof) in which shares of the Company’s capital stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such

 

- 6 -


Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 hereof) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(d) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6 hereof, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 hereof, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 6 hereof, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

- 7 -


(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof;

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Holder of this Warrant.

8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on June 30, 2014; or

(b) (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

9. No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The

 

- 8 -


obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(e) hereof with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

11. Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b) Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c) Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

(d) Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e) Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

(f) Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

- 9 -


(g) Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h) Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i) No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and Holders (or their assigns) holding Notes representing a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding, including a representative of one of either the Camden Partners Entities or the Advent International Entities (the “ Majority-in-Interest ”); provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall, without the written consent of the affected Holder: (i) change the Exercise Price of this Warrant, (ii) amend or waive Section 8(a) ( Expiration of the Warrant ) of this Warrant, or (iii) impose additional obligations on Holder, or limit rights granted to Holder, in a manner that does not similarly affect all Holders.

(b) Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail

 

- 10 -


address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attn: David J. Segre.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

(e) Dispute Resolution. All disputes, claims, or controversies arising out of or relating to this Note that are not resolved by mutual agreement shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration to be conducted by the arbitration and mediation organization JAMS (“ JAMS ”) or its successor in accordance with Section 7(c) of the Purchase Agreement.

(f) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(g) Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(i) Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal

 

- 11 -


holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

(j) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(k) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto and the other Transaction Documents) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(signature page follows)

 

- 12 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address:  

WageWorks, Inc.

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

[ — ]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Address:

Fax number:

Email address:

(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock of WageWorks, Inc.)

 


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: WAGEWORKS, INC. (the “ Company ”)

Attention: President

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

Number of shares:                                                                                                                                                             

Type of security:                                                                                                                                                                

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

  ¨ A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  ¨ The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Conditional Exercise. Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

  ¨ Yes                     ¨       No

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

 

 

(4) Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨

   The undersigned   

¨

   Other—Name:     
   Address:             
       

 

(5) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨

   The undersigned   

¨

   Other—Name:     
   Address:             
       

¨

   Not applicable   

 

A-1


(6) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8) Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

   
( Print name of the warrant holder )
 
( Signature )
 
( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )
 
( Date )
 
( Fax number )
 
( Email address )

( Signature page to the Notice of Exercise )

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:        
COMPANY:   WAGEWORKS, INC.  
SECURITIES:   THE AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT ISSUED ON DECEMBER 28, 2009 AND AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JULY 30, 2010 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES)
DATE:      

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5. Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a

 

A-1-1


thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

6. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

7. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9. No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

10. Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend with respect to the shares

 

A-1-2


of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR
   
( Print name of the investor )
   
( Signature )
   
( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )
   
( Street address )
   
( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-4


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

   
COMPANY:   WAGEWORKS, INC.
WARRANT:   THE AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES E-1 PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED ON DECEMBER 28, 2009 AND AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JULY 30, 2010 (THE “ WARRANT ”)
DATE:      

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:     
Address of Assignee:     
    

Number of Shares Assigned:                                                                                                                                                        

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as attorney to make such transfer on the books of WageWorks, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(1) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(2) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(3) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

- 1 -


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR     ASSIGNEE
           
(Print name of Assignor)     (Print name of Assignee)
           
(Signature of Assignor)     (Signature of Assignee)
           
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)     (Print name of signatory, if applicable)
           
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)     (Print title of signatory, if applicable)
Address:     Address:
           
           

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 4.7

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COMPANY COUNSEL) REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ACT AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT AGREEMENT

To Purchase Shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of

WageWorks, Inc.

Dated as of May 23, 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”)

WHEREAS, WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has entered into a Senior Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Loan Agreement ”) with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Warrantholder ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to Warrantholder, in consideration for, among other things, the financial accommodations provided for in the Loan Agreement, the right to purchase shares of its Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement (the “ Agreement ”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Warrantholder executing and delivering the Loan Agreement and providing the financial accommodations contemplated therein, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Warrantholder agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GRANT OF THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

For value received, the Company hereby grants to the Warrantholder, and the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to subscribe for and purchase, from the Company, 423,529 fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Preferred Stock (as defined below) at a purchase price of $4.25 per share (the “ Exercise Price ”). The number and Exercise Price of such shares are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.

Charter ” means the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Certificate of Incorporation or other constitutional document, as may be amended from time to time.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock;


Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Act, which public offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”);

Merger Event ” means a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving entity, or in which the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are otherwise converted into or exchanged for shares of capital of another entity.

Preferred Stock ” means the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company and any other stock into or for which the Series C Preferred Stock may be converted or exchanged, and upon and after the occurrence of an event which results in the automatic or voluntary conversion, redemption or retirement of all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, the consummation of an Initial Public Offering of the Common Stock in which such a conversion occurs, then from and after the date upon which such outstanding shares are so converted, redeemed or retired, “Preferred Stock” shall mean such Common Stock; and

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any exercise of this Agreement, an amount equal to the Exercise Price as of the relevant time multiplied by the number of shares of Preferred Stock requested to be exercised under this Agreement pursuant to such exercise.

SECTION 2. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT.

Except as otherwise provided for herein, the term of this Agreement and the right to purchase Preferred Stock as granted herein (the “ Warrant ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall be exercisable for a period ending upon the earliest to occur of (i) ten (10) years from the Effective Date; or (ii) eighteen (18) months after the Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 3. EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) Exercise . The purchase rights set forth in this Agreement are exercisable by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term set forth in Section 2, by surrendering this Agreement and tendering to the Company at its principal office a notice of exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed. Promptly upon such surrender and receipt of the Notice of Exercise and the payment of the Purchase Price in accordance with the terms set forth below, and in no event later than five (5) business days thereafter, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder a certificate for the number of shares of Preferred Stock purchased and shall execute the acknowledgment of exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II (the “ Acknowledgment of Exercise ”) indicating the number of shares which remain subject to future purchases, if any.

The Purchase Price may be paid at the Warrantholder’s election either (i) by cash or check, or (ii) by surrender of all or a portion of the Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock to be exercised under this Agreement and, if applicable, an amended Agreement representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder, as determined below (“ Net Issuance ”). If the Warrantholder elects the Net Issuance method, the Company will issue Preferred Stock in accordance with the following formula:

 

2.


  X = Y(A–B)         
  A         

 

Where: X = the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Warrantholder.

Y =

  the number of shares of Preferred Stock requested to be exercised under this Agreement.
A =   the fair market value of one (1) share of Preferred Stock at the time of issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock.
B =   the Exercise Price.

For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Preferred Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Preferred Stock:

(i) if the exercise is in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Initial Public Offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” of the Common Stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

(ii) if the exercise is after, and not in connection with an Initial Public Offering, and:

(A) if the Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) trading day period ending three days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

(B) if the Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) trading day period ending three days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

(iii) if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ National Market or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Preferred Stock shall be the product of (x) the highest price per share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, from authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by its Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise, unless the Company shall become subject to a Merger Event pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of Preferred Stock shall he deemed to be the per share

 

3.


value received by the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such Merger Event.

Upon partial exercise by either cash or Net Issuance, the Company shall promptly issue an amended Agreement representing the remaining number of shares purchasable hereunder. All other terms and conditions of such amended Agreement shall be identical to those contained herein, including, but not limited to the Effective Date hereof.

(b) Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Agreement is not previously exercised as to all Preferred Stock subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Preferred Stock is greater than the Exercise Price then in effect, this Agreement shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Net Issuance under Section 3(a) (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Preferred Stock upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 3(a). To the extent this Agreement or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 3(b), the Company agrees to promptly notify the Warrantholder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock, if any, the Warrantholder is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

SECTION 4. RESERVATION OF SHARES.

During the term of this Agreement, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Preferred Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights to purchase Preferred Stock as provided for herein, and shall have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Preferred Shares available hereunder. Warrantholder acknowledges that upon issuance hereof an amendment to the Charter increasing the authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock has not been filed as of the Effective Date. Company will file such amendment within 30 days of the Effective Date.

SECTION 5. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR SCRIP.

No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Agreement, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

SECTION 6. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER

This Agreement does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise of this Agreement.

SECTION 7. WARRANTHOLDER REGISTRY.

The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of this Agreement. Warrantholder’s initial address, for purposes of such registry, is set forth below Warrantholder’s signature on this Agreement. Warrantholder may change such address by giving written notice of such changed address to the Company.

 

4.


SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT RIGHTS.

The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment, as follows:

(a) Merger Event . If at any time there shall be Merger Event, then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that the Warrantholder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities or property of the successor corporation resulting from such Merger Event that would have been issuable if Warrantholder had exercised this Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the rights and interests of the Warrantholder after the Merger Event to the end that the provisions of this Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Preferred Stock purchasable) shall be applicable in their entirety, and to the greatest extent practicable. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Merger Event, upon the closing thereof, the successor or surviving entity shall assume the obligations of this Agreement.

(b) Reclassification of Shares . Except as set forth in Section 8, if the Company at any time shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Agreement shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

(c) Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time shall combine or subdivide its Preferred Stock, (i) in the case of a subdivision, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Agreement shall be proportionately increased, or (ii) in the case of a combination, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Agreement shall be proportionately decreased.

(d) Stock Dividends . If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall:

(i) pay a dividend with respect to the Preferred Stock payable in Preferred Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or

 

5.


(ii) make any other distribution with respect to Preferred Stock (or stock into which the Preferred Stock is convertible), except any distribution specifically provided for in any other clause of this Section 8, then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Warrantholder shall receive upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such distribution as though it were the holder of the Preferred Stock (or other stock for which the Preferred Stock is convertible) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such distribution.

(e) Antidilution Rights . Additional antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are as set forth in the Company’s Charter and shall be applicable with respect to the Preferred Stock issuable hereunder. No restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter shall impair or reduce the antidilution rights applicable as of the date hereof to the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in a manner that treats the Warrantholder in a more adverse and substantially dissimilar manner to other holders of the same series of the company’s Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no duplicate anti-dilution adjustment pursuant to this subsection (e), the forgoing subsection (d) and the Company’s Charter.

(f) Notice of Adjustments . If (i) the Company shall declare any dividend or distribution upon its Preferred Stock, whether in stock, cash, property or other securities (other than any stock split or stock dividend for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 8(c) above); (ii) the Company shall offer for subscription prorata to the holders of Preferred Stock or other convertible stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (iii) there shall be any Merger Event; (iv) there shall be an Initial Public Offering; (v) the Company shall sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its assets; or (vi) there shall be any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall send to the Warrantholder: (A) at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution, subscription rights (specifying the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; (B) in the case of any such Merger Event, sale, lease, license or other transfer of all or substantially all assets, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of the anticipated date when the same shall take place (and specifying the anticipated date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Merger Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding up); and (C) in the case of an Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give the Warrantholder at least ten (10) business days’ written notice prior to the anticipated effective date thereof.

Each such written notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail to the extent then available, (i) the event requiring the notice, and (ii) if any adjustment is required to be made, (A) the amount of such adjustment, (B) the method by which such adjustment was calculated, (C) the adjusted Exercise Price (if the Exercise Price has been adjusted), and (D) the number of shares subject to purchase hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid, addressed to the Warrantholder at the address for Warrantholder set forth in the registry referred to in Section 7.

 

6.


SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company represents and warrants to the Warrantholder as of the Effective Date as follows:

(a) Reservation of Preferred Stock . Subject to the filing of an amended Charter with respect to the increase in the authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights has been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be validly issued, filly paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; provided, that the Preferred Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws and is subject to the terms of the Charter. The Company has made available to the Warrantholder true, correct and complete copies of its Charter and current bylaws. The issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Agreement shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Company in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Warrantholder.

(b) Due Authority . The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, including the issuance to Warrantholder of the right to acquire the shares of Preferred Stock and the Common Stock into which it may be converted, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement: (1) is not inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or current bylaws; (2) does not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it; and (3) does not and will not contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors and subject to general principles of equity.

(c) Consents and Approvals . No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except for the filing of notices pursuant to Regulation D under the Act and any filing required by applicable state securities law, which filings will be effective by the time required thereby.

(d) Issued Securities . All issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock were issued in material compliance with all federal and state securities laws. In addition, as of the date immediately preceding the date of this Agreement:

 

7.


(i) The authorized capital of the Company consists of (A) 34,401,854 shares of Common Stock, of which 1,795,750 shares are issued and outstanding, and (B) 23,541,743 shares of preferred stock, of which (i) 50,000 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, and are convertible into 85,208 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 1,725,796 shares have been designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, and are convertible into 5,075,871 shares of Common Stock, (iii) 1,013,395 shares have been designated Series A-2 Preferred Stock, of which 998,668 are issued and outstanding, and are convertible into 1,701,887 shares of Common Stock, (iv) 14,870,179 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, and are convertible into 14,870,179 shares of Common Stock and (v) 5,882,373 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, of which 5,882,353 are issued and outstanding, and are convertible into 5,882,353 shares of Common Stock.

(ii) The Company has reserved 4,665,488 shares of Common Stock for issuance under its Stock Option Plan(s), under which 4,256,901 options are outstanding. Except for rights of first refusal and conversion rights in favor of preferred stockholders, outstanding warrants to purchase 10,208 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and outstanding warrants to purchase 14,727 shares of the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s capital stock.

(e) In accordance with the Company’s Charter, no shareholder of the Company (other than preferred stockholders) has preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of the Company’s capital stock.

(f) Insurance . The Company has in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, with extended coverage, insuring against such losses and risks, and in such amounts, as are customary for corporations engaged in a similar business and similarly situated and as otherwise may be required pursuant to the terms of any other contract or agreement.

(g) Exempt Transaction . Subject to the accuracy of the Warrantholder’s representations in Section 10, the issuance of the Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Agreement, and the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, will each constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

(h) Compliance with Rule 144 . If the Warrantholder proposes to sell Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Agreement, or the Common Stock into which it is convertible, in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC, then, upon Warrantholder’s written request to the Company, the Company shall furnish to the Warrantholder, within ten days after receipt of such request, a written statement confirming the Company’s compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in such Rule, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

8.


SECTION 10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTHOLDER.

This Agreement has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Warrantholder:

(a) Investment Purpose . This Agreement and the right to acquire the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrantholder’s rights contained herein or the Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock is convertible are and will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Warrantholder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

(b) Private Issue . The Warrantholder understands (i) that the issuance of the Warrants and the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Agreement and the Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock is convertible are not registered under the Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 10.

(c) Disposition of Warrantholder’s Rights . In no event will the Warrantholder make a disposition of any of this Agreement or its rights to acquire Preferred Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock is convertible unless and until (i) it shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition, and (ii) if requested by the Company, it shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel (which counsel may either be inside or outside counsel to the Warrantholder) satisfactory to the Company and its counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of its rights to acquire Preferred Stock or Preferred Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Preferred Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to the Warrantholder at its request by the staff of the SEC or a ruling shall have been issued to the Warrantholder at its request by the SEC stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by the SEC, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the Warrantholder or holder of a share of Preferred Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for this Agreement or for such shares of Preferred Stock not bearing any restrictive legend (except with respect to Section 3(e)).

(d) Financial Risk . The Warrantholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its

 

9.


investment, and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

(e) Risk of No Registration . The Warrantholder understands that if the Company does not register with the SEC pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the Act is not in effect when it desires to sell (i) the rights to purchase Preferred Stock pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase or (iii) the Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock is convertible, it may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. The Warrantholder also understands that any sale of (A) its rights hereunder to purchase Preferred Stock, (B) Preferred Stock issued or issuable hereunder or (C) Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock is convertible which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

(f) Accredited Investor . Warrantholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

SECTION 11. TRANSFERS.

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 10, this Agreement and all rights hereunder are transferable in whole or in part by the Warrantholder and any successor transferee, provided, that, prior to an Initial Public Offering, in no event shall the number of transfers of the rights and interests in this Agreement exceed three (3) transfers. The transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon receipt by the Company of a notice of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III (the “ Transfer Notice ”) and surrender of this Warrant, at its principal offices and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Effective Date . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company and Warrantholder.

(b) Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where Warrantholder will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. The Company expressly agrees that it shall not oppose an application by the Warrantholder or any other person entitled to the benefit of this Agreement requiring specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from continuing to commit any such breach of this Agreement. In no event shall either party be liable for any special, consequential, incidental, punitive or indirect damages, including without limitation, for any loss of profit for breach of this Agreement.

(c) No Impairment of Rights . The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any

 

10.


of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder against impairment.

(d) Additional Documents . The Company, shall provide the Warrantholder with such accounts or reports as the Company may provide to its Preferred Stockholders (in their capacity as such) which Warrantholder may from time to time reasonably request. Warrantholder shall at all times keep confidential and not divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone any confidential information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the business or financial affairs of the Company to which the Warrantholder has been or shall become privy pursuant hereto which is not otherwise publicly available, provided, however, that Warrantholder may share such information with permitted transferees so long as they agree to observe the confidentiality restrictions of this Section 12(d).

(e) Attorney’s Fees . In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Company and the Warrantholder relating hereto, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses and all costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 12(e), attorneys’ fees shall include without limitation fees incurred in connection with the following: (i) contempt proceedings; (ii) discovery; (iii) any motion, proceeding or other activity of any kind in connection with an insolvency proceeding; (iv) garnishment, levy, and debtor and third party examinations; and (v) post-judgment motions and proceedings of any kind, including without limitation any activity taken to collect or enforce any judgment.

(f) Severability . in the event any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

(g) Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication that is required, contemplated, or permitted under this Agreement or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the first business day after transmission by facsimile or hand delivery or deposit with an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States mails, with proper first class postage prepaid (provided, that any surrender of this Agreement shall not be deemed received until Company’s actual receipt thereof), and shall be addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

 

  (i) If to Warrantholder:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

525 University Avenue

Suite 700

 

11.


Palo Alto, CA 9430

Facsimile: 650-473-9194

Telephone: 650-813-6200

With a copy to:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Attention: Manuel Henriquez

525 University Avenue Suite 700

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Facsimile: 650-81306211

Telephone: 650-813-6200

 

  (ii) If to the Company:

WAGEWORKS, INC.

Attention: Dickson Leung, General Counsel

Two Water Park Drive, Suite 250

San Mateo, CA 94403

Facsimile: 650-

Telephone: 650-577-5200

With a copy to:

MORGAN LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP

Attention: John Larson One Market

Spear Street Tower

San Francisco, CA 94105

Facsimile: 415-442-1000

Telephone: 415-442-1001

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice. Any communication to Company that is otherwise valid under this Section shall be effective even if such communication is not delivered to Company’s counsel.

(h) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof (including Warrantholder’s proposal letter dated March 23, 2005). None of the terms of this Agreement may be amended except by an instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

(i) Headings . The various headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provisions hereof.

 

12.


(j) Advice of Counsel . Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that it has discussed (or had an opportunity to discuss) with its counsel this Agreement and, specifically, the provisions of Sections 12(n), 12(o) and 12(p).

(k) No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

(l) No Waiver . No omission or delay by Warrantholder at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by the Company at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Warrantholder is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Warrantholder to enforce such provisions thereafter.

(m) Survival . All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto shall be for the benefit of Warrantholder and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the indemnity provisions hereof shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.

(n) Governing Law . This Agreement have been negotiated and delivered to Warrantholder in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Warrantholder in the State of California. Delivery of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) to Warrantholder by the Company under this Agreement is due in the State of California. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

(o) Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue . All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 12(g), and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 12(g). Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

(p) Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial . Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND WARRANTHOLDER

 

13.


SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM IN RESPECT HEREOF (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY THE COMPANY AGAINST WARRANTHOLDER OR ITS ASSIGNEE OR BY WARRANTHOLDER OR ITS ASSIGNEE AGAINST THE COMPANY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Borrower and Lender; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between the Company and Warrantholder; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement.

(q) Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(r) Specific Performance . The parties hereto hereby declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages which will accrue to Warrantholder by reason of the Company’s failure to perform any of the obligations under this Agreement and agree that the terms of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable by Warrantholder. If Warrantholder institutes any action or proceeding to specifically enforce the provisions hereof, any person against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense therein that Warrantholder has an adequate remedy at law, and such person shall not offer in any such action or proceeding the claim or defense that such remedy at law exists.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:

    WAGEWORKS, INC.
      By:   /s/ Illegible
      Title:    
WARRANTHOLDER:     HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
      By:   /s/ Illegible
      Title:   Chief Legal Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: WageWorks, Inc.

 

(1) The undersigned Warrantholder hereby elects to purchase [              ] shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of WageWorks, Inc., pursuant to the terms of the Agreement dated the 23rd day of May, 2005 (the “ Agreement ”) between WageWorks, Inc. and the Warrantholder, and [CASH PAYMENT: tenders herewith payment of the Purchase Price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.] [NET ISSUANCE: elects pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Agreement to effect a Net Issuance.]

 

(2) In exercising its rights to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock of WageWorks, Inc., the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges the investment representations and warranties made in Section 10 of the Agreement.

 

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series C Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below.

 

   
(Name)
   
(Address)

 

WARRANTHOLDER:     HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
       
       

 

16.


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

The undersigned [                                                       ], hereby acknowledge receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., to purchase [              ] shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of WageWorks, Inc., pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, and further acknowledges that [              ] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Agreement.

 

COMPANY:

    WAGEWORKS, INC.
      By:    
      Title:    
      Date:    

 

17.


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

(To transfer or assign the foregoing Agreement execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

        
        
(Please Print)      
whose address is        
    
  Dated:          
  Holder’s Signature:            
  Holder’s Address:           
         
Signature Guaranteed:         

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Agreement.

By its acceptance of the Agreement, each assignee shall be deemed to have made to the Company the representations and warranties set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement.

 

18.

Exhibit 4.8

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

Company:    WageWorks, Inc. , a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    150,000
Class of Stock:    Common
Warrant Price:    Equal to the lesser of $4.10 per share, or the price of the most recently issued options for Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s stock option plan preceding the Issue Date.
Issue Date:    September 26, 2007
Expiration Date:    September 26, 2014, or earlier in accordance with Section 5.1 below.
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Term Loan referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and ORIX Venture Finance LLC dated September 26, 2007.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, ORIX Venture Finance LLC (together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, the “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . The fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported on the Nasdaq National Market (or other public market on which the Shares are traded) for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the fair market value determined by the Board of Directors is greater than 110% of the value of a share of Common Stock as determined in the most recent (and in any event not more than 6 month old) independent third party appraisal of the Company’s Common Stock received by the Company and the Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with the Board of Director’s determination of fair market value, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder are unable to agree on such investment banking firm, then the Holder shall select three reputable investment banking firms, and from those three firms the Company shall select one to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is more than five percent (5%) greater than that determined by the Board of Directors, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment in immediately available funds of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Acquisition of the Company . Upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. As used herein, “Acquisition” means

 

2


any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting securities (for such purpose treating all outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted) before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in

 

3


good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.4 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance and payment therefor, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, the Company shall give Holder at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event. Company will, at Holder’s cost, also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Holder hereof shall be entitled, with respect to the Warrant Shares to the registration rights set forth in Section 1.3 and 1.12 of the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of December 22, 2005 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms from time to time, the Investor Rights Agreement”) to the same extent and on the same terms and conditions as possessed by the other Holders thereunder. The Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assure that the granting of such registration rights to the Holder does not violate the provisions of such agreement or any of the Company’s charter documents or rights of prior Grantees of registration

 

4


rights. By its receipt of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to be bound by the Investor Rights Agreement as a Holder pursuant thereto.

3.4 Reserved .

3.5 No Shareholder Rights . Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon Holder hereof the right to vote, to consent, or to receive notice as a shareholder of the Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company, except as expressly provided in this Warrant. No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before September 26, 2014.

 

5


5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN. REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THE WARRANT, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

6


ORIX Venture Finance LLC

Attn: Mike David

151 Lytton Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Telephone: 650.352.5000

Facsimile: 650.617.0706

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

WageWorks Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

1100 Park Place

San Mateo, CA 94403

Telephone: 650.577.5282

Facsimile: 650.577.5201

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

7


“COMPANY”
WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:   /s/ Kathleen R. McElwee
Name:   Kathleen R. McElwee
  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
ORIX VENTURE FINANCE LLC
By:   /s/ Kevin P. Sheehan
Name:   Kevin P. Sheehan
  (Print)
Title:   President & CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT]

 

8


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock of                                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

       
   Holder’s Name   
       
       
   (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
 
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
(Date):    

Exhibit 10.4

EXHIBIT C

WAGEWORKS INC.

2000 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

(AS AMENDED THROUGH MAY 6, 2010)

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of WageWorks, Inc. (formerly Pre-Tax.Net, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

  II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

(i) the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

(ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

  III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.


B. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.

 

  IV. ELIGIBILITY

A. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

(i) Employees,

(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

  V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed Ten Million One Hundred Sixty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-Two (10,160,222) shares.

B. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the

 

2


number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

C. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

3


ARTICLE TWO

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

  I. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

A. Exercise Price .

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) The exercise price per share shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

(ii) If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

(i) in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

(ii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

4


Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

C. Effect of Termination of Service .

1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee who is an individual at the time of cessation of Service or death:

(i) Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(ii) Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(iii) If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

(iv) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

(v) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to any and all option shares for which the option is not otherwise at the time exercisable or in which the Optionee is not otherwise at that time vested.

 

5


(vi) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options under the Plan, then all those options shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

2. If the Optionee is not an individual, then should Optionee engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options under the Plan, all such options shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding

3. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

D. Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

E. Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. The Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any option grant or the shares of Common Stock subject to that option which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with the initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the option grant date. However, such limitation shall not be applicable to any option grants made to individuals who are officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

F. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

6


G. Limited Transferability of Options . An Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death. If the Optionee is an individual, a Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

If the Optionee is not an individual, a Non-Statutory Option may be not be assigned.

 

  II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non- Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

B. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

C. Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

D. 10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

7


  III. CORPORATE TRANSACTION

A. Unless otherwise provided for in an instrument evidence the grant, the shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Corporate Transaction shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and any repurchase rights of the Corporation with respect to the unvested option shares are concurrently assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

B. All outstanding repurchase rights under the Option Grant Program shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

C. Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Corporate Transaction and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Corporate Transaction.

E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure one or more options so that those options shall automatically accelerate and vest in full (and any repurchase rights of the Corporation with respect to the unvested shares subject to those options

 

8


shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Corporate Transaction.

F. The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the shares subject to that option will automatically vest on an accelerated basis should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which the option is assumed and the repurchase rights applicable to those shares do not otherwise terminate. Any option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested option shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at that time.

G. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

H. The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

  IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new option grant date.

 

9


ARTICLE THREE

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

  I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

A. Purchase Price .

1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date. However, the purchase price per share of Common Stock issued to a 10% Stockholder shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value.

2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

(ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Vesting Provisions .

1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. However, the Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any stock issuance effected under the Stock Issuance Program which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the issuance date. Such limitation shall not apply to any Common Stock issuances made to the officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to

 

10


the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

3. The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares.

5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

C. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

  II. CORPORATE TRANSACTION

A. Upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to

 

11


those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant’s Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

  III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

12


ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  I. FINANCING

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares. In no event, however, may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

  II. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

A. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

B. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Corporate Transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

  III. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

13


B. Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

  IV. USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

  V. WITHHOLDING

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

  VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

  VII.  NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

14


  VIII.  FINANCIAL REPORTS

The Corporation shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each individual holding an outstanding option under the Plan, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

15


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

B. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

C. Committee shall mean a committee of one (1) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of WageWorks, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

A-1


J. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

K. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

L. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

(i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

A-2


M. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

N. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

O. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

P. Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

Q. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

R. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

S. Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

T. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

U. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

V. Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

W. Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

A-3


X. Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

Y. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

Z. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

AA. 10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.5

WAGEWORKS, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of WageWorks, Inc. (the “Corporation”):

Optionee :

Grant Date :

Vesting Commencement Date :

Exercise Price : $              per share

Number of Option Shares :              shares of Common Stock

Expiration Date :

Type of Option :

Date Exercisable : [Immediately Exercisable]

Vesting Schedule : [The Option Shares shall initially be unvested and subject to repurchase by the Corporation at the Exercise Price paid per share. Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Corporation’s repurchase right shall accordingly lapse with respect to, (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee’s completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36)-month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. In no event shall any additional Option Shares vest after Optionee’s cessation of Service.]

Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the WageWorks, Inc. 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.


REPURCHASE RIGHTS . OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

At Will Employment/Service . Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

Definitions . All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.

DATED :                              ,             

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:    
Title:    
   
  OPTIONEE
Address:    
   

Attachments :

Exhibit A - Stock Option Agreement with Addendum

Exhibit B - Stock Purchase Agreement with Addendum

Exhibit C - 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

2


EXHIBIT A

WAGEWORKS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

RECITALS

A. The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Corporation’s grant of an option to Optionee.

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.

NOW, THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

2. Option Term . This option shall have a term of not more than ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date unless otherwise stated in the Grant Notice, and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 5 or 6.

3. Limited Transferability .

(a) This option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee, except that if the Optionee is an individual, it may be transferable or assignable only by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death and may be exercised, during Optionee’s lifetime, only by Optionee. If the Optionee is an individual, Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of this option, and this option shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding this option. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which this option may, pursuant to Paragraph 5, be exercised following Optionee’s death.

(b) If this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, and the Optionee is an individual, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part


during Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of Optionee’s family or to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of one or more such family members or to Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion shall be exercisable only by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to such assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment.

4. Dates of Exercise . This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 5 or 6.

5. Cessation of Service . If the Optionee is an individual, the option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

(a) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Misconduct) while holding this option, then Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

(b) Should Optionee die while holding this option, then the personal representative of Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance shall have the right to exercise this option. However, if Optionee has designated one or more beneficiaries of this option, then those persons shall have the exclusive right to exercise this option following Optionee’s death. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee’s death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while holding this option, then Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

Note : Exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Disability will result in loss of favorable Incentive Option treatment, unless such Disability constitutes Permanent Disability. In the event that Incentive Option treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.

 

2


(d) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares in which Optionee is, at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service, vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule specified in the Grant Notice or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph 6. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised. To the extent Optionee is not vested in one or more Option Shares at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service, this option shall immediately terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to those shares.

(e) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

The provision of (e) also applies to an Optionee who is not an individual.

6. Accelerated Vesting .

(a) Unless the Grant Notice or other supplemental notices provides otherwise, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, the Option Shares at the time subject to this option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become exercisable for all of the Option Shares as fully-vested shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares as vested shares. However, the Option Shares shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) this option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to the unvested Option Shares are assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) this option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested Option Shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction (the excess of the Fair Market Value of those Option Shares over the Exercise Price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same Vesting Schedule applicable to those unvested Option Shares as set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) Immediately following the Corporate Transaction, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(c) If this option is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of this option, substitute one or more shares

 

3


of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Corporate Transaction.

(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

7. Adjustment in Option Shares . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

8. Stockholder Rights . The holder of this option shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.

9. Manner of Exercising Option .

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

(i) Execute and deliver to the Corporation a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.

(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

(A) cash or check made payable to the Corporation; or

(B) a promissory note payable to the Corporation, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 14.

Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

(C) in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings

 

4


for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

(D) to the extent the option is exercised for vested Option Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Corporation in connection with the option exercise.

(iii) Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

(iv) Execute and deliver to the Corporation such written representations as may be requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws.

(v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

10. REPURCHASE RIGHTS . ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

 

5


11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

(b) The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

12. Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate.

13. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

14. Financing . The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares (to the extent such Exercise Price is in excess of the par value of those shares) by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

15. Construction . This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

16. Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

17. Stockholder Approval . If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under

 

6


the Plan as last approved by the stockholders, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

18. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

(b) This option shall not become exercisable in the calendar year in which granted if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option would otherwise first become exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock and any other securities for which one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. To the extent the exercisability of this option is deferred by reason of the foregoing limitation, the deferred portion shall become exercisable in the first calendar year or years thereafter in which the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation of this Paragraph 18(b) would not be contravened, but such deferral shall in all events end immediately prior to the effective date of a Corporate Transaction in which this option is not to be assumed, whereupon the option shall become immediately exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option for the deferred portion of the Option Shares.

(c) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

19. Addendum . Any addendum made to this Agreement shall be incorporated by reference and shall be treated as an integral part of this Agreement. To the extent that any provision in an addendum conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement, the provision of the addendum shall control.

 

7


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of WageWorks, Inc. which shall be appropriate action assume this option.

G. Disability shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances. Disability shall be deemed to constitute Permanent Disability in the event that such Disability is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more.

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the option shall have been exercised in accordance with Paragraph 9 of the Agreement.

J. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

A-1


K. Expiration Date shall mean the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.

L. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as the price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

M. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

N. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying the Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby.

O. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

P. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any

 

A-2


Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

Q. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

R. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

S. Option Shares shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option.

T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

U. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

V. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

W. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

X. Purchase Agreement shall mean the stock purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B to the Grant Notice.

Y. Service shall mean the Optionee’s performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant.

Z. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

AA. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

BB. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

WAGEWORKS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this              day of                      ,          by and between WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and                      , Optionee under the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix.

 

  A. EXERCISE OF OPTION

1. Exercise . Optionee hereby purchases                  shares of Common Stock (the “Purchased Shares”) pursuant to that certain option (the “Option”) granted Optionee on                                               (the “Grant Date”) to purchase up to shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”) under the Plan at the exercise price of              per share (the “Exercise Price”).

2. Payment . Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Corporation, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise, together with a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) with respect to the Purchased Shares.

3. Stockholder Rights . Until such time as the Corporation exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a stockholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.

 

  B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

1. Restricted Securities. The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by SEC Rule 701 for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.


2. Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares . Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

(i) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

(ii) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

(iii) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

3. Restrictive Legends . The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a “no action” letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the Corporation that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer.”

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain repurchase rights and rights of first refusal granted to the Corporation and accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written agreement dated                      ,              between the Corporation and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares). A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Corporation’s principal corporate offices.”

 

2


  C. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

1. Restriction on Transfer . Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right. In addition, Purchased Shares which are released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.

2. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Corporation) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right, (ii) the First Refusal Right and (iii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

3. Market Stand-Off .

(a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, and the Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected more than two (2) years after the effective date of the Corporation’s initial public offering.

(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Corporation are also subject to similar restrictions.

(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

(d) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

3


  D. REPURCHASE RIGHT

1. Grant . If the Optionee is an individual, the Corporation is hereby granted the right (the “Repurchase Right”), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60)-day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to remain in Service or (if later) during the sixty (60)-day period following the execution date of this Agreement, to repurchase at the Exercise Price any or all of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule applicable to those shares or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph D.6 of this Agreement (such shares to be hereinafter referred to as the “Unvested Shares”). If the Optionee is not an individual, the Corporation is hereby granted the Repurchase Right, exercisable at any time during the sixty (60)-day period following the date Optionee ceases to be contracted to provide Services or (if later) during the sixty (60)-day period following the execution date of this Agreement, to repurchase at the Exercise Price any and all Unvested Shares.

2. Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares prior to the expiration of the sixty (60)-day exercise period. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Corporation on the closing date specified for the repurchase. Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Corporation shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the Exercise Price previously paid for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

3. Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Paragraph D.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to any and all Purchased Shares in which Optionee vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase Right lapses shall, however, remain subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off.

4. Aggregate Vesting Limitation . If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to one or more other Stock Purchase Agreements (the “Prior Purchase Agreements”) which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

5. Recapitalization . Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder, but only to the extent the

 

4


Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right or escrow requirements. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Purchased Shares subject to this Agreement and to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such Recapitalization upon the Corporation’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same.

6. Corporate Transaction .

(a) The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all the Purchased Shares shall vest in full, immediately prior to the consummation of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent the Repurchase Right is to be assigned to the successor entity in such Corporate Transaction.

(b) To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Corporate Transaction, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Corporation’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same. The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Corporation (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Optionee vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the same Vesting Schedule in effect for the Purchased Shares.

 

  E. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested in accordance with the provisions of Article D. For purposes of this Article E, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

2. Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Corporation written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

 

5


3. Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Corporation shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)- day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Corporation.

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Corporation shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Corporation cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Corporation or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

4. Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles B and C. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

5. Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Corporation makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Corporation delivered within five (5) business days after Owner’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

 

6


(i) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph E.4, as if the Corporation did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

(ii) sale to the Corporation of the portion of the Target Shares which the Corporation has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph E.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

Owner’s failure to deliver timely notification to the Corporation shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

6. Recapitalization/Reorganization .

(a) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(b) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

7. Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

 

  F. SPECIAL TAX ELECTION

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences which may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election must be filed within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. A description of the tax consequences applicable to the acquisition of the Purchased Shares and the form for making the Code Section 83(b) election are set forth in Exhibit II. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT WITH ITS TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING THE PURCHASED SHARES AND THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FILING THE CODE SECTION 83(b) ELECTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT

 

7


THE CORPORATION’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE CORPORATION OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON ITS BEHALF.

 

  G. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Assignment . The Corporation may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Corporation.

2. At Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to provide Service or to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

3. Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party’s signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

4. No Waiver . The failure of the Corporation in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Corporation and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

5. Cancellation of Shares . If the Corporation shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

8


  H. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1. Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Agreement is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan. However, any addendum made to this Agreement shall be incorporated by reference and shall be treated as an integral part of this Agreement. To the extent that any provision in an addendum conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement, the provision of the addendum shall control.

3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:    
Title:    
Address:    
   
  OPTIONEE
Address:    
   

 

10


SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

(N/A if Optionee is not an individual)

The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the foregoing Stock Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the Corporation’s granting Optionee the right to acquire the Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the right of the Corporation (or its assigns) to purchase any Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not vested at time of his or her cessation of Service.

 

  OPTIONEE’S SPOUSE
Address:      
 
   


EXHIBIT I

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                      hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto WageWorks, Inc. (the “Corporation”),                      (                       ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                              Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                         

 

Signature      

Instruction : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Optionee.


EXHIBIT II

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES AND

SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION

I. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Non-Statutory Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for those shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” includes the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. However, Optionee may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of the Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is attached as part of this exhibit. FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE.

II. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Conditional Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Incentive Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased Shares:

(i) For regular tax purposes, no taxable income will be recognized at the time the Option is exercised.

(ii) The excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares will be includible in Optionee’s taxable income for alternative minimum tax purposes.

(iii) If Optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the Purchased Shares, then Optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of such disposition equal in amount to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Any additional gain recognized upon the disqualifying disposition will be either short-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the period for which the Purchased Shares are held prior to the disposition.

 

II-1


(iv) For purposes of the foregoing, the term “forfeiture restrictions” will include the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. The term “disqualifying disposition” means any sale or other disposition 1 of the Purchased Shares within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the exercise date of the Option.

(v) In the absence of final Treasury Regulations relating to Incentive Options, it is not certain whether Optionee may, in connection with the exercise of the Option for any Purchased Shares at the time subject to forfeiture restrictions, file a protective election under Code Section 83(b) which would limit Optionee’s ordinary income upon a disqualifying disposition to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Accordingly, such election if properly filed will only be allowed to the extent the final Treasury Regulations permit such a protective election.

(vi) The Code Section 83(b) election will be effective in limiting the Optionee’s alternative minimum taxable income to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares at the time the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for those shares.

Page 2 of the attached form for making the election should be filed with any election made in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Option.

 

1

Generally, a disposition of shares purchased under an Incentive Option includes any transfer of legal title, including a transfer by sale, exchange or gift, but does not include a transfer to the Optionee’s spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship if Optionee remains one of the joint owners, a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance or certain tax-free exchanges permitted under the Code.

 

II-2


SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

 

(1) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

Name:

Address:

Taxpayer Ident. No.:

 

(2) The property with respect to which the election is being made is                      shares of the common stock of WageWorks, Inc.

 

(3) The property was issued on                              .

 

(4) The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year 200          .

 

(5) The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right will lapse in a series of annual and monthly installments over a four (4)-year period ending on                      .

 

(6) The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $          per share.

 

(7) The amount paid for such property is                      per share.

 

(8) A copy of this statement was furnished to WageWorks, Inc. for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of property.

 

(9) This statement is executed on                      , 200      .

 

           
Spouse (if applicable)     Taxpayer

This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.


(N/A)The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Accordingly, it is the intent of the Taxpayer to utilize this election to achieve the following tax results:

1. One purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread between the fair market value of the purchased shares and the purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares.

2. Section 421(a)(1) of the Code expressly excludes from income any excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares over the amount paid for such shares. Accordingly, this election is also intended to be effective in the event there is a “disqualifying disposition” of the shares, within the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code, which would otherwise render the provisions of Section 83(a) of the Code applicable at that time. Consequently, the Taxpayer hereby elects to have the amount of disqualifying disposition income measured by the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the date of transfer to the Taxpayer over the amount paid for such shares. Since Section 421(a) presently applies to the shares which are the subject of this Section 83(b) election, no taxable income is actually recognized for regular tax purposes at this time, and no income taxes are payable, by the Taxpayer as a result of this election. The foregoing election is to be effective to the full extent permitted under the Code.

THIS PAGE 2 IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

2


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following stockholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of WageWorks, Inc. which shall be appropriate action assume this option.

G. Disposition Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

H. Exercise Price shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

I. Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date, prior to the initial public offering of the Common Stock, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as it shall deem appropriate.

J. First Refusal Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article E.

K. Grant Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

L. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

 

A-1


M. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

N. Market Stand-Off shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Paragraph C.3.

O. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

P. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Q. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

R. Option shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

S. Option Agreement shall mean all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option.

T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

U. Owner shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

V. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

W. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Corporation’s prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

X. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

Y. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

Z. Prior Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.4.

AA. Purchased Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

 

A-2


BB. Recapitalization shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration.

CC. Reorganization shall mean any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity,

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets,

(iii) a reverse merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity but in which the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger, or

(iv) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Corporation is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

DD. Repurchase Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article D.

EE. SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

FF. Service shall mean the Optionee’s performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an employee, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant.

GG. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

HH. Target Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

II. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

JJ. Unvested Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.1.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE BENEFIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT is entered into by and between WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and                      (the “Executive”), effective                      (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS , the Parties previously entered into an executive severance benefit agreement, dated                      , restated on                      and amended and restated on                      (the “ Severance Agreement ”), which will provide the Executive with severance payments and benefits should his or her employment terminate under certain defined circumstances, with an enhanced level of such payments and benefits to be provided following certain changes in ownership or control of the Corporation.

WHEREAS , the Corporation and Executive desire to amend certain provisions of the Severance Agreement in order to revise certain definitions and clarify certain terms of the Severance Agreement, as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Corporation agree that the Severance Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

PART ONE – DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall be in effect:

Board means the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Corporation . A change in the ownership of the Corporation which occurs on the date that any one person, or a related group of persons (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act, as amended), (“Person”) acquires, directly or indirectly acquires ownership of the stock of the Corporation that, together with the stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Corporation, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Corporation (a) as a result of a private financing of the Corporation that is approved by the Board or (b) as a result of acquisition of ownership of additional stock by a shareholder of the Corporation that beneficially owns at least two percent (2%) of the outstanding stock as of the date of this Agreement, will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Corporation . If the Corporation has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, a change in the effective control of the Corporation which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Corporation,


the acquisition of additional control of the Corporation by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Corporation’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the fair market value of the assets of the Corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Corporation’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Corporation’s securities immediately before such transaction.”

Change in Control Severance Benefits means the various payments and benefits to which the Executive may become entitled under Part Three of this Agreement.

Change in Control Severance Period means the period commencing with the Corporation’s execution of the definitive agreement for a Change in Control transaction and continuing until the earlier of (i) the termination of such definitive agreement without the consummation of the contemplated Change in Control or (ii) the end of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the closing date of that Change in Control.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock means the Corporation’s common stock.

Competing Business means any entity, business enterprise or division thereof that sells administration services for consumer direct accounts such as flexible spending accounts, health reimbursement accounts, COBRA accounts or qualified transportation fringe benefits as defined in the Code and any other similar types of pre-tax benefit accounts.

 

Page 2 of 14


Incapacity means the inability of the Executive, by reason of any injury or illness, to properly perform the Executive’s normal duties and responsibilities of his or her position with the Corporation for a period of more than one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.

Involuntary Termination means (i) the Corporation’s unilateral termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than a Termination for Cause or (ii) the Executive’s voluntary resignation within ninety (90) days following (A) a material reduction in the Executive’s base salary, other than pursuant to a uniform reduction in the base salary payable to all senior executives of the Corporation for the year of termination, or (B) a material change in the geographic location of the Executive’s principal place of employment without reimbursement for reasonable relocation costs; provided, however, the Executive must provide written notice to the Corporation of the existence of a condition described in clause A or B within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of the condition, and if within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of such notice the Corporation remedies such condition, an Involuntary Termination will not be deemed to have occurred. For purposes of the foregoing, a reduction in the Executive’s base salary (other than pursuant to a uniform reduction in the base salary payable to all senior executives of the Corporation for the year of termination) by more than fifteen percent (15%) shall be deemed to be a material reduction of the Executive’s base salary.

Option means any option granted to the Executive under the Plan or otherwise to purchase shares of Common Stock which is outstanding at the time of the Executive’s Involuntary Termination.

Plan means (i) the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended or restated from time to time, (ii) the Corporation’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, and (iii) any successor stock incentive plan subsequently implemented by the Corporation.

Separation from Service means the cessation of Executive’s status as an Employee of the Corporation and shall be deemed to occur at such time as the level of the bona fide services Executive is to perform as an Employee (or as a consultant or other independent contractor) permanently decreases to a level that is not more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of services Executive rendered in Employee status during the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) months (or such shorter period for which Executive may have rendered such service). Any such determination as to Separation from Service, however, shall be made in accordance with the applicable standards of the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of determining whether Executive has incurred a Separation from Service, Executive will be deemed to continue in “ Employee ” status for so long as he or she remains in the employ of one or more members of the Employer Group, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. “ Employer Group ” means the Corporation and any other corporation or business controlled by, controlling or under common control with, the Corporation as determined in accordance with Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, except that in applying Sections 1563(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b), the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place the latter phrase appears in such sections, and in applying Section 1.414(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining trades or

 

Page 3 of 14


businesses that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place the latter phrase appears in Section 1.4.14(c)-2 of the Treasury Regulations. In addition to the foregoing, a Separation from Service will not be deemed to have occurred while the Executive is on a sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or any longer period for which the Executive is provided with a right to reemployment with the Corporation either by statute or contract; provided, however, that in the event of a leave of absence due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months and that causes the Executive to be unable to perform his duties as an Employee, no Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur during the first twenty-nine (29) months of such leave. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months (or twenty-nine (29) months in the event of disability as indicated above) and the Executive is not provided with a right to reemployment by either statute or contract, then the Executive will be deemed to have Separated from Service on the first day immediately following the expiration of the applicable six (6)-month or twenty-nine (29)-month period.

Termination for Cause means the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Corporation due to (i) the continued failure of the Executive to perform the duties, responsibilities and obligations of the Executive’s position with the Corporation after written notice from the Corporation identifying the performance deficiencies and a reasonable cure period of at least thirty (30) days, (ii) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Executive or the Executive’s commission of a felony, (iii) any intentional use or intentional disclosure by the Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any parent or subsidiary), (iv) any other intentional misconduct by the Executive adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation, (v) the Executive’s failure to cure any breach of the Executive’s obligations under his or her Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Corporation after written notice of such breach from the Corporation and a reasonable cure period of at least thirty (30) days or (vi) the Executive’s breach of any of the Executive’s fiduciary duties as an officer of the Corporation. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any parent or subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Executive or any other individual in the service of the Corporation (or any parent or subsidiary), but a dismissal for such other acts or omissions shall not constitute a Termination for Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

PART TWO – NORMAL SEVERANCE BENEFITS

1. Entitlement . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination at any time other than during the Change in Control Severance Period, then the Executive shall become eligible to receive the severance benefits provided under this Part Two. Those benefits shall be in lieu of any other severance benefits for which the Executive might otherwise be eligible by reason of the Executive’s termination of employment or Separation from Service under such circumstances.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s entitlement to severance benefits under this Part Two shall be subject to the following requirements (the “Severance Benefit Conditions”):

 

Page 4 of 14


A. In order to receive any severance benefits under this Part Two, but not less than an amount equal to one (1) month of salary continuation payments and at least one (1) month of reimbursed Coverage Costs under Section 2(a) and 2(b) of this Part Two, the Executive must comply with each of the following requirements:

(i) The Executive shall, within sixty (60) days of the date after such Separation from Service, execute and deliver to the Corporation a Severance & General Release Agreement, in substantially the form of attached Exhibit A hereto (the “Release”) which must become effective and irrevocable, in accordance with applicable law, no later than sixty (60) days following such Separation from Service (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, the Executive will forfeit any rights to severance benefits under this Agreement. No severance benefits will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. Upon the Release becoming effective, any payments delayed from the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service through the effective date of the Release will be payable in a lump sum without interest as soon as administratively practicable after the Release becomes effective and irrevocable and all other amounts will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where the Release Deadline is in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive’s Separation from Service occurs, then any severance payments under this Agreement that would be considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A will be paid on, or in the case of installments, will not commence until, the 61st day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, or such later date as provided in Section 8 of Part Four of this Agreement.

The provisions of this Agreement are intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Corporation and the Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to the Executive under Code Section 409A.”

(ii) The Executive shall comply with all of Executive’s obligations under the Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Corporation, attached as Exhibit B hereto (“PIIA”).

B. In order to receive additional severance benefits under this Part Two in excess of one (1) month of salary continuation payments and one (1) month of reimbursed Coverage Costs (“Additional Severance Benefits”), the Executive must comply with each of the additional requirements as follows:

(i) The Executive must comply with all of the Executive’s obligations under the PIIA that survive the termination of his or her employment with the Corporation.

 

Page 5 of 14


(ii) The Executive must comply with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9 of Part Four of this Agreement during each successive month for which he or she is to receive salary continuation payments, reimbursement of Coverage Costs and a tax gross-up payment related to such reimbursed Coverage Costs under Section 2 of this Part Two.

In the event the Executive violates the PIIA, or elects to engage or otherwise engages in any of the activities precluded by the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9 of Part Four of this Agreement, the Executive shall not be entitled, after the date of such violation or activity (as the case may be), to receive any Additional Severance Benefits.

2. Severance Benefits . Subject to the requirements of Section 1 of this Part Two, the severance benefits to which the Executive may become entitled under this Part Two shall consist of the following:

(a) Salary Continuation Payments . The Executive shall be eligible to receive his or her base salary for a total period of six (6) months at the annualized rate in effect for him or her at the time of his or her Involuntary Termination; provided, however, that if Executive voluntarily terminates employment within sixty (60) days following a material reduction in his or her base salary that constitutes an Involuntary Termination, then such salary continuation payments shall be based on the annualized rate of base salary in effect for the Executive immediately prior to such reduction. The salary continuation payments shall be made at periodic intervals in accordance with the Corporation’s payroll practices for salaried employees, beginning with the first pay date within the sixty (60)-day period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service due to such Involuntary Termination on which the requisite Release is effective. In no event shall the first such payment be made later than the last day of such sixty (60)-day period on which the Release is so effective, unless a further deferral is required pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement. The salary continuation payments to which Executive becomes entitled in accordance with this Section 2(a) (or Section 5(a), if applicable) shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and each such payment that becomes due and payable during the period commencing with the date of Executive’s Separation from Service and ending on March 15 of the succeeding calendar year is hereby designated a “Short-Term Deferral Payment” and shall be paid during that period.

(b) Health Care Coverage . Provided the Executive and his or her eligible dependants elect to continue medical care coverage under the Corporation’s group health care plans pursuant to the applicable COBRA provisions, the Corporation shall reimburse the Executive for the costs he or she incurs to obtain such continued coverage for himself or herself and his or her eligible dependants (collectively, the “Coverage Costs”) until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which the Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs, (ii) the first date on which the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents are covered under another employer’s health benefit program without exclusion for any pre-existing medical condition or (iii) the first date on which the Executive elects to engage or otherwise engages in any of the activities precluded by the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement. In order to obtain reimbursements for the Coverage Costs, the Executive must

 

Page 6 of 14


submit appropriate evidence to the Corporation of each periodic payment within sixty (60) days after the payment date, and the Corporation shall within thirty (30) days after such submission reimburse the Executive for that payment. During the period such medical care coverage remains in effect hereunder, the following provisions shall govern the arrangement: (i) the amount of Coverage Costs eligible for reimbursement in any one calendar year of such coverage shall not affect the amount of Coverage Costs eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year for which such reimbursement is to be provided hereunder; (ii) no Coverage Costs shall be reimbursed after the close of the calendar year following the calendar year in which those Coverage Costs were incurred; and (iii) the Executive’s right to reimbursement of such Coverage Costs cannot be liquidated or exchanged for any benefit. To the extent the reimbursed Coverage Costs are treated as taxable income to the Executive, the Corporation shall report the reimbursement as taxable W-2 wages and collect the applicable withholding taxes, and the resulting tax liability shall be the Executive’s sole responsibility. Any additional health care coverage to which the Executive and the Executive’s dependents may be entitled under COBRA, following the period of such Coverage Cost reimbursement under this Section 2(b), shall be at the Executive’s sole cost and expense.

(c) Tax Gross-Up Payment . To the extent any reimbursement of Coverage Costs under Section 2(b) constitutes taxable income to the Executive, he or she shall be entitled to an additional cash payment in a dollar amount sufficient to cover the federal and state income tax liability attributable to such taxable income and the additional tax gross-up payment made hereunder. Unless a further deferral is required pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, each such tax gross-up payment shall be paid to or on behalf of the Executive within ten (10) business days after the federal and state income taxes to which it relates are remitted to the appropriate tax authorities. In no event shall any further payments be made under this Section 2(c) should the Executive fail to comply with the Severance Benefit Conditions.

3. No Vesting Acceleration . All vesting of the Executive’s outstanding Options shall cease at the time of the Executive’s Involuntary Termination, and the Executive shall not have more than the period of time specified in the applicable stock option agreement in which to exercise each such Option following such Involuntary Termination for any shares of Common Stock for which that Option is vested and exercisable at the time of such termination.

PART THREE – CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE BENEFITS

4. Change in Control Severance Benefits Entitlement . Should the Executive’s employment terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within the Change in Control Severance Period, then the Executive shall become eligible to receive the Change in Control Severance Benefits provided under Section 5 of this Part Three, subject to the conditions set forth therein. The Change in Control Severance Payments provided under this Part Three shall be in lieu of any other severance benefits to which the Executive might otherwise, by reason of the Executive’s termination of employment or Separation from Service during the Change in Control Severance Period, be eligible under any other severance plan, program or arrangement of the Corporation, including (without limitation) Part Two of this Agreement.

 

Page 7 of 14


5. Control Severance Benefits . The Change in Control Severance Benefits for which the Executive may become eligible under this Part Three shall consist of the following payments and benefits:

(a) Normal Severance Benefits . Subject to his or her satisfaction of the same Severance Benefit Conditions set forth in Section 1 of Part Two of this Agreement, the Executive shall be eligible to receive the same level of salary continuation payments, Coverage Cost reimbursements and tax gross-up payments and at the same times as set forth in Section 2 of Part Two of this Agreement.

(b) Payment Equal to Pro-rated Target Bonus . Should the Change in Control be consummated, then the Executive shall also become entitled to receive, for each full or partial month of employment which the Executive completes in the fiscal year in which his or her Involuntary Termination occurs, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the annual target bonus in effect for the Executive for that year (the “Termination Bonus”). Such amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the first business day, within the sixty (60)-day period measured from the later of (i) the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service due to such Involuntary Termination or (ii) the closing date of the Change in Control, on which the Release is effective. The payment shall be subject to the Corporation’s collection of all applicable withholding taxes, and the Executive shall receive only the net amount remaining after such taxes have been collected. In no event shall any Termination Bonus be paid unless the Change in Control transaction is in fact consummated. The Termination Bonus (if any) shall be treated as a Short-Term Deferral Payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(c) Option Acceleration . If the Executive holds one or more unvested Options at the time of his or her Involuntary Termination within the Change in Control Severance Period, then the unvested portion of each of those Options that would have otherwise vested and become exercisable had Executive completed an additional eighteen (18) months of continued employment with the Corporation prior to the date of her Involuntary Termination (the “Accelerable Portion”) shall all immediately vest and become exercisable with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the Accelerable Portion.

The Options as so accelerated, together with all other Options held by the Executive that are vested and exercisable at the time of such Involuntary Termination, may be exercised for any or all of the underlying option shares as fully-vested shares. The Options as so accelerated and all other vested Options held by the Executive shall remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) the expiration date of the maximum option term or (ii) the expiration of the limited period of time specified in the applicable stock option agreement for which the Option is to remain exercisable following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Corporation.

The vesting acceleration under this Section 5(c) shall be subject to the Executive’s compliance with the Severance Benefit Conditions set forth in Section 1 of Part Two.

 

Page 8 of 14


PART FOUR – LIMITATION ON BENEFITS

6. No Duplication of Benefits . In no event shall the Executive be entitled to severance benefits under both Parts Two and Three of this Agreement.

7. Benefit Limit . The benefit limitations of this Part Four shall be applicable in the event the Executive receives any benefits under this Agreement that are deemed to constitute parachute payments under Code Section 280G.

In the event that any payments to which the Executive becomes entitled in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement would otherwise constitute a parachute payment under Code Section 280G, then such payments will be subject to reduction to the extent necessary to assure that the Executive receives only the greater of (i) the amount of those payments which would not constitute such a parachute payment or (ii) the amount which yields the Executive the greatest after-tax amount of benefits after taking into account any excise tax imposed on the payments provided to the Executive under this Agreement (or on any other benefits to which the Executive may become entitled in connection with any change in control or ownership of the Corporation or the subsequent termination of his or her employment with the Corporation) under Code Section 4999.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining whether the benefit limitation of this Section 7 has been exceeded, a reasonable determination shall be made as to the value of the restrictive covenants to which the Executive will be subject under Section 9, and the amount of his or her potential parachute payment shall accordingly be reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Code Section 280G and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Should a reduction in benefits be required to satisfy the benefit limit of this Section 7, then the Executive’s salary continuation payments under Section 2 or Section 5, as applicable, shall accordingly be reduced (with such reduction to be effected pro-rata to each payment) to the extent necessary to comply with such benefit limit. Should such benefit limit still be exceeded following such reduction, then the amount of the Executive’s pro-rated bonus under Section 5(b) shall be reduced next, and finally the number of shares as to which the Executive’s outstanding Options would otherwise vest on an accelerated basis in accordance with Section 5(b) shall be reduced (based on the value of the parachute payment attributable to each such accelerated Option under Code Section 280G), to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess, with such reduction to be effected in the same chronological order in which those Options were granted.

8. Section 409A .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 8(b) below), no payments, benefits or reimbursements to which the Executive otherwise becomes entitled under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement (other than reimbursement of Coverage Costs during the applicable period of COBRA coverage) shall be made or provided to the Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of the

 

Page 9 of 14


Executive’s death, if the Executive is deemed at the time of such Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 416(i) and the Corporation’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market and such delayed commencement is otherwise required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2). Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, all payments, benefits and reimbursements deferred pursuant to this Paragraph (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such deferral) shall be paid or made to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments, benefits and reimbursements due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

If the Executive is, at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the last day of any calendar year, deemed to be a “key employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 416(i), then the Executive shall be deemed to be a specified employee subject to the delayed payment provisions of this Section 8(a) for the period beginning on the April 1 of the following calendar year and ending on the March 31 of the next year thereafter.

(b) The six month holdback set forth in the subsection 8(a) above shall not be applicable to (i) any severance payments under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement that qualify as Short-Term Deferral Payments and (ii) any remaining portion of the severance payments due the Executive under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement to the extent (I) that the dollar amount of those payments does not exceed two (2) times the lesser of (x) the Executive’s annualized compensation (based on the Executive’s annual rate of pay for the calendar year preceding the calendar year of the Executive’s Separation from Service, adjusted to reflect any increase during that calendar year which was expected to continue indefinitely had Executive’s Separation from Service not occurred) or (y) the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which the Executive’s Separation from Service occurs, and (II) such severance payments are to be made to the Executive no later than the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Separation from Service occurs.

9. Restrictive Covenants . For the period during which the Executive is to receive salary continuation payments under either Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement, measured from the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, whether or not such payments are delayed pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (the “Restriction Period”):

(a) The Executive shall comply with all obligations under the Executive’s PIIA; and

(b) The Executive shall not, anywhere in the United States,

(i) render any services or provide any advice, assistance or support to any Competing Business, whether as an employee, agent, representative, consultant, partner, officer, director or stockholder or in any other capacity; provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to any passive investment representing an interest of less than five percent (5%) of an outstanding class of publicly-traded securities of any corporation or other enterprise which may constitute a Competing Business hereunder;

 

Page 10 of 14


(ii) contact, solicit or call upon any customer or supplier of the Corporation on behalf of any person or entity other than the Corporation for the purpose of selling any products or providing or performing any services of the type normally sold, provided or performed by the Corporation; or

(iii) induce or attempt to induce any person or entity to curtail or cancel any business or contracts which such person or entity has with the Corporation.

(c) In the event of a breach by the Executive of any of the restrictive covenants of this Section 9, Executive shall no longer be entitled to any further severance benefits as provided in Section 10 below.

(d) The covenants set forth in this Section 9 are reasonable and necessary to protect the Corporation’s legitimate business interests, e.g., to preclude the Executive’s intentional and/or inadvertent use and/or disclosure of the Corporation’s confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information to or with a Competing Business for a limited period after the Executive’s Involuntary Termination. Such covenants would not prevent the Executive from engaging in a trade or profession, pursuing a career, conducting a business, or maintaining Executive’s standard of living, for a limited period after the Executive’s Involuntary Termination.

10. No Entitlement to Benefits . In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any benefits under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement if his or her employment ceases by reason of a Termination for Cause or if he or she voluntarily resigns other than for a reason which qualifies as grounds for an Involuntary Termination.

PART FIVE – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

11. All Terminations . Upon any termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation, including an Involuntary Termination, the Corporation shall pay the Executive (i) any unpaid base salary earned for services rendered through the date of termination, (ii) the value of any accrued but unused paid vacation benefits or paid time-off (“PTO”) benefits, as applicable, and (iii) any bonus amount actually earned and vested at time of such termination but not previously paid to the Executive. In addition, all vesting in Executive’s outstanding Options and stock awards, if any, shall cease at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, and Executive shall not have more than the limited period of time specified in the applicable stock option agreement during which the Executive may exercise each such Option following termination of employment for any or all of shares of the Corporation’s common stock for which that Option is vested and exercisable at the time of the Executive’s termination from employment with the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any vested amounts deferred by the Executive under one or more of the Corporation’s non-qualified deferred compensation programs or arrangements subject to Code Section 409A that remain unpaid on the date of such termination of the Executive’s employment shall be paid at such time and in such manner as set forth in each applicable plan or agreement, subject, however, to the deferred payment provisions of Section 8.

 

Page 11 of 14


12. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, (i) the Corporation and its successors and assigns, including any successor entity by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets (whether or not such transaction constitutes a Change in Control), and (ii) the Executive, the personal representative of the Executive’s estate and the Executive’s heirs and legatees.

13. General Creditor Status . The benefits to which the Executive may become entitled under Part Two or Part Three of this Agreement shall be paid, when due, from the Corporation’s general assets, and no trust fund, escrow arrangement or other segregated account shall be established as a funding vehicle for such payments. Accordingly, the Executive’s right (or the right of the executors or administrators of the Executive’s estate) to receive such benefits shall at all times be that of a general creditor of the Corporation and shall have no priority over the claims of other general creditors.

14. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted under the laws of the State in which Executive was employed by the Corporation at the time of Executive’s Involuntary Termination. If any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or to any circumstance should be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction or determined by an arbitrator to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the invalidity of that provision shall in no way affect (to the maximum extent permissible by law) the application of such provision under circumstances different from those adjudicated by the court or determined by the arbitrator, the application of any other provision of this Agreement, or the enforceability or invalidity of this Agreement as a whole. Should any provision of this Agreement become or be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable and consistent with the intent of the parties hereto. If such provision cannot be so amended without altering the intention of the parties, then such provision, including any consideration specifically tied to such provision, will be stricken, and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that should any of the Severance Benefit Conditions of Section 1(b) of Part Two be void or unenforceable as written herein, then the Executive shall not be entitled to any Additional Severance Benefits under Part Two or Part Three (as the case may be) or to any Additional Monthly Option Vesting under Part Three.

15. Arbitration .

(a) Each party agrees that any and all disputes which arise out of or relate to the Executive’s employment, the termination of the Executive’s employment or the terms of this Agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be in lieu of any trial before a judge and/or jury, and the Executive and Corporation expressly waive all rights to have such disputes resolved through trial before a judge and/or jury. Such disputes shall include, without limitation, claims for breach of contract or of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, claims of discrimination, violation of public policy, claims under any federal, state or local law or regulation now in existence or hereinafter enacted and as amended from time to time concerning in any way the subject of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or its termination.

 

Page 12 of 14


(b) Arbitration shall be held in San Mateo County, California and conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA Rules”), provided, however, that the arbitrator shall allow the discovery authorized by California Code of Civil Procedure section 1282, et seq., or any other discovery authorized or required by applicable law in arbitration proceedings. To the extent that any of the AAA Rules or anything in this Section 15 conflict with applicable law, the arbitration procedures required by applicable law shall govern.

(c) During the course of the arbitration, the Corporation will pay the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that the Executive would not otherwise be required to bear if he or she were free to bring the dispute or claim in court and any other expense or cost that is unique to arbitration. The Corporation and the Executive shall each bear their own respective attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration, and the arbitrator shall award reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of arbitration to the prevailing party. If there is a dispute as to whether the Executive or the Corporation is the prevailing party in the arbitration, the arbitrator will decide the issue.

(d) The arbitrator shall issue a written award that sets forth the essential findings of fact and conclusions of law on which the award is based. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any relief authorized by law in connection with the asserted claims or disputes. The arbitrator’s award shall be subject to correction, confirmation, or vacation, as provided by applicable law setting forth the standard of judicial review of arbitration awards. Judgment upon the arbitrator’s award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

16. Modification; Severability .

(a) This Agreement may be amended by the parties only by a written agreement signed by the Executive and an authorized officer of the Corporation.

(b) In the event that, any one or more of the restrictive covenants of Section 9 of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable for any reason including, but not limited to, being excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed or modified by limiting and reducing it, so as to provide the Corporation with the maximum protection of its business interests and yet be enforceable under the applicable law as it shall then exist.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

18. Complete Agreement . This Agreement, together with (i) the stock option agreements evidencing the Executive’s currently outstanding Options and any future Option grants, (ii) the Executive’s PIIA, and (iii) any outstanding promissory note(s) or debt obligation of the Executive payable to the Corporation, which are unaffected by this Agreement, shall constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Corporation and the Executive with respect to subjects covered and replace all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal

 

Page 13 of 14


agreements and understandings between the Executive and the Corporation, including (without limitation) the Prior Agreement, regarding such subjects.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year written above.

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.     EXECUTIVE
By:          
     
Title:          

 

Page 14 of 14


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF SEVERANCE & GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT


SEVERANCE & GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT

I,                              , of behalf of myself, my heirs, administrators and representatives, enter into this Severance & General Release Agreement (“Release”) in exchange for the severance benefits under [ Part Two / Part Three ] of that certain Amended and Restated Executive Severance Benefits Agreement between WageWorks, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and myself, dated                      , 2010 (the “Agreement”), following the [ DATE ] Involuntary Termination of my employment with the Corporation.

1. I represent that (i) I have received from the Corporation all wages earned by me and other amounts owed to me as a result of my employment with the Corporation through my Involuntary Termination; (ii) I have returned to the Corporation all items of property that the Corporation paid for and/or provided to me for my use during employment with the Corporation; and (iii) I have returned the Corporation all documents, materials and writings made or received by me during the course of my employment with the Corporation (including copies, excerpts and summaries, whether in paper or electronic form) except my personal copies of documents evidencing my hire, compensation, benefits and stock options, the Agreement, my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Corporation (“PIIA”), and any documents I received from the Corporation as a stockholder of the Corporation.

2. I hereby waive, release and forever discharge the Corporation, its current and former officers, directors, agents, employees, stockholders, successors, assigns, parent, subsidiary and affiliated entities (collectively, “Releasees”) from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorney fees, damages and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity or otherwise, known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed , arising from or relating to any acts or omissions occurring on and prior to the date I sign this Release, including (without limitation) those arising from or relating to my hiring and employment with the Corporation and the termination of that employment (collectively, “Claims”), including (without limitation) Claims of wrongful discharge, infliction of emotional distress, defamation, fraud, breach of contractual obligations, violation of public policy, discrimination, harassment and retaliation in violation of applicable law, including under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and all Claims for violation of any other applicable federal, state and/or local law.

(a) In furtherance of my intent to waive, release and forever discharge all Claims against the Releasees, including those that are presently “ known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed ,” I also waive all rights and benefits conferred on me (if any) by Section 1542 of the California Civil Code and by any comparable provision of other applicable law. I understand that Section 1542 provides:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.


I understand that this means that, if I later discover facts different from or in addition to those that I know or believe to be true as of the date this Release becomes effective, that this Release shall be and remain in full force and effect in all respects notwithstanding such different or additional facts or my later discovery of such facts.

(b) The only exceptions to my waiver, release and discharge of this Paragraph 2 are any Claims I may have (i) for severance benefits under the Agreement; (ii) for benefits under a government-administered benefits program such as, but not limited to, unemployment insurance benefits; (iii) for workers’ compensation benefits under any of the Corporation’s workers’ compensation insurance policy or fund (and I represent that I have provided written report(s) to the Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer of all work-related illnesses or injuries I have incurred during my employment with the Corporation); (iv) for any benefits vested under any written employee benefit plan sponsored by the Corporation and governed by ERISA; (v) arising from acts or omissions by any Releasees occurring after the date I sign this Release; and (v) which, under applicable law, are not waivable.

3. I understand that (i) I shall have twenty-one (21) days from the date of my Involuntary Termination during which to consider this Release, to consult with an attorney of my own choosing to help me decide whether to sign this Release (which consultation the Corporation advises me to obtain), and to sign this Release if I so choose; (ii) I have seven (7) days after the date I sign this Release during which I can revoke my signature agreement to this Release by providing written notice to the Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer of my revocation; (iii) this Release will not become effective until the eighth day after I have signed this Release, provided that I have not timely revoked my signature agreement to this Release; and (iv) by signing and allowing this Release to become effective, I am forever waiving, releasing and discharging important rights, including my right to any Claims for damages or other personal relief under the ADEA.

4. I represent and warrant that (i) I have carefully read and understand the terms and conditions of the Agreement, my PIIA and this Release (collectively, “My Agreements”), (ii) I am not signing this Release in reliance on any promise or representation not contained in any of My Agreements; and (iii) I sign this Release knowingly, voluntarily and without coercion or duress.

 

Date:    
Signature:    
Print Name:    

 

2


EXHIBIT B

EXECUTIVE’S

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO    Obligor Number:    COMMERCIAL CREDIT AGREEMENT
  

Borrower Name:

  
  

WAGEWORKS, INC.

  

THIS COMMERCIAL CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 31, 2010 (the “Closing Date”) between WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) and UNION BANK, N.A. (“ Bank ”) with respect to each and every loan or other extension of credit simultaneously or hereafter made or to be made available by Bank to Borrower under this Agreement that is not secured by real property and that is not subject to any consumer disclosure law or regulation (whether one or more, collectively referred to herein as the “Loan”).

1. THE LOAN . Borrower hereby promises to pay to Bank, or its order, on the dates indicated below, the outstanding amount of the Loan (including all outstanding principal, all other outstanding obligations, liabilities and indebtedness, all accrued interest, and all other costs, expenses, fees and charges due and payable under this Agreement). The Loan includes the following credit facilities:

1.1 Revolving Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank will make advances to Borrower at Borrower’s request in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (the “ Revolving Loan ”). The proceeds of such advances shall be used only for acquisitions permitted hereunder. In no event shall Borrower use any proceeds of the Revolving Loan for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes. Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow all or any part of the Revolving Loan, subject to the terms of this Agreement. Interest on the Revolving Loan shall be payable monthly on the first (1st) day of each month, commencing September 1, 2010. All advances must be requested not later than August 31, 2012 (the “ Maturity Date ”), on which date all unpaid principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Revolving Loan shall be due and payable. Bank shall enter each amount borrowed and repaid in Bank’s records and such entries shall be deemed correct absent manifest error. The omission of Bank to make any such entry shall not discharge Borrower from Borrower’s obligation to repay in full with interest all amounts borrowed under the Revolving Loan.

1.2 [Reserved].

1.3 Interest Rates.

(a) All principal outstanding under the Revolving Loan which is not bearing interest at a fixed interest rate as described below shall bear interest at a rate per annum of one-half of one percent (0.50%) in excess of the Reference Rate, which rate shall vary as and when the Reference Rate changes. Interest on the Revolving Loan shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, for actual days elapsed.

(b) At Borrower’s option, advances hereunder, in increments of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), unless the remaining amount available to be drawn under the Revolving Loan is less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), in which case, Borrower may request an advance of less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (but not less than the amount available to be drawn), shall bear interest at a per annum rate which is three percent (3.00%) per annum in excess of the LIBOR Rate for the interest period selected by Borrower,


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

and in each case acceptable to Bank. There shall be no more than four (4) such advances outstanding at any one time.

(c) To exercise this option, Borrower may from time to time elect to have the Revolving Loan bear interest based on the LIBOR Rate, for an interest period of one, two, three or six months (if offered by Bank) by telephoning an authorized lending officer of Bank located at the banking office identified below prior to 10:00 a.m., Pacific time, on any Business Day and advising that lending officer of such election, the requested interest period and starting date thereof. The starting date for an advance based on the LIBOR Rate shall follow the date of such selection by no more than two (2) Business Days. Borrower’s selection may not be changed, altered or otherwise modified until the expiration of the interest period selected. The exercise of interest rate options by Borrower shall be as recorded in Bank’s records, which records shall be prima facie evidence (absent manifest error) of the amount borrowed under such selected interest rate; provided, however, that the failure of Bank to make any such notation in its records shall not discharge Borrower from its obligation to repay in full with interest all amounts borrowed. In no event shall any interest period extend beyond the termination date of the Revolving Loan. If, on the date of the selection, LIBOR Rate advances or the interest period selected is unavailable for any reason, the selection shall be void. Bank reserves the right to fund the principal of any advance from any source of funds, notwithstanding Borrower’s selection.

In determining an interest period, a month means a period that starts on one Business Day in a month and ends on and includes the day preceding the numerically corresponding day in the next month. For any month in which there is no such numerically corresponding day, then as to that month, such day shall be deemed to be the last calendar day of such month. Any interest period which would otherwise end on a non-Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, unless that is the first day of a month, in which event the interest period shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

1.4 Minimum Advances. Borrower agrees that each advance under the Loan shall be in a principal amount of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), unless the remaining amount available to be drawn under the Revolving Loan is less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), in which case, Borrower may request an advance of less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (but not less than the amount available to be drawn). Bank may charge a fee for any advance in a lesser principal amount, unless such advance is otherwise permitted pursuant to the previous sentence.

1.5 Prepayment.

(a) Amounts outstanding under this Agreement bearing interest at a rate based on the Reference Rate may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, without penalty or premium. Amounts outstanding under this Agreement bearing interest based on the LIBOR Rate may be prepaid in whole or in part, provided that Bank has received not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice and Bank receives the prepayment fee described in this Section 1.5 due as a result of such prepayment, if any. The prepayment fee, if any, shall also be paid, if Bank, for any other reason, including acceleration or foreclosure, receives all or any portion of principal bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate prior to its scheduled payment date. The prepayment fee shall be an

 

-2-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

amount equal to the present value of the product of: (i) the difference (but not less than zero) between (a) the interest rate applicable to the principal amount which is being prepaid and (b) the return which Bank could obtain if it used the amount of such prepayment of principal to purchase at bid price regularly quoted securities issued by the United States having a maturity date most closely coinciding with the due date of the amount being prepaid and such securities were held by Bank until such due date (“ Yield Rate ”); (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the period between the date of prepayment and the original due date with respect to the original interest period with respect to such prepaid Loan and the denominator of which is 360; and (iii) the amount of the principal so prepaid. Present value for this purpose is determined by discounting the above product to present value using the Yield Rate as the annual discount factor.

(b) All prepayments shall include payment of accrued interest on the principal amount so prepaid and shall be applied to payment of interest before application to principal. A determination by Bank as to the prepayment fee amount, if any, shall be conclusive. Any prepayment may result in Bank incurring additional costs, expenses or liabilities. Bank would not make loans or otherwise extend credit to Borrower without Borrower’s express agreement to pay Bank the prepayment fee described above.

1.6 Fees. (a) Borrower shall pay to Bank, on the Closing Date, a commitment fee of Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000). (b) Borrower also shall pay to Bank a fee in an amount equal to one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum on the unused portion of the Revolving Loan. Such fee shall be paid in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter for the preceding calendar quarter and on the Maturity Date.

1.7 Certain Definitions. Any accounting term used but not defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. All terms used herein that are defined in the UCC, shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ UCC ”). In addition, as used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth after each, and any other term defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth at the place defined:

Accounts ” means all accounts, whether or not defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired, including without limitation, (a) all accounts receivable, other receivables, book debts and other forms of obligations whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction (including any such obligations that may be characterized as an account or contract under the UCC), (b) all purchase orders or receipts for goods or services, (c) all rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing (including unpaid sellers’ rights or rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit and rights to returned or repossessed goods), (d) all monies due or to become due under all purchase orders and contracts for the sale of goods or the performance of services or both or in connection with any other transaction (whether or not yet earned by performance) now or hereafter in existence, including the right to receive the proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts, and (e) all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

-3-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Business Day ” shall mean a day on which Bank is open for business for the funding of corporate loans, and, with respect to the rate of interest based on the LIBOR Rate, on which dealings in U.S. Dollar deposits outside of the United States in the London interbank market may be carried on by Bank.

Closing Date Guarantor ” means MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower.

Consolidated Net Income (Loss) ” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of a Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, in any event:

(i) any gains or losses on the sale or other disposition of assets (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), including Investments, and any taxes on the excluded gains and any tax deductions or credits on account on any excluded losses;

(ii) net earnings of any Person in which such Person has an ownership interest, unless such net earnings shall have actually been received by such Person in the form of cash distributions; and

(iii) without duplication with (i) or (ii) above, any noncash gains or losses resulting from mark to market adjustments to warrants issued by such Person.

Copyrights ” means all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held, including without limitation those set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

Client Trust Accounts ” means deposit accounts maintained to hold Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ client deposits including prefunds and any other amounts provided by such clients relating to Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ administration of such clients’ benefits.

Distributions ” means (a) distributions or loans made to Affiliates of Borrower, (b) payment of distributions, dividends, salaries, or bonuses to any direct or indirect shareholder, partner, member or other owner of any Stock in or of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower, and (c) the redemption, retirement or repurchase from Borrower, or any Affiliate of Borrower, of any Stock.

EBITDA ” means, for any period of measurement, Borrower’s Consolidated Net Income (Loss) plus interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense (including the impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets), and other noncash items (including, without limitation non-cash expenses for stock-based compensation), all as determined in accordance with GAAP: for such period.

Equipment ” means all equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located, including without limitation, all machinery, computers, machine tools, motors, equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), tools, parts, dies, jugs, goods (other than consumer goods, farm products or inventory), and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing.

 

-4-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean and include the aggregate amount of (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money (including recourse and other obligations to repurchase accounts or chattel paper under factoring, receivables purchase, or similar financing arrangements) or for the deferred purchase price of property or services excluding any earn-out obligations in connection with any acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 9.18; (ii) all obligations in respect of surety bonds and letters of credit; (iii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (iv) all capital lease obligations; (v) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed; (vi) all guaranties of such Person of any obligations of another Person described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition; and (vii) net exposure under any interest rate swap, currency swap, forward, cap, floor or other similar contract that is not entered to in connection with a bona fide hedging operation that provides offsetting benefits to such Person, which agreements shall be marked to market on a current basis.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(i) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(ii) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(iii) Any and all design rights which may be available to such Person now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(iv) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(v) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

(vi) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

(vii) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

Inventory ” means all inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located, including without limitation all goods, merchandise and other personal property held for sale or lease or which

 

-5-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

is furnished under any contract of service or is held as raw materials, works or goods in process, materials and supplies of every nature used or consumed or to be used or consumed in the ordinary course of its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and the proceeds of products thereof.

LIBOR Rate ” means a per annum rate of interest (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) at which Dollar deposits, in immediately available funds and in lawful money of the United States, would be offered to Bank in the London interbank market, for a term coinciding with the interest period selected by Borrower (which shall be a period of one, two, three or six months) and for an amount equal to the amount of principal covered by Borrower’s interest rate selection, plus Bank’s costs, including the cost, if any, of reserve requirements.

Lien ” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, mortgage, pledge, claim, charge, encumbrance, lien, title retention arrangement, or third party interest covering all or any part of a Person’s real or personal property.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Documents and each other promissory note, contract, agreement, instrument and other document required hereby or at any time hereafter required by or delivered to Bank in connection herewith or any other credit facility made available by Bank, all as amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, operations, liabilities, or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the prospect of payment or performance by Borrowers or any Guarantor of its or their respective obligations under any of the Loan Documents, or (iii) the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents, or (iv) the rights and remedies of Bank under any of the Loan Documents, or (v) any Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

Material Subsidiary ” means,

(i) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Borrower, any Subsidiary that meets any of the following conditions at such time: (A) such Subsidiary’s consolidated total revenues for the period of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters is equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated total revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case as reflected in the most recent annual or quarterly (as applicable) financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement; (B) such Subsidiary’s total assets, as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, are equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case as reflected in the most recent annual or quarterly (as applicable) financial statements of Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement; or (C) such Subsidiary is a Person formed or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia (each a “ Domestic Subsidiary ”); and

 

-6-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

(ii) as of any other Material Subsidiary Assessment Date, (A) any Subsidiary that has, on a pro forma basis, based upon the then most recently delivered financial statements delivered pursuant to this Agreement, and after giving effect to the applicable acquisition, divestiture or creation, as though occurring on the first day of the four fiscal quarter period ending on the effective date of such delivered financial statements, (1) total revenues for the period of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters is equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated total revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP, or (2) total assets equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, and (B) any Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary;

provided , however , that the Closing Date Guarantor shall be deemed a “Material Subsidiary”; provided further that if at any time the Subsidiaries qualifying as Material Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above which, in the aggregate and together with the total assets and total revenues of Borrower, do not represent at least 95% of the consolidated total assets and consolidated total revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (the “ 95% Threshold ”), Borrower shall promptly designate additional Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries until the 95% Threshold is satisfied collectively by all Material Subsidiaries. Once a Subsidiary qualifies, or is designated by Borrower, a Material Subsidiary, it shall continue to constitute a Material Subsidiary throughout the term of this Agreement.

Material Subsidiary Assessment Date ” means each of (a) the date on which Borrower delivers or is obligated to deliver to Bank financial statements pursuant to Section 9.3, (b) the date on which Borrower, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries, consummates any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of another Person, or acquires or creates any new or additional Subsidiary, and (c) the date on which Borrower, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries, sells, transfers, divests or otherwise disposes of any Subsidiary or all or substantially of the assets of any Subsidiary.

Obligor ” means each of Borrower, Guarantor, and each other Person providing financial support or collateral for the Loan.

Patents ” means all patents patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations in part of the same, including without limitation the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule 2 attached hereto.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments existing on the Effective Date;

(b) cash equivalents;

 

-7-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Investments by Borrower or a Guarantor in (i) Guarantors or Borrower, as the case may be, and (ii) domestic Subsidiaries of Borrower for current operating expenses, not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year during the term hereof, incurred in the ordinary course of the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto;

(e) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s board of directors, not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any year during the term hereof;

(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(h) Investments consisting of deposit accounts, provided that if required pursuant to Section

9.10, such deposit accounts shall be subject to a prior perfected security interest in favor of Bank;

(i) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 9.19;

(j) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 9.18, including the creation of Subsidiaries in connection with any such Permitted Investment (provided that any Material Subsidiaries are co-Borrowers or Guarantors hereunder); and

(k) Other Investments in an amount not to exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year.

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Reference Rate ” means the per annum rate announced by Bank from time to time at its corporate headquarters as its “reference rate”. The Reference Rate is an index rate determined by Bank from time to time

 

-8-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

as a means of pricing certain extensions of credit and is neither directly tied to any external rate of interest or index nor necessarily the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank at any given time.

“Restricted Agreement” means any license or other agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public) to which Borrower is a party or under which Borrower is bound (including licenses and agreements under which Borrower is the licensee), the failure, breach or termination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Schedule” means a Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto, if any, and approved by Bank.

“Security Agreement(s)” means, individually or collectively, (a) the Security Agreement of even date herewith executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (b) each security agreement executed from time to time by a Guarantor in favor of Bank, all as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Security Documents” means collectively, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, all financing statements, deeds or mortgages, and other documents hereafter delivered to Bank purporting to grant a Lien on any assets or properties to secure the obligations and liabilities under any Loan Document, all as amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time.

“Solvent” means, as to any Person at any time, that: (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of such Person’s liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any successor provision) and, in the alternative, for purposes of the California Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person is generally able to pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business; (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

“Stock” means any shares, securities, stock, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, membership units or interests, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50% of the voting Stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

-9-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

“Threshold Amount” means Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

“Trademarks” means all trademark and servicemark rights whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks, including without limitation those set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto.

2. STATEMENTS. Bank shall send to Borrower, at Borrower’s address set forth below, a statement of amounts owed for each monthly period in which the Loan is outstanding. If Borrower has any dispute concerning the monthly statement, Borrower shall notify Bank in writing at the address shown on the statement within fifteen (15) days after the statement mailing date, after which date, unless so disputed, the statement shall be deemed correct.

3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. Bank shall not be obligated to disburse all or any portion of the Loans unless at or prior to the time of each such disbursement, the following conditions precedent have been satisfied and fulfilled to Bank’s satisfaction:

3.1 Approval of Bank Counsel. All legal matters incidental to the extension of credit by Bank shall be satisfactory to Bank’s counsel.

3.2 Documentation. Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following (together with any and all schedules and exhibits), duly executed:

(a) This Agreement and each other instrument, agreement and document required hereby;

(b) a Guaranty duly executed by the Closing Date Guarantor;

(c) Security Agreements duly executed by Borrower and the Closing Date Guarantor;

(d) Intellectual Property Security Agreements duly executed by Borrower and the Closing Date Guarantor;

(e) certificates evidencing the Stock owned by Borrower in its Subsidiaries, together with assignments separate from certificate or other appropriate instruments of transfer, executed in blank;

(f) deposit and securities account control agreements for each deposit or investment account (other than Client Trust Accounts) maintained by Borrower or Guarantor outside of Bank;

(g) Authorizations to Obtain Credit, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and certifying the resolutions approving the Loan Documents. Such resolutions shall also designate the persons who are authorized to act on Borrower’s behalf in connection with this Agreement to do the things required of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

-10-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

(h) such other documents, instruments and agreements as Bank may reasonably require.

3.3 Compliance. The representations and warranties contained herein and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of the signing of this Agreement and true and correct in all material respects on the date of each extension of credit by Bank pursuant hereto, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of each such date, and on each such date, provided that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date. Borrower shall have performed and complied with all terms and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with, and no Event of Default as defined herein, and no condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist.

3.4 Audit and Examination. Prior to the initial advance under the Revolving Loan, Bank shall have completed and received results satisfactory to Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, of its audit and examination of the Collateral and Borrower’s books and records.

3.5 Financial Statements. Prior to the initial advance under the Revolving Loan, Bank shall have received company-prepared consolidated and consolidating financial statements as of, and for the year-to-date period ending, June 30, 2010, including company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flows, together with accounts receivable and accounts payable agings, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request.

3.6 Payment of Fees. Borrower shall have paid to Bank the fees and expenses then due as specified in the Loan Documents.

3.7. Financial Condition. There shall have been no material adverse change, as determined by Bank, in the financial condition or business of Borrower or any other Obligor, nor any material decline, as determined by Bank, in the market value of any Collateral required hereunder or a substantial or material portion of the assets of Borrower or any other Obligor.

3.8 Insurance. Prior to the initial advance under the Revolving Loan, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank evidence of insurance coverage on all Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ property, in form, substance, amounts, covering risks and issued by companies satisfactory to Bank, and where required by Bank, with loss payable endorsements in favor of Bank.

3.9 Lien Searches. Prior to the initial advance under the Revolving Loan, Bank shall have received the results of a recent lien search in the State of Delaware and each of the other jurisdictions where assets of Borrower or any other Obligor are located, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of such assets except for Permitted Liens.

3.10 Financing Statement. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file a UCC National Form Financing Statement, identifying Bank as the secured party, and Borrower as the debtor.

3.6 No Material Adverse Effect. Bank shall have determined in its sole discretion that no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-11-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

4. GUARANTIES. The payment and performance of all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank are and shall be guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each current and future Material Subsidiary of Borrower (collectively or individually, as the context may require, the “Guarantor”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of one or more Continuing Guaranties (collectively or individually, as the context may require, each a “Guaranty” and collectively, the “Guaranties”) duly executed by Guarantor in favor of and with Bank in form and amount acceptable to Bank, which Guaranties shall be secured by unconditional, continuing pledges and security interests in and to all of the assets and properties of each such Subsidiary, as evidenced by and subject to the terms of guaranties, deeds, debentures, and security agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. On each Material Subsidiary Assessment Date, Borrower shall determine whether there exists any new or additional Material Subsidiaries (whether as a result of a Person becoming a Material Subsidiary or being designated as a Material Subsidiary for purposes of satisfying the 95% Threshold Test), and if any new Material Subsidiary exists, Borrower and such new Subsidiary shall: (a) promptly notify Bank of the creation, acquisition or designation of such new Material Subsidiary, (b) take all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to cause such Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower and grant such pledges and security interests as Bank may require, and (c) grant and pledge to Bank a first-priority security interest in the stock or other equity interests of, and any indebtedness owing from, such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Borrower shall at all times cause such of its Subsidiaries necessary to meet the 95% Threshold to be Guarantors and to execute and deliver the documents, instruments and agreements noted above. Bank agrees to terminate the Guaranties upon written request of the Borrower after the Maturity Date, or such earlier date on which this Agreement is terminated, provided in either event that Bank shall only be obligated to terminate the Guaranties if the payment and performance of all indebtedness and any other obligations of Borrower to Bank have been satisfied.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants (and each request for a disbursement of the proceeds of the Loan shall be deemed a representation and warranty made on the date of such request) that:

5.1 Legal Status. Borrower is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware, each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries is a corporation or organization duly organized and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified and licensed to conduct business (and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, if applicable) in each state or other jurisdiction in which such qualification or licensing is required under applicable law, except where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower’s principal place of business and chief executive office is located at 1100 Park Place, 4th Floor, San Mateo, California 94403.

5.2 Authorization and Validity; Collateral. Borrower has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, and each other promissory note, contract, instrument and other document required hereby or at any time hereafter delivered to Bank in connection herewith, and Borrower has taken all necessary actions to authorize the entry into, performance and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents. The Loan Documents, upon their execution and delivery in accordance with the provisions hereof, will constitute legal, valid and binding agreements and obligations of Borrower or the party which executes the same, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Borrower has rights in and the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. Borrower is in possession of and has control over all of its assets and

 

-12-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

properties, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of the Borrower’s Affiliates is in possession or control of any such assets or property, or collects, services or administers any Borrower’s contract rights, accounts receivables or any proceeds thereof. Borrower is the sole owner of Borrower’s Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of Borrower’s material Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of its Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 No Conflict or Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of each of the Loan Documents do not and will not violate or contravene any provision of Borrower’s articles or certificate of incorporation (as currently in effect and as amended or restated from time to time), bylaws or other governing documents. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of each of the Loan Documents do not and will not violate any provision of any law or regulation or result in any breach of or default under any contract, obligation, indenture or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or its property may be bound or affected, where such violation, breach or default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not aware of any fact, occurrence or circumstance which Borrower has not disclosed to Bank in writing which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan or perform its obligations under this Agreement. The annual financial statements of Borrower dated December 31, 2009, and all interim financial statements (including Borrower’s income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flows) delivered to Bank since said date, true copies of which have been delivered by Borrower to Bank prior to the Closing Date, (i) present fairly the financial condition of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (ii) disclose all liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are required to be reflected or reserved against under GAAP, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject in the case of interim unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). Since the dates of such financial statements there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower, nor has Borrower mortgaged, pledged, granted a security interest in or otherwise encumbered any of its assets or properties except for Permitted Liens. No representation, warranty or other statement in any certificate or written statement given to Bank by or on behalf of Borrower, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made or deemed made, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.5 Regulatory Compliance.

(a) Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the

 

-13-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of, and no part of the Loan will be used directly or indirectly for, purchasing or carrying margin stock within the meaning of Federal Reserve Board Regulation U. Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

(b) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with (1) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (2) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) and the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-177) (the “Patriot Act”). No part of the proceeds of the Loan or any other extension of credit from Bank from time to time, will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United Stets Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

(c) Neither Borrower nor or any of its Subsidiaries (1) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001), (2) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, or (3) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

5.6 Litigation. Except as disclosed in writing to and approved by Bank, there are no pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened (in writing), actions, claims, investigations, suits or proceedings by or before any governmental authority, arbitrator, court or administrative agency which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000 or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 Taxes. Borrower no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax payable with respect to any year. Borrower has timely filed or has obtained extensions for filing all required federal, and all material foreign, state and local, tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all federal and all material foreign, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except as disclosed on the Schedule. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (i) in

 

-14-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

good faith contest their obligations to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (iii) post bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is not otherwise a Permitted Lien.

5.8 No Subordination. There is no agreement, indenture, contract or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound that requires the subordination in right of payment of any of Borrower’s obligations subject to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any other obligation of Borrower.

5.9 Permits and Franchises. Borrower possesses all permits, consents, approvals, franchises and licenses required and rights to all trademarks, trade names, patents, and fictitious names, if any, necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged in compliance with applicable law, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Other Obligations. Borrower is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or obligation, in the aggregate, in excess of the Threshold Amount.

5.11 ERISA. Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended or recodified from time to time (“ERISA”); Borrower has not violated any provision of any defined employee pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained or contributed to by such Borrower (each, a “Plan”) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no Reportable Event (as defined in ERISA) has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan initiated by Borrower; Borrower has met its minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to each Plan; and each Plan will be able to fulfill its benefit obligations as they come due in accordance with the Plan documents and under generally accepted accounting principles.

5.12 Environmental Matters. Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal or state environmental, hazardous waste, health and safety statutes, and any rules or regulations adopted pursuant thereto, which govern or affect any of Borrower’s operations and/or properties, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act, as any of the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. None of the operations of Borrower is the subject of any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action involving a material expenditure is needed to respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment. Borrower has no material contingent liability in connection with any release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment.

5.13 Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments. As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than MHM Resources, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

-15-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

5.14 Restricted Agreements. Except as disclosed on the Schedule or as timely disclosed in writing to Bank pursuant to Section 9.12 Borrower is not a party to, or is bound by, any Restricted Agreement.

5.15 Solvency. Borrower and each Guarantor, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

6. SECURITY INTEREST. To secure the payment and performance of all Borrower’s nonconsumer indebtedness and other obligations to Bank, regardless of the manner in which or the time at which such indebtedness and other obligations arose or shall arise, and whether direct or indirect, alone or with others, absolute or contingent, including without limitation Borrower’s obligations under or in connection with the facilities described in Section 1 above, and under any security agreement previously, simultaneously or hereafter executed by Borrower, Borrower hereby grants Bank a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all present and hereafter acquired personal property, wherever located, including but not limited to the assets described below (collectively, the “Collateral”):

All cash, cash equivalents, Accounts, bank and deposit accounts (including any control account, disbursement account and any other bank accounts), chattel paper, instruments, books and records, personal property aspects of leasehold estates in real property, contract rights, general intangibles (including all intellectual property, stock, claims, contract rights, and choses in action), goods, Equipment, Inventory, documents, certificates of title, returned or repossessed goods, fixtures, farm products, livestock, crops, timber, minerals (including oil and gas) and mineral rights, commercial tort claims, insurance claims, rights and policies, letter of credit rights, investment property, Intellectual Property, supporting obligations, and the proceeds (including insurance proceeds), products, parts, accessories, attachments, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements of or to each of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the Collateral does not include (i) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of any Subsidiary that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof, to the extent that granting of a lien therein by Borrower to Bank would result in a material adverse tax consequence for the Borrower. or (ii) the Client Trust Accounts.

Borrower agrees to execute such documents, instruments and agreements, and to provide such detail concerning the Collateral, as Bank may require to perfect, maintain the first priority of, and protect such security interest.

In connection with the granting of such security interest, Borrower hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Bank as follows: (a) the Collateral is now and at all times hereafter will be of good and merchantable quality, free from defects; (b) the Collateral shall be kept in good operating condition and repair, so that its value and operating efficiency shall at all times be maintained and preserved; (c) correct and accurate records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality and quantity of the Collateral and its cost shall be maintained, all of which records shall be available for inspection by Bank; (d) the Collateral is owned by the party granting a security interest and is and shall remain free from all Liens (except for Liens in favor of, or as approved in writing by, Bank); and (e) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined below), Bank may take all actions permitted by law to take possession of and liquidate the

 

-16-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Collateral, including notifying any third parties of Bank’s interests and requirements. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as the true and lawful attorney of Borrower and authorizes Bank to perform any and all acts, at Borrower’s expense, which Bank in good faith deems necessary for the protection and preservation of the Collateral or Bank’s security interest therein. Bank additionally has a general Lien arising by operation of law on any property in its possession owned by the party granting a security interest above. Except as set forth in this Agreement, Bank does not waive any other Lien it may have through operation of law, nor its right of setoff against any such property. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any rights arising between Borrower and Bank in any other agreement or by operation of law or statute, Bank hereby waives any lien or right of setoff with respect to any Client Trust Accounts, except for any lien or right of setoff securing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the maintenance of such Client Trust Accounts.

Upon the written request of Borrower, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, and so long as no Event of Default as defined herein, and no condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist, Bank agrees to release its Lien solely with respect to any equipment over which a Lien is permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of Section 9.16(i), provided that in no event shall such release of Lien with respect to such specified equipment be construed to limit or otherwise impair Bank’s Lien on any and all other Collateral.

7. SUBORDINATION. All indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to its stockholders, other equity security holders and Affiliates shall be and remain subordinated in right of payment at all times to the indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank, and any and all Liens in property of Borrower held by any such stockholder, equity holder or Affiliate shall be subordinated to the Liens of Bank, in each case, as evidenced by and subject to the terms of subordination agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

8. CERTIFICATION. If Borrower is a corporation, the individual signing below certifies that the officers listed at the end of this Agreement as authorized signers, have been duly authorized by Borrower to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to sign all related documents, instruments and agreements, to authorize others to request advances from Bank, to authorize individuals to utilize Bank’s commercial lending on-line products and service (the ‘Service”), if Borrower qualifies, and to take all actions necessary to give effect thereto. Notwithstanding the designation of authorized individuals to act for Borrower, Borrower authorizes Bank to advance funds upon any request which Bank in good faith believes to be authorized or when the proceeds are deposited to Borrower’s deposit account. Borrower may begin to use the Service once Bank has received all documents, instruments and agreements required by Bank. Borrower shall give written notice to Bank to cancel the Service. Bank may terminate any waiver of fees for the Service in Bank’s sole discretion, after written notice to Borrower, following sixty (60) consecutive calendar days of nonusage of the Service by Borrower. Borrower is solely responsible in all respects for any hardware, software and internet service-provider that may be required for use of the Service. Bank’s terms and conditions for the Service, and the schedules of fees for the Service, all as published by Bank from time to time, shall govern Borrower’s use of the Service.

9. COVENANTS. Borrower agrees, unless Bank otherwise consents in writing, so long as the Revolving Loan or any commitment to make any advance under the Revolving Loan is outstanding and until full and final payment of all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower owing to Bank, that Borrower will:

 

-17-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

9.1 Financial Covenants. Maintain or achieve in accordance with GAAP:

(a) Quick Ratio. A quick ratio of (i) cash plus marketable securities plus trade accounts receivable (excluding those owing from affiliates) minus bad debt reserve to (ii) all current liabilities (including all indebtedness and obligations owing to Bank in respect of the Revolving Loan) of not less than: (1) 0.55:1.00 at all times through June 30, 2011, and (2) 0.60:1.00 at all times thereafter.

(b) Minimum EBITDA. EBITDA measured as of the last day of each fiscal month, for the three month period ending on such date of not less than (i) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) for each fiscal month of Borrower ending August and September, 2010; (ii) Two Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,250,0000) for each fiscal month of Borrower ending October and November, 2010; (iii) Three Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($3,250,000) for the fiscal month of Borrower ending December, 2010; (iv) Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) for each fiscal month of Borrower ending January through August, 2011; (v) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) for each fiscal month of Borrower ending September, 2011 through November, 2011; and (vi) Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) for each fiscal month of Borrower ending December, 2011 and thereafter.

(c) Minimum Cash Flow Coverage Ratio. A ratio measured as of the last day of each calendar month of (i) EBITDA for the twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of such calendar month plus (to the extent deducted in the calculation of EBITDA) operating lease payments made during such period, minus Distributions made during such period, minus payments made during such period in respect of contingent acquisition-related obligations and liabilities such as earn-out and similar payments contingent, at the time of closing of the relevant acquisition, on future performance or revenues, to (ii) Debt Service on such date of calculation, of not less than (x) 1.50: 1.00, calculated as of the close of each fiscal quarter occurring prior to January 1, 2011, and (y) 2.00: 1.00, calculated as of the close of each fiscal quarter occurring on or after January 1, 2011. As used herein, “Debt Service” shall mean, for any date of calculation, the sum of (a) an amount equal to one-third of the committed amount of the Revolving Loan on such date, plus (b) Borrower’s interest obligations for the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date of calculation, plus (c) operating lease payment obligations arising during the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date of calculation, (d) the principal portion of Borrower’s term obligations (including all capital lease obligations, but not including the Revolving Loan) coming due within the twelve (12) month period following the date of calculation.

9.2 Notice Of Certain Events. Promptly (but in no event more than five (5) days after the occurrence of each such event or matter) give written notice to Bank in reasonable detail of:

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default, or any condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default;

(b) any change in the name or the organizational structure of Borrower or any Guarantor;

(c) the occurrence and nature of any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, each as defined in ERISA, or any funding deficiency with respect to any Plan;

(d) any termination or cancellation of any insurance policy which Borrower is required to maintain, or any uninsured or partially uninsured loss through liability or property damage, or through fire, theft or any

 

-18-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

other cause affecting Borrower’s property;

(e) the commencement of any litigation or arbitration proceeding affecting Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries where the amount in controversy is $250,000 or more; and

(f) any material dispute arising between Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and any government regulatory body or law enforcement body.

9.3 Financial Reporting. Furnish to Bank all of the following, in form and detail satisfactory to Bank:

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the close of each fiscal month, its unaudited balance sheet as of the close of such fiscal month, its unaudited income and expense statement with supporting schedules, and its unaudited statement of retained earnings for such fiscal month, all prepared in consolidated form and all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments).

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year, a copy of its statement of financial condition, including at least its balance sheet as of the close of such fiscal year and its income and expense statement and its retained earnings statement for such fiscal year, all prepared in consolidated form and examined and prepared on an audited basis by independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to Bank in accordance with GAAP, along with any management letter provided by such accountants.

(c) Promptly upon Bank’s request, but in any event at least once for every tax year, copies of such financial statements and reports as Borrower may file with any state or federal agency, including all state and federal income tax returns and all supporting schedules.

(d) Concurrently with the furnishing of the financial statement(s) required above, a certification of compliance, executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, in form acceptable to Bank certifying, among other things, that: (i) said financial statements are true copies and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower as of such date and the results of operations for the periods presented; (ii) the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents remain true and correct in all material respects as of such date (except for those representations and warranties, if any, expressly referring to a specific date which shall remain true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date); (iii) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and such Subsidiaries have timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (iv) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower have not previously provided written notification to Bank; (v) Borrower is in compliance with all covenants set forth herein; and (vi) there exists no Event of Default nor any condition, act or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

(e) Prompt written notice to Bank of any Event of Default or breach under any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other loan document, any litigation which is reasonably expected to have a

 

-19-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, and any other matter which has resulted in, or is likely to result in, a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition or operations.

(f) Prior written notice to Bank of any change in Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, Borrower’s name or state of organization, and the location of any material portion of Borrower’s assets.

(g) Within fifteen (15) days after Borrower knows or has reason to know that any Reportable Event (as defined in ERISA) or Prohibited Transaction (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any defined benefit pension plan of Borrower, a statement of an authorized officer of Borrower describing such event or condition and the action, if any, which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

(h) Such other information and financial statements concerning Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

9.4 Punctual Payments; Bank Expenses. Punctually pay all principal, interest, fees or other liabilities due under any of the Loan Documents at the times and place and in the manner specified therein, and immediately upon demand by Bank, the amount by which the outstanding principal balance of any credit subject hereto at any time exceeds any limitation on borrowings applicable thereto. Pay or reimburse Bank for all costs, expenses and fees incurred by Bank (a) in perfecting and protecting Bank’s security interest in the Collateral, (b) in preparing and documenting this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all amendments and modifications hereto and thereto (including but not limited to all filing and recording fees, costs of appraisals, insurance and attorneys’ fees, including the reasonable estimate of the allocated costs and expenses of in-house legal counsel and staff), and (c) in all aspects of collection or enforcement of the Loan, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees (including the reasonable estimate of the allocated costs and expenses of in-house legal counsel and staff), including attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in bankruptcy, on appeal or in any alternative dispute resolution proceeding. All of such costs, expenses and fees shall include a reasonable estimate of the allocated costs and expenses of Bank’s in-house legal counsel and staff. Any payments made to Bank by Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to any of the Loan Documents shall be free and clear of any deductions or withholdings for or on account of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other charges of whatever nature imposed by any government, political subdivision, bank or taxing authority. Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank such amounts as may be necessary in order that every payment made by Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, after Borrower makes any required deductions or withholding for or on account of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other charges of whatever nature imposed by any government, political subdivision, bank or taxing authority, shall not be less than the payment otherwise required hereunder or under such other Loan Document. Without limiting Bank’s rights under any of the other provisions of the Loan Documents, in the event any taxes (other than income taxes) are assessed against Bank in connection with payments to Bank by Borrower or any Guarantor under any of the Loan Documents, then Borrower shall pay when due, and indemnify and hold Bank harmless from, such taxes, without reducing the net amount of such payments to be made to or with Bank below that amount which Bank would have received had such taxes not been assessed. If Bank requests, Borrower shall furnish to Bank a receipt evidencing payment of such tax or the tax return or other report filed with respect to such tax.

9.5 Existence. Except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement, maintain and preserve Borrower’s, and each of its

 

-20-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Subsidiaries’, existence, present form of business and all licenses, permits, governmental approvals, rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business, and keep all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ properties in good working order and condition.

9.6 Insurance. Keep all of its insurable property, whether real, personal or mixed, insured by companies approved by Bank, against fire and such other risks, and in such amounts as is customarily obtained by companies conducting similar business with respect to like properties. Borrower will furnish to Bank statements of its insurance coverage, will promptly upon Bank’s request furnish other or additional insurance deemed necessary by Bank to the extent that such insurance may be available, and hereby assigns to Bank, as security for Borrower’s obligations to Bank, the proceeds of any such insurance. Prior to any Loan disbursement, Bank will be named loss payee under all policies insuring the Collateral. Borrower will maintain adequate worker’s compensation insurance and adequate insurance against liability for damage to persons or property. All policies shall require at least ten (10) days’ written notice to Bank before alteration or cancellation.

9.7 Books And Records. Maintain adequate books, accounts and records and prepare all financial statements required hereunder in compliance with the regulations of any governmental regulatory body having jurisdiction over Borrower or Borrower’s business and permit employees or agents of Bank at any reasonable time to inspect Borrower’s assets and properties, and at Borrower’s expense to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts and records and make copies and memoranda thereof. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.13, at reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice, Bank or its employees or agents may conduct on-site appraisals of Borrower’s Accounts, Inventory and other Collateral, at Borrower’s expense; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may conduct such appraisals at any time in its own discretion, all at Borrower’s expense.

9.8 Laws. Comply with, or cause to be complied with, all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders and directions of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or Borrower’s business, and all material agreements to which Borrower is a party, except, in each case, to the extent that non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.9 Taxes and Other Liabilities. Pay and discharge when due any and all indebtedness, obligations, assessments and taxes, both real or personal, including without limitation federal and state income taxes and state and local property taxes and assessments (exceeding, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); provided that such threshold shall not be interpreted as Bank’s acknowledgement or agreement that Borrower need not timely pay and discharge all such indebtedness, obligations, assessments and taxes), except (a) such as Borrower may in good faith contest or as to which a bona fide dispute may arise, and (b) for which Borrower have made provision, to Bank’s satisfaction, for eventual payment thereof in the event Borrowers are obligated to make such payment. Borrower agrees to pay, and to indemnify and hold Bank harmless from, any present or future claim or liability for any registration, stamp, documentary, court or similar

 

-21-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

tax, fee or charge, or any penalties or interest with respect thereto, which may be assessed, levied or collected by any country or other jurisdiction in which Borrower or any Guarantor now or in the future maintains any property or assets, or any governmental agency of any of the foregoing, or in connection with the execution, issuance, delivery, filing, registration or enforcement of the Loan Documents. If Bank requests, Borrower shall furnish to Bank a receipt evidencing payment of such taxes or other amounts, or the tax returns or other reports filed with respect to such taxes or other amounts.

9.10 Bank Accounts.

(a) Maintain all Borrower’s primary operating, deposit and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates and use Bank for Borrower’s primary cash management requirements.

(b) Provide Bank ten (10) days’ prior written notice (or prompt notice following the closing of any acquisition of any Material Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to Section 9.18) before Borrower or any Material Subsidiary establishes any deposit account, securities account, investment account, commodities account or similar account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each such account that Borrower or Material Subsidiary at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any such account is maintained to execute and deliver a control agreement with respect to such account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such account and all funds and other property deposited therein or credited thereto and to provide Bank with “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) over such account, which account control agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion and may not be terminated without the prior written consent of the Bank. The provisions of this Section 9.10 shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such and (ii) Client Trust Accounts. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, in connection with the acquisition of any Material Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to Section 9.18, Borrower shall have sixty (60) days from the date of closing of such acquisition to provide Bank with “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) over any deposit accounts, securities accounts or investment accounts maintained by such Material Subsidiary.

9.11 Intellectual Property. (a) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of Borrower’s Intellectual Property except where Borrower, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, deems it in its best interest not to do so; (b) promptly advise Bank in writing of infringements of its Intellectual Property that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

9.12 Restricted Agreements. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any Restricted Agreement, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business and financial condition; and (ii) will obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such Restricted

 

-22-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Agreement and the rights and benefits thereunder to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a first-priority security interest in such Restricted Agreement and the rights and benefits thereunder, and to have the power to exercise rights thereunder and to assign such Restricted Agreement and rights in connection with an enforcement of remedies under the Loan Documents, that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future.

9.13 Audits. Permit Bank to audit the Collateral at Borrower’s expense once per year, or more frequently if an Event of Default occurs.

9.14 Landlord Waiver. Use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be delivered to Bank, within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, a landlord waiver with respect to Borrower’s headquarters; provided that in the event that Borrowers are unable to so cause such landlord waivers to be delivered to Bank pursuant to the terms of this Section 9.14; Borrower shall certify to bank that such commercially reasonable efforts were made, in a writing signed by Borrower’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or general counsel.

9.15 Investments. Not purchase the debt or equity of another person or entity, except for (a) savings accounts and certificates of deposit, and money market funds administered by Bank or any of its affiliates, (b) direct U.S. Government obligations and commercial paper issued by corporations with the highest ratings (except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement) of Moody’s or S&P, provided that all of such permitted investments shall mature within one (1) year of purchase and (c) Permitted Investments.

9.16 Liens. Not create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s real or personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits thereof, except the following:

(a) Liens in favor of Bank;

(b) Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens for taxes being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings diligently pursued, provided that (i) adequate reserves shall have been provided therefor on the applicable financial statement, (ii) the Lien shall not be senior to Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and (iii) a stay of enforcement of any such Lien shall be in effect;

(c) reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases or other similar title exceptions affecting real property which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the real property or materially interfere with their use in the ordinary course of the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries;

(d) any Lien on any property or asset of Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date of this Agreement and specifically disclosed on the Schedule, provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of Borrower or such Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it

 

-23-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

secures on the date hereof, and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof which do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(e) Liens against security deposits under leases;

(f) interests in deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws applicable to Borrower;

(g) Liens relating to statutory obligations of Borrower with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h) other Liens securing indebtedness which does not exceed in the aggregate the Threshold Amount at any one time;

(i) Liens on equipment securing indebtedness permitted under clause (c) of Section 9.17 granted in connection with the acquisition of such equipment by Borrower after the date hereof (including, without limitation, pursuant to capital leases); provided, however, that each such Lien shall attach only to the equipment acquired with the indebtedness secured thereby, and the proceeds and products thereof.

(j) Liens which constitute rights of setoff of a customary nature or liens with respect to deposit or investment accounts provided that such liens only secure customary fees associated with such accounts;

(k) leases or subleases of property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property granted in the ordinary course of business; and

(l) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default.

9.17 Borrowings. Not sell or discount any account receivable or evidence of indebtedness, except to Bank; nor borrow any money or become contingently liable for money borrowed or otherwise incur or allow to exist any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, except the following:

(a) the obligations and liabilities of Borrower and the Guarantors to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) other indebtedness of Borrower existing on the date of this Agreement and reflected in the most recent financial statement of Borrower delivered to Bank and any extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of such indebtedness, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased and the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(c) provided that no Event of Default exists at the time such indebtedness is incurred or assumed or would result therefrom, indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed, at any time, the

 

-24-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Threshold Amount, incurred to finance the acquisition of equipment, including capital leases, or indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such equipment or secured by a Lien on any such equipment prior to the acquisition thereof, and any extension, renewal or replacement of any such indebtedness that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Subordinated Debt;

(f) Indebtedness owed by Borrower or a Guarantor to any Subsidiary (not in excess of $200,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time) or to Borrower or a Guarantor, as the case may be;

(g) Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary to Borrower or a Guarantor in connection with current operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto and not for extraordinary items or speculative purposes; and

(h) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

9.18 Acquisitions; Fundamental Changes. Without the prior written consent of Bank, neither liquidate, dissolve, enter into any consolidation, merger, partnership or other combination (or permit any Subsidiary to do so); nor convey, sell or lease all or substantially all of its assets or business; nor purchase or lease all or substantially all of the assets or business of another person or entity (or permit any Subsidiary to do so); provided, however, that (i) Borrower may acquire, merge or consolidate with another Person so long as (a) such person or entity is in the same line of business as Borrower, (b) Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower, is the surviving and successor entity of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, (c) the aggregate value of the total cash consideration (including the maximum amount contractually payable in earn-out obligations) paid and assets transferred in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation does not exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) for any single acquisition or series of related acquisitions, and does not exceed, in the aggregate for all acquisitions, mergers and consolidations during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, an amount equal to Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000), (d) the assets acquired, or owned by the Person acquired, will not be subject to any Lien following the effective date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, other than any required Lien in favor of Bank and (e) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the effective date thereof or shall result from the consummation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, (ii) Subsidiaries may merge with Borrower or a Guarantor and (iii) Subsidiaries may liquidate or dissolve, so long as any remaining assets are transferred to a Borrower or a Guarantor.

9.19 Transfers. Not convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose (each, a “Transfer”) all or any portion of any Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business or assets except for Transfers: (a) of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower in the ordinary

 

-25-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

course of business that are either non-exclusive or that may be exclusive in one or more respects as to a particular field of use, geographic area or limited period of time that do not result in a legal transfer of title to or all substantial rights in the licensed property under applicable law; (c) of worn out, unneeded or obsolete equipment to non-Affiliated third parties with a value not to exceed the Threshold Amount in any calendar year; (d) Transfers otherwise permitted pursuant to the covenants in Section 9, including Liens permitted by Section 9.16 and Investments permitted by Section 9.15.

9.20 Business Activities. Not engage in any business activities or operations substantially different from or unrelated to Borrower’s present business activities and operations.

9.21 Dividends. Not declare or pay any dividends, other than dividends payable solely in its own common stock, or authorize or make any other distribution with respect to any of its stock now or hereafter outstanding.

9.22 Redemptions Of Stock. Not redeem or retire any share of its capital stock for value, except, (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements (not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in any fiscal year);

9.23 Affiliate Transactions. Not transfer any property to any affiliate, except for value received in the normal course of business and for an amount, including any management fee or fee for services, as would be conducted and charged with an unrelated or unaffiliated entity, except for (i) transactions that are otherwise permitted between Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the other provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement. Borrower will not pay any management fee or fee for services to any affiliate without Bank’s prior written consent. For purposes of this Agreement, “affiliates” of Borrower are (a) those entities in which Borrower has either a controlling interest or a 25% or more ownership interest and (b) any persons or entities owning 5% or more of the equity interests of Borrower.

9.24 Capital Expenditures. Not, in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, expend or incur obligations of more than Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000) (excluding the aggregate amount of all consideration paid in connection with acquisitions pursuant to Section 9.18 during such period) for the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, including the current portion of capital indebtedness. Such fixed or capital assets must be utilized in Borrower’s present business activities and operations.

9.25 Lease Obligations. Except in connection with acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 9.18 hereof, and except in connection with any replacement real property lease where Borrower’s aggregate annual obligations thereunder are equal to or less than Borrower’s aggregate annual obligations under Borrower’s real property lease in effect immediately prior to such replacement, not, in any single fiscal year of Borrower, enter into any operating lease of real or personal property which would cause Borrower’s aggregate annual obligations under all such real and personal property leases to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars

 

-26-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

($500,000). Each such operating lease shall be of real or personal property utilized by Borrower in its present business activities and operations.

9.26 Compliance. Not become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its or their important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any credit extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a reportable event or prohibited transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or permit any of Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

9.27 Not have a change in Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer where the Company’s Board of Directors does not replace such officer with a replacement reasonably acceptable to Bank within ninety (90) days of such change.

9.28 Further Assurances. Promptly, upon demand by Bank, take such further action and execute all such additional documents, instruments and agreements in connection with this Agreement as Bank in its reasonable discretion deems necessary, and promptly furnish Bank with such other information concerning its affairs as Bank may request from time to time.

10. DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION. The term “Event of Default” shall mean the following:

(a) the use of the proceeds of the Loan in any manner not permitted hereunder;

(b) the failure of Borrower or any Guarantor to make any payment required under this Agreement or any other Loan Document when due;

(c) any financial statement or certificate furnished to Bank in connection with this Agreement, or any representation or warranty made by or for Borrower, any Guarantor or any other party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall prove to be incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when furnished, made or deemed made.

(d) (i) the default by any Obligor in the performance of or compliance with the obligations, covenants, undertakings and agreements set forth in Section 9 hereof (excluding Sections 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.11 and 9.12), or (ii) the default by any Obligor in the performance of or compliance with any other obligation, covenant, undertaking agreement or other provision contained herein, in any other Loan Document or in any

 

-27-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

other agreement with Bank, and with respect to any such default which by its nature can be cured, such default shall continue for a period of ten (10) calendar days from its occurrence.

(e) any event or circumstance shall occur that has a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall cease to be Solvent; or (ii) any Obligor shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or seeking reorganization, in order to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Reform Act, Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended or recodified from time to time (“Bankruptcy Code”), or under any state or federal law granting relief to debtors, whether now or hereafter in effect; or (iii) any involuntary petition or proceeding pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors is filed or commenced against any Obligor, and the same is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no credit extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such proceeding), or (iv) any Obligor shall file an answer admitting the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of any involuntary petition; or (iv) any Obligor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt, or an order for relief shall be entered against any Obligor by any court of competent jurisdiction under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, debt adjustment or other debtor relief;

(g) the assignment by any Obligor for the benefit of such Obligor’s creditors;

(h) the appointment, or commencement of any proceedings for the appointment, of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for all or substantially all of any Obligor’s property;

(i) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.18, the commencement of any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of any Obligor;

(j) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.18, the termination or dissolution of any Obligor such as a business entity or trust, or the death of any individual Obligor;

(k) the revocation (or purported revocation) of any Guaranty by a Guarantor;

(l) the failure of any Obligor to comply with any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ or demand of any court or other public authority;

(m) (i) the filing of a notice of judgment lien against any Obligor which lien is not released within ten (10) days of filing; or (ii) the recording of any abstract of judgment against any Obligor in any county in which such Obligor has an interest in real property which recording is not released within ten (10) days of filing; or (iii) the filing, recording or service of a notice of levy, notice to withhold and/or of a writ of attachment or execution, or other like process (including any legal process for taxes), against any Obligor, or the assets of any Obligor, which levy or writ is not released or vacated within ten (10) days; or (iv) the issuance of a judicial lien against any property of any Obligor, or (v) the entry of a judgment against any Obligor; provided that the entry of a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall not be an Event of Default hereunder unless such

 

-28-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

judgment or judgments are in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the Threshold Amount and remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days or more after the entry thereof.

(n) the default in the payment or performance of any Indebtedness (after giving effect to all cure periods), individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the Threshold Amount, or any defined event of default, under the terms of any contract, agreement, instrument or document (other than any of the Loan Documents) pursuant to which any Obligor has incurred any Indebtedness in excess of the Threshold Amount to any Person, including Bank, which defined event of default gives the holder of such Indebtedness the right to accelerate the maturity of such Indebtedness and such event of default is not cured or waived.

(o) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Obligor; or any change of ownership of any Obligor; or any change in ownership of Borrower of greater than twenty percent (20%) as compared to ownership on the Closing Date (excluding (i) any increased ownership of any existing stockholders as of the Closing Date and (ii) any changes in ownership resulting from an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock).

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Bank, in its discretion, may cease making loans or other extensions of credit hereunder and may declare all indebtedness and other obligations in respect to other extensions of credit owing under this Agreement immediately due and payable; however, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in subsections (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) above, all principal, other extensions of credit, interest, fees, expenses and charges owing under this Agreement shall automatically become immediately due and payable. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its option, compute the interest rate applicable to Borrower’s obligations hereunder at a per annum rate equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the applicable interest rate specified in Section 1 above, calculated from the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default until all amounts due and payable hereunder are paid in full, or until such Event of Default is cured or waived.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under each of the Loan Documents, or accorded by law, including without limitation the right to resort to any or all security for the obligations and any credit subject hereto and to exercise any or all of the rights of a beneficiary or secured party pursuant to applicable law.

11. DISPUTES. To the extent permitted by law, in connection with any claim, cause of action, proceeding or other dispute concerning the loan documents (each, a “Claim”), Borrower and Bank expressly, intentionally and deliberately waive any right each may otherwise have to trial by jury. In the event that the waiver of jury trial set forth in the previous sentence is not enforceable under the law applicable to this Agreement, Borrower and Bank agree that any Claim, including any question of law or fact relating thereto, shall, at the written request of Borrower or Bank, be determined by judicial reference pursuant to the law applicable to this Agreement. Borrower and Bank shall select a single neutral referee, who shall be a retired state or federal judge. In the event that Borrower and Bank cannot agree upon a referee, the court shall appoint the referee. The referee shall report a statement of decision to the court. Nothing in this section shall limit the right of Borrower or Bank at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral or obtain provisional remedies. Borrower and Bank shall bear the fees and expenses of the referee equally, unless the

 

-29-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

referee orders otherwise. The referee shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation and enforceability of this section. Borrower and Bank acknowledge that if a referee is selected to determine the Claims, then the Claims will not be decided by a jury.

12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

12.1 Bank’s Rights. The rights, powers and remedies given to Bank hereunder shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Bank by law or equity against Borrower or any other person or entity, including but not limited to Bank’s rights of setoff and banker’s lien.

12.2 Credit information. Bank is authorized to release information concerning Borrower’s credit record and financial condition to credit bureaus, credit reporting agencies, credit reporters, and guarantors hereunder, or pursuant to an order from a governmental agency or court, or among departments of Bank, and its affiliates. Bank is authorized to obtain credit reports, copies of tax returns and other information regarding Borrower and to take such other steps as Bank deems appropriate to verify the information provided in connection herewith.

12.3 Waiver. Bank may act, fail to act or delay any action to enforce its rights hereunder, and no such action, inaction or delay shall constitute or be interpreted as a waiver of its rights under this Agreement.

12.4 Assignment. The benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the successors and assigns of Bank and the permitted successors and assigns of Borrower, but any attempted assignment by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent shall be null and void.

12.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement and all other agreements and instruments required by Bank in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Borrower and any successors or assigns consent to the jurisdiction of any competent court thereof and consent to service of process by any authorized means.

12.6 USA Patriot Act Notice. Bank is subject to the USA Patriot Act and hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of that Act, Bank is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Bank to identify Borrower in accordance with that Act

12.7 Additional Agreements. To the full extent permitted by law, Borrower waives demand and notice of every kind; and the right to assert the defense of any statute of limitations. If this Agreement is signed by more than one party, the liability of each shall be joint and several. Bank may delay the credit of any item of payment based upon Bank’s schedule of funds availability, and interest under the Loan shall accrue until the funds are deemed collected.

12.8 Notices. Unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement, any notices or other communications provided for or allowed hereunder shall be effective only when given by one of the following methods and addressed to the respective party at its address given with the signatures at the end of this Agreement and shall be considered to have been validly given: (a) upon delivery; (b) on the third business day after mailing, if mailed, first class postage prepaid, with the United States Postal Service; (c) on the next business day, if sent by

 

-30-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

overnight courier service of recognized standing; (d) upon electronic confirmation of receipt, if faxed or (e) upon telephoned confirmation of receipt, if e-mailed.

12.9 Modification. No amendment, alteration or change in any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless same is in writing signed by the parties hereto.

12.10 Counterparts. Borrower and Bank may execute one or more counterparts to this Agreement, each of which shall be an original, and all of such counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

12.11 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank or Borrower in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the credit extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

13. DISBURSEMENT. Bank is authorized to disburse the proceeds of the Loan as follows:

Deposit the proceeds of the above referenced Loan into Borrower’s account no. 3120004386 or such other accounts as Borrower may have with Bank from time to time, and in such amounts as may be requested verbally or in writing. Repayment of these disbursements shall remain the obligation of Borrower.

Alternatively, wire transfer the proceeds of the above referenced obligation from time to time and in such amounts as may be requested verbally or in writing.

14. AUTOMATIC CHARGE. Borrower agrees that each payment of any amounts owing pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by automatic deduction from Borrower’s checking, savings or any other account with Bank, excluding all Client Trust Accounts. Bank may also make deductions from any of Borrower’s other deposit accounts to recover any amounts owing pursuant to this Agreement, excluding all Client Trust Accounts.

15. AUTHORIZED SIGNERS. Any one of the following persons is/are authorized to sign any of the Loan Documents:

 

Name    Title   Specimen Signature
Richard T. Green    CFO   /s/ Rich Green
Kim Jackson    Secretary   /s/ Kim Jackson

 

-31-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is duly executed by Borrower and Bank as of August 31, 2010.

“Borrower”

 

WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:   /s/ Richard T. Green
Title:   CFO
Printed Name:   Richard T. Green

Address where notices to Borrower are to be sent:

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Fax Number: (      )          -         

Telephone Number: (      )          -         

Email Address:                                 

“Bank”

 

UNION BANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ James B. Goudy
Title:   V.P.
Printed Name:   James B. Goudy

Address where notices to Bank are to be sent:

Union Bank, N.A.

601 East Potrero Grande Drive

Monterey Park, California 91754

Attn: Commercial Loan Operations

Facsimile No.: (323) 720-2252

with a copy to:

 

-32-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Union Bank, N.A.

Northern California Commercial Banking Group

99 Almaden Boulevard, Suite 200

San Jose, California 95113

Attention: J. William Bloore and James B. Goudy

Facsimile: (408) 280-7163

For advances and paydowns, call Commercial Loan Operations at (800) 999-4406.

CONTINUING GUARANTY

1. Obligations Guarantied. For consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the undersigned (“Guarantor”) unconditionally guaranties and promises (a) to pay to UNION BANK, N.A. (“Bank”) on demand, in lawful United States money, all Obligations to Bank of WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) and (b) to perform all undertakings of Borrower in connection with the Obligations. “Obligations” is used in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all debts, liabilities, rental obligations, and other obligations and liabilities of every kind of Borrower to Bank, whether made, incurred or created previously, concurrently or in the future, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising, whether incurred directly or acquired by Bank by assignment or succession, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, legal or equitable, whether Borrower is liable individually or jointly or with others, whether incurred before, during or after any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding (“Insolvency Proceeding”), and whether recovery thereof is or becomes barred by a statute of limitations or is or becomes otherwise unenforceable, together with all expenses of, for and incidental to collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

2. [Reserved].

3. Continuing Nature/Revocation/Reinstatement. This Guaranty is in addition to any other guaranties of the Obligations, is continuing and covers all Obligations, including those arising under successive transactions which continue or increase the Obligations from time to time, renew all or part of the Obligations after they have been satisfied, or create new Obligations. Revocation by one or more signers of this Guaranty or any other guarantors of the Obligations shall not (a) affect the obligations under this Guaranty of a non-revoking Guarantor, (b) apply to Obligations outstanding when Bank receives written notice of revocation, or to any extensions, renewals, readvances, modifications, amendments or replacements of such Obligations, or (c) apply to Obligations, arising after Bank receives such notice of revocation, which are created pursuant to a commitment existing at the time of the revocation, whether or not there exists an unsatisfied condition to such commitment or Bank has another defense to its performance. All of Bank’s rights pursuant to this Guaranty continue with respect to amounts previously paid to Bank on account of any Obligations which are thereafter restored or returned by Bank, whether in an Insolvency Proceeding of Borrower or for any other reason, all as though such amounts had not been paid to Bank; and Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty (and all its terms and provisions) shall be reinstated and revived, notwithstanding any surrender or cancellation of this Guaranty. Bank, at its sole discretion, may determine whether any amount paid to it must be restored or returned; provided, however, that if Bank elects to contest any claim for return or restoration, Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and against all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by Bank in connection with such contest. If any Insolvency Proceeding is

 

-33-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

commenced by or against Borrower or Guarantor, at Bank’s election, Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty shall immediately and without notice or demand become due and payable, whether or not then otherwise due and payable.

4. Authorization. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice and without affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time, whether before or after any revocation of this Guaranty, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate, release, subordinate, waive, amend and restate, or otherwise amend or change, the interest rate, time or place for payment or any other terms of all or any part of the Obligations; (b) accept delinquent or partial payments on the Obligations; (c) take or not take security or other credit support for this Guaranty or for all or any part of the Obligations, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, subordinate, fail to enforce or perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security or credit support; (d) apply proceeds of any such security or credit support and direct the order or manner of its sale or enforcement as Bank, at its sole discretion, may determine; and (e) release or substitute Borrower or any guarantor or other person or entity liable on the Obligations.

5. Waivers. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Guarantor waives (a) all rights to require Bank to proceed against Borrower, or any other guarantor, or proceed against, enforce or exhaust any security for the Obligations or to marshal assets or to pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever; (b) all defenses arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower, the cessation for any reason of the liability of Borrower, any defense that any other indemnity, guaranty or security was to be obtained, any claim that Bank has made Guarantor’s obligations more burdensome or more burdensome than Borrower’s obligations, and the use of any proceeds of the Obligations other than as intended or understood by Bank or Guarantor; (c) all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence or creation of new or additional Obligations, and all other notices or demands to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; (d) all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Guaranty; (e) all rights to file a claim in connection with the Obligations in an Insolvency Proceeding filed by or against Borrower; (f) all rights to require Bank to enforce any of its remedies; and (g) any setoff, defense or counterclaim against Bank, (h) the benefit of any act or omission by Bank which directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge of Borrower from any of the Obligations by operation of law or otherwise; (i) the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting the revocation of this Guaranty as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 1432 with respect to certain suretyship defenses, provided, that with respect to Sections 2847, 2848 and 2849 of the California Civil Code, such waivers shall only be effective until all obligations of Bank to extend credit to Borrower have terminated and until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full; and (j) until the Obligations are fully and indefeasibly satisfied and paid, in cash, with such payment not subject to return: (i) all rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnification or reimbursement, (ii) all rights of recourse to any assets or property of Borrower, or to any collateral or credit support for the Obligations, (iii) all rights to participate in or benefit from any security or credit support Bank may have or acquire, and (iv) all rights, remedies and defenses Guarantor may have or acquire against Borrower. Guarantor understands that if Bank forecloses by trustee’s sale on a deed of trust securing any of the Obligations, Guarantor would then have a defense preventing Bank from thereafter enforcing Guarantor’s liability for the unpaid balance of the secured Obligations. This defense arises because the trustee’s sale would eliminate Guarantor’s right of subrogation, and therefore Guarantor would be unable to obtain reimbursement from Borrower. Guarantor specifically waives this defense and all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have

 

-34-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

because the Obligations are secured by real property. This means, among other things: (a) Bank may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower; and (b) if Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Borrower: (i) the amount of the Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and (ii) Bank may collect from Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because the Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or similar laws in other states.

6. Guarantor to Keep Informed. Guarantor warrants having established with Borrower adequate means of obtaining, on an ongoing basis, such information as Guarantor may require concerning all matters bearing on the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations. Guarantor assumes sole, continuing responsibility for obtaining such information from sources other than from Bank. Bank has no duty to provide any information to Guarantor.

7. Subordination. All obligations of Borrower to Guarantor which presently or in the future may exist (“Guarantor’s Claims”) are hereby subordinated to the Obligations, provided, that so long as no Event of Default exists under the Loan Agreement, or would result after giving effect thereto, Borrower may make regularly schedule payments of principal and interest with respect to such obligations. At Bank’s request, Guarantor’s Claims will be enforced and performance thereon received by Guarantor only as a trustee for Bank, and Guarantor will promptly pay over to Bank all proceeds recovered for application to the Obligations without reducing or affecting Guarantor’s liability under other provisions of this Guaranty. Any lien or charge on the property securing the obligations, and on the revenue and income to be realized therefrom, which Guarantor may have or obtain shall be, and such lien or charge hereby is, subordinated to the lien or charge of the Obligations on such property. Guarantor agrees that it shall file any and all claims against Borrower in any Insolvency Proceeding in which the filing of claims is required by law on any indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor, and will assign to Bank all rights of Guarantor. If Guarantor does not file such claim, Bank, as attorney-in-fact for Guarantor, is authorized to do so in the name of Guarantor or, in Bank’s sole discretion, to assign the claim and to file a proof of claim in the name of Bank or Bank’s nominee. In all such cases, whether in bankruptcy or otherwise, the person or persons authorized to pay such claim shall pay to Bank the full amount of any such claim, and, to the full extent necessary for that purpose, Guarantor assigns to Bank all of Guarantor’s rights to any such payments or distributions to which Guarantor would otherwise be entitled. All monies or other property of Guarantor at any time in Bank’s possession may be held by Bank as security for any and all obligations of Guarantor to Bank no matter how or when arising, whether absolute or contingent, whether due or to become due, and whether under this Guaranty or otherwise. Guarantor also agrees that Bank books and records showing the account between Bank and Borrower or any other guarantor shall be admissible in any action or proceeding and shall be binding upon

 

-35-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Guarantor for the purpose of establishing the terms set forth therein and shall constitute prima facie proof thereof.

8. Security. To secure Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, other than for payment of Obligations which are subject to the disclosure requirements of the United States Truth in Lending Act, Guarantor grants Bank a security interest in all moneys, general and special deposits, instruments and other property of Guarantor at any time maintained with or held by Bank, and all proceeds of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything in this Guaranty or any rights arising between Guarantor and Bank in any other agreement or by operation of law or statute, Bank hereby waives any lien or right of setoff with respect to any Client Trust Accounts (as defined in the Loan Agreement), except for any lien or right of setoff securing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the maintenance of such Client Trust Accounts.

9. Authorization. Where Borrower is a corporation, partnership or other entity, Bank need not inquire into or verify the powers of Borrower or authority of those acting or purporting to act on behalf of Borrower, and this Guaranty shall be enforceable with respect to any Obligations Bank grants or creates in reliance on the purported exercise of such powers or authority.

10. Assignments. Without notice to Guarantor, Bank may assign the Obligations and this Guaranty, in whole or in part, and may disclose to any prospective or actual purchaser of all or part of the Obligations any and all information Bank has or acquires concerning Guarantor, this Guaranty and any security for this Guaranty.

11. Counsel Fees and Costs. The prevailing party shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees (including a reasonable allocation for Bank’s internal counsel) and all other costs and expenses which it may incur in connection with the enforcement or preservation of its rights under, or defense of, this Guaranty or in connection with any other dispute or proceeding relating to this Guaranty, whether or not incurred in any Insolvency Proceeding, arbitration, litigation or other proceeding.

12. Married Guarantors. By executing this Guaranty, a Guarantor who is married agrees that recourse may be had against his or her separate and community property for all his or her obligations under this Guaranty.

13. Multiple Guarantors/Borrowers. When there is more than one Borrower named herein or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, then the words “Borrower” and “Guarantor”, respectively, shall mean all and any one or more of them, and their respective successors and assigns, including debtors-in-possession and bankruptcy trustees; words used herein in the singular shall be considered to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so requires in order to refer to more than one Borrower or Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

-36-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

14. Integration/Severability/Amendments. This Guaranty together with the Commercial Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between Borrower and Bank, and the other Loan Documents (as defined therein) is intended by Guarantor and Bank as the complete, final expression of their agreement concerning its subject matter. It supersedes all prior understandings or agreements with respect thereto and may be changed only by a writing signed by Guarantor and Bank. No course of dealing, or parole or extrinsic evidence shall be used to modify or supplement the express terms of this Guaranty. If any provision of this Guaranty is found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted, but if fully unenforceable, such provision shall be severable, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such provision had never been a part of this Guaranty, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

15. Joint and Several. If more than one Guarantor signs this Guaranty, the obligations of each under this Guaranty are joint and several, and independent of the Obligations and of the obligations of any other person or entity. A separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against any one or more guarantors, whether action is brought against Borrower or other guarantors of the Obligations, and whether Borrower or others are joined in any such action.

16. Notice. Any notice, including notice of revocation, given by any party under this Guaranty shall be effective only upon its receipt by the other party and only if (a) given in writing and (b) personally delivered or sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to Bank or Guarantor at their respective addresses for notices indicated below. Guarantor and Bank may change the place to which notices, requests, and other communications are to be sent to them by giving written notice of such change to the other.

17. Governing Law. This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, and, except as provided in any addendum hereto, Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state or federal courts in said state.

18. Disputes. To the extent permitted by law, in connection with any claim, cause of action, proceeding or other dispute concerning this Guaranty (each, a “Claim”), Bank and Guarantor expressly, intentionally and deliberately waive any right each may otherwise have to trial by jury. In the event that the waiver of jury trial set forth in the previous sentence is not enforceable under the law applicable to this Guaranty, Bank and Guarantor agree that any Claim, including any question of law or fact relating thereto, shall, at the written request of either Bank or Guarantor, be determined by judicial reference pursuant to the state law applicable to this Guaranty. Bank and Guarantor shall select a single neutral referee, who shall be a retired state or federal judge. In the event that Bank and Guarantor cannot agree upon a referee, the court shall appoint the referee. The referee shall report a statement of decision to the court. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of Bank or Guarantor at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral or obtain provisional remedies. Bank and Guarantor shall bear the fees and expenses of the referee equally, unless the referee orders otherwise. The referee shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation and enforcement of this paragraph. Bank and Guarantor acknowledge that if a referee is selected to determine the Claims, then the Claims will not be decided by a jury.

19. Guarantor Provisions. (a) Guarantor shall make all payments due Bank under this Guaranty free and clear of any present or future taxes, levies, assessments, imposts, fees, charges, restrictions, and conditions whatsoever (“Tax”) now or hereafter imposed by any applicable treaty, law

 

-37-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

or regulation. However, if Guarantor is legally required to deduct any Tax from payments otherwise due under this Guaranty, then Guarantor shall: (i) on demand pay Bank in United States Dollars such additional amount as may be necessary so that Bank will receive the payment to which Bank would otherwise be entitled if no Tax had been imposed or deducted and (ii) forward to Bank within 90 days of a Tax payment, documentation acceptable to Bank evidencing such Tax payment. (b) If Borrower agreed to pay the Obligations in currency other than that which at the time of payment is the official currency of the place where such payment is due, Guarantor, shall, at Bank’s discretion, either, (i) pay Bank such amount in the currency and place as agreed to by Borrower or (ii) pay Bank in the United States, at the place designated by Bank, the equivalent amount denominated in United States Dollars (based on Bank’s rate for sales of the currency in which Borrower agreed to pay such Obligations prevailing at the time Guarantor makes the payment). To the extent payment of any sum of any currency required to be paid hereunder is restricted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Bank harmless from any loss or cost of whatever kind caused by such restriction, and undertakes on a continuing best efforts basis to take all appropriate lawful actions, with a view to lifting such restriction, in order to obtain and pay to Bank the full amount of the currency otherwise required hereunder. The foregoing obligation and indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation of Guarantor and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order enforcing Guarantor’s other obligations hereunder. (c) If any judgment or order by any court, governmental agency, arbitration panel, or the like makes an award to Bank under this Guaranty in other than United States Dollars, Guarantor shall also, in addition to the award, pay Bank in United States Dollars, the amount by which (i) the original United States Dollar amount due Bank exceeds (ii) the award in United States Dollars after conversion from the other currency (at rates then generally used by Bank in calculating such conversions). (d) Guarantor hereby appoints Borrower as Guarantor’s agent for service of process in the state designated in Section 17, above. Any service upon such agent will be valid as if Guarantor had been legally served in the jurisdiction of Guarantor’s principal place of business (or Guarantor’s residence if Guarantor is an individual). Nothing herein shall affect Bank’s right to serve Guarantor with legal process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. (e) If Guarantor has or acquires any immunity from jurisdiction of any court, or if Guarantor’s property has or acquires immunity from any legal process, Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect of its obligations under this Guaranty and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor agrees that such waiver shall be effective and irrevocable to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. (f) Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that all authorizations and approvals (including any exchange control or approval), or other action by, and any notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body required for Guarantor’s due execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty have been duly obtained or made and will continue in full force and effect until the full discharge of Guarantor’s liabilities under this Guaranty. (g) Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that the following information is true, complete and correct:

Guarantor’s type of entity: LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Guarantor’s jurisdiction of organization: DELAWARE

Guarantor’s chief place of business/address:

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94403

Name and address of Guarantor’s agent for service of process:

WageWorks, Inc.,

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

-38-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Executed as of August 31, 2010. Guarantor acknowledges having received a copy of this Guaranty and having made each waiver contained in this Guaranty with full knowledge of its consequences.

MHM RESOURCES LLC

 

By:   /s/ Rich T. Green
Title:   Managing Member
Printed Name:   Richard T. Green

Address where notices to Guarantor are to be sent:

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Fax Number:

Telephone Number:

Email Address:

 

-39-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF

WAGEWORKS, INC.

I, Richard T. Green, the duly appointed, acting and incumbent Chief Financial Officer of WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), on behalf of the Company, hereby represent, warrant, and certify as set forth herein in connection with the loans and other financial accommodations being made to Company by UNION BANK, N.A. (“Bank”), under or in connection with that certain Commercial Credit Agreement dated as of August 31, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) by and between the Company and Bank and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement). All capitalized terms used in this Certificate and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

I have reviewed the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Loan Agreement, and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion, and to provide a certification, as to the matters referred to herein.

As of the Closing Date:

1. the financial statements previously delivered to Bank are true and correct and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Company as of the dates thereof and for the periods presented therein;

2. since December 31, 2009, there has been no Material Adverse Effect;

3. after giving effect to (a) the Revolving Loan, and (b) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Company will be Solvent and the Company is in full compliance with each of the financial covenants and ratios set forth in Loan Agreement;

4. each of the representations and warranties of Company contained in any of the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date, and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from any requested Loan as of the Closing Date, that constitutes or would constitute a Default or an Event of Default;

5. except as otherwise indicated on a schedule to the Loan Agreement, or as otherwise consented to by Bank, the Company has delivered to Bank true and correct copies of all documents required to be delivered to Bank pursuant to the Loan Agreement, all such documents are complete and correct on and as of the Closing Date, and each and every other contingency to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents has been performed;

6. there is no litigation, action, suit, investigation, or other arbitral, administrative, or judicial proceeding pending or, to the best of the knowledge of the undersigned, threatened which could reasonably be expected to (x) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (y) restrain or enjoin, impose materially burdensome conditions on, or otherwise materially and adversely affect the ability of Borrower or any Guarantor to fulfill its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party; or (z) materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of Bank under the Loan Documents;

7. the Company and the Guarantor have received all approvals, consents, and waivers, and have made or given all necessary filings and notices as shall be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents without the occurrence of any default under, conflict with, or violation of (x) any applicable law or (y) any agreement, document, or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or their respective properties is bound, except for such approvals, consents, waivers, filings, and notices the receipt, making, or giving of which would not reasonably be likely to (1) have a Material Adverse Effect, or (2) restrain or enjoin, impose materially burdensome conditions on, or otherwise materially and adversely affect the ability of Borrower or any Guarantor to fulfill its obligations under the Loan Documents; and

8. no Liens have arisen or been granted with respect to the Company’s assets or properties other than Permitted Liens.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

-40-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been executed as of August 31, 2010.

WageWorks, Inc.

/s/ Richard T. Green                                             

By: Richard T. Green, Chief Financial Officer,

 

-41-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is executed at San Jose, California as of August 31, 2010 by WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) and MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Guarantor ” or, together with Borrower, each herein called a “ Debtor ” and collectively, the “ Debtors ”).

As security for the payment and performance of all of each Debtor’s obligations to UNION BANK, N.A., (herein called “ Bank ”), regardless of the manner in which or the time at which such obligations arose or shall arise, whether direct or indirect, alone or with others, or absolute or contingent, each Debtor hereby grants a continuing security interest in, and collaterally assigns and transfers to Bank, the following personal property, whether or not delivered to or in the possession or control of Bank or its agents, wherever located and whether now or hereafter owned or in existence, and all proceeds thereof (hereinafter called the “ Collateral ”):

All of each Debtor’s right title and interest in and to the following property: all cash, cash equivalents, accounts, bank and deposit accounts (including any control account, disbursement account and any other bank accounts), chattel paper, instruments, books and records, personal property aspects of leasehold estates in real property, contract rights, general intangibles (including all intellectual property, stock, claims, contract rights, and choses in action), goods, equipment, inventory, documents, certificates of title, deposit accounts, returned or repossessed goods, fixtures, farm products, livestock, crops, timber, minerals (including oil and gas) and mineral rights, commercial tort claims, insurance claims, rights and policies, letter of credit rights, investment property, patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property and intellectual property rights, supporting obligations, and the proceeds (including insurance proceeds), products, parts, accessories, attachments, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements of or to each of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the Collateral does not include (i) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of any Subsidiary that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof, to the extent that granting of a lien therein by Borrower to Bank would result in a material adverse tax consequence for the Borrower. or (ii) the Client Trust Accounts

Entities executing this Security Agreement as a Debtor agree not to change their state of organization, principal place of business or name, as identified below, without providing Bank with written notice as required pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement:

 

LEGAL NAME OF DEBTOR

  

STATE OF ORGANIZATION/PRINCIPAL

PLACE OF BUSINESS                                  

WAGEWORKS, INC.

  

Delaware/

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

MHM RESOURCES, LLC

  

Delaware/

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

This Agreement and the security interests security interest herein are made in conjunction with that certain Commercial Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Borrower and Bank, as the same may be amended, renewed, extended, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified or in effect from time to time (the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

-42-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

AGREEMENT

1. The term “credit” or “indebtedness” is used throughout this Agreement in its broadest and most comprehensive sense. Credit may be granted at the request of any one Debtor without further authorization by or notice to any other Debtor. Collateral shall be security for all nonconsumer indebtedness of each Debtor to Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions herein.

2. Each Debtor will: (a) pay when due all indebtedness to Bank; (b) execute such other documents and do such other acts and things as Bank may from time to time require to establish and maintain a valid perfected security interest in Collateral, including payment of all costs and fees in connection with any of the foregoing when deemed necessary by Bank; (c) furnish Bank such information concerning Debtors and Collateral as Bank may from time to time request, including but not limited to current financial statements; (d) keep Collateral separate and identifiable where such Collateral is currently located and permit Bank and its representatives to inspect Collateral and/or records pertaining thereto from time to time during normal business hours; (e) not sell, assign or create or permit to exist any lien on or security interest in Collateral in favor of anyone other than Bank except as expressly permitted under the Loan Agreement, and at Debtor’s expense upon Bank’s request remove any unauthorized lien or security interest and defend any claim affecting the Collateral; (f) pay all charges against Collateral prior to delinquency including but not limited to taxes, assessments, encumbrances, insurance and diverse claims, and upon Debtor’s failure to do so Bank may pay any such charge as it deems necessary and add the amount paid to the indebtedness of Debtor hereunder; (g) protect, defend and maintain the Collateral and the perfected security interest of Bank and initiate, commence and maintain any action or proceeding to protect the Collateral; (h) reimburse Bank for any expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (including the allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel and legal staff) incurred by Bank in seeking to protect, collect or enforce any rights in Collateral; (i) when required, provide insurance in form and amounts and with companies acceptable to Bank and when required, assign the policies or the rights thereunder to Bank; (j) maintain Collateral in good condition and not use Collateral for any unlawful purpose; (k) perform all of the obligations of the Debtor under the Collateral and save Bank harmless from the consequence of any failure to do so; (i) at its own expense, upon request of Bank, notify any parties obligated to Debtor on any Collateral to make payment to Bank and Debtor hereby irrevocably grants Bank power of attorney to make said notifications and collections; (m) cooperate with Bank in perfecting all security interests granted herein and in obtaining such agreements from third parties as Bank deems necessary, proper or convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of any of its rights hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; and (n) permit Bank to exercise its rights and powers hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. Each Debtor hereby appoints Bank as its true and lawful attorney in fact, and authorizes Bank, to perform any of the following powers, which are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until termination of this Agreement and may be exercised from time to time by Bank’s officers and employees, or any of them, whether or not any Debtor is in default: (a) to perform any obligation of Debtors hereunder in a Debtor’s name or otherwise following any Debtor’s failure to do so; (b) to exercise all rights, powers and remedies which a Debtor would have, but for this Agreement, with respect to all Collateral subject hereto; (c) to do all acts and things and execute all documents in the name of Debtor or otherwise, deemed by Bank as necessary, proper and convenient in connection with the preservation, protection, perfection of Collateral or its value or Bank’s security interest therein or, after default, enforcement of its rights hereunder, including transferring any Collateral into its own name and receiving the income thereon as additional security hereunder. Bank does not assume any of the obligations arising under the Collateral. Debtor agrees in general to indemnify Bank against, and hold Bank

 

-43-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

harmless from, any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities and expenses of every kind caused by property subject hereto, unless such losses, claims, demands, liabilities and expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Bank.

3. Each Debtor jointly and severally represents and warrants that: (a) Borrower is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware; Guarantor is a limited liability company, duly formed and organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware; each Debtor’s legal name is exactly as set forth on the first page of this Agreement, each Debtor’s chief executive office is located at the address noted above, and all of each Debtor’s organizational documents or agreements previously delivered to Bank are complete and accurate in every respect; (b) each Debtor it is and will be the lawful owner of, and has possession or control of all Collateral free of all claims, liens, encumbrances and setoffs whatsoever, other than the security interest granted pursuant hereto and Permitted Liens; (c) each Debtor has, and at all times hereafter will have and maintain, the capacity and exclusive right to grant a security interest in the Collateral to Bank; (d) the execution, delivery and performance hereof are within its powers and have been duly authorized; (e) except for Permitted Liens, no financing statement covering any of the Collateral, and naming any secured party other than Bank, is on file in any public office; (f) all information furnished by Debtor to Bank heretofore or hereafter, whether oral or written, is and will be correct and true as of the date given; and (g) the execution, delivery and performance hereof are within each Debtor’s powers and have been duly authorized.

4. The term default shall mean the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.

5. Whenever a default exists, Bank may, at its option, without notice or demand, do any one or more or all of the following: (a) without notice accelerate the maturity of any part or all of the indebtedness and terminate any agreement for the granting of further credit to any Debtor; (b) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of Collateral at public or private sale; (c) transfer any Collateral into its own name or that of its nominee; (d) retain Collateral in satisfaction of obligations secured hereby, with notice of such retention sent to a Debtor as required by law; (e) notify any parties obligated on any Collateral consisting of accounts, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action or the like to make payment to Bank and enforce collection of any Collateral; (f) file any action or proceeding which Bank may deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of the Bank in the Collateral; (g) require Debtors to assemble and deliver any Collateral to Bank at a reasonably convenient place designated by Bank; (h) apply all sums received or collected from or on account of Collateral, including the proceeds of any sale thereof, to the payment of the costs and expenses incurred in preserving and enforcing rights of Bank, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (including the allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel and legal staff), and indebtedness secured hereby in such order and manner as Bank in its sole discretion determines; Bank shall account to Debtor for any surplus remaining thereafter, and shall pay such surplus to the party entitled thereto, including any second secured party who has made a proper demand upon Bank and has furnished proof to Bank as requested in the manner provided by law; in like manner, each Debtor agrees to pay to Bank without demand any deficiency after any Collateral has been disposed of and proceeds applied as aforesaid; (i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank; (i) exercise its banker’s lien or right of setoff in the same manner as though the credit were unsecured; and (k) liquidate any time deposits pledged to Bank hereunder and apply the proceeds thereof to payment of the indebtedness, whether or not said time deposits have matured and

 

-44-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

notwithstanding the fact that such liquidation may give rise to penalties for early withdrawal of funds. In addition, Bank shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California and in any jurisdiction where enforcement is sought, whether in said state or elsewhere. All rights, powers and remedies of Bank hereunder shall be cumulative and not alternative. No delay on the part of Bank in the exercise of any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver thereof and no exercise by Bank of any right or remedy shall preclude the exercise of any other right or remedy or further exercise of the same remedy.

6. Each Debtor waives: (a) all right to require Bank to proceed against any other person including any other Debtor hereunder or to apply any Collateral Bank may hold at any time or to pursue any other remedy; Collateral, endorsers or guarantors may be released, substituted or added without affecting the liability of Debtor hereunder; (b) the defense of the Statute of Limitations in any action upon any obligations of any Debtor secured hereby; (c) any right of subrogation and any right to participate in Collateral until all obligations secured hereby have been paid in full; and (d) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to oppose the appointment of a receiver or similar official to operate any Debtors business.

7. The right of Bank to have recourse against Collateral shall not be affected in any way by the fact that the credit is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust or other lien upon real property. The security interests granted herein, and the rights and remedies of Bank with respect to the security interests granted hereby, are in addition to those set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and those which are now or hereafter available to Bank as a matter of law or equity. Each right, power and remedy of Bank provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every right, power or remedy provided for herein and the exercise by Bank of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by any person, including Bank, of any or all other rights, powers or remedies.

8. The security interest granted herein is irrevocable and shall remain in full force and effect until there is payment in full in cash of the indebtedness or the security interest is released in writing by Bank. The obligations of Debtors to indemnify Bank shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

9. Each Debtor shall be obligated to request the release, reassignment or return of Collateral after the payment in full of all existing obligations. Bank shall be under no duty or obligation to release, reassign or return any Collateral except upon the express written request of Debtors and then only where all of Debtor’s obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been indefeasibly satisfied and paid in full, in cash.

10. If more than one Debtor executes this Agreement, the obligations hereunder are joint and several. All words used herein in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural when the context and construction so require.

 

-45-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

11. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and bind Bank, its successors and assigns and each of the undersigned, their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors in interest. Upon transfer by Bank of any part of the obligations secured hereby, Bank shall be fully discharged from any liability with respect to Collateral transferred therewith.

12. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but, if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provisions shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

-46-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

The grant of a security interest in proceeds does not imply the right of Debtor to sell or dispose of any Collateral without the express consent in writing by Bank.

Debtors:

WAGEWORKS, INC.

By: /s/ Kim Jackson

Title: Secretary

Printed Name: Kim Jackson

Address where notices to Debtor are to be sent:

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Fax Number : (650) 577-5201

Telephone Number: (650) 577-5209

Email Address: Kim.Jackson@wageworks.com

MHM RESOURCES, LLC

By: /s/ Rich Green

Title: Managing Member

Printed Name: Richard T. Green

Address where notices to Debtor are to be sent:

1000 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Fax Number :

Telephone Number:

Email Address:

 

-47-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 31, 2010 by and between UNION BANK, N.A. (“Bank”) and MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Debtor”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “Loans”) to or for the benefit of WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Commercial Credit Agreement by and between Borrower and Bank dated of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Grantor expects to derive economic benefit from Bank’s doing so and dealing with Borrower in accordance with the Loan Agreement, and has entered into that certain Continuing Guaranty of even date herewith (as amended from time to time, the “Guaranty”) and that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith granting Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s assets to secure the present and future obligations of Borrower and Grantor to Bank (as amended from time to time, the “Security Agreement” or together with the Guaranty and this Agreement, the “Guaranty Documents”). Bank is willing to make the Loans to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor shall grant to Bank a security interest in its copyrights, trademarks and patents to secure the obligations of Grantor under the Guaranty Documents and otherwise (the “Guarantor Obligations”). All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty Documents, Debtor has granted to Bank a security interest in all of Debtor’s right, title and interest, whether presently existing or hereafter acquired, in, to and under all of the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due of its obligations under the Guaranty Documents and all other agreements now existing or hereafter arising between Debtor and Bank, Debtor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

To secure its obligations under the Guaranty Documents and under any other agreement now existing or hereafter arising between Debtor and Bank, Debtor grants and pledges to Bank a security interest in all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in, to and under its Intellectual Property (including without limitation those

 

-48-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks listed on Schedules 1, 2 and 3 hereto), and including without limitation all proceeds thereof (such as, by way of example but not by way of limitation, license royalties and proceeds of infringement suits), the right to sue for past, present and future infringements, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all re-issues, divisions continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof.

This security interest is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to Bank under the other Guaranty Documents. The rights and remedies of Bank with respect to the security interest granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Guaranty Documents, and those which are now or hereafter available to Bank as a matter of law or equity. Each right, power and remedy of Bank provided for herein or in the Loan Agreement or any of the other Guaranty Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every right, power or remedy provided for herein and the exercise by Bank of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any of the other Guaranty Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by any person, including Bank, of any or all other rights, powers or remedies.

Debtor represents and warrants that Schedules 1, 2 and 3 attached hereto set forth any and all intellectual property rights in connection to which Debtor has registered or filed an application with either the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the first date written above.

 

Address of Debtor    DEBTOR:

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  

MHM RESOURCES, LLC

By: /s/ Rich T. Green

Title: Managing Member

Name: Richard T. Green

Address of Bank

Union Bank, N.A.

601 East Potrero Grande Drive

Monterey Park, CA 91754

Attn: Commercial Loan Operations

  

BANK:

UNION BANK, N.A.

By: /s/ James B. Goudy

Name: James B. Goudy

Title: VP

(Signature Page to Intellectual Property Security Agreement — MHM Resources, LLC)

 

-49-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

Copyrights

Description    Registration    Registration Date

Number

None.

SCHEDULE 2

Patents

Patent/App.

Description    No.    File Date

None.

SCHEDULE 3

Trademarks

Serial/Registration

Description    No.    File Date

None.

 

-50-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 31, 2010 by and between UNION BANK, N.A. (“Bank”) and WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Debtor”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations to Debtor (the “Loans’) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Commercial Credit Agreement dated as of date hereof by and between Debtor and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Loan Agreement). Bank is willing to make the Loans to Debtor, but only upon the condition, among others, that Debtor shall grant to Bank a security interest in its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents to secure the obligations of Debtor under the Loan Agreement.

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Debtor has granted to Bank a security interest in all of Debtor’s right, title and interest, whether presently existing or hereafter acquired, in, to and under all of the Collateral.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and all other agreements now existing or hereafter arising between Debtor and Bank, Debtor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

To secure its obligations under the Loan Agreement and under any other agreement now existing or hereafter arising between Debtor and Bank, Debtor grants and pledges to Bank a security interest in all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in, to and under its Intellectual Property (including without limitation those Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks listed on Schedules 1, 2 and 3 hereto), and including without limitation all proceeds thereof (such as, by way of example but not by way of limitation, license royalties and proceeds of infringement suits), the right to sue for past, present and future infringements, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all re-issues, divisions continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof.

This security interest is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to Bank under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The rights and remedies of Bank with respect to the security interest granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and those which are now or hereafter available to Bank as a matter of law or equity. Each right, power and remedy of Bank provided for herein or in the Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every right, power or remedy provided for herein and the exercise by Bank of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan

 

-51-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by any person, including Bank, of any or all other rights, powers or remedies.

Debtor represents and warrants that Schedules 1, 2 and 3 attached hereto set forth any and all intellectual property rights in connection to which Debtor has registered or filed an application with either the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the first date written above.

 

Address of Debtor    DEBTOR:

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  

WAGEWORKS, INC.

By: /s/ Rich T. Green

Name: Richard T. Green

Title: CFO

Address of Bank

Union Bank, N.A.

601 East Potrero Grande Drive

Monterey Park, CA 91754

Attn: Commercial Loan Operations

  

BANK:

UNION BANK, N.A.

By: /s/ James B. Goudy

Name: James B. Goudy

Title: VP

[Signature Page to Intellectual Property Security Agreement — Wage Works, Inc.]

 

-52-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

 

Copyrights

     
Description   

Registration

Number

    

Registration

Date

 

None.

     

SCHEDULE 2

Patents

 

Description

Single-source multi-conduit apparatuses and methods for adjudicating

pretax expenses

Patent/App.No.

7,529,700

File Date

5/5/2009

 

-53-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

Trademarks

Serial/Registration

 

Description    No    File Date               
EZPOP    2566650    5/7/2002               
TAKE CARE    2872858    8/10/2004               
WAGEWORKS    2549818    3/19/2002               
WAGEWORKS    2695904    3/11/2003               
WINFLEX    2411114    12/5/2000               

 

-54-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

AUTHORIZATION TO OBTAIN CREDIT, GRANT SECURITY,

GUARANTEE OR SUBORDINATE

RECITALS

A. MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a limited liability company, duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal place of business at 1100 1100 Park Place, 4th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94403 (the “Business”) desires to obtain present or future credit from, grant security to, or give guaranties or subordinations to Union Bank, N.A. (“Bank”).

B. The Business desires that certain person(s) be authorized to act on its behalf from time to time in obtaining, among other things, such credit from, granting security to, or giving guaranties or subordinations to, Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED THAT:

1. Authorization. Any one (1) of the following is authorized and directed, in the name and on behalf of the Business, from time to time, with or without security, to obtain credit and other financial accommodations from Bank, or to give guaranties or subordinations to Bank, upon such terms as any such person(s) shall approve:

 

Corporate Title    Name    Signature   
Managing Member    Rich Green    /s/ Rich Green   
Managing Member    Joe Jackson    /s/ Joe Jackson   

 

 

2. Scope Of Authority. Without limiting the generality of the authority granted, each person designated in paragraph 1 above is authorized, from time to time, in the name and on behalf of the Business, to:

2.1 Incur Indebtedness To Bank. The word “indebtedness” as used herein means all debts, obligations and liabilities, including without limitation obligations and liabilities under guaranties or subordinations, currently existing or now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising or evidenced, whether direct or acquired by assignment or succession, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, and whether liability is individual or joint with others, all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof, and all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, workout, collection and enforcement thereof;

2.2 Execute, deliver and endorse with respect to Indebtedness to Bank, promissory notes, loan agreements, drafts, guaranties, subordinations, applications and agreements for letters of credit, acceptance agreements, foreign exchange documentation, applications and agreements pertaining to the payment and collection of documents, indemnities, waivers, purchase agreements and other financial undertakings, leases and other documents and agreements in connection therewith, and all renewals, extensions or modifications thereof;

2.3 Grant security interests in, pledge, assign, transfer, endorse, mortgage or hypothecate, and execute security or pledge agreements, financing statements and other security interest perfection documentation, mortgages and deeds of trust on, and give trust receipts for, any or all property of the Business as may be agreed upon by any officer as security for any or all Indebtedness of the Business or any other individual or entity (“Person”), and grant and execute renewals, extensions or modifications thereof;

2.4 Sell to, or discount or rediscount with, Bank all negotiable instruments, including without limitation promissory notes, commercial paper, drafts, accounts, acceptances, leases, chattel paper, contracts, documents, instruments or evidences of debt at any time owned, held or drawn by the Business, and draw, endorse or transfer any of such instruments or documents on behalf of the Business, guarantee payment or repurchase thereof, and execute and deliver to Bank all documents and agreements in connection therewith, and all renewals, extensions or modifications thereof;

2.5 Direct the disposition of the proceeds of any credit extended by Bank, and deliver to Bank and accept from Bank delivery of any property of the Business at any time held by Bank; and

2.6 Specify in writing to Bank the individuals who are authorized, in the name of and on behalf of the Business, to request advances under loans or credit lines made available by Bank to the Business, subject to the terms thereof.

 

-55-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

3. Writings. Any instruments, documents, agreements or other writings executed under or pursuant to these resolutions (collectively, the “Authorization”) may be in such form and contain such terms and conditions as may be required by Bank in its sole discretion, and execution thereof by any officer authorized under the Authorization shall be conclusive evidence of such officer’s and the Business’s approval of the terms and conditions thereof.

4. Certification. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Business is hereby authorized and directed from time to time to certify to Bank a copy of this Authorization, the names and specimen signatures of the persons designated in paragraph 1 above, and any modification thereof.

5. Ratification/Amendment. The authority given under this Authorization shall be retroactive and any and all acts so authorized that are performed prior to the formal adoption are hereby approved and ratified. In the event two or more resolutions of this Business are concurrently in effect, the provisions of each shall be cumulative, unless the latest shall specifically provide otherwise. The authority given hereby shall remain in full force and effect, and Bank is authorized and requested to rely and act thereon, until Bank shall have received at its San Jose Office a certified copy of a further resolution of the Business amending, rescinding or revoking the Authorization.

6. Requests For Credit. Credit may be requested by the Business from Bank in writing, by telephone, or by other telecommunication method acceptable to Bank. The Business recognizes and agrees that Bank cannot effectively determine whether a specific request purportedly made by or on behalf of the Business is actually authorized or authentic. As it is in the Business’s best interest that Bank extend credit in response to these forms of request, the Business assumes all risks regarding the validity, authenticity and due authorization of any request purporting to be made by or on behalf of the Business. The Business is hereby authorized and directed to repay any credit that is extended by Bank pursuant to any request which Bank in good faith believes to be authorized, or when the proceeds of any credit are deposited to the account of the Business with Bank, regardless of whether any individual or entity other than the Business may have authority to draw against such account.

7. Business As Partner/Joint Venturer, LLC Member or Manager. Nothing in its organizational documents limits or prohibits the Business from acting as a general or limited partner of a partnership, a member or manager of a limited liability company, or joint venturer of a joint venture. Any person designated in paragraph 1 of the Authorization is authorized, on behalf of the Business, in its role as a general or limited partner, a member or manager, or a joint venturer, to execute, deliver and endorse all certificates, authorizations and agreements (i) to evidence the Business’s role in and responsibilities to and for such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture so that Bank may rely thereon, and (ii) to evidence such partnership’s, limited liability company’s or joint venture’s obligations and liabilities to Bank.

8. No Limitation By This Authorization. Nothing contained in this Authorization shall limit or modify the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Business as provided by law, any agreement or authorization relating to the Business or otherwise.

9. Indemnification. The Business unconditionally agrees to pay and protect, defend and indemnify Bank and Bank’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, correspondents, agents and representatives against, and hold Bank and each such other party harmless from, all claims, actions, proceedings, liabilities, damages, losses, expenses (including without limitation attorney’s fees and costs) and other amounts incurred by Bank and each such other party, arising from the reliance by any such party on this Authorization.

 

-56-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF THE BUSINESS

I hereby certify to Union Bank, N.A., (“Bank”) that the attached Authorization is a true copy of the resolution(s) of MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Business”) duly adopted by the of the Business and duly entered in the records of the Business, and that the Authorization is in conformity with applicable law and regulation, the Certificate of Formation and the Operating Agreement of the Business and is now in full force and effect.

I also certify that the above are the names and genuine specimen signatures of the officers of the Business authorized in paragraph 1 of the Authorization.

I agree to notify Bank in writing of any change in any aspect of the Authorization or of any individual holding any office set forth in this certificate immediately upon the occurrence of any such change, and to provide Bank with a copy of the modified resolution(s) and the genuine specimen signature of any such new officer.

The authority provided for in the Authorization shall remain in full force and effect, and Bank is authorized and requested to rely and act thereon until Bank shall receive at its San Jose, California Office either a certified copy of a further resolution of this Business’s Board of Directors amending the Authorization, or a certification of a change in the authorized officer(s).

Dated as of: August 31, 2010

 

/s/ Kim Jackson

   

Secretary of MHM RESOURCES, LLC

   

 

/s/ Joe Jackson

   

* President of MHM RESOURCES, LLC

   

 

* When the Secretary is among those authorized, the President should also sign this Certificate.

 

-57-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

AUTHORIZATION TO OBTAIN CREDIT, GRANT SECURITY,

GUARANTEE OR SUBORDINATE

RECITALS

A. WAGEWORKS, INC., a corporation, duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal place of business at 1100 1100 Park Place, 4th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94403 (the “Business”) desires to obtain present or future credit from, grant security to, or give guaranties or subordinations to Union Bank, N.A. (“Bank”).

B. The Business desires that certain person(s) be authorized to act on its behalf from time to time in obtaining, among other things, such credit from, granting security to, or giving guaranties or subordinations to, Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED THAT:

1. Authorization. Any one (1) of the following is authorized and directed, in the name and on behalf of the Business, from time to time, with or without security, to obtain credit and other financial accommodations from Bank, or to give guaranties or subordinations to Bank, upon such terms as any such person(s) shall approve:

 

Corporate Title   

Name

  

Signature

  
CEO & PRESIDENT   

JOE JACKSON

  

/s/ Joe Jackson

  
CFO   

RICH GREEN

  

/s/ Rich Green

  

2. Scope Of Authority. Without limiting the generality of the authority granted, each person designated in paragraph 1 above is authorized, from time to time, in the name and on behalf of the Business, to:

2.1 Incur Indebtedness To Bank. The word “Indebtedness” as used herein means all debts, obligations and liabilities, including without limitation obligations and liabilities under guaranties or subordinations, currently existing or now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising or evidenced, whether direct or acquired by assignment or succession, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, and whether liability is individual or joint with others, all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof, and all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, workout, collection and enforcement thereof;

2.2 Execute, deliver and endorse with respect to Indebtedness to Bank, promissory notes, loan agreements, drafts, guaranties, subordinations, applications and agreements for letters of credit, acceptance agreements, foreign exchange documentation, applications and agreements pertaining to the payment and collection of documents, indemnities, waivers, purchase agreements and other financial

 

-58-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

undertakings, leases and other documents and agreements in connection therewith, and all renewals, extensions or modifications thereof;

2.3 Grant security interests in, pledge, assign, transfer, endorse, mortgage or hypothecate, and execute security or pledge agreements, financing statements and other security interest perfection documentation, mortgages and deeds of trust on, and give trust receipts for, any or all property of the Business as may be agreed upon by any officer as security for any or all Indebtedness of the Business or any other individual or entity (“Person”), and grant and execute renewals, extensions or modifications thereof;

2.4 Sell to, or discount or rediscount with, Bank all negotiable instruments, including without limitation promissory notes, commercial paper, drafts, accounts, acceptances, leases, chattel paper, contracts, documents, instruments or evidences of debt at any time owned, held or drawn by the Business, and draw, endorse or transfer any of such instruments or documents on behalf of the Business, guarantee payment or repurchase thereof, and execute and deliver to Bank all documents and agreements in connection therewith, and all renewals, extensions or modifications thereof;

2.5 Direct the disposition of the proceeds of any credit extended by Bank, and deliver to Bank and accept from Bank delivery of any property of the Business at any time held by Bank; and

2.6 Specify in writing to Bank the individuals who are authorized, in the name of and on behalf of the Business, to request advances under loans or credit lines made available by Bank to the Business, subject to the terms thereof.

3. Writings. Any instruments, documents, agreements or other writings executed under or pursuant to these resolutions (collectively, the “Authorization”) may be in such form and contain such terms and conditions as may be required by Bank in its sole discretion, and execution thereof by any officer authorized under the Authorization shall be conclusive evidence of such officer’s and the Business’s approval of the terms and conditions thereof.

4. Certification. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Business is hereby authorized and directed from time to time to certify to Bank a copy of this Authorization, the names and specimen signatures of the persons designated in paragraph 1 above, and any modification thereof.

5. Ratification/Amendment. The authority given under this Authorization shall be retroactive and any and all acts so authorized that are performed prior to the formal adoption are hereby approved and ratified. In the event two or more resolutions of this Business are concurrently in effect, the provisions of each shall be cumulative, unless the latest shall specifically provide otherwise. The authority given hereby shall remain in full force and effect, and Bank is authorized and requested to rely and act thereon, until Bank shall have received at its San Jose Office a certified copy of a further resolution of the Business amending, rescinding or revoking the Authorization.

 

-59-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

6. Requests For Credit. Credit may be requested by the Business from Bank in writing, by telephone, or by other telecommunication method acceptable to Bank. The Business recognizes and agrees that Bank cannot effectively determine whether a specific request purportedly made by or on behalf of the Business is actually authorized or authentic. As it is in the Business’s best interest that Bank extend credit in response to these forms of request, the Business assumes all risks regarding the validity, authenticity and due authorization of any request purporting to be made by or on behalf of the Business. The Business is hereby authorized and directed to repay any credit that is extended by Bank pursuant to any request which Bank in good faith believes to be authorized, or when the proceeds of any credit are deposited to the account of the Business with Bank, regardless of whether any individual or entity other than the Business may have authority to draw against such account.

7. Business As Partner/Joint Venturer, LLC Member or Manager. Nothing in its organizational documents limits or prohibits the Business from acting as a general or limited partner of a partnership, a member or manager of a limited liability company, or joint venturer of a joint venture. Any person designated in paragraph 1 of the Authorization is authorized, on behalf of the Business, in its role as a general or limited partner, a member or manager, or a joint venturer, to execute, deliver and endorse all certificates, authorizations and agreements (i) to evidence the Business’s role in and responsibilities to and for such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture so that Bank may rely thereon, and (ii) to evidence such partnership’s, limited liability company’s or joint venture’s obligations and liabilities to Bank.

8. No Limitation By This Authorization. Nothing contained in this Authorization shall limit or modify the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Business as provided by law, any agreement or authorization relating to the Business or otherwise.

9. Indemnification. The Business unconditionally agrees to pay and protect, defend and indemnify Bank and Bank’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, correspondents, agents and representatives against, and hold Bank and each such other party harmless from, all claims, actions, proceedings, liabilities, damages, losses, expenses (including without limitation attorney’s fees and costs) and other amounts incurred by Bank and each such other party, arising from the reliance by any such party on this Authorization.

 

-60-


Commercial Credit Agreement

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF THE BUSINESS

I hereby certify to Union Bank, N.A., (“Bank”) that the attached Authorization is a true copy of the resolution(s) of WAGEWORKS, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Business”) duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Business and duly entered in the records of the Business, and that the Authorization is in conformity with applicable law and regulation, the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Business and is now in full force and effect.

I also certify that the above are the names and genuine specimen signatures of the officers of the Business authorized in paragraph 1 of the Authorization.

I agree to notify Bank in writing of any change in any aspect of the Authorization or of any individual holding any office set forth in this certificate immediately upon the occurrence of any such change, and to provide Bank with a copy of the modified resolution(s) and the genuine specimen signature of any such new officer.

The authority provided for in the Authorization shall remain in full force and effect, and Bank is authorized and requested to rely and act thereon until Bank shall receive at its San Jose Office either a certified copy of a further resolution of this Business’s Board of Directors amending the Authorization, or a certification of a change in the authorized officer(s).

Dated as of: August 31, 2010

 

/s/ Kim Jackson

   

Secretary of WageWorks, Inc.

   

 

/s/ Joe Jackson

   

* President of WageWorks, Inc.

   

 

* When the Secretary is among those authorized, the President should also sign this Certificate.

 

-61-

Exhibit 10.11

San Mateo

Office Lease

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

ORACLE USA, INC.

AND

WAGEWORKS, INC.

1100 PARK PLACE

SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA

Portion of Fourth (4th) and First (1st) Floors


SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“Sublease”) is entered into as of September 13, 2006, by and between ORACLE USA, INC., a Colorado corporation (“Sublandlord”) and WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of December 29, 2000 (the “Original Master Lease”), as the same has been amended by that certain First Amendment of Lease dated as of April 29, 2003 (the “First Amendment”) (the Original Master Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, being referred to herein as the “Master Lease”), Bay Meadows Park Place Investors LLC (“Landlord”), as Landlord, leases to Sublandlord (successor in interest to Siebel Systems, Inc.), as Tenant, certain space (the “Master Lease Premises”) consisting of 126,060 rentable square feet on the first (1st), second (2nd), third (3rd) and fourth (4th) floors of the Building located at 1100 Park Place in the city of San Mateo, California (the “Building”).

B. Subtenant wishes to sublease from Sublandlord, and Sublandlord wishes to sublease to Subtenant, a portion of the Master Lease Premises containing approximately 38,249 rentable square feet comprised of (i) approximately 36,008 rentable square feet of space located on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building and more particularly identified and described on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (the “Fourth Floor Space”) and (ii) approximately 2,241 rentable square feet of space located on the first (1st) floor of the Building more particularly identified and described on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 (the “First Floor Space”) (the Fourth Floor Space and the First Floor Space being collectively referred to herein as the “Subleased Premises”), which such square footage is based upon Sublandlord’s architect’s usable square footage calculations for the Subleased Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Sublease . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, the Subleased Premises. In addition to the foregoing, Sublandlord hereby grants Subtenant the non-exclusive right, in common with the other tenants of the Building, to use the lobby, restrooms and related common areas located on the 1st floor of the Building (the “First Floor Common Area”).

2. Term .

(a) Initial Term . The term of this Sublease (“Term”) shall commence on the date (the “Commencement Date”) that is the later to occur of (x) September 1, 2006 and (y) the date that Sublandlord delivers possession of the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in the condition required hereunder and (z) the date upon which Sublandlord procures Landlord’s consent to this Sublease (the “Consent”, and the date upon which Sublandlord procures the Consent being the “Effective Date”) and end on the date immediately preceding the fifth (5th) anniversary of either (i) the Commencement Date, or (ii) if the Commencement Date

 

1


is not the first day of the month, the last day of the month in which the Commencement Date occurs (the “Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof. Upon the determination of the Commencement Date, Sublandlord and Subtenant will enter into a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

(b) Delay in Commencement Date . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the Commencement Date does not occur on or before October 1, 2006 for any reason other than due to delays caused by Subtenant (including, without limitation, delays in the Commencement Date arising from Subtenant’s failure to timely execute and deliver the Consent), Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease upon delivering written notice to Sublandlord at any time prior to the Commencement Date, and, in such event, Sublandlord shall promptly refund any monies previously tendered by Subtenant, this Sublease shall immediately terminate and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations under this Sublease.

3. Option to Extend .

(a) Grant of Option . Sublandlord grants Subtenant one (1) option (the “Option to Extend”) to extend the Term of this Sublease for one (1) additional period expiring as of December 31, 2014 (the “Option Term”), upon the same terms and conditions contained in this Sublease, except that (i) the Base Rent for the Subleased Premises shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Rent (defined below) for the Subleased Premises as of the date of the commencement of the Option Term, determined in the manner set forth below, but in no event less than $1.69 per rentable square foot per month, (ii) Subtenant shall accept the Subleased Premises in an “as is” condition without any obligation of Sublandlord to make or pay for any repainting, remodeling, repair, improvement or alteration of the Subleased Premises, except to the extent that an improvement allowance is granted as a component of Fair Market Rent, and (iii) there shall be no further options to extend the Term.

(b) Exercise of Option . Notice of Subtenant’s exercise (the “Election Notice”) of the Option to Extend must be given to Sublandlord in writing no later than nine (9) months prior to the Expiration Date. If Subtenant properly exercises the Option to Extend, references in this Sublease to the “Term” shall be deemed to mean the Option Term unless the context clearly provides otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Option to Extend shall automatically terminate without notice and shall be of no further force and effect, whether or not Subtenant has timely exercised the Option to Extend, if:

(i) an event of monetary default on the part of Subtenant exists under this Sublease (i.e., beyond the giving of applicable notice and the passage of applicable grace and cure periods) at the time of exercise of the Option to Extend or at the time of commencement of the Option Term; or

(ii) Subtenant has assigned its interest in this Sublease (other than to an Affiliate or pursuant to a Permitted Transfer referenced in Section 21.C of the Original Master Lease), or has subleased more than fifty percent (50%) of the Subleased

 

2


Premises (other than to an Affiliate or pursuant to a Permitted Transfer referenced in Section 21.C of the Original Master Lease).

(c) Base Rent During Option Term .

(i) Negotiation . If Subtenant properly exercises the Option to Extend, the Base Rent payable by Subtenant during the applicable Option Term shall be adjusted to an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Rent for the Subleased Premises as of the commencement of the Option Term for a term equal to the Option Term. Promptly following Subtenant’s exercise of the Option to Extend, Sublandlord will deliver to Subtenant notice of Sublandlord’ s determination of the applicable Fair Market Rent for the Subleased Premises for the Option Term (“Sublandlord’s Fair Market Notice”). For a period of thirty (30) days following delivery of Sublandlord’s Fair Market Notice, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall work together in good faith to reach agreement upon the Fair Market Rent for the Subleased Premises for the applicable Option Term. If Sublandlord and Subtenant fail to agree upon the Fair Market Rent within such thirty (30) day period, then, the Fair Market Rent shall be established in accordance with the procedures set forth below:

(ii) Arbitrator .

(A) The parties shall endeavor to mutually select a qualified commercial real estate broker, licensed in the State of California, with at least five (5) consecutive years’ experience in determining fair market rental rates in the San Mateo, California, vicinity, provided such commercial real estate broker shall not have been employed by either party within the past three (3) years. If Sublandlord and Subtenant are unable to so agree upon a single commercial real estate broker within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, then each party shall appoint one (1) commercial real estate broker by written notice to the other, to be given within ten (10) days after the end of said first ten (10) day selection period. Within ten (10) days after the two (2) commercial real estate brokers are appointed, such two commercial real estate brokers shall appoint a third commercial real estate broker. The Fair Market Rent shall be the rate determined by the third commercial real estate broker provided, however, if either Sublandlord or Subtenant fails to appoint its broker within the prescribed time period, the single commercial real estate broker appointed by the other party shall determine the Fair Market Rent amount for the Subleased Premises.

(B) In connection with the determination of the Fair Market Rent by the commercial real estate broker, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the single commercial real estate broker or the third commercial real estate broker, as the case may be, deliver to such commercial real estate broker Sublandlord’s and Subtenant’s estimate of the Fair Market Rent, with such supporting documentation as Sublandlord and Subtenant shall determine in their sole respective discretion. The commercial real estate broker shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of such information from Sublandlord and Subtenant to either pick the Fair Market Rent as determined by Sublandlord or the Fair Market Rent that is determined by Subtenant. The decision of the single commercial real estate broker or the third commercial real estate broker, as applicable, shall be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto and shall be enforceable as a judgment by the prevailing party against the losing party. If any commercial real estate broker shall fail,

 

3


refuse, or become unable to act, a new commercial real estate broker shall be appointed in his or her place following the same method as was originally followed with respect to the commercial real estate broker to be replaced. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall each pay the fees and expenses of the commercial real estate broker it appoints, but if only one commercial real estate broker is used, or if a third commercial real estate broker is used, the fees and expenses of such sole or third commercial real estate broker, as the case may be, shall be borne equally by the parties. All other expenses shall be borne by the parties. All hearings and proceedings held and all investigations and actions taken by the commercial real estate broker shall take place in the Redwood City/San Mateo vicinity.

(C) If the amount of the Fair Market Rent is not known as of the commencement of the Option Term, then Subtenant shall continue to pay the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the commencement of the Option Term until the amount of the fair market rent is determined. When such determination is made, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord any deficiency within ten (10) business days following written notice by Sublandlord.

(iii) “ Fair Market Rent” Defined . As used herein, “Fair Market Rent” shall mean the actual “base rent” being paid by renewal tenants or subtenants for similar premises of comparable size and location in buildings similar in age and quality as the Subleased Premises in the San Mateo/Foster City vicinity (with appropriate adjustment for tenant improvements, economic concessions, brokerage fees, base years, etc.), taking into account amenities available at the Building in comparison with amenities available at comparison properties, but in no event less than the Base Rent rate payable by Subtenant during the final twelve (12) months of the initial Term (i.e., $1.688 per rentable square foot per month).

4. Rent .

4.1 Rent Payments .

(a) From and after the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as base rent for the Subleased Premises during the Term (“Base Rent”) the following:

 

Months Following

Commencement Date

   Monthly Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot
     Monthly
Base Rent
 

1 - 12*

   $ 1.50       $ 57,373.50   

13 - 24

   $ 1.545       $ 59,094.71   

25 - 36

   $ 1.591       $ 60,854.16   

37 - 48

   $ 1.639       $ 62,690.11   

49 - 60

   $ 1.688       $ 64,564.31   

 

*

If the Commencement Date is a date other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month, then the “first” month following the Commencement Date shall be the first full month after the month in which the Commencement Date occurs. For example, if the Commencement Date is January 15, 2007, for the purposes of this

 

4


 

schedule, the first “month” following the Commencement Date will be February, 2007, and thus “months 1 - 12” in the above-referenced chart would expire as of January 31, 2008.

Base Rent shall be paid on the first day of each month commencing as of the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period (defined in Section 4(b) below), except that Subtenant shall pay the first month’s Base Rent to Sublandlord upon execution of this Sublease and delivery of this Sublease to Sublàndlord; said pre-paid Base Rent will be applied towards Base Rent first payable following the Rent Abatement Period. If the Term does not begin on the first day of a calendar month, the Base Rent and Additional Rent (hereinafter defined) for any partial month shall be prorated by multiplying the monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the partial month included in the Term and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the full calendar month. All Rent (hereinafter defined) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States, by regular bank check of Subtenant, to Sublandlord at the following address:

1001 Sunset Boulevard

Rocklin, CA 95765

Attn: Lease Administration

or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublandlord may designate in writing, or by electronic transfer to the account identified by Sublandlord.

(b) Abatement . Notwithstanding anything in Section 4(a) above to the contrary, Subtenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent and Operating Costs (defined in Section 4.2 below) for the first (1st) five (5) full calendar months of the Term (the “Abatement Period”). The total amount of Rent abated during the Rent Abatement Period is referred to herein as the “Abated Rent”).

4.2 Operating Costs .

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Sublease and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Sublease, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Additional Rent ” shall mean the sums payable pursuant to Section 4.2(b) below.

(ii) “ Operating Costs ” shall mean Operating Expenses (as defined in the Master Lease) charged by Landlord to Sublandlord pursuant to the Master Lease.

(iii) “ Rent ” shall mean, collectively, Base Rent, Additional Rent, and all other sums payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease, whether or not expressly designated as “rent”, all of which are deemed and designated as rent pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

 

5


(iv) “ Subtenant’s Percentage Share ” shall mean 30.3%. Subtenant’s Percentage Share has been obtained by dividing the rentable area of the Subleased Premises by the rentable area of the Master Lease Premises and multiplying such quotient by 100. In the event Subtenant’s Percentage Share is changed during a calendar year by reason of a change in the rentable area of the Subleased Premises or the Master Lease Premises, Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall thereupon be adjusted to equal the result obtained by dividing the rentable area of the Subleased Premises by the rentable area of the Master Lease Premises and multiplying such quotient by 100, and Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such calendar year at each such percentage share.

(b) Payment of Additional Rent . In addition to the Base Rent payable pursuant to Section 4.1 above, from and after the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period, for each calendar year of the Term, Subtenant, as Additional Rent, shall pay Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs payable by Sublandlord for the then current calendar year. Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of Sublandlord’s estimate of the amount of Additional Rent per month payable pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) for each calendar year promptly following the Sublandlord’s receipt of Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Costs payable under the Master Lease. Thereafter, the Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) shall be determined and adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2(c) below.

(c) Procedure . The determination and adjustment of Additional Rent payable hereunder shall be made in accordance with the following procedures:

(i) Delivery of Estimate, Payment . Upon receipt of a statement from Landlord specifying the estimated Operating Costs to be charged to Sublandlord under the Master Lease with respect to each calendar year, or as soon after receipt of such statement as practicable, Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of its estimate of Additional Rent payable under Section 4.2(b) for the ensuing calendar year, which estimate shall be prepared based on the estimate received from Landlord (as Landlord’s estimate may change from time to time), together with a copy of the statement received from Landlord. On or before the first day of each month during each calendar year, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amount together with the Base Rent.

(ii) Sublandlord’s Failure to Deliver Estimate . In the event Sublandlord’s notice set forth in Subsection 4.2(c)(i) is not given on or before December of the calendar year preceding the calendar year for which Sublandlord’s notice is applicable, as the case may be, then until the calendar month after such notice is delivered by Sublandlord, Subtenant shall continue to pay to Sublandlord monthly, during the ensuing calendar year, estimated payments equal to the amounts payable hereunder during the calendar year just ended. Upon receipt of any such post-December notice Subtenant shall (i) commence as of the immediately following calendar month, and continue for the remainder of the calendar year, to pay to Sublandlord monthly such new estimated payments, (ii) if the monthly installment of the new estimate of such Additional Rent is greater than the monthly installment of the estimate for the previous calendar year, pay to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such notice an amount equal to the difference of such monthly installment multiplied by the number of full and partial calendar months of such year preceding the delivery of such notice and (iii) if

 

6


the monthly installment of the new estimate of such Additional Rent is less than the monthly installment of the estimate for the previous calendar year, an amount equal to the difference of such monthly installment multiplied by the number of full or partial calendar months of such year preceding the delivery of such notice shall be credited against the next payment of Rent coming due by Subtenant under this Sublease.

(d) Year End Reconciliation . Within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Sublandlord of a final statement of Operating Costs from Landlord with respect to each calendar year, Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a statement (“Sublandlord’s Statement”) of the adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 for the calendar year just ended, together with a copy of any corresponding statement received by Sublandlord from Landlord. If on the basis of such Sublandlord’s Statement Subtenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments actually made by Subtenant for the calendar year just ended, Sublandlord shall credit such excess to the next payment of Rent coming due or, if the term of this Sublease is about to expire, promptly refund such excess to Subtenant. If on the basis of such Sublandlord’s Statement Subtenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for the calendar year just ended previously made by Subtenant, Subtenant shall pay the deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement from Sublandlord to Subtenant.

(e) Audit Rights .

(i) Subtenant shall have the right, within three hundred sixty-five (365) days following delivery of Sublandlord’ s Statement, to review Sublandlord’ s allocation of Operating Expenses (as defined in the Master Lease) to Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs payable hereunder. Such review may be performed by an employee of Subtenant and/or a certified public accountant, provided that any such individual or firm shall not be compensated on a so-called “contingency” basis. Such review shall be performed at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, provided, however, that if Sublandlord’s Statement is determined to have overstated Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs payable hereunder by two percent (2%) or more, Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the reasonable cost of such audit, and, in addition, in the event that any such audit determines that Sublandlord’s Statement has overstated Operating Costs payable hereunder, Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the amount of any such overpayment actually made by Subtenant.

(ii) Subtenant may, by written notice to Sublandlord, elect, pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.E of the Original Master Lease, to examine the books and records of Landlord relevant to a Sublandlord’s Statement. In such event, (A) such examination shall be conducted by a party meeting the qualifications for the review of the books and records of Landlord as described in the Master Lease, which party shall be designated and compensated by Subtenant, but who shall be acting as Sublandlord’s representative for the purposes of examining any such books and records of Landlord, (B) such party shall render a written report of such examination and such party’s findings and recommendations with respect thereto, a true copy of which shall be delivered to Sublandlord within ten (10) days after such report is completed. Such audit shall be commenced and prosecuted with reasonable diligence by Sublandlord on behalf of Subtenant (provided that Subtenant requests such an audit in a timely fashion so that Sublandlord can timely exercise its rights under Section 7.E of the Original

 

7


Master Lease) and any reasonable expense incurred by Sublandlord in connection with such audit (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) shall be reimbursed by Subtenant as additional Rent hereunder within ten (10) business days following invoice therefor. Any recovery from any such examination of the books and records of Landlord shall be applied first to Subtenant, in the amount of the costs and expenses of such examination (to the extent such costs and expenses were paid for by, or reimbursed to Sublandlord by, Subtenant) and, second, shall be allocated among Sublandlord and Subtenant in accordance with the proportionate area of the Master Lease Premises that each occupies.

(f) Survival . The expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease shall not affect the obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant pursuant to Subsections 3.2(d) and (e), and such obligations shall survive, remain to be performed after, any expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

(g) Adjustment for Subtenants’ Consumption of Excess Electricity . Sublandlord agrees that if Sublandlord determines that any of its subtenants in the Building (including Subtenant) is consuming electricity in their respective subleased premises at a rate materially in excess of the average rate of electrical consumption of Sublandlord’s other subtenants in the Building, as reasonably determined by Sublandlord, Sublandlord will use reasonable efforts to enforce the provisions of Section 15.B of the Original Master Lease (as incorporated into this Sublease and the subleases of such other subtenants) to allow Sublandlord to separately meter the electrical consumption of subtenants consuming excess electricity and to charge said subtenants on a direct basis for their excess electricity usage. In addition to the foregoing, Subtenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion and at its sole expense, to install a temporary separate meter to ascertain its electrical consumption and if such separate meter shows that Subtenant is consuming materially less electricity than the amount it is being charged by Sublandlord, Subtenant and Sublandlord agree to meet and in good faith negotiate a mechanism for handling such discrepancy.

(h) Janitorial Services . Subject to the approval of Landlord, Subtenant shall be permitted to perform its own janitorial services in the Subleased Premises, in which event, such services will be performed at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, and Operating Costs payable by Subtenant shall not include the cost of janitorial services provided by Landlord.

(i) Common Areas (First and Second Floor) . In addition to Subtenant’s right to use the First Floor Common Area as set forth in Section 1 above, if Subtenant subleases any portion of the Expansion Space or other space on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, Subtenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with the other subtenants of the Second Floor, to use the lobby, restrooms and related common areas located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (the “Second Floor Common Area”, and together with the First Floor Common Area, the “Common Area”). Except to the extent that Landlord agrees to be responsible for the maintenance of the portion of the Common Area, Sublandlord shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of the Common Area and shall maintain the same in a first-class condition. In such event, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for Subtenant’s Percentage Share of the actual cost of such maintenance; such amounts will be billed by Sublandlord to Subtenant as Additional Rent payable hereunder in a manner similar to

 

8


Subtenant’s payment of Operating Costs. In such event, Sublandlord shall also, at its sole cost and expense (without inclusion as an Operating Cost, except as set forth below), (i) construct the initial build-out of any Common Area which has not been built-out as of the date of this Sublease in a first class condition and in accordance with all applicable Regulations, and (ii) perform such work as may be necessary to maintain the Common Area in compliance with all Regulations; provided, however, that (x) Sublandlord shall have the right to contest any alleged violation of Regulations or requirement that work be performed in accordance with Regulations, in good faith, including, without limitation, the right to apply for and obtain a waiver or deferment of compliance, the right to assert any and all defenses allowed by law and the right to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by law and (y) the cost of compliance with Regulations first enacted or enforced against the Common Area following the construction of the Common Area described in clause (i) above may be passed through to Subtenant as described in the immediately preceding sentence.

5. Security Deposit .

(a) Generally . Concurrently with Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord the sum of $347,319.00 (the “Security Deposit”). The Security Deposit shall be held by Sublandlord as security for the faithful performance by Subtenant of all the provisions of this Sublease to be performed or observed by Subtenant. If Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, and such failure or default is not cured within the applicable notice and cure period, Sublandlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or other sum in default, to repair or maintain the Subleased Premises, to perform any other terms, covenants, or conditions contained in this Sublease, or to compensate Sublandlord for any loss or damage which Sublandlord may suffer thereby. If Sublandlord so uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Subtenant shall within ten (10) days after demand therefor deposit cash with Sublandlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount thereof and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. If Subtenant performs all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Sublandlord, shall be returned, without interest, to Subtenant (or, at Sublandlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Subtenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days following the later to occur of (x) the expiration of the Term, and (y) Subtenant’s vacation of the Subleased Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit. Sublandlord will not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.

(b) Reduction . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5(a) above to the contrary, if, as of the date of expiration of the thirtieth (30th) full calendar month of the Term, the Reduction Conditions (defined below) apply, upon written request by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant a portion of the Security Deposit equal to One Hundred Fifteen Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy Three Dollars ($115,773.00). As used herein, the “Reduction Conditions” shall mean that (i) Subtenant is not then in default of its obligations to pay Rent under this Sublease (i.e., beyond the giving of applicable notice and the passage of

 

9


applicable grace periods) and (ii) Subtenant has not previously been in default of its obligations to pay Rent (similarly described) under this Sublease.

(c) Letter of Credit . Subtenant may elect to deliver the Security Deposit in the form of an unconditional, irrevocable, transferable standby letter of credit (the “Initial Letter of Credit”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D in the amount of $347,319.00 and issued by a financial institution acceptable to Sublandlord (such financial or banking institution must have a credit rating of “AA” or better from both Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s). Sublandlord may draw upon the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit (as that term is defined below) on or after the occurrence of either: (i) an uncured event of default under this Sublease; or (ii) any failure by Subtenant to deliver to Sublandlord a Replacement Letter of Credit as and when required pursuant to this Section 4; provided that in the event of (i), Sublandlord may, at Sublandlord’s sole option, draw upon a portion of the face amount of the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit, as applicable, as required to compensate Sublandlord for damages incurred (with subsequent demands at Sublandlord’s sole election as Sublandlord incurs further damage).

(i) Delivery of Replacement Letter of Credit . Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a new letter of credit (a “Replacement Letter of Credit”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiry date of the Initial Letter of Credit or of any Replacement Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord (hereinafter, the Initial Letter of Credit and any Replacement Letter of Credit may be generically referred to as a “Letter of Credit”). Each Replacement Letter of Credit delivered by Subtenant to Sublandlord shall: (i) be issued by a banking institution acceptable to Sublandlord in its reasonable judgment (such financial or banking institution must have a credit rating of “AA” or better from both Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s); (ii) be in the same form as the letter of credit attached to this Sublease as Exhibit D ; (iii) bear an expiry date not earlier than one (1) year from the date when such Replacement Letter of Credit is delivered to Sublandlord; and (iv) be in an amount not less than the amount specified in Section 5(c). Upon the delivery to Sublandlord of a Replacement Letter of Credit as described in this Section 5, Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant any previously delivered Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord.

(ii) Draw Upon Letter of Credit . All proceeds of a draw upon of any Letter of Credit performed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5(c) shall be applied by Sublandlord to damages incurred by Sublandlord as a result of the event giving rise to the draw; any excess proceeds of any such draws will be held by Sublandlord as a security deposit in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(a) above, and, at the sole election of Sublandlord, applied on one or more occasions to remedy failures on the part of Subtenant in the payment of Rent, to repair damages to the Subleased Premises caused by Subtenant and to clean the Subleased Premises.

(iii) Sublandlord’s Transfer . If Sublandlord conveys or transfers its interest in the Subleased Premises and, as a part of such conveyance or transfer, Sublandlord assigns its interest in this Sublease: (i) the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit shall be transferred to Sublandlord’s successor; (ii) Sublandlord shall be released and discharged from any further liability to Subtenant with respect to such Initial Letter of Credit and any Replacement Letter of Credit; and (iii) any Replacement Letter of

 

10


Credit thereafter delivered by Subtenant shall state the name of the successor to Sublandlord as the beneficiary of such Replacement Letter of Credit and shall contain such modifications in the text of the Replacement Letter of Credit as are required to appropriately reflect the transfer of the interest of Sublandlord in the Premises.

(iv) In the event that Subtenant elects to deliver the Security Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit, the reduction in the Security Deposit described in Section 5(b) will be accomplished as follows: as of the date of the thirtieth (30th) full calendar month of the Term, if the Reduction Conditions apply, Subtenant may send written notice to Sublandlord requesting that the then face amount of the current Letter of Credit be reduced to $115,773.00. Sublandlord shall cooperate with Subtenant’s efforts to accomplish such reduction, which reduction may be accomplished either by (i) amending the then-current Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord or (ii) Subtenant delivering a new Replacement Letter of Credit to Sublandlord in the reduced face amount, upon which delivery Sublandlord shall deliver the Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord to Subtenant. Subtenant may elect either of the foregoing options, at Subtenant’s sole discretion.

6. Expansion Option .

(a) Generally . Subtenant shall have the one-time option (the “Expansion Option”) to lease the area located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building and shown cross-hatched on Exhibit A-3 to this Sublease (the “Expansion Space”) if:

(i) Sublandlord receives written notice (the “Expansion Notice”) from Subtenant of the exercise of its Expansion Option; and

(ii) Subtenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Sublease at the time Sublandlord receives the Expansion Notice; and

(iii) no more than fifty percent (50%) Subleased Premises is further sublet at the time Landlord receives the Expansion Notice (other than to an Affiliate or pursuant to a Permitted Transfer under Section 2l.C of the Original Master Lease); and

(iv) this Sublease has not been assigned (other than to an Affiliate or pursuant to a Permitted Transfer under Section 21.C of the Original Master Lease) prior to the time Landlord receives the Expansion Notice; and

(v) the Expansion Space is intended for the exclusive use of Subtenant only; and

(vi) Subtenant has not vacated or abandoned the Subleased Premises at the time Landlord receives the Expansion Notice.

 

11


(b) Rent .

(i) The Base Rent rate(s) per rentable square foot for the Expansion Space shall be the same as the Base Rent rate(s) per rentable square foot for the initial Subleased Premises on the date the term for the Expansion Space commences, and shall increase at such times and in such amount as Base Rent for the initial Subleased Premises, it being the intent of Sublandlord and Subtenant that the Base Rent rate(s) per rentable square foot for the Expansion Space shall always be the same as the Base Rent rate(s) per rentable square foot for the initial Subleased Premises.

(ii) Subtenant shall pay Operating Costs for the Expansion Space on the same terms and conditions set forth in Section 4 of this Sublease, provided that Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall be increased appropriately to account for the addition of the Expansion Space.

(iii) The Security Deposit will be increased by an amount equal to:

(A) if Subtenant delivers its Exercise Notice prior to the first (1st) anniversary of the Commencement Date, six (6) months’ Base Rent initially payable for the Expansion Space; or

(B) if Subtenant delivers its Exercise Notice following the first (1st) anniversary of the Commencement Date, (x) six months Base Rent payable for the Expansion Space multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete or partial calendar months remaining in the Term as of the date Subtenant delivers its Exercise Notice and the denominator of which is forty-eight (48) (the “Fraction”).

Subtenant will deliver such increased portion of the Security Deposit prior to Subtenant’s occupancy of the Expansion Space (but Subtenant’s failure to timely deliver such increased portion of the Security Deposit will not postpone the commencement of Subtenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the Expansion Space). Any such additional Security Deposit will be subject to reduction to an amount equal to two (2) months’ Base Rent for the Expansion Space, as, when and if the initial Security Deposit is reduced pursuant to Section 5(b) above.

(c) Term . The term for the Expansion Space shall commence on the later to occur of (i) a date set forth in Subtenant’s Expansion Notice, which date cannot be more than thirty (30) days following the date of delivery of Subtenant’s Expansion Notice, (ii) the date that Sublandlord delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Subtenant for the purpose of Subtenant constructing Subtenant Improvements (defined in Section 16 below) therein, which date cannot be more than thirty (30) days following the date set forth in Subtenant’s Expansion Notice. From and after the commencement of the term for the Expansion Space, the Expansion Space shall be considered Subleased Premises, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Sublease.

 

12


(d) Acceptance .

(i) Generally . The Expansion Space (including improvements and personally, if any) shall be accepted by Subtenant in its “as-built” condition and configuration existing on the earlier of the date Subtenant takes possession of the Expansion Space or as of the date the term for the Expansion Space commences; provided, that Sublandlord will construct in the Expansion Space the Second Floor Sublandlord Work (defined in Section 16 below and Exhibit C attached hereto). The construction of the Second Floor Sublandlord Work may take place concurrently with the construction of Subtenant’s Improvements in the Expansion Space.

(ii) Allowance; Abatement . If Subtenant delivers its Exercise Notice prior to the first (1st) anniversary of the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall be entitled to an improvement allowance equal to Forty Five Dollars ($45.00) per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space, which Allowance shall be distributed in a manner similar to that described in Section 16(c) below, and Subtenant shall receive an abatement of Base Rent and Operating Costs payable with respect to the Expansion Space for the initial one hundred twenty (120) days following delivery of the Expansion Space to Subtenant, in the manner described in Section 4(b) above. If Subtenant delivers its Exercise Notice after the first (1st) anniversary of the Commencement Date, then (x) the improvement allowance will be an amount equal to forty Five Dollars ($45.00) per rentable square foot in the applicable Expansion Space, multiplied by the Fraction, and (y) the length of the abatement period with respect to Base Rent and Operating Costs payable for the Expansion Space will be one hundred twenty (120) days, multiplied by the Fraction.

(iii) No Other Allowances . Except as expressly set forth herein, no allowances, credits, abatements or other concessions (if any) set forth in this Sublease for the initial Subleased Premises shall apply to the Expansion Space.

(e) Expansion Amendment . If Subtenant is entitled to and properly exercises the Expansion Option, Sublandlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Expansion Amendment”) to reflect the commencement date of the term for the Expansion Space and the changes in Base Rent, rentable area of the Subleased Premises, Subtenant’s Percentage Share, the improvement allowance and Rent abatement described in Section 6(d) above, if applicable and other appropriate terms. A copy of the Expansion Amendment conforming to the terms of this Section 6 shall be (i) sent to Subtenant within a reasonable time after receipt of the Expansion Notice, and (ii) executed by Subtenant and Sublandlord within fifteen (15) days thereafter. However, if Subtenant has delivered an Expansion Notice, Subtenant will be irrevocably bound to lease the Expansion Space from Sublandlord on the terms set forth herein regardless of whether Subtenant or Sublandlord timely execute and deliver an Expansion Amendment.

(f) Offer Notice . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 to the contrary, if at any time prior to Subtenant’s delivery to Sublandlord of an Expansion Notice, Sublandlord receives an offer from a third party to sublease all or any portion of the Expansion Space which Sublandlord in good faith, believes to be sufficiently attractive to warrant further negotiations, Sublandlord shall give written notice to Subtenant (“Offer Notice”)

 

13


of such event, specifying in such Offer Notice whether all or a portion of the Expansion Space is covered by such offer. In such event, Subtenant shall have five (5) business days following delivery of such Offer Notice in which to deliver an Expansion Notice to Sublandlord, thereby exercising Expansion Option with respect to the Expansion Space (or, at Subtenant’s option, such portion, of the Expansion Space that is the subject of the offer). If Subtenant fails to timely deliver an Expansion Notice following Sublandlord’s delivery to Subtenant of an Offer Notice, Sublandlord shall be free to sublease the applicable portion of the Expansion Space to such third party, upon such terms and conditions as Sublandlord may deem appropriate, and the Expansion Option shall thereafter be null and void and of no further force and effect with respect to such portion of the Expansion Space; if the Offer Notice covers only a portion of the Expansion Space, then Subtenant will continue to have the Expansion Option with respect to the remainder of the Expansion Space, subject to Sublandlord’ s right to deliver an Offer Notice to Subtenant with respect to such space in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(f).

7. Use and Occupancy .

7.1 Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used and occupied only for general office use, and for no other use or purpose.

7.2 Compliance with Master Lease . Subtenant agrees that it will occupy the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease and each party agrees that it will not do or omit to do or permit any act which may result in a violation of or a default under any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, or render Sublandlord or Subtenant liable for any damage, charge or expense thereunder. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Sublandlord will perform its covenants and obligations under the Master Lease which do not require for their performance possession of the Subleased Premises and which are not otherwise to be performed hereunder by Subtenant on behalf of Sublandlord. Each party further covenants and agrees to indemnify the other party against and hold the other harmless from any claim, demand, action, proceeding, suit, liability, loss, judgment, expense (including attorneys fees) and damages of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, such party’s failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease or this Sublease. Any other provision in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Rent hereunder any and all sums which Sublandlord may be required to pay Landlord arising out of a request by Subtenant for, or use by Subtenant of, additional or over-standard Building services from Landlord (for example, but not by way of limitation, charges associated with after-hour HVAC usage and overstandard electrical charges) and Sublandlord agrees to cooperate with Subtenant in requesting such additional services.

7.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Sublandlord hereby grants to Subtenant the right to receive all of the services and benefits with respect to the Premises which are to be provided by Landlord under the Master Lease. Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any of the covenants, agreements and/or obligations of Landlord under the Master Lease and, insofar as any of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder are required to be performed under the Master Lease by Landlord thereunder, Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall be entitled to look to Landlord for such performance. In addition, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any repairs or

 

14


any other obligation of Landlord under the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning, ventilation, life-safety, water, electricity, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (i) abatement, diminution or reduction of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease except as otherwise provided herein, or (ii) liability on the part of Sublandlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall promptly take such action as may be necessary, under the circumstances, to secure such performance upon Subtenants request to Sublandlord to do so and shall thereafter diligently prosecute such performance on the part of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of clause (i) above, if an Essential Services Interruption Event (as said term is defined in Section 15.B of the Original Master Lease) occurs which is due to the act or omission of Sublandlord, and Subtenant is prevented from using, and does not use, an Affected Area (as said term is defined in Section l5.B of the Original Master Lease) as a result of such Essential Services Interruption event for a period in excess of the Eligibility Period (as said term is defined in Section l5.B of the Original Master Lease), the Rent payable under this Sublease shall be abated after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Subtenant continues to be prevented from using, and does not use, the Affected Area in the proportion that the rentable area of the Affected Area bears to the total rentable area of the Subleased Premises.

8. Master Lease and Sublease Terms .

8.1 Subject to Master Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that Subtenant has reviewed and is familiar with all of the terms, agreements, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease. Additionally, Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease shall be subject to the terms of the Consent. During the Term and for all periods subsequent thereto with respect to obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublandlord and Landlord, the obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease which pertain to the Subleased Premises and/or this Sublease, except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease, in which event the terms of this Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall have no obligation to maintain any element of the Master Lease Premises that is not part of the Subleased Premises. As between Sublandlord and Subtenant, all such portions of the Master Lease Premises shall be Sublandlord’s sole responsibility.

8.2 Representations . Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that (a) Sublandlord has delivered to Subtenant a full and complete copy of the Master Lease and all other agreements between Landlord and Sublandlord relating to the leasing, use and occupancy of the Premises, (b) the Master Lease is, as of the date hereof, in full force and effect, and (c) no event of default has occurred under the Master Lease and, to Sublandlord’s knowledge, no event has occurred and is continuing which would constitute an event of default but for the requirement of giving notice and/or the expiration of the period of time to cure.

 

15


8.3 Incorporation of Terms of Master Lease . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease, in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Landlord” is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublandlord and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Tenant” is used it shall be deemed to mean Subtenant. Any non- liability, release, indemnity or hold harmless provision in the Master Lease for the benefit of Landlord that is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease. Any right of Landlord under the Master Lease (a) of access or inspection, (b) to do work in the Master Lease Premises or in the Building, (c) in respect of rules and regulations, which is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease.

8.4 Modifications . For the purposes of incorporation herein, the terms of the Master Lease are subject to the following additional modifications:,

(a) Approvals . In all provisions of the Master Lease (under the terms thereof and without regard to modifications thereof for purposes of incorporation into this Sublease) requiring the approval or consent of Landlord, Subtenant shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of both Sublandlord and Landlord.

(b) Deliveries . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide Landlord with evidence, certificates, or any other matter or thing, Subtenant shall be required to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide, as the case may be, the same to both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(c) Damage; Condemnation . Sublandlord shall have no obligation to restore or rebuild any portion of the Subleased Premises after any destruction or taking by eminent domain.

(d) Insurance . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to designate Landlord as an additional or named insured on its insurance policy, Subtenant shall be required to so designate Landlord and Sublandlord on its insurance policy.

8.5 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 8.2 above, Subtenant shall have no rights nor obligations under the following parts, Sections and Exhibits of the Master Lease:

(a) Original Master Lease : Basic Lease Information (other than definition of “Project Description”, “Permitted Use”, and “Occupancy Density”), Articles 2, 3, 6, Section 7.E, Section 8.B(7), Section 13.B, Articles 19, 25, 32, 33, Sections 38.J., 38.L, 38.U, 39.A, 39.C, 39.E and Exhibit C.

(b) First Amendment : All.

 

16


8.6 Additional Modifications . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 8.2 above, the following provisions of the Master Lease are modified as described below for the purpose of their incorporation into this Sublease:

(a) With respect to Section 4.C of the Original Master Lease, references to “Landlord” in the eighth (8th) sentence of said section shall be deemed to be references to Landlord and not Sublandlord. Similarly, references in the final two (2) sentences of Section 4.C of the Original Master Lease to “Landlord” shall be deemed to be references to Landlord and not Sublandlord;

(b) With respect to the first (1st) full paragraph of the Original Master Lease following Section 7(A)(4) of the Original Master Lease, references to “Building and/or Project” or “Building or Project” shall be deemed to be references to the Master Lease Premises;

(c) The fifth (5th) sentence of Section l2.A of the Original Master Lease shall be revised to provide that Subtenant shall have the right, without the consent of Sublandlord, to make Alterations that comply with the provisions of this sentence and which cost, in the aggregate, less than Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00);

(d) With respect to Section 15.B of the Original Master Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of rent in the event of an Essential Services Interruption Event (as said term is defined in said Section 15.B) only to the extent that Sublandlord is entitled to a similar abatement of rent or in the event such Essential Services Interruption Event is caused by Sublandlord or by Sublandlord’s breach of this Sublease or the Master Lease;

(e) All references in Section 21.A(1) of the Original Master Lease to Landlord’s right to terminate the Master Lease shall be deemed to not apply to Sublandlord or this Sublease and Sublandlord shall have no right to terminate this Sublease as a result of Subtenant’s assignment or subleasing of the Subleased Premises;

(f) The definition of Bonus Rent in Section 21.B of the Original Master Lease is revised to delete clause (ii) from the first (1st) sentence of Section 21.B of the Original Master Lease; and

(g) With respect to Article 37 of the Original Master Lease, the reference in the first (1st) sentence to the “Basic Lease Information” shall be deemed a reference to Section 18 below.

9. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or further sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises except subject to and in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of Article 21 of the Original Master Lease, and Sublandlord (in addition to Master Landlord) shall have the same approval rights with respect to assignment and subleasing as Landlord has under such Article 21. Subtenant shall pay all fees and costs payable to Master Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease in connection with any proposed assignment, sublease or transfer of the Subleased Premises, together with all of Sublandlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs relating to Subtenant’s request for such consent, regardless of whether such

 

17


consent is granted, and the effectiveness of any such consent shall be conditioned upon Master Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s receipt of all such fees and costs.

10. Default . Except as expressly set forth herein, Subtenant shall perform all obligations in respect of the Subleased Premises that Sublandlord would be required to perform pursuant to the Master Lease. It shall constitute an event of default hereunder if Subtenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent), or any obligation under the Master Lease which has been incorporated herein by reference, and, in each instance, Subtenant has not remedied such failure after delivery of any written notice required under this Sublease and passage of any applicable grace or cure period provided in the Master Lease, less three (3) business days, provided that in no event shall any such period be shortened to less than three (3) days.

11. Remedies . In the event of any default hereunder by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have all remedies provided to the “Landlord” in the Master Lease as if an event of default had occurred thereunder and all other rights and remedies otherwise available at law and in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sublandlord may continue this Sublease in effect after Subtenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due. Sublandlord may resort to its remedies cumulatively or in the alternative.

12. Right to Cure Defaults . If Subtenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease after expiration of applicable grace or cure periods, then Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any such obligations for Subtenant’s account. All costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in performing any such act for the account of Subtenant shall be deemed Rent payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon demand, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law (the “Interest Rate”) from the date of demand to Subtenant until repaid. If Sublandlord undertakes to perform any of Subtenant’s obligations for the account of Subtenant pursuant hereto, the taking of such action shall not constitute a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s remedies. Subtenant hereby expressly waives its rights under any statute to make repairs at the expense of Sublandlord.

13. Consents and Approvals . Except as otherwise provided herein, Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold, or delay its consent to or approval of a matter requiring Sublandlord’s consent hereunder. In the event Landlord’s consent is required hereunder, Sublandlord hereby agrees to cooperate with Subtenant in obtaining such consent, including, without limitation, delivering any applicable documentation requested by Sublandlord.

14. Sublandlord’s Liability . Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Sublandlord to Subtenant for any default in Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Subtenant, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Sublandlord (or otherwise be indemnified by Sublandlord) for (a) any losses, costs, claims, causes of action, damages or other liability incurred in connection with a failure of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, successors and /or assigns to perform or cause to be performed Landlord’s obligations under the Master

 

18


Lease, except to the extent caused by Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s breach of this Sublease or the Master Lease, (b) lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, or (c) any damages or other liability arising from or incurred in connection with the condition of the Subleased Premises or suitability of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s intended uses, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s breach of this Sublease or the Master Lease. Subtenant shall, however, have the right to seek any injunctive or other equitable remedies as may be available to Subtenant under applicable law. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Sublandlord’ s stockholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Sublandlord’s obligations or actions under this Sublease. As used in this Sublease, the term “Sublandlord” means the holder of the tenant’s interest under the Master Lease and “Sublandlord” means the holder of sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease. In the event of any assignment or transfer of the Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, which assignment or transfer may occur at any time during the Term in Sublandlord’s sole discretion, Sublandlord shall be and hereby is entirely relieved of all covenants and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder accruing subsequent to the date of the transfer and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties hereto, that any transferee has assumed and shall carry out all covenants and obligations thereafter to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder, provided that Sublandlord has delivered the Security Deposit to the transferee and the transferee has expressly assumed Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease. Sublandlord shall transfer and deliver any then existing Security Deposit to the transferee of Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, and thereupon Sublandlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect thereto.

15. Attorneys’ Fees . If Sublandlord or Subtenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party who recovers substantially all of the damages, equitable relief or other remedy sought in any such action on trial and appeal shall be entitled to receive from the other party its costs associated therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs from the other party.

16. Delivery of Possession .

16.1 Generally . Sublandlord shall deliver, and Subtenant shall accept, possession of the Subleased Premises in their “AS IS” condition as the Subleased Premises exists on the date hereof. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to furnish, render or supply any work, labor, services, materials, furniture, fixtures, equipment, decorations or other items to make the Subleased Premises ready or suitable for Subtenant’s occupancy; except that Sublandlord will, at Sublandlord’s expense, construct the improvements in the First Floor Space described in the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “First Floor Sublandlord Work”) prior to the Commencement Date; additionally, if Subtenant exercises the Expansion Option, Sublandlord will perform the work described in Exhibit C attached hereto as the “Second Floor Sublandlord Work” in the Expansion Space. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord will be performing the Sublandlord Work concurrently with Subtenant’s performance of Subtenant’s initial Subtenant Improvements (defined in Section 16.2 below). The parties agree to cooperate in good faith to coordinate the concurrent performance of the Sublandlord Work and the initial Subtenant Improvements so as to avoid any interference of either party’s work. In addition to the Sublandlord Work, Sublandlord shall be responsible for constructing a demising wall on the First

 

19


Floor Space concurrently with Subtenant’s construction of the initial Subtenant Improvements. Such demising wall shall be constructed in a location mutually acceptable to the parties and shall allow the front entry of the First Floor Space to be located in the main lobby of the Building and will be delivered taped and finished and ready for painting. In making and executing this Sublease, Subtenant has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and inspections as Subtenant has chosen to make or has made and has not relied on any representation or warranty concerning the Subleased Premises or the Building, except as expressly set forth in this Sublease. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has afforded Subtenant the opportunity for full and complete investigations, examinations and inspections of the Subleased Premises and the common areas of the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that it is not authorized to make or do any alterations or improvements in or to the Subleased Premises except as permitted by the provisions of this Sublease and the Master Lease; additionally, at Subtenant’s cost, Subtenant will remove all telecommunications and data cabling installed by or for the benefit of Subtenant.

16.2 Subtenant’s Improvements .

(a) Generally . The parties hereto intend that Subtenant will construct certain improvements within all of the Subleased Premises, so as to fully build out the Subleased Premises (“Subtenant Improvements”). All Subtenant Improvements shall be carried out in accordance with the Master Lease, in connection therewith, Subtenant will design all Subtenant Improvements so as to conform with the requirements of Schedule 2 to Exhibit C to the Original Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that, with respect to the First Floor Space, the floor is currently unfinished, and, as part of Subtenant’s initial Subtenant Improvements, Subtenant must complete the floor of the First Floor Space. Sublandlord will have the right to approve the plans and specifications for any proposed Subtenant Improvements, as well as any contractors whom Subtenant proposes to retain to perform such work, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Sublandlord shall use diligent efforts to respond to any request by Subtenant to make any Subtenant Improvements (which request must contain all information necessary for Sublandlord and Landlord to review and respond, as described or required in the Master Lease) within ten (10) business days after receipt of such request for consent from Subtenant. Subtenant expressly acknowledges that Sublandlord will withhold consent to any build-out plan which does not include the construction of Subtenant Improvements, to a first-class level, in all of the Subleased Premises (i.e., Subtenant will not be permitted to “warehouse” a portion of the Subleased Premises or otherwise leave any portion of the Subleased Premises unimproved or under-improved), provided that Subtenant shall have the right to use the First Floor Space as a staging area and leave it unimproved for a period of six (6) months after the Commencement Date. Subtenant will submit all such information for Sublandlord’s review and written approval prior to commencement of any such work. Additionally, Landlord will have the right to review and approve all plans for Subtenant Improvements in accordance with the provisions of the Master Lease, and while Sublandlord will reasonably assist Subtenant in the procurement of such approval, Subtenant will use diligent efforts to provide Landlord with all information requested by Landlord in an effort to assist Landlord in evaluating and approving the Subtenant Improvements. Subtenant expressly acknowledges that Landlord or Sublandlord may require Subtenant to remove some or all of the Subtenant Improvements at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term and Subtenant shall be notified of such obligation in accordance with Section 12.D of the Original Master Lease; notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord does not require the removal of a specific Subtenant

 

20


Improvement, Sublandlord will not require the removal of such Subtenant Improvement, unless, in Sublandlord’s good faith determination, such Subtenant Improvement is not typical for a normal class “A” office build-out (by way of example, but not by way of limitation, such Subtenant Improvement features an oversized data center, cafeteria, fitness center, or specialized improvements which are not amenable to reuse or re-lease by future occupants). Further, if Sublandlord initially (pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.D of the Original Master Lease) requires the removal of any Subtenant Improvement which Landlord does not require the removal of, and if Subtenant thereafter exercises the Option to Extend, at the expiration of the Option Term, Subtenant shall not be required to remove such Subtenant Improvement. Sublandlord shall not require the removal of Subtenant Improvements constructed in substantial compliance with the space plan attached hereto as Exhibit E , which space plan is approved by Sublandlord (Sublandlord reserves the right to approve construction drawings based upon such space plan) but must be approved by Landlord. Promptly following the completion of any Subtenant Improvements or subsequent alterations or additions by or on behalf of Subtenant, Subtenant will deliver to Sublandlord a reproducible copy of “as built” drawings of such work together with a CAD file of the “as-built” drawings in the then-current version of AutoCad. All further alterations to the Subleased Premises by Subtenant shall comply with the terms of Section 12 of the Original Master Lease, subject to Section 8.6(iii) of this Sublease.

(b) Code-Required Work . If the performance of any Subtenant Improvements or other work by Subtenant within the Subleased Premises “triggers” a requirement for code-related upgrades to or improvements of any portion of the Building, Subtenant shall be responsible for the cost of such code-required upgrade or improvements to the Building.

(c) Allowance .

(i) Provided Subtenant is not in default hereunder, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Sublandlord agrees to contribute $1,778,070.00 (the “Allowance”) toward the cost of design and construction of the initial Subtenant Improvements; the Allowance will be allocated among the First Floor Space and the Fourth Floor Space as follows: $165,900.00 (i.e., $60.00 per rentable square foot) will be applied to the design and construction of Subtenant Improvements in the First Floor Space, and $1,612,170.00 (i.e., $45.00 per rentable square foot) will be applied towards the design and construction of Subtenant Improvements in the Fourth Floor Space. Prior to the commencement of construction of the initial Subtenant Improvements, Subtenant will submit to Sublandlord an estimate of the cost of design and construction of such Subtenant Improvements based upon the general contractor’s bid for such work (the “Improvements Cost”). As work progresses, Sublandlord will disburse the Allowance to Subtenant in monthly draws based upon the ratio that the Allowance bears to the Improvements Cost (for example, if the Allowance is eighty percent (80%) of the Improvements Cost, Sublandlord will fund eighty percent (80%) of the monthly draws), as follows: monthly disbursements of the Allowance shall be paid to Subtenant’s contractor within thirty (30) days after receipt of the following documentation: (x) an application for payment containing true, correct and complete copies of invoices from Subtenant’s contractors or vendors covering all of the Subtenant Improvements covered by such draw; (y) contractor’s, subcontractor’s and material supplier’s conditional waivers of liens which shall cover all of the Subtenant Improvements and all other statements and forms required for

 

21


compliance with the mechanics’ lien laws of the state of California; and (z) plans and specifications for the Subtenant Improvements, together with a certificate from an AIA architect that such plans and specifications comply in all material respects with all laws affecting the Building and Subleased Premises; notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Sublandlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Allowance during the continuance of an uncured default under this Sublease, and Sublandlord’s obligation to disburse shall only resume when and if such default is cured.

(ii) Notwithstanding the allocations of the Allowance as between the Fourth Floor Space and the First Floor Space described in Section 16.2(c)(i) above, if, following the completion of the initial Subtenant Improvements, the cost of the initial Subtenant Improvements constructed on one floor of the Subleased Premises exceeded the applicable Allowance allocation for such floor (thereby resulting in Subtenant paying such excess cost), but the cost of the initial Subtenant Improvements on the other floor of the Subleased Premises were less than the allocated Allowance amount for such floor (and, as a result, Subtenant did not expend all of the portion of the Allowance allocated to such floor), then upon prior written approval of Sublandlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Subtenant may apply the unallocated portion of the Allowance towards the excess cost incurred on the alternate floor; by way of example, if the initial Subtenant Improvements in the First Floor Space cost $63.00 per rentable square foot, such that Subtenant paid $3.00 per rentable square foot of the First Floor Space (i.e., $8,295.06) directly towards the cost of such Subtenant Improvements, but the initial Subtenant Improvements in the Fourth Floor Space cost $44.00 per rentable square foot (leaving an excess Allowance allocation with respect to the Fourth Floor Space of $35,826.00), Subtenant shall be permitted to apply $8,295.00 from such excess portion of the Allowance allocated to the Fourth Floor Space towards the cost of initial Subtenant Improvements constructed in the First Floor Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord’s right to approve such reallocation of the Allowance as set forth in the preceding sentence shall be limited to Sublandlord’s satisfaction that Subtenant has fully built out all of the Subleased Premises in the manner described below in this Section l6.2(c)(iii). Any Allowance not applied towards the cost of construction of the initial Subtenant Improvements may be applied by Subtenant towards the cost of purchase and installation of cabling, wiring, furniture and other costs of moving into the Subleased Premises; such application will take place by Sublandlord’s reimbursement to Subtenant of such excess within thirty (30) days after written request by Subtenant, accompanied by applicable invoices. However, no such use of any portion of the Allowance will take place unless and until Subtenant has constructed Subtenant Improvements within the entire Subleased Premises to a first class standard (including, without limitation, the following: the Subleased Premises shall have been improved with a drop ceiling, all necessary HVAC ductwork and systems will be operational, all improvements will be completed to the extent necessary to comply with Title 24 requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act, and all surfaces shall be finished appropriately). Additionally, if any portion of the Allowance is spent on the cost of acquisition of furniture or Eligible Personal Property (defined below), at Sublandlord’s option, such furniture or Eligible Personal Property will become the property of Sublandlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term; however, if Subtenant exercises the Option to Extend, at the expiration of the Option Term, any such furniture or Eligible Personal Property will become the property of Subtenant and Subtenant will be responsible for the removal of same. Any Allowance not applied to the foregoing costs following the full initial build-out of the Subleased Premises shall be applied as a

 

22


credit against Base Rent next due and payable under this Sublease. As used herein, “Eligible Personal Property” shall mean major mechanical or electrical equipment (not including desktop computers), cubicles, major kitchen appliances and telecommunication or data cabling, all of which are itemized and agreed to by the parties to constitute Eligible Personal Property.

(d) MPOE . The Building’s Main Point of Entry (“MPOE”) is located in the garage of Building. As part of the Subtenant Improvements, Subtenant shall install a connection between the Subleased Premises to the MPOE through the communications riser room; the location of Subtenant’s connection shall be subject to the prior written approval of Sublandlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and the prior written consent of Landlord.

(e) Building Management Systems . In the design of all Subtenant Improvements, Subtenant will install “Automatic Controls” for all Building management system programming and communications. Sublandlord will provide Subtenant with appropriate specifications.

17. Holding Over . If Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, occupancy of the Subleased Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Subtenant’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Sublease and Subtenant shall pay an amount equal to 150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover. No holdover by Subtenant or payment by Subtenant after the expiration or early termination of this Sublease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Sublandlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Subleased Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, if (x) Subtenant holds over for a period in excess of thirty (30) days beyond the Expiration Date (i.e., of the initial Term) or (y) holds over beyond the date of expiration of the Option Term, and in either event Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises to a new subtenant or to Landlord, as the case may be, or to perform improvements for a new subtenant, as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for all damages, including, without limitation, consequential damages, that Sublandlord suffers from the holdover; Subtenant expressly acknowledges that such damages may include all of the holdover rent charged by Landlord under the Master Lease as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, which Master Lease holdover rent may apply to the entire Master Lease Premises.

18. Parking . During the Term Subtenant shall be permitted to use one hundred sixteen (116) of the unreserved parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord in the Master Lease in accordance with and subject to the terms of Article 32 of the Original Master Lease.

19. Notices : Any notice by either party to the other required, permitted or provided for herein shall be valid only if in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given only if (a) delivered personally, or (b) sent by means of Federal Express, UPS Next Day Air or another reputable express mail delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, or (c) sent by United States Certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed: (i) if to Sublandlord, at the following addresses:

 

23


Oracle USA, Inc.

c/o Oracle Corporation

1001 Sunset Boulevard

Rocklin, California 95765

Attn: Lease Administration

with a copy to:

Oracle USA, Inc.

c/o Oracle Corporation

500 Oracle Parkway

Box 5OP7

Redwood Shores, California 94065

Attn: Legal Department

and (ii) if to Subtenant, at the following address:

Prior to the date Subtenant opens for business at the Subleased Premises:

WageWorks, Inc.

2 Waters Park Drive, Suite 250

San Mateo, California 94403

Attn: Corporate Counsel

After Subtenant opens for business at the Subleased Premises:

WageWorks, Inc.

1100 Park Place

San Mateo, California 94403

Attn: Corporate Counsel

or at such other address for either party as that party may designate by notice to the other. A notice shall be deemed given and effective, if delivered personally, upon hand delivery thereof (unless such delivery takes place after hours or on a holiday or weekend, in which event the notice shall be deemed given on the next succeeding business day), if sent via overnight courier, on the business day next succeeding delivery to the courier, and if mailed by United States certified or registered mail, three (3) business days following such mailing in accordance with this Section.

20. Signage : Subject to procuring the prior written approval of Landlord and Sublandlord (Sublandlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld), Subtenant shall have the right to install (i) signage in the Subleased Premises, at Subtenant’s cost, (ii) Building-standard signage in the Building lobby directory identifying Subtenant, initially, at Sublandlord’s cost (any revisions to or replacement of such signage following the initial installation to be at Subtenant’s sole cost), (iii) uniform signage in the Master Lease Premises identifying individual suites by number, at Sublandlord’s cost, (iv) for so long as Subtenant subleases and occupies the entire fourth (4th) floor of the Building, signage on the exterior of the Building, in a location shown on Exhibit F attached hereto and of a design and size approved by Landlord, identifying

 

24


Subtenant, at Subtenant’s cost (the “Exterior Signage”) and (v) in the event and for so long as Subtenant subleases and occupies either the entire Expansion Space or forty-two percent (42%) or more of an additional floor in the Building, an additional sign on the exterior of the Building in a location preferred by Subtenant and to be agreed to by Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant, identifying Subtenant, at Subtenant’s cost (the “Additional Exterior Signage”). All such signage shall also be subject to the prior approval of the City of San Mateo where applicable. All costs of maintenance of any such signage shall be borne exclusively by Subtenant. On or before the Expiration Date, Subtenant, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, will cause all such signage to be removed and all damage caused by the installation or removal of such signage shall be repaired to Landlord’s satisfaction by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. The right to maintain the Exterior Signage or the Additional Exterior Signage is personal to the original Subtenant herein (and any assignee of Subtenant meeting the requirements of Section 21.A(3) of the Original Master Lease, as incorporated herein by reference).

21. Brokers . Subtenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with The Staubach Company (“Subtenant’s Broker”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord represents that it has dealt directly with and only with Colliers International (“Sublandlord’s Broker”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker claiming to have represented Sublandlord or Subtenant in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant and Sublandlord agree that Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker shall be paid commissions by Sublandlord in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement.

22. Complete Agreement . There are no representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties or their representatives relating to the subject matter of this Sublease which are not fully expressed in this Sublease. This Sublease cannot be changed or terminated nor may any of its provisions be waived orally or in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by both parties.

23. Interpretation . Irrespective of the place of execution or performance, this Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The table of contents, captions, headings and titles, if any, in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease or any part thereof to be drafted. If any words or phrases in this Sublease shall have been stricken out or otherwise eliminated, whether or not any other words or phrases have been added, this Sublease shall be construed as if the words or phrases so stricken out or otherwise eliminated were never included in this Sublease and no implication or inference shall be drawn from the fact that said words or phases were so stricken out or otherwise eliminated. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same, not dependent on any other provision of this Sublease unless otherwise expressly provided. All

 

25


terms and words used in this Sublease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. The word “person” as used in this Sublease shall mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business or legal association or entity.

24. Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Sublease shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed and delivered to each of the parties at least one counterpart, even though no single counterpart contains the signatures of all parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto hereby execute this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:   ORACLE USA, INC.,
  a Colorado corporation
By:  

/s/ Randall W. Smith

Print Name:  

Randall W. Smith

Title:  

VP, Real Estate and Facilities

SUBTENANT:  

WAGEWORKS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Kathleen R. McElwee
Print Name:  

 

Kathleen R. McElwee

Title:  

CFO

 

26


EXHIBIT A - 1

BAY MEADOWS – 4TH FLOOR

SUBLEASE PREMISES

LOGO


EXHIBIT A - 2

BAY MEADOWS –1ST FLOOR

SUBLEASE PREMISES

LOGO


EXHIBIT A – 3

BAY MEADOWS – 2ND FLOOR

EXPANSION PREMISES

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

Commencement Agreement

 

Date   

 

  
Subtenant    Wageworks, Inc.   
Address   

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

 

Re:    Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Sublease dated as of the      day of                      , 2006, by and between ORACLE USA, INC., a Colorado corporation, as Sublandlord, and WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Subtenant, for 38,249 rentable square feet on the first (1st) and fourth (4th) floors of the Building located at 1100 Park Place, San Mateo, California.

Dear                          :

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Sublease, Subtenant accepts possession of the Premises and agrees:

 

  1. The Commencement Date is                          ;

 

  2. The Expiration Date is                          .

Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by signing all 3 counterparts of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning 2 fully executed counterparts to my attention.

Sincerely,

 

 

Authorized Signatory

Agreed and Accepted:

 

  Subtenant:   WAGEWORKS, INC.
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

1


EXHIBIT C

Sublandlord Work

1. Sublandlord Work : Sublandlord will perform the following Sublandlord Work in the areas of the Subleased Premises described below (the “Sublandlord Work”):

(a) First Floor Sublandlord Work . The following work will be performed by Sublandlord in the First Floor Space (“First Floor Sublandlord Work”):

(i) Restrooms . Install Building-standard restrooms;

(ii) Electrical Transformer . Install electrical transformer in electrical closet located on first (1st) floor (Subtenant will be responsible for installing individual electrical panels as part of the Subtenant Improvements);

(iii) Sprinkler Branches . Install sprinkler main branches;

(iv) Window Coverings . Install Building standard window coverings;

(v) Entry . Install double door entry to the First Floor Space.

(b) Second Floor Sublandlord Work . The following work will be performed in the Expansion Space if Subtenant exercises the Expansion Option (the “Second Floor Sublandlord Work”).

(i) Restrooms . Install Building-standard restrooms;

(ii) Common Corridor . Install common corridor;

(iii) Electrical Transformer . Install electrical transformer in electrical closet serving the Expansion Space (Subtenant will be responsible for installation of individual electrical panels as part of its Subtenant Improvements);

(iv) Sprinkler . Install sprinkler main branches;

(v) Window Coverings . Install Building standard window coverings.

2. Completion and Rent Commencement Date . Notwithstanding the provisions of the Sublease with respect to the Commencement Date, if Sublandlord shall be delayed in substantially completing the Sublandlord Work as a result of the acts or omissions of Subtenant or Subtenant’s employees, agents or contractors, then each such delay shall constitute “Subtenant Delay”, and the Commencement Date shall be the date, determined by Sublandlord in good faith, on which the Commencement Date would have occurred absent such Subtenant Delay.

 

1


EXHIBIT D

Form of Letter of Credit

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

ISSUING BANK

ADDRESS OF ISSUING BANK

DATE:                         

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER:                 

 

BENEFICIARY:      APPLICANT:   

 

    

 

  

 

    

 

  

AMOUNT: USD $                     

EXPIRATION:                      AT OUR COUNTERS

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH IN YOUR FAVOR OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER              WHICH IS AVAILABLE WITH [ISSUING BANK] BY PAYMENT AGAINST PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND YOUR DRAFTS AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [ISSUING BANK] AT THE ADDRESS ABOVE, ACCOMPANIED BY THE DOCUMENTS DETAILED BELOW:

A LETTER SIGNED BY A PURPORTED AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW ON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT PURSUANT TO THAT SUBLEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN                      AND                      , AS IT MAY BE AMENDED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CANNOT BE MODIFIED OR REVOKED WITHOUT YOUR WRITTEN CONSENT OF BENEFICIARY.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL AUTOMATICALLY RENEW WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR AN ADDITIONAL ONE YEAR PERIOD FROM THE CURRENT OR FOR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS WE SHALL NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED OR OVERNIGHT COURIER AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE RENEWED. FOLLOWING SUCH NOTIFICATION AND PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, YOU MAY DRAW UPON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY PRESENTATION OF THE SIGHT DRAFT(S) MENTIONED ABOVE, ACCOMPANIED BY A LETTER SIGNED BY A

 

1


PURPORTED AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF BENEFICIARY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY HAS NOT BEEN PRESENTED WITH A SUBSTITUTE LETTER OF CREDIT IN THE SAME PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, AND ON THE SAME TERMS AS THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FROM AN ISSUER REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONE OR MORE TIMES BY THE NAMED BENEFICIARY HEREUNDER OR BY ANY TRANSFEREE HEREUNDER TO A SUCCESSOR TRANSFEREE. TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO OUR RECEIPT OF BENEFICIARY’S INSTRUCTIONS IN THE FORM ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT A, ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

PARTIAL DRAWS ARE ALLOWED UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590 AND ENGAGES US PURSUANT TO THE TERMS THEREIN.

[ISSUING BANK]

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE    AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

2


EXHIBIT E

Proposed Space Plan

 

1


EXHIBIT F

BAY MEADOWS

LOCATION OF EXTERIOR SIGNAGE

LOGO

EAST ELEVATION

LOGO

SOUTH ELEVATION (FRANKLIN DRIVE)

LOGO

WEST ELEVATION

LOGO

NORTH ELEVATION (LINEAR PARK)


CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE (“ Consent ”) is made as of October 16 th , 2006, by and among BAY MEADOWS PARK PLACE INVESTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), ORACLE USA, a Colorado corporation (“ Tenant ”), and WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord currently leases to Tenant (as successor-in-interest to Siebel Systems, Inc. (“Siebel”)) certain “ Premises ” (as more particularly described in the “ Lease ”, as hereinafter defined) located within the building commonly known as 1100 Park Place, San Mateo, California 94403, pursuant to that certain lease agreement dated as of December 29, 2000 (the “ Original Lease ”), by and between PW Acquisitions VIII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Original Landlord ”) and Siebel, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of April 29, 2003, by and between Landlord and Siebel (the Original Lease, as so amended, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”). Landlord is successor in interest to Original Landlord as “Landlord” under the Lease.

B. Tenant desires to sublease a portion of the Premises (the “ Subleased Premises ”) more particularly described in and pursuant to the provisions of that certain Sublease dated as of                          , 2006 (the “ Sublease ”), a copy of which is attached hereto.

C. Tenant desires to obtain Landlord’s consent to the Sublease.

NOW, THEREFORE. Landlord hereby consents to the Sublease, subject to and upon the following terms and conditions to which Tenant and Subtenant hereby agree:

1. The Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Lease and to all of its terms, covenants, conditions and provisions. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the Sublease, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall control. Tenant and Subtenant hereby represent and warrant to Landlord that the Sublease (together with this Consent) constitutes the entire agreement of Tenant and Subtenant with respect to the subleasing of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant (including, without limitation, as to any payments made by Subtenant to Tenant in connection with the subletting of the Subleased Premises.

2. Subtenant acknowledges that Landlord is hereby giving notice pursuant to Section 6.4c of Exhibit C to the Original Lease that all work by the Contractor and its Major Agents shall be done with union labor in accordance with all union labor agreements applicable to the trades being employed.

3. Neither the Sublease nor this Consent shall:

(a) release or discharge Tenant from any liability, whether past, present or future, under the Lease;

(b) operate as a consent or approval by Landlord to or of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of the Sublease, and Landlord shall not be bound thereby, except as otherwise expressly provided herein;

(c) be construed to modify, waive or affect any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of the Lease, or to waive any breach thereof, or any of Landlord’s rights thereunder, or to enlarge or increase Landlord’s obligations thereunder;

(d) be construed as a consent by Landlord to any further subletting either by Tenant or by Subtenant or to any assignment by Tenant of the Lease or an assignment by Subtenant of the Sublease, whether or not the Sublease purports to permit the same and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, both Tenant and Subtenant agree that Subtenant has no right whatsoever to sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate the Sublease nor to sublet any portion of the Subleased Premises or permit any of the Subleased Premises to be used or occupied by any

 


other party without the prior written consent of Landlord, which will be granted or withheld in accordance with the provisions of the Lease; or

(e) be construed to include consent to the assignment or transferring of any lease options or rights that are by the express provisions of the Lease not assignable or transferable to a subtenant under a sublease requiring the consent of Landlord.

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 above, Landlord hereby consents to the following:

(a) Subtenant’s right to extend the term of the Sublease, as set forth in Section 3 of the Sublease;

(b) Subtenant’s right to perform its own janitorial services in the Subleased Premises, as set forth in Section 4.2(b) of the Sublease; provided that any such services comply with any applicable maintenance requirements set forth in the Lease;

(c) Subtenant’s right to sublease the Expansion Space (as defined in the Sublease), as set forth in Section 6 of the Sublease;

(d) Subtenant’s right to not remove the initial Subtenant Improvements (as defined in the Sublease) at the end of the term of the Sublease, as and to the extent described in Section 16.2(a), provided that Landlord’s consent as set forth in this Section 3(d) will not serve to release Tenant from any obligation Tenant may have to remove improvements from the Subleased Premises if and to the extent that Tenant is required to do so under the Lease;

(e) The Floor Plan for the Subleased Premises and attached to the Sublease as Exhibit E; and

(f) The location of Subtenant’s exterior signage as described in Exhibit F to the Sublease (provided, that Subtenant acknowledges that Landlord may require the removal, relocation or reduction in size of some or all of Subtenant’s exterior signage if (i) required by applicable governmental authority, (ii) Subtenant is in default under the terms of the Sublease and such default has not been cured within the applicable notice and cure period, (iii) Subtenant is no longer occupying the entire Subleased Premises, or (iv) the nature or condition of Subtenant’s business is no longer consistent with the first-class nature of the Building.

5. The acceptance by Landlord of any payment or performance from Subtenant, regardless of the circumstances or reasons therefor, shall in no manner whatsoever be deemed an attornment by Subtenant to Landlord or a recognition or non-disturbance of Subtenant or the Sublease by Landlord or to serve to release Tenant from any liability under the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions under the Lease; provided, however, nothing herein shall in any manner obligate Landlord to accept any such payment or performance.

6. Subject to the exercise by Subtenant of the Option to Extend set forth in Section 3 of the Sublease, the term of the Sublease shall expire and come to an end on its stated expiration date (but in no event later than the stated expiration date of the Lease) or any premature termination date thereof or concurrently with any premature termination of the Lease (whether by consent or other right, now or hereafter agreed to or by operation of law or in the event of a default by Tenant); provided that in the event of a termination of the Lease for any reason, including without limitation a voluntary surrender by Tenant, or in the event of any re-entry or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under the Sublease, in which case Subtenant shall attorn to Landlord and the Sublease shall not terminate but Landlord shall not (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under the Sublease, (ii) be subject to any defense or offset previously accrued in favor of the Subtenant against Tenant, (iii) be bound by any modification of the Sublease made without Landlord’s written consent or by any previous prepayment by Subtenant of more than one month’s rent or (iv) be responsible for any security deposit given by Subtenant to Tenant and not received by Landlord. The address of Subtenant for all purposes of receipt of notices under the Sublease or this Consent shall be as follows:

 

- 2 -


Prior to the date Subtenant opens for business at the Subleased Premises:

WageWorks, Inc.

2 Waters Park Drive, Suite 250

San Mateo, CA 94403

Attention: Corporate Counsel

After Subtenant opens for business at the Subleased Premises:

WageWorks, Inc.

1100 Park Place

San Mateo, CA 94403

Attention: Corporate Counsel

7. Tenant and Subtenant covenant and agree that (i) under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease, and Tenant and Subtenant agree to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless against same and against any fees, costs, expenses or liabilities (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with same and (ii) if and to the extent that Landlord’s consultants are retained to review plans and specification of work to be performed by Subtenant, or by Sublandlord for the benefit of Subtenant, or to respond to inquiries from Sublandlord or Subtenant regarding any such work, or carry out site visits to inspect any such work, the reasonable fees and costs charged by such consultants will be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of an invoice to Tenant for such fees and costs. Professional Fees (excluding reimbursable costs) for the consulting work performed by the Landlord’s consultants (structural, architectural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and electrical) shall not exceed $4,500. This amount may be revised as mutually and reasonably agreed to between the Tenant and the Landlord based on unforeseen circumstances or performance by the design or construction teams that is not consistent with industry standards.

8. Any act or omission of Subtenant or anyone claiming under or through Subtenant that violates any of the provisions of the Lease shall be deemed a violation of the Lease by Tenant.

9. Landlord consents to the sublease of the Premises only at such time as this Consent has been executed by all of the parties hereto and an original counterpart has been delivered to Landlord, Tenant hereby agrees to pay an amount equal to Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) in consideration of Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the review of the Sublease and this Consent. This Consent is not assignable, nor shall this Consent be a consent to any amendment or modification of the Sublease, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

10. In the event any party(ies) hereto shall institute any action or proceeding against the other party(ies) relating to this Consent or to the Sublease, the unsuccessful party(ies) in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the successful party(ies) for its(their) disbursements incurred in connection therewith and for its(their) reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs as fixed by the court. In addition to the foregoing award of attorneys’ fees to the successful party(ies), the successful party(ies) in any lawsuit on this Consent or the Sublease shall be entitled to its(their) attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in any post-judgment proceedings to collect or enforce the judgment. This provision is separate and several and shall survive the merger of this Consent into any judgment on this Consent.

11. This Consent may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

12. Landlord represents to Subtenant that (a) the Lease is, as of the date hereof, in full force and effect, and (b) there is no current event of default by Tenant under the Lease (i.e., beyond the giving of applicable notice and the passage of applicable grace periods); provided, however, that Landlord asserts that there is existing non-performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease respecting the build out and improvement of the

 

- 3 -


Premises, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed a waiver by Landlord of, or be deemed to estop Landlord from asserting, rights and remedies under the Lease based on such non-performance by Tenant

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent has been executed by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

BAY MEADOWS PARK PLACE INVESTORS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

ORACLE USA, INC.,

a Colorado corporation

By:  

/s/ Illegible

    By:  

/s/ Randall W. Smith

    Randall W. Smith

 

   

VP, Real Estate and Facilities

(Print Name and Title)     (Print Name and Title)
SUBTENANT:      

WAGEWORKS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

     
By:  

/s/ Kathleen R. McElwee

     

Kathleen R. McElwee CFO

     
(Print Name and Title)      

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.12

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE (“First Amendment”) is entered into as of October 30, 2006 by and between Oracle USA, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“Sublandlord”) and Wageworks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A.         Pursuant to the provisions of that certain Sublease dated as of September 13, 2006 (the “Sublease”), Sublandlord subleased to Subtenant certain space consisting of an aggregate of 38,249 rentable square feet comprised of (i) approximately 36,008 rentable square feet of space located on the fourth (4th) floor, and (ii) 2,241 rentable square feet located on the first (1st) floor of the building located at 1100 Park Place, San Mateo, California (the “Building”).

B.         Section 16.1 of the Sublease inaccurately states that Sublandlord will perform the First Floor Sublandlord Work prior to the Commencement Date, and the parties desire to correct this error.

C.         Pursuant to the provisions of Section l6.2(c)(i) of the Sublease, Sublandlord granted to Subtenant an Improvement Allowance (defined as the “Allowance”) in the amount of $60.00 per rentable square foot of the First Floor Space and $45.00 per rentable square foot of the Fourth Floor Space; however, the Sublease inaccurately calculates the aggregate Allowance, and the parties desire to correct this error.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows (capitalized terms used herein but not herein defined shall have the meaning given them in the Sublease):

1.         Incorporation of Recitals .   Recitals A, B and C above are incorporated herein by reference.

2.         Revision of Section 16.1; Commencement Date .   Section 16.1 of the Sublease is amended by deleting the phrase “prior to the Commencement Date” from the seventh (7th) and eighth (8th) lines. For avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the Commencement Date under the Sublease is October  16 , 2006.

3.         Revision of Section 16.2(c)(i) .   The first (1st) sentence of Section 16.2(c)(i) of the Sublease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Provided Subtenant is not in default hereunder, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Sublandlord agrees to contribute $1,754,820.00 (the “Allowance”) towards the cost of design and construction of the initial Subtenant Improvements; the Allowance will be allocated among the First Floor Space and the Fourth Floor Space as follows: $134,460.00 (i.e., $60.00 per rentable square foot) will be applied to the design and construction of Subtenant Improvements in the First Floor Space, and $1,620,360.00 (i.e., $45.00 per rentable square foot) will be applied towards the design and construction of Subtenant Improvements in the Fourth Floor Space.”

 

1


4.         Status of Sublease .   Except as amended hereby, the Sublease is unchanged, and, as amended hereby, the Sublease remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have entered into this First Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

SUBLANDLORD:  

ORACLE USA, INC.,

a Colorado corporation

By:  

  /s/  Randall W. Smith

Print Name:  

        Randall W. Smith

Title:  

        VP Real Estate & Facilities

SUBTENANT:         

WAGEWORKS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

  /s/  Kathleen R. McElwee

Print Name:  

        Kathleen R. McElwee

Title  

        CFO 11/17/06

 

2

Exhibit 10.13

COMMERCIAL BUILDING LEASE

THIS AGREEMENT , entered into and executed this 17 day of December, 2004, by and between Applied Buildings, LLC, hereinafter referred to as the “Lessor” and HCAP Strategies, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, hereinafter referred to as the “Tenant”.

In consideration of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth to be kept and performed by both parties, the Lessor does hereby lease, let and demise unto the Tenant and the Tenant does hereby take from the Lessor the demised premises which consists of the entire real property including all improvements thereon or to be constructed thereon pursuant to this Lease, located at 10375 North Baldev Court, Mequon, Wisconsin, and more particularly set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein, together with all easements, licenses, and other appurtenant rights thereto (collectively, “Premises”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Premises unto the Tenant for a term of ten (10) years, commencing on the 1 st day of September, 2005, and ending on the 31 st day of August, 2015 (“Term”), upon the following terms and conditions:

1. LEASE YEAR . The term “Lease Year” as used herein shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, the first of which lease years shall commence on January 1, 2006. Subsequent Lease Years shall run consecutively each commencing upon an anniversary of the commencement of the first Lease Year. Any portion of the term of this Lease commencing prior to the first full Lease Year or after the expiration of the last full Lease Year shall be deemed a partial Lease Year. The parties’ intent on using a “Lease Year” period is for administrative purposes in simplifying the administration of the Lease such as payment of real estate taxes, insurance premiums, and other additional rent. The term “Lease Year” is not to diminish or increase the rights of the parties. In the event of a conflict between the terms, “Lease Year” and “Term,” “First Renewal Term,” or “Second Renewal Term,” (all defined below), “Term,” “First Renewal Term,” and “Second Renewal Term” shall control.

2. PAYMENT OF RENTALS . The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay the Lessor at its office or at such other place as the Lessor may from time to time designate in writing, a fixed annual minimum rent, hereinafter called “rent” of Four hundred twenty four thousand two hundred seventy two Dollars ($424,272.00), payable in equal monthly installments of Thirty five thousand three hundred fifty six Dollars ($35,356.00) on the first day of each and every month,

 

Page 1


in advance, during the Term of this Lease. The first monthly installment of the rent shall commence and become due and payable upon Tenant’s Acceptance and occupancy of the Premises as set forth in Section 33, below (“Commencement Date”) which is anticipated to be on September 1, 2005, but the Commencement Date is subject to and shall be finally determined by Sections 32, 33, 34, and 36, and shall include the portion of such rent for the fractional month on a per diem basis, if any, if the Commencement Date occurs before or after September 1, 2005. In addition to the rent hereinbefore required to be paid, the Tenant shall pay, as part of the consideration for this Lease, such additional rent as is hereinafter required. Such additional rent may be estimated and billed monthly by the Lessor, and in such cases the same shall be adjusted annually. Such additional rent shall be paid by the Tenant within ten (10) business days after billing. Lessor shall provide a detailed statement showing what is included as additional rent, and Lessor and Tenant shall resolve any disputes over any additional rent in good faith.

3. INSURANCE . Lessor shall procure and maintain during the term of this Lease and any extension or renewal, a policy or policies of fire and extended coverage insurance on the Premises insuring same for not less than 100% of the insurable value thereof, and a loss of rental policy commensurate with the rentals reserved herein, and Tenant hereby agrees to pay to and reimburse Lessor, upon demand, as additional rental, the amount of the premiums thereof. Tenant shall be named as an additional insured on such policy and such policy shall contain a waiver, to the extent permitted by the terms of the policy without canceling or terminating the policy, of the insurance company’s right of subrogation against Tenant.

4. UTILITIES . The Tenant shall be responsible for all water, heat, gas, electricity, air conditioning and power and any other utility services used by it during the Term. The Tenant shall pay any sewer charge which any municipality or public or private utility may levy for furnishing sewer services during the Term.

5. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE . Except for (i) Lessor’s Work and Lessor’s Work Guaranty; and (ii) Lessor’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in this Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain, clean, repair and replace as necessary, all portions of the Premises as set forth herein, and the fixtures and equipment therein, including, without limitation, interior and exterior windows, window frames, doors, frames, entrances, floor coverings, non-structural interior walls, columns, partitions, lighting, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning, plumbing and sewerage facilities and equipment, parking lot (including snow removal), exterior lighting, and ground maintenance. Tenant shall also be responsible for janitorial and trash pick-up and removal from the Premises. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain, clean, repair and replace as necessary the exterior walls, foundation, and roof.

6. LESSOR NOT LIABLE FOR DAMAGE . Except for (i) Lessor’s Work Guaranty in Section 35; (ii) Lessor’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in this Lease; and (iii)

 

Page 2


Lessor’s, its agents’ or employees’ intentional or negligent acts or omissions, Lessor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or to the property of the Tenant or of its employees or invitees occasioned by or resulting from defects in electric wiring, plumbing, gas, water heating, sewer or other pipes, or radiator bursting, leaking, running, or stoppage or overflow of any boiler, tank, washstand, tub, toilet, or waste pipe in or upon the said Premises, nor for any damage occasioned by water, snow, ice, or anything being upon or coming through the roof, walls, or windows of the Premises, or by breakage of glass in the show windows or doors or other lights, nor for damage arising from acts of neglect of adjacent or contiguous property.

7. USE OF THE PREMISES . The Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises for the purpose of conducting thereon its business in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of federal, state and local governments, and for no other purpose without the consent of the Lessor first had and obtained in writing.

No part of the Premises shall be occupied or used by any person for any purpose or in a manner so as to unreasonably increase the insurance risk or prevent the obtaining of insurance, or so that, in accordance with any requirement of law or any public authority, the Lessor shall be obliged to make any addition or alteration to or in the building.

8. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS . The Tenant agrees during the Term of this Lease or any renewals thereof, to carry and maintain and pay for fire and extended coverage insurance on its inventory, fixtures and equipment, to the reasonable value thereof. Such insurance shall be written in insurance companies reasonably approved by the Lessor and which insurance shall waive, to the extent permitted by the terms of the policy without canceling or terminating the same, any subrogation rights against the Lessor. The Tenant shall furnish the Lessor with certificates of such insurance.

The Tenant shall not carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises which will in any way impair or invalidate the obligation of any policy of insurance relating thereto or to the building in which the said Premises are situated. The Tenant agrees to pay upon demand and after Tenant’s verification, as additional rent, any reasonable increase in insurance premiums resulting from the business carried on in the Premises by the Tenant; provided, however, that Lessor and Tenant shall resolve any disputes over the need or reasonableness of any such increase in insurance premiums in good faith. If the Tenant installs any electrical equipment which overloads the electrical facilities customarily used in Tenant’s business, it shall, at its own expense, make whatever changes are necessary to comply with the requirements of the insurance underwriters and governmental authorities having jurisdiction, but no such changes shall be made by the Tenant until it first submits to the Lessor plans and specifications for the proposed work and obtains the Lessor’s written approval to perform the same, and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

Page 3


9. COVENANT TO HOLD HARMLESS AND PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE .

(a) Except as set forth below, the Tenant agrees to indemnify and save the Lessor harmless against and from any and all claims, damages, costs, and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising from the Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. It is further understood and agreed that the Lessor, except for (i) Lessor’s Environmental Indemnity set forth in Section 30; (ii) Lessor’s Work in Section 32; (iii) Lessor’s Work Guaranty in Section 35; (iv) Lessor’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in this Lease; (v) Lessor’s obligations set forth in subsection (b), below; and (vi) Lessor’s, its agents’ or employees’ intentional or negligent acts or omissions, shall not be liable for damage to person or property sustained by the Tenant, its employees or agents, resulting from the condition of the building in which the Premises are situated, the Premises proper, or any equipment or appurtenance; or such as may result from any accident in or about the Premises. The Tenant agrees to carry and pay the premiums for public liability insurance, insuring itself and insuring the Lessor as an additional insured against injury to property, person, or loss of life arising out of the use and occupancy of the Premises, with limits of at least $50,000.00 property damage, $1,000,000.00 for any one person, and $2,000,000.00 for any number of persons injured or killed in any one accident, and shall furnish to the Lessor as may be requested from time to time, a certificate of said insurance.

Such policies of insurance shall not be cancelled, discontinued, or altered without ten (10) days written notice to the Lessor. Such policies of insurance shall, to the extent permitted by the terms of the policy without canceling or terminating the policy, consent to the waiver of subrogation hereinabove set forth.

(b) The Lessor agrees to indemnify and save the Tenant harmless against and from any and all claims, damages, costs, and expenses, including Tenant’s reasonable attorney’s fees, arising from (i) Lessor’s Work, (ii) Lessor’s Work Guaranty; (iii) Lessor’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in this Lease; and (iv) Lessor’s, its agents’ or employees’ intentional or negligent acts or omissions; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for damage to person or property sustained by the Tenant, its employees or agents, resulting from Tenant’s or its agents’ or employees’ intentional or negligent acts or omissions. The Lessor agrees to carry and pay the premiums for public liability insurance, insuring itself and the Tenant as an additional insured against injury to property, person, or loss of life arising out of Lessor’s indemnification and hold harmless obligations hereunder with limits of at least $50,000.00 property damage, $1,000,000.00 for any one person, and $2,000,000.00 for any number of persons injured or killed in any one accident, and shall furnish to the Tenant as may be requested from time to time, a certificate of said insurance.

10. PARTIAL OR TOTAL DESTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES . In the event the Premises shall be damaged or destroyed, partially or totally, by fire or other casualty, Lessor

 

Page 4


shall, within ten (10) days after the happening of such damage or partial destruction, employ a competent engineer or architect to prepare an estimate of the amount of time reasonably required to repair and restore the Premises (“Professional Estimate”). If the estimated time in the Professional Estimate is less than ninety (90) days from the date of said damage or partial destruction including the period for the architect or engineer’s examination, the same shall be repaired to a substantially similar condition that preceded such damage or destruction, as quickly as is practicable, by and at the expense of the Lessor. If such damage or partial destruction shall be of such character so as to require the Tenant to partially or totally discontinue occupancy therein, the rent, additional rent, and any other cost or expense payable by Tenant shall proportionately abate from the date of such discontinuance until the Premises are again ready and certified by Lessor’s architect for occupancy and accepted by Tenant.

In the event the Premises are totally destroyed by fire or other casualty, and the Professional Estimate is equal to or exceeds ninety (90) days, rent shall be paid up to the time of such destruction and the Lessor or Tenant may, at its option, cancel this Lease and shall be under no obligation or duty to rebuild. If Lessor elects to cancel this Lease, Lessor shall so notify Tenant within ten (10) days after Lessor’s receipt of the Professional Estimate.

If the Lessor elects to undertake to restore and rebuild the Premises, Lessor shall notify Tenant of Lessor’s election to restore and rebuild the Premises within ten (10) days after Lessor’s receipt of the Professional Estimate (“Rebuild Notice”), and Tenant shall have ten (10) days from the Rebuild Notice to elect to either continue or terminate this Lease. Tenant shall exercise such election by providing written notice to the Landlord. Termination of this Lease by Tenant shall be effective as of the date of such damage, destruction, or casualty. If Landlord elects to rebuild and Tenant elects to continue this Lease, then this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, the rent, additional rent, and any other costs or charges payable by Tenant shall fully abate until such rebuilding or replacement is fully and finally completed as certified by Landlord’s architect and accepted by Tenant. Landlord shall commence said rebuilding or replacement immediately following the exercise of such its option and shall proceed with the same with reasonable diligence to completion and in substantial conformity with the plans and specifications attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein. Lessor shall initiate and pursue the necessary work with all reasonable dispatch, in a manner consistent with sound construction methods, but it shall not be liable for any delays or interruptions occasioned by strikes, casualties, critical materials in short supply, governmental regulations, or any other substantial causes beyond its control. Following the restoration and rebuilding of the Premises or completion of repairs thereto, possession and occupancy of the Premises shall be tendered to the Tenant and rent shall commence of the date after Lessor’s architect certifies completion and Tenant accepts the work; whereupon this Lease shall continue unabated.

 

Page 5


11. SUBORDINATION . At the Lessor’s option, this Lease shall be and is subordinated to any existing mortgages covering the Premises, any extension or renewal thereof, or to any new mortgages which may be placed thereon from time to time; provided, however, anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, every such mortgage shall recognize the validity of this Lease in the event of a foreclosure of the Lessor’s interest as long as the Tenant shall not be in default or have received a written notice of a default under any of the terms of this Lease. The Tenant shall execute, at no cost or expense to Tenant, whatever instruments may be reasonably required to effect such subordination, providing such instruments will not amend or modify the terms of the Lease without Tenant’s consent.

12. NOTICES . Whenever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice be given by either party hereto to the other, such notice shall be forwarded by facsimile and U. S. Certified Mail addressed as follows:

 

TO THE LESSOR:   Applied Buildings, LLC
  P. O. Box 428
  Mequon, Wisconsin 53092
TO THE TENANT:  
Before Commencement Date:
 

HCAP Strategies, Inc.

10404 North Baehr Road

Mequon, Wisconsin 53092

After Commencement Date:
 

HCAP Strategies, Inc.

10375 North Baldev Court

Mequon, Wisconsin 53092

or to such other place as the parties may designate in writing.

It is further agreed that either of the parties hereto will promptly submit a copy of any notice received by such party from any third person affecting the rights of either party under this Lease.

13. TRADE FIXTURES . The Tenant may install fixtures, equipment, and appliances for the conduct of its business upon the Premises, and shall be permitted to make such installation as

 

Page 6


soon as practicable without hindering construction; but the Lessor shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever for any loss or damage to the fixtures, equipment or appliances so installed or left on the Premises during the course of construction. The Tenant agrees not to create, or suffer others to create, any lien or obligation against the Premises or the Lessor by reason of the authorized installation aforesaid, and, further, to hold the Lessor harmless of and from all claims and demands of third persons in any manner relating to such installation of fixtures, equipment, and appliances during the course of construction.

The aforesaid fixtures, equipment, and appliances may be affixed to the Premises and the Tenant may remove the same at will and shall remove the same upon expiration or termination of the Lease at the Lessor’s request, provided, however, that all damage thereby incurred to the Premises shall be repaired by and at the expense of the Tenant, reasonable wear and tear excepted; and provided, further, that the Tenant is not then in default nor has received a written notice of a default under any of the conditions and provisions of this Lease, in which latter event the Lessor shall have a lien consonant with a chattel mortgage on such fixtures, equipment, and appliances, and the Tenant shall not remove said fixtures, equipment, or appliances until the default issue shall have been resolved or satisfied.

14. WARRANTY OF QUIET POSSESSION . The Lessor hereby represents, warrants, and covenants to Tenant: (i) that Lessor is vested with fee simple title to the real property comprising the Premises and Lessor has sole authority to execute this Lease; and (ii) that there are no liens, encumbrances, mortgages, or other defects which will affect Tenant’s use, occupancy, operation, or enjoyment of the Premises or which will prevent the construction of the Premises. Lessor further agrees that the Tenant, on paying rent and performing the covenants and conditions of this Lease, may have and shall quietly have, hold, and enjoy the Premises during the Term, the First Renewal Term, and Second Renewal Term (as defined in Section 29).

15. RENT DEFAULTS . It is mutually agreed that, in the event the Tenant shall default in the payment of rent when due (“Rent Default”), the Lessor may forward written notice of such Rent Default by U.S. Certified Mail, addressed to the Tenant (“Rent Default Notice”), and failure on the part of the Tenant to cure such Rent Default within ten (10) days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of a Rent Default Notice (“Rent Cure Period”), shall, at the option of the Lessor, terminate this Lease. In case the Tenant so continues the Rent Default beyond the Rent Cure Period and Lessor elects to terminate the Lease, the Tenant shall not be released of any liability for rent hereunder by reason of the Lessor’s repossession of the Premises or by the Lessor’s taking any other legal proceedings available to it upon such Rent Default, provided Lessor actively seeks to mitigate its damages. Nor shall a forfeiture of this Lease release the Tenant from continuing liability for the payment of rent as herein provided, provided Lessor actively seeks to mitigate Lessor’s damages

 

Page 7


16. OTHER DEFAULTS . It is mutually agreed that in the event the Tenant shall default in any of the terms and provisions of this Lease other than a Rent Default (“Default”), the Lessor may forward written notice of such Default by U. S. Certified Mail, addressed to the Tenant (“Default Notice”), and the Tenant agrees that if it be in Default as set forth in the Default Notice it will cure such Default within twenty (20) days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of such Default Notice (or in the event such Default is of such a character as to require more than twenty (20) days to cure, the Tenant will use diligence to commence to cure such Default and Lessor shall give Tenant a reasonable time to cure such Default (collectively, “Default Cure Period”). And, in the event the Tenant shall fail to cure such Default as set forth in a Default Notice, the Lessor may cure such Default and the cost and expense thereof shall be deemed to be additional rent to be paid by the Tenant on the next day when rent shall become due and collectible.

If, however, after a Default Notice is received by the Tenant and the Default Cure Period expires, and the Tenant shall have refused to cure, commence to cure, or make good any such Default, the Lessor may, at its option, terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant sent by U.S. Certified Mail.

Failure to give any Rent Default Notice or Default Notice shall not be deemed to be a waiver thereof nor consent to the continuation thereof.

17. BANKRUPTCY . Neither this Lease, nor any interest therein nor any estate thereby created shall pass to any trustee or receiver or assignee for the benefit of creditors or otherwise by operation of law. In the event the estate created hereby shall be taken in execution or by other process of law, or if the Tenant shall be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt pursuant to the provisions of any state or federal insolvency or bankruptcy act, or if a receiver or trustee of the property of the Tenant shall be appointed by reason of the Tenant’s insolvency or inability to pay its debts, or if any assignment shall be made of the Tenant’s property for the benefit of creditors, then and in such events the Lessor may at its option, in addition to the remedies provided herein, terminate this Lease and all rights of the Tenant herein, by giving to the Tenant notice in writing of the election of the Lessor so to terminate. The Tenant shall not cause or give cause for the institution of legal proceedings seeking to have the Tenant adjudicated bankrupt, reorganized or rearranged under bankruptcy laws of the United States, and shall not cause or give cause for the appointment of a trustee or a receiver for the Tenant’s assets, and shall not make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or become or be adjudicated insolvent. The allowance of any petition under the bankruptcy Laws, or the appointment of a trustee or a receiver of the Tenant or its assets, shall be conclusive evidence that the Tenant caused, or gave cause therefor, unless such allowance of the petition, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver, is vacated within thirty (30) days after such allowance or appointment.

18. CONTINUED LIABILITY FOR RENT . Except as a result of a partial or total damage or destruction of the Premises or a partial or total taking of the Premises by the exercise

 

Page 8


of eminent domain, if the Tenant shall abandon or vacate the Premises for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days before the end of the Term of this Lease, or shall suffer any installments of rent to be in arrears after receiving a Rent Default Notice and not curing such Rent Default contained in the Rent Default Notice before the expiration of the Rent Cure Period, or shall neglect or fail to keep and perform any other provisions or terms of this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be kept and performed after receiving a Default Notice and not curing or commencing to cure such Default before the expiration of the Default Cure Period, the Lessor after notice as hereinabove provided, may enter the Premises and remove any signs of said Tenant therefrom, and relet the same as the Lessor may see fit, without thereby voiding or terminating this Lease. And if a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting after payment of the expenses of such reletting to equal the monthly rentals stipulated to be paid by the Tenant under the provisions of this Lease, then the Tenant agrees to pay said deficiency during each month during the entire term, on demand, it being expressly agreed that no surrender of the Premises, and no action taken on the part of the Lessor to repossess itself as of its former estate, shall release or relieve the Tenant of its continued liability for the payment of rent, unless such release be evidenced by written consent to the Tenant from the Lessor.

19. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES . All rights and remedies of the Lessor herein enumerated shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other right or remedies allowed by law, and such rights and remedies may be exercised and enforced concurrently and whenever and as often as the occasion therefor arises, and failure on the part of the Lessor to enforce any of its remedies in connection with any default shall not be deemed a waiver of such default nor a consent to any continuation thereof.

20. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING . The Tenant shall not assign, mortgage nor sell this Lease or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof, nor permit any licensee or concessionaire to operate in or use the Premises without the written consent of the Lessor first had and obtained, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. The Lessor may accept rent from any person in possession without releasing the Tenant from this covenant. The Lessor’s right to assign this Lease is and shall remain absolute and unqualified.

21. HOLDING OVER . In the event the Tenant shall continue to occupy the premises after the expiration of the term or any extension thereof, such holding over shall be deemed to constitute a tenancy from year to year, upon the same terms and conditions as herein provided.

22. RIGHT TO ENTER AND VIEW . The Lessor or its representatives may enter and view the Premises hereby leased for the purpose of examining the same, provided that such entering and viewing shall be done at a time mutually agreeable to the parties and in a manner so as not to unduly interfere with the conduct of the Tenant’s business; and the Lessor may, at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Term or any extension

 

Page 9


thereof, place upon the Premises a sign or signs announcing the fact that said Premises are available for rental (the composition and dimensions of said signs, as well as the location thereof, to be within the sole discretion of the Lessor).

23. ALTERATIONS . The Tenant shall make no substantial alterations or additions in, upon, or to the Premises, or any part thereof, without the consent of the Lessor first had and obtained in writing, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. In the event such consent be obtained, all such alterations or additions shall be performed at the expense of the Tenant in a first class, workmanlike manner; and the Tenant covenants and agrees not to create, or suffer others to create, any lien or obligations against the premises or the Lessor by reason of the alterations or additions so authorized, and, further, to hold the Lessor harmless of and from any and all claims and demands of third persons in any manner relating to or arising out of such work. All alterations or additions so made by the Tenant shall become part of the realty, as a consequence of which the Tenant upon the expiration of the demise term or the cancellation thereof, shall have neither the right nor the obligation to remove the same.

24. COSTS OF ENFORCEMENT . The Tenant shall pay upon demand all Lessor’s costs, charges and expenses, including the fees of counsel, agents and other retained by the Lessor, incurred by Lessor in enforcing the Tenant’s obligations hereunder or incurred by the Lessor in any litigation in which the Lessor, without the Lessor’s fault, becomes involved or concerned by reason of the existence of this Lease or the relationship hereunder of the Lessor and the Tenant.

25. TAXES, ETC . Tenant shall promptly pay and discharge when the same become due and payable all personal property taxes levied against Tenant’s property situated on the Premises and all license fees, permits, area charges, occupational taxes and any and all other charges assessed by reason of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, except for any building permit fee, zoning permit fee, or occupancy certificate fee related to Lessor’s Work which such fees shall be the cost and responsibility of Lessor.

Tenant, as additional rent, shall pay to Lessor within seven (7) business days after receipt of a copy of the real estate tax bill from Lessor, all real estate taxes levied against the Premises and any special assessments, or installments thereof, which may hereafter be levied against the Premises, which become due during, or apply to the Term covered by, this Lease and any extension or renewal thereof, which are hereby declared the obligation of Tenant under this Lease. Real estate taxes for the years of commencement and termination of this Lease shall be prorated between Lessor and Tenant as of the dates of commencement and termination. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to contest the validity or imposition of any real estate or personal property tax or special assessment levied against the Premises for which Tenant may be liable, and for that purpose shall have the right to institute such proceedings as may be necessary

 

Page 10


therefor, provided that the expenses incurred by reason thereof shall be paid by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, if a special assessment or special charge is levied against the Premises and is due and payable in the last two (2) years of the Term or any extended term, Lessor and Tenant shall equitably prorate such special assessment or special charge, and Tenant shall not be solely responsible for the full payment of such special assessment or special charge.

26. SHORT FORM LEASE . At the option of the Lessor or Tenant, and upon either demand, a Short Lease for recording purposes, in form and content acceptable to the Lessor, and which shall in no way vary or alter the terms of this Lease, shall be executed by the parties hereto.

27. HEADINGS, MISCELLANEOUS, NO OFFSETS, EMERGENCIES, NO PARTNERSHIPS AND NO REPRESENTATION .

a. The word “Tenant” when used herein shall be taken to mean either the singular or the plural and shall refer to male or female, to corporations or partnerships, as the case may be, or as grammatical construction shall require.

b. The headings of the various articles of this Lease are intended only for convenience and are not intended to limit, define, or construe the scope of any articles of this Lease, nor offset the provisions thereof.

c. The covenant to pay rent whether fixed, earned or additional, is hereby declared to be an independent covenant on the part of the Tenant to be kept and performed and no offset thereto shall be permitted or allowed except as specifically stated in this Lease.

d. In case of an emergency (the existence of which shall be determined solely by the Lessor) if Tenant shall not be present to permit entry, Lessor or its representatives may enter the same forcibly without rendering Lessor or its representatives liable therefor or affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

e. Neither the method of computation of rent nor any other provision of this Lease shall be deemed to create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of Lessor and Tenant.

f. Tenant affirms and agrees that Lessor and its agents have made no representations or promises with respect to the Premises or the entry into of this Lease except as in this Lease expressly set forth and that no claim or liability shall be asserted

 

Page 11


by Tenant against Lessor or its agents for breach of any representations or promises not expressly stated herein.

28. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement shall be fully binding upon the undersigned, their heirs, successors and assigns.

29. OPTION OF TENANT TO RENEW LEASE . For and in consideration of the execution of this Lease by Tenant and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Lessor for itself, its successors and assigns, does hereby grant and convey unto Tenant the right and option to renew and extend the term of the Lease for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each. Such renewal and extension shall be of like covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions as are contained herein (unless changed or modified by mutual consent), except that the annual rent for the period commencing on the 1 st day of September, 2015, and ending on the 30 th day of August 3l st , 2020 (“First Renewal Term”), shall be Five hundred nine thousand one hundred twenty six and forty/100 th Dollars ($509,126.40), payable in monthly installments of Forty two thousand four hundred twenty seven and twenty/100 th Dollars ($42,427.20), on the first day of each and every month, in advance, during the First Renewal Term of this Lease, and that the annual rent for the period commencing on the 1 s t day of September, 2020, and ending on the 3l st day of August, 2025 (“Second Renewal Term”), shall be Five hundred fifty one thousand five hundred fifty three and sixty/100 th Dollars ($551,553.60), payable in monthly installments of Forty five thousand nine hundred sixty two and eighty/100 th Dollars ($45,962.80), on the first day of each and every month, in advance, during the Second Renewal Term of this Lease. Tenant shall give Lessor written notice of Tenant’s intention to exercise its right to the First Renewal Term of this Lease on or before March 1, 2015, and for the Second Renewal Term on or before March 1, 2020.

30. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS . Tenant shall not, without Lessor’s prior written consent, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditionally, or delayed, keep in, on or about the Premises, for use, disposal, generation, storage or sale, any Hazardous Materials. “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any materials (or components thereof) now or hereafter designated and/or regulated as hazardous, dangerous, toxic or harmful in any provisions of law, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, orders, awards and standards promulgated by any Federal, state or local government or by any Court, agency, instrumentality, regulatory authority or commission of any of the foregoing concerning health, safety, and the protection of, or regulation of the discharge of substances into the environment and the transportation and disposal of such substances, hereinafter collectively referred to as “Governmental Regulations”. In the event Tenant shall maintain any Hazardous Materials, with Lessor’s permission, Tenant, with respect to any such Hazardous Materials shall:

 

Page 12


(i) Comply with all applicable Governmental Regulations as to minimum levels, standards or other performance standards or requirements which may be set forth or established with respect to Hazardous Materials;

(ii) Allow Lessor’s agent or representative to come on the demised premises at all times to check Tenant’s compliance with all Governmental Regulations regarding Hazardous Materials;

(iii) Submit to Lessor true and correct copies of any notice, or order, issued by any authority pursuant to Governmental Regulations which indicate that Tenant is not in compliance with any requirement under any Governmental Regulation; and

(iv) Within five (5) days of Lessor’s request, submit written reports to Lessor regarding Tenant’s use, storage, treatment, transportation, generation, disposal or sale of Hazardous Materials and provide evidence satisfactory to Lessor of Tenant’s compliance with all Governmental Regulation.

If Tenant keeps in, on or about the Premises, for use, disposal, generation, storage or sale, Lessor shall have the right to require Tenant to purchase environmental impairment liability insurance with a company or company reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, and coverage of no less than One million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence to insure that anything contaminated with or by the Hazardous Materials be removed from the demised premises, and that the Premises be restored to a clean, neat, attractive, healthy, sanitary and non-contaminated condition.

Except for Lessor’s obligations under Lessor’s Environmental Indemnity set for the below, Tenant shall be fully and completely liable to Lessor for any and all clean-up costs, and any and all other charges, fees, penalties (civil and criminal) imposed by any authority pursuant to Governmental Regulations with respect to Tenant’s use, disposal, transportation, and/or sale of Hazardous Materials, in, on or about the Premises.

Except for Lessor’s obligations under Lessor’s Environmental Indemnity set forth below, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and save Lessor, and its contractors, agents, employees, partners, officers, directors and mortgagees, if any, harmless from any and all of the costs, fees, penalties and charges assessed against or imposed upon Lessor (as well as Lessor’s attorneys fees and costs) as a result of Tenant’s use, storage, disposal, transportation, generation and/or sale of Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, costs and expenses, incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by Governmental Regulations because of Hazardous Materials, in, on, or about the Premises.

 

Page 13


Upon Tenant’s default under this Article, in addition to and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rights and remedies set forth in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations and liabilities shall survive the termination, cancellation or surrender of the Lease, and Lessor shall be entitled to the following rights and remedies:

(i) At Lessor’s option, to terminate this Lease immediately; and

(ii) To recover any and all damages associated with the default, including, but not limited to, clean-up costs and charges, civil and criminal penalties and fees, and any and all damages and claims asserted by third parties and Lessor’s attorneys fees and costs.

Lessor represents and warrants to Tenant that the Premises does not contain and does not have any recognized any environmental conditions or Hazardous Materials in, on, under, or about the Premises and the Premises is in compliance with all applicable Governmental Regulations. Lessor shall be fully and completely liable for any and all clean-up costs, and any and all other charges, fees, penalties (civil and criminal) imposed by any authority pursuant to Governmental Regulations with respect to Hazardous Materials located in, on, under, or about the Premises except Lessor’s liability to Tenant shall not extend to Tenant’s use, disposal, transportation, and/or sale of Hazardous Materials, in, on or about the Premises.

Lessor shall indemnify, defend and save Tenant, and its contractors, agents, employees, partners, officers, directors and mortgagees, if any, harmless from any and all of the costs, fees, penalties and charges assessed against or imposed upon Tenant (as well as Tenant’s attorneys fees and costs) as a result of Hazardous Materials being located on, in, under, or about the Premises or the Premises not being in compliance with all applicable Governmental Regulations (“Lessor’s Environmental Indemnity”), including, without limitation, costs and expenses, incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by Governmental Regulations because of Hazardous Materials, in, on, or about the Premises; provided, however, Lessor’s Environmental Indemnity shall not extend to Tenant’s use, storage, disposal, transportation, generation and/or sale of Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises.

Upon Lessor’s default under this Article, in addition to and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the rights and remedies set forth in this Lease, Lessor’s obligations and liabilities shall survive the termination, cancellation or surrender of the Lease, and Tenant shall be entitled to the following rights and remedies (cumulatively or in the alternative):

(i) At Tenant’s option, to terminate this Lease immediately; and

(ii) To recover any and all damages associated with the default, including, but not limited to, abate of rent, additional rent, and any other costs payable by Tenant, clean-up

 

Page 14


costs and charges, civil and criminal penalties and fees, and any and all damages and claims asserted by third parties and Tenant’s attorneys fees and costs.

31. EMINENT DOMAIN . If the entire Premises is acquired or condemned by any governmental authority, then the term of this Lease shall terminate as of the date of title vesting in the condemnor, and Tenant shall have no claim against Lessor for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease, and rent, additional rent, and any other costs or charges payable by Tenant, shall be fully terminated and adjusted to the date of termination. Tenant shall have the right to claim from the condemnor, but not from Lessor, such compensation as may be recoverable by Tenant in its own right for its portion of the award of damages arising out of Tenant’s leasehold estate and to Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, relocation expenses, and moving expenses, without prejudice to Lessor’s award. In the event of partial condemnation that does not render the Premises unsuitable for the business of Tenant in the discretion of Tenant, Lessor shall promptly restore the Premises at Lessor’s cost and expense within sixty (60) days after the title vesting in the condemnor to a condition comparable to its condition prior to the time of the condemnation, less the portion lost by condemnation, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but the rent, additional rent, and any other costs or charges payable by Tenant shall abate proportionately as to the portion of the Premises so taken.

32. LESSOR’S WORK . Lessor, at its sole risk and expense:

a. shall completely construct, improve and complete the Premises in a good workmanlike manner in strict accordance with the plans and specifications attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein (“Plans and Specifications”) and in strict accordance with all applicable laws and codes that affect the Premises;

b. shall obtain all necessary permits, licenses, and approvals to conduct such construction and for Tenant’s use and shall actively commence physical construction of the Premises no later than November 15, 2004; and

c. agrees Substantial Completion (as defined in Section 34) of the Premises shall occur not later than September 1, 2005.

33. TENANT’S ACCEPTANCE OF THE PREMISES . Tenant shall accept the Premises only after all of the following conditions are satisfied (collectively, “Tenant’s Acceptance”):

(a) Substantial Completion (as defined in Section 34 of this Lease) of the construction of the Premises has occurred in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications;

(b) Lessor has provided Tenant with a permanent or temporary certificate of occupancy issued by the appropriate authority in localities where official certificates of occupancy are

 

Page 15


issued, otherwise, by Lessor’s architect certifying that the Premises may be lawfully occupied for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Notwithstanding Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises without a permanent certificate of occupancy, Lessor shall obtain a permanent certificate of occupancy without any interruption of Tenant’s business which is caused by the lack of a permanent certificate of occupancy. If at any time Tenant is required to permanently or temporarily close or cease its business because it cannot lawfully conduct its business without a permanent certificate of occupancy, all rent, additional rent, and all other costs and expenses payable by Tenant shall fully abate until such permanent certificate of occupancy shall be issued. Lessor shall be liable to Tenant for the consequences of such closing or ceasing of Tenant’s business due to Lessor’s failure to obtain the permanent certificate of occupancy; and

(c) Upon Substantial Completion of the Premises, as certified by Lessor’s architect, Lessor shall notify Tenant of the same. Within ten (10) days of receipt of Lessor’s notice, Tenant, along with Lessor, shall inspect the Premises. If the inspection discloses any item which is not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, Lessor shall correct such items before the Premises shall be accepted by Tenant.

34. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION . “Substantial Completion” of the Premises shall occur when in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications: (a) Lessor shall have finished all construction of the Premises including, but not limited to, the installation of the foundation, floor, ceiling, interior and exterior walls, roof, parking area surfacing and striping, and landscaping; (b) Lessor shall have completed the installation of heating, ventilation and air conditioning system for the Premises; (c) construction of the electrical system for the Premises shall be finished and connected to the lines of the appropriate utility company, and; (d) only minor mechanical adjustments or minor details of construction or decoration or other items commonly recognized in the construction industry as “punch list” items remain to be done as detailed and compiled by Tenant for Lessor’s completion which do not unreasonably prevent Tenant from using and occupying the Premises.

35. GUARANTY . Lessor unconditionally guarantees the construction of the Premises including the building and Tenant improvements, for a period of one (1) year after the date of Tenant’s Acceptance of the Premises (as defined in Section 33) and occupancy. Lessor shall repair all such defects at Lessor’s cost and expense within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s notice of the same. In the event Lessor fails to make such repairs, the Tenant shall be able to make such repairs and deduct the cost of such repairs from the fixed monthly rent, provided that Tenant gives notice of Tenant’s intention to perform such repairs, and a detailed billing, to Lessor.

36. DEFERRED COMMENCEMENT . Lessor acknowledges that Tenant’s peak business activity occurs between September 15 and March 1 annually, and it would be severely disruptive and costly to Tenant’s business to have the Commencement Date occur after October 15, 2005. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in the Lease, if Tenant’s Acceptance

 

Page 16


and the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before October 15, 2005, Tenant, at its option and in Tenant’s sole discretion, upon written notice to Lessor, has the right to not exercise Tenant’s Acceptance of the Premises between October 15, 2005 and March 15, 2006 (“Non-Acceptance Period”) and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except: (i) no rent, additional rent, or any other cost or expense shall accrue or be due by Tenant and the same shall fully abate during the Non-Acceptance Period, and any and all costs and expenses shall be solely the Landlord’s obligation and responsibility, (ii) the Commencement Date shall occur on March 15, 2006, and (iii) all dates contained in this Lease shall be adjusted accordingly to reflect March 15, 2006, in place of September 1, 2005, with all ending dates, renewal dates, and notice dates adjusted accordingly.

37. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . If at any time during the term of this Lease, the First Renewal Term, or the Second Renewal Term, Lessor receives a bonafide offer from any person, partnership, or entity to purchase, gift, assign, exchange, or otherwise transfer the Premises (“BFO”), and Lessor intends to accept or negotiate to accept a BFO, then Lessor shall provide to Tenant a copy of the BFO and shall notify Tenant of the intention of Lessor to accept or negotiate to accept the BFO. Tenant shall have the right within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the BFO to accept the terms of the BFO in Tenant’s own name or in the name of a nominee (“Acceptance Period”), for the purchase price and on the terms specified in the BFO, by providing Lessor notice of Tenant’s acceptance of the BFO prior to the expiration of the Acceptance Period. If Tenant shall not so elect to accept the BFO within the Acceptance Period, then Lessor may proceed to accept the BFO and sell the Premises to said person, provided the sale is on terms and conditions not materially different from those set forth in the BFO sent to Tenant, and further provided that prior to the date of closing, Lessor shall deliver to Tenant a written and signed statement of the purchaser acknowledging that Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall remain in effect and be binding upon and assumed by the purchaser following the sale. If Lessor does not close on the sale or transfer of the Premises pursuant to a BFO or the parties materially modify or amend any provision of the BFO following Tenant’s election not to accept a BFO, this Right of First Refusal shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor may not sell or transfer the Premises to any third party without first giving Tenant the opportunity to match and accept a BFO (as materially modified or amended, if applicable) as provided above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in this Section 37, Lessor is permitted to transfer directly or by inheritance the entire Premises from a shareholder of Lessor to a spouse and direct lineal descendants, a family limited partnership or entity, or a revocable or irrevocable trust of a shareholder of Lessor, all solely for the estate planning of a shareholder of Lessor, and such transfer shall not be construed to be a BFO (collectively, “Estate Planning Transfer”); provided, however, any such Estate Planning Transfer shall be made and shall remain subject to Tenant’s right of first refusal and Tenant’s rights of first refusal and Lessor’s and successor Lessor’s obligations thereunder shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Page 17


38. SIGNAGE . Tenant has the right to place, maintain, and repair on the Premises signs or other advertising devises, electrical or non-electrical, in accordance with all applicable governmental regulations and approvals (“Signage”). Landlord shall, at its expense, erect the Signage on the Premises as shown on the Plans and Specifications based upon the style, color, size, shape, height, and content selected and approved by Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Lessor and Tenant have both duly executed this Lease and affixed their respective seals hereto, all being done on the day and year first above written.

 

APPLIED BUILDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ S.K. Mehta

  S.K. Mehta, Member
HCAP STRATEGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dennis A. Christiansen

 

Dennis A. Christiansen, Chief Executive

Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

Page 18


STATE OF WISCONSIN)   
   ss
OZAUKEE COUNTY)   

Personally came before me this 17 day of December, A.D. 2004, the above-named Applied Buildings, LLC, by S.K. Mehta, Member, to me known to be the person who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged the same.

 

/s/ Robin L. Oleszak

Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
My Commission:12-4-05

 

STATE OF WISCONSIN)   
   ss
OZAUKEE COUNTY)   

Personally came before me this 17 day of December, A.D. 2004, the above named HCap Strategies, Inc., by Dennis A Christiansen, its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, to me known to be the persons who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged the same.

 

 

/s/ Robin L. Oleszak

Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
My Commission:12-4-05

 

This instrument was drafted by:

Attorney Stephen A. Hartman

Trapp & Hartman, S.C.

  

 

Page 19


Exhibit A

Legal Description

LOT 1 OF CERTIFIED SURVEY MAP NO. 3464, BEING A DIVISION OF THE NORTHWEST 1/4 OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 9 NORTH, RANGE 21 EAST, IN THE CITY OF MEQUON, OZAUKEE COUNTY, WISCONSIN.

 

Page 20


Exhibit B

Plans and Specifications

[To be attached by the parties.]

 

Page 21

Exhibit 10.14

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE ( this “Assignment” ) is entered into as of this 16th day of May, 2005, by and between HCAP STRATEGIES , INC., a Wisconsin corporation (“Assignor”), and WAGEWORKS, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Assignee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , Assignor, as “Tenant,” and Applied Buildings, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company, as “Landlord,” are parties to that certain Commercial Building Lease dated December 17, 2004 (the “Lease”), covering certain real property including all improvements thereon or to be constructed thereon (the “Premises”), located at 10375 North Baldev Court, Mequon, Wisconsin 53092, a copy of which Lease is attached hereto as Appendix A; and

WHEREAS , Assignor, as “Seller,” and Assignee, as “Buyer,” are parties to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, the Assignor will sell to the Assignee, and the Assignee will purchase from the Assignor, the Purchased Assets, and the Assignee will assume the Assumed Liabilities as described in the Purchase Agreement, including all of Assignor’s right, title and interest as Tenant in, under and to the Lease; and

WHEREAS , simultaneously with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Parties mutually desire: (a) that Assignor assign all of its right, title and interest as Tenant in, under and to the Lease to Assignee; (b) Assignee desires to succeed to the interest of Assignor, and to assume the obligations of Assignor under the Lease; and (c) that Landlord consents to the assignment contemplated hereby, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are expressly acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Effective Time . For all purposes under this Assignment, the term “Effective Time” shall mean that time, if any, on which the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement is consummated.

2. Assignment and Assumption .

(a) Effective as of the Effective Time, Assignor hereby assigns, transfers and sets over unto all of Assignor’s right, title and interest as Tenant in, under and to the Lease to Assignee, its successors and permitted assigns.

(b) Assignee hereby accepts the foregoing assignment and hereby agrees to perform all of the terms and conditions of the Lease to be performed on the part


of Assignor and assumes all of the liabilities and obligations of Assignor under the Lease arising or accruing on or after the Effective Time, including, without limitation, liability for the payment of rent and for the due performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Tenant pursuant to the Lease.

3. Additional Instruments . Assignor agrees to make, execute and deliver all such further or additional instruments as may be necessary to satisfy the intent and purposes hereof and to perfect the assignment made hereby.

4. Notice . Whenever Assignor receives notice pursuant to the Lease, Assignor agrees to promptly provide Assignee with a copy of such notice.

5. Landlord’s Consent . This Assignment is expressly conditioned upon (a) Assignor obtaining the written consent of Landlord to (i) this Assignment and (ii) the execution and delivery by Assignee and Assignor of that certain Occupancy Agreement by and between Assignee and Assignor for the premises located at 10406 North Baehr Road, Mequon, Wisconsin 53092.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Headings . The section headings used herein are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Assignment.

(b) Binding Effect . This Assignment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, successors, and assigns.

(c) Governing Law . This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

(d) Counterparts . This Assignment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Integrated Agreement . This is an integrated agreement and contains the full, final, and complete expressions of the parties hereto. This Assignment shall only be modified in writing containing the signatures of the parties hereto.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Assignment as of the day and year first above written.

 

ASSIGNOR:   ASSIGNEE:
HCAP STRATEGIES, INC.   WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dennis A. Christiansen

  By:  

/s/ John Kessler

Name:  

Dennis A. Christiansen

  Name:  

John Kessler

Title:  

Chairman & CEO

  Title:  

Chairman


CONSENT OF LANDLORD

The undersigned Landlord hereby consents to the above and foregoing Assignment; provided, that this consent shall not be or be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of the Lease. In connection with the Assignment granted herein, Landlord hereby agrees that as of the Effective Time Assignor shall be released from each and every obligation to Landlord.

Landlord hereby confirms that: (a) the Lease attached as Exhibit A to the foregoing Assignment and Assumption of Lease is a true and correct copy of the agreement between Landlord and Assignor, the Lease has not been amended or modified except as set forth in Exhibit A, and the Lease is now in full force and effect; (b) neither Landlord nor Assignor is in default under the Lease, nor has any event occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a breach or default by Landlord or Assignor under the terms of the Lease; (c) all rent has been paid in accordance with the terms of the Lease; and (d) Assignee, its successors and/or assignees shall have the right to exercise any options to extend granted to the Tenant under the Lease.

 

LANDLORD:
APPLIED BUILDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ S.K. Mehta

Name:  

S.K. MEHTA

Title:  

MEMBER APPLIED BUILDINGS, LLC

Dated:  

5/13/05


APPENDIX A

The Lease

See attached copy


Document Number

  

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

Title of Document

  

 

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Memorandum ”), is made effective as of the 17 day of December, 2004, by and between HCAP STRATEGIES, INC. , a Wisconsin corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”), and APPLIED BUILDINGS, LLC , a Wisconsin limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

  

Recording Area

Name and Return Address

 

Timothy E. Kronquist, Esq.

Davis & Kuelthau, s.c.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 1400

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

Parcel Identification Number (PIN)

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Commercial Building Lease Agreement (the “ Lease ”) dated December 17, 2004, wherein Landlord, leased certain premises to Tenant; and

 

WHEREAS , this Memorandum is being executed for the purpose of providing notice of the Lease and terms thereof in the Office of the Register of Deeds for Ozaukee County, State of Wisconsin in order to place third parties on notice of the Lease and Landlord’s and Tenant’s rights and obligations thereunder, some of which are hereinafter summarized.

  

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge as follows:

 

1 . PREMISES. The “ Premises ” is the entire real property and improvements thereon or to be constructed thereon pursuant to the Lease and located at 10375 North Baldev Court, Mequon, Wisconsin, which property is legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2. TERM. The initial term of the Lease is for a period of ten (10) years commencing on September 1, 2005, and terminating on August 31, 2015, unless otherwise terminated as provided in the Lease. Tenant has the option to renew and extend the Lease for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each, at such rental rate and upon such other terms as are set forth in the Lease.

 

3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. If during any term or extended term of the Lease, Landlord receives a bonafide offer from any third party to purchase, gift, assign, exchange or otherwise transfer the Premises and Landlord intends to accept or negotiate to accept a bona fide offer, Landlord grants and conveys to Tenant the exclusive first right to purchase the Premises upon the limitations, terms and conditions described in the Lease.

Information Professionals Co., Fond du Lac, WI

800-655-2021


4. LEASE CONTROLLING. This Memorandum of Lease is only a summary of some of the terms and conditions contained in the Lease and is not intended in any way to amend, alter, modify, abrogate, substitute or otherwise affect any of the terms or conditions contained in the Lease, all of which are hereby incorporated herein in full by this reference. It is hereby understood and agreed that, notwithstanding this Memorandum, the terms and conditions contained in the Lease shall in all events control the relationship between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter therein contained.

5. P URPOSE; NO MODIFICATION. The Memorandum is solely for recording purposes and shall not be construed to alter, modify or supplement the Lease of which this is a Memorandum.

6. NOT A CONVEYANCE. The Lease is a lease of less than 99 years and not a conveyance subject to return and fee per sec. 77.21(1), Stats.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum of Lease effective as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:
HCAP STRATEGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dennis A. Christiansen

 

Dennis A. Christiansen, Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board

 

STATE OF WISCONSIN    )   
   )    SS
OZAUKEE COUNTY    )   

Personally came before me this 17 day of December, 2004, the above named Dennis a. Christiansen, the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, respectively, of HCAP Strategies, Inc., and acknowledged that they executed the foregoing instrument as such officers as the deed of such entity, by its authority.

 

/s/ Robin L. Oleszak

*   ROBIN L. OLESZAK

Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
My commission (is)(expires) 12-4-05


LANDLORD:
APPLIED BUILDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ S.K. Mehta

  S.K. Mehta, Member

 

STATE OF WISCONSIN    )      
   )    SS   
OZAUKEE COUNTY    )      

Personally came before me this 17 day of December, 2004, the above named S.K. Mehta, Member of Applied Buildings, LLC, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument as such member as the deed of such entity, by its authority.

 

/s/ Robin L. Oleszak

*    ROBIN L. OLESZAK

Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
My commission (is)(expires) 12-4-05

 

    
 

This Document was drafted by:

 

Timothy E. Kronquist, Esq.

Davis & Kuelthau, s.c.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(414) 276-0200

  


EXHIBIT A

Description of the Leased Premises

LOT 1 OF CERTIFIED SURVEY MAP NO. 3464, BEING A DIVISION OF THE NORTHWEST 1/4 OF SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 9 NORTH, RANGE 21 EAST, IN THE CITY OF MEQUON, OZAUKEE COUNTY, WISCONSIN.

Exhibit 10.15

AMENDMENT TO COMMERCIAL BUILDING LEASE

THIS AGREEMENT made this 8 th day of September, 2005, by and between Applied Buildings, LLC, hereinafter referred to as “Lessor”, and Wageworks, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”.

WHEREAS, Lessor and HCAP Strategies, Inc., on the 17 th day of December, 2004, entered into a Commercial Building Lease for 10375 North Baldev Court, Mequon, Wisconsin, which Lease was assigned to Tenant on the 15 th day of May, 2005; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto axe desirous of amending said Commercial Building Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties intending to be legally bound do hereby agree as follows:

The provisions of Paragraph #2 are deleted in their entirety, and the following new Paragraph #2 is inserted:

2. PAYMENT OF RENTALS . The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay the Lessor at its office or at such other place as the Lessor may from time to time designate in writing, a fixed annual minimum rent, hereinafter called “rent” of Four hundred twenty four thousand two hundred seventy two Dollars ($424,272.00), payable in equal monthly installments of Thirty five thousand three hundred fifty six Dollars ($35,356.00) on the first day of each and every month, in advance, during the Term of this Lease. The first monthly installment of the rent shall become due and payable upon February 1, 2006. Upon Tenant’s acceptance and occupancy of the Premises as set forth in Section 33, below (“Commencement Date”) which is anticipated to be on or about November 1, 2005, but the Commencement Date is subject to and shall be finally determined by Sections 33 and 34, the Tenant shall commence to pay all other costs which are the responsibility of the Tenant as further set forth in this Lease. Such additional rent may be estimated and billed monthly by the Lessor, and in such case as the same shall be adjusted annually. Such additional rent shall be paid by the Tenant within ten (10) business days after billing. Lessor shall provide a detailed statement showing what is included as additional rent, and Lessor and Tenant shall resolve any disputes over any additional rental in good faith.


The provisions of Paragraph #36 are deleted in their entirety.

The Commercial Building Lease dated the 17 th day of December, 2004, as modified by this Agreement, shall continue to define the rights and obligations of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed, sealed and delivered this Agreement the day and year first written above.

 

    APPLIED BUILDINGS, LLC  
    By:  

/s/ S.K Mehta

 
          S.K. Mehta, Member  
    WAGE WORKS, INC.  
    By:  

/s/ Scott P. Halstead

  September 8, 2005
          Scott P. Halstead, President  
    By:  

 

/s/ Dickson Leung

 

 

September 8, 2005

          Dickson Leung, Secretary  


STATE OF WISCONSIN)

 
  ss

    WI     COUNTY)

 

Personally came before me this 13 day September, A.D. 2005. the above-named Applied Buildings, LLC. By S.K. Mehta, Member, to me known to be the person who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged the same.

 

   

/s/ Rosanne J. Mehta

    Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
    My Commission:  

3 - 4 - 2007

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA)

 
  ss

    San Mateo      COUNTY)

 

Personally came before me this 8 day of September, A.D. 2005, the above-named Wageworks, Inc., by Scott P. Halstead, its President, and Dickson Leung, its Secretary, to me known to be the persons who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged the same.

 

   

/s/ Metrock Nushwat

    Notary Public, State of California
    My Commission:  

2 - 11 - 2007

Exhibit 10.16

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

Lease

THE RESERVE AT PAPAGO PARK CENTER

TEMPE, ARIZONA

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

Between

WAGEWORKS, INC.

(Tenant)

and

CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.

(Landlord)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                Page  

1. LEASE AGREEMENT

     3   

2. RENT

     3   
  A.      Types of Rent      3   
  B.      Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent      3   
  C.      Definitions      4   
  D.      Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments      7   

3. PREPARATION AND CONDITION OF PREMISES; POSSESSION AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES

     8   
  A.      Condition of Premises      8   
  B.      Tenant’s Possession      8   
  C.      Maintenance      8   

4. PROJECT SERVICES

     8   
  A.      Heating and Air Conditioning      8   
  B.      Elevators      9   
  C.      Electricity      9   
  D.      Water      10   
  E.      Janitorial Service      10   
  F.      Interruption of Services      10   
  G.      Public Utility Requirements      11   
  H.      Holidays      11   
  I.      Parking      11   
  J.      Tenant Security      13   

5. ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS

     13   
  A.      Landlord’s Consent and Conditions      13   
  B.      Damage to Systems      14   
  C.      No Liens      14   
  D.      Ownership of Improvements      14   
  E.      Removal at Termination      15   

6. USE OF PREMISES

     15   

7. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES

     15   

8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

     16   
  A.      Indemnity by Tenant      16   
  B.      Indemnity by Landlord      16   
  C.      Landlord’s Not Responsible for Acts of Others      16   
  D.      Tenant’s Insurance      16   
  E.      Insurance Certificates      18   
  F.      Landlord’s Insurance      18   

9. FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY

     18   
  A.      Termination      18   
  B.      Restoration      19   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                Page  

10. EMINENT DOMAIN

     19   

11. RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

     19   
  A.      Name      19   
  B.      Signs      19   
  C.      Window Treatments      20   
  D.      Keys      20   
  E.      Access      20   
  F.      Preparation for Reoccupancy      20   
  G.      Heavy Articles      20   
  H.      Show Premises      20   
  I.      [Intentionally Omitted.]      20   
  J.      Use of Lockbox      20   
  K.      Repairs and Alterations      20   
  L.      Landlord’s Agents      21   
  M.      Building Services      21   
  N.      Other Actions      21   

12. TENANT’S DEFAULT

     21   
  A.      Rent Default      21   
  B.      Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default      21   
  C.      Other Performance Default      21   
  D.      Credit Default      21   
  E.      Vacation or Abandonment Default      22   

13. LANDLORD REMEDIES

     22   
  A.      Termination of Lease or Possession      22   
  B.      Lease Termination Damages      22   
  C.      Possession Termination Damages      22   
  D.      Landlord’s Remedies Cumulative      22   
  E.      WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY      23   
  F.      Enforcement Costs      23   

14. SURRENDER

     23   

15. HOLDOVER

     23   

16. SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES

     23   
  A.      Subordination      23   
  B.      Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage      24   
  C.      Security Deposit      24   
  D.      Notice and Right to Cure      24   
  E.      Definitions      24   

17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

     24   
  A.      In General      24   
  B.      Landlord’s Consent      25   
  C.      Procedure      25   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                Page  
  D.      Change of Management or Ownership      25   
  E.      Excess Payments      26   
  F.      Recapture      26   
  G.      Affiliates      26   

18. CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD

     26   

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     26   

20. SECURITY DEPOSIT

     26   

21. FORCE MAJEURE

     27   

22. TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY AND FIXTURES

     27   

23. NOTICES

     27   
  A.      Landlord      27   
  B.      Tenant      27   

24. QUIET POSSESSION AND NON-DISTURBANCE

     28   

25. REAL ESTATE BROKER

     28   

26. MISCELLANEOUS

     28   
  A.      Successors and Assigns      28   
  B.      Date Payments Are Due      28   
  C.      Meaning of “Landlord”, “Re-Entry”, “including” and “Affiliate”      29   
  D.      Time of the Essence      29   
  E.      No Option      29   
  F.      Severability      29   
  G.      Governing Law      29   
  H.      Lease Modification      29   
  I.      No Oral Modification      29   
  J.      Landlord’s Right to Cure      29   
  K.      Captions      29   
  L.      Authority      29   
  M.      Landlord’s Enforcement of Remedies      29   
  N.      Entire Agreement      30   
  O.      Landlord’s Title      30   
  P.      Light and Air Rights      30   
  Q.      Singular and Plural      30   
  R.      No Recording by Tenant      30   
  S.      Exclusivity      30   
  T.      No Construction Against Drafting Party      30   
  U.      Survival      30   
  V.      Rent Not Based on Income      30   
  W.      Building Manager and Service Providers      30   
  X.      Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments      30   
  Y.      Tenant’s Financial Statements      30   

27. UNRELATED BUSINESS INCOME

     31   

28. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

     31   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

29. EXCULPATION

     31   

30. RENEWAL OPTIONS

     31   

31. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     32   

32. LETTER OF CREDIT

     32   

APPENDIX A - PLAN OF THE PREMISES

APPENDIX B - RULES AND REGULATIONS

APPENDIX C - TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

APPENDIX D – GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES CURRENTLY AFFECTING THE PROJECT

APPENDIX E - COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION

APPENDIX F – JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

APPENDIX G – ACCEPTABLE MOVE LOCATION

 

iv


LEASE

THIS LEASE (the “Lease”) is made as of July 23, 2007 between CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (the “ Landlord ”) and the Tenant as named in the Schedule below. The term “ Project ” means the office building (the ‘“ Building ”) known as “The Reserve at Papago Park Center”, the adjacent driveway and parking facilities and the land (the “ Land ”) located at 1050 West Washington, Tempe, Arizona 85281. “ Premises ” means that part of the Project leased to Tenant described in the Schedule and outlined on Appendix A .

The following schedule (the “ Schedule ”) is an integral part of this Lease. Terms defined in this Schedule shall have the same meaning throughout the Lease.

SCHEDULE

 

1. Tenant: WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

2. Premises: A Suite in the Building, as more specifically outlined on Appendix A , for which a Suite number will be assigned after the City of Tempe gives approval thereof.

 

3. Rentable Area of the Premises: The Useable Area of the Premises is approximately 25,455 square feet. With the Building’s standard 12.5% load factor for multi-tenant floors, the Rentable Area of the Premises is approximately 28,637 square feet and Base Rent is based thereon. The Building Rentable Area is 82,589 square feet resulting in the Tenant’s Proportionate Share shown on Section 4 of this Schedule. After the final Plans (as defined in Appendix C) for the Tenant Improvements have been prepared and building permits therefor have been obtained, Landlord will cause Phoenix Design One to remeasure the Useable Area of the Premises based on such Plans and BOMA standards and the parties will, within ten (10) days after the figures are available, enter into a letter agreement prepared by Landlord confirming the Useable and Rentable (based on the 12.5% load factor) Area of the Premises and any required adjustments to Base Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for purposes of Section 4 of this Schedule and the Landlord’s Contribution under Appendix C , based thereon. After such remeasurement occurs, the Useable and Rentable Area of the Premises and the Tenant’s Proportionate Share will remain fixed throughout the Term, regardless of future reconfigurations or other changes within the Building (excluding only addition or removal of Building space through new construction, damage, destruction or condemnation).

 

4. Tenant’s Proportionate Share: 34.67% (based upon a total of 82,589 rentable square feet in the Building), expressly subject to adjustment under Section  3 of this Schedule.

 

5. Security Deposit: $58,467.21

 

6. Tenant’s Real Estate Broker for this Lease: Staubach Company.

 

7. Landlord’s Real Estate Broker for this Lease: Lee & Associates.

 

8. Tenant Improvements, if any: See the Tenant Improvement Agreement attached hereto as Appendix C .

 

9 .

Commencement Date: Fifteen (15) days following both availability of the completed Premises to Tenant and the Completion Date, as defined in Appendix C , provided the City of Tempe has issued a permanent or temporary certificate of occupancy or the equivalent. Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Confirmation substantially in the form of Appendix E promptly following the Commencement Date


 

substantially in the form of Appendix E promptly following the Commencement Date. Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord will promptly provide an estimate of the Completion Date and Commencement Date.

 

10. Termination Date/Term: Five (5) years and five (5) months after the Commencement Date, or if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then after the first day of the following month.

 

11. Guarantor: N/A.

 

12. Base Year: 2008.

 

13. Base Rent:

 

Period

  

Annual

Base Rent

   Monthly
Base Rent
 

Months 1 -5

      $-0-    $ -0-   

Months 6-17

      $701,606.50 based on $24.50 per square foot of Rentable Area    $ 58,467.21   

Months 18-29

      $715,925.00 based on $25.00 per square foot of Rentable Area    $ 59,660.42   

Months 30-41

      $730,243.50 based on $25.50 per square foot of Rentable Area    $ 60,853.63   

Months 42-53

      $744,562.00 based on $26.00 per square foot of Rentable Area    $ 62,046.83   

Months 54-65

      $758,880.50 based on $26.50 per square foot of Rentable Area      63,240.04   

Expressly subject to adjustment under Section 3 of this Schedule.

 

14. Parking Spaces: One hundred sixty (160) (“ Total Spaces ”), on the terms and conditions more specifically set forth in Section 4I below. The number of Total Spaces is based on six (6) spaces per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area, and shall be subject to adjustment based on the final measurement of Rentable Area.

 

2


1. LEASE AGREEMENT . On the terms stated in this Lease, Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord, for the Term beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date unless extended or sooner terminated pursuant to this Lease.

2. RENT .

A. Types of Rent . Tenant shall pay the following Rent in the form of a check to Landlord at the following address:

Chamberlain Development, L.L.C.

1150 West Washington, Suite 120

Tempe, Arizona 85281

or in such other manner as Landlord may notify Tenant:

(1) Base Rent in monthly installments in advance, the first monthly installment payable concurrently with the execution of this Lease and thereafter on or before the first day of each month of the Term in the amount set forth on the Schedule.

(2) Operating Cost Share Rent in an amount equal to the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of (a) the Operating Costs and Taxes for the applicable Fiscal Year of the Lease (the “ Fiscal Year Operating Costs ”) minus (b) the Fiscal Year Operating Costs for the Base Year, paid monthly in advance in an estimated amount. Definitions of Operating Costs, Taxes and Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and the method for billing and payment of Operating Cost Share Rent are set forth in Sections 2B, 2C and 2D .

(3) Additional Rent in the amount of all costs, expenses, liabilities, and amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease, excluding Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent, but including any interest for late payment of any item of Rent.

(4) Rent as used in this Lease means Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent and Additional Rent. Tenant’s agreement to pay Rent is an independent covenant, with no right of setoff, deduction or counterclaim of any kind.

B. Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent .

(1) Payment of Estimated Operating Cost Share Rent . Landlord shall estimate the Fiscal Year Operating Costs by April 1st of each Fiscal Year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. Landlord may revise these estimates whenever it obtains more accurate information, such as upon its receipt of the actual real estate tax assessment or tax rate for the Project.

Within ten (10) days after receiving the original or revised estimate from Landlord of Fiscal Year Operating Costs for a particular Fiscal Year, together with the Fiscal Year Operating Costs for the Base Year, Tenant shall pay Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the estimated Operating Cost Share Rent, multiplied by the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Fiscal Year to the date of such payment

 

3


including the current month, minus payments previously made by Tenant for the months elapsed. On the first day of each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay Landlord one-twelfth (l/12th) of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of this estimate, until a new estimate becomes applicable.

The increase in “ Controllable Operating Costs ” for any year from the prior year will be limited to five percent (5%). For this purpose, “Controllable Operating Costs” shall include only those items over which Landlord or the property manager has discretion or control. For example, but without limitation, taxes, assessments, utilities and insurance premiums are not Controllable Operating Costs, but janitorial costs, maintenance contracts, and management fees are Controllable Operating Costs.

(2) Correction of Operating Cost Share Rent . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a report for the previous Fiscal Year (the “ Operating Cost Report ”) by April 1st of each year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, setting forth (a) the actual Fiscal Year Operating Costs incurred for the Fiscal Year in question, (b) the Fiscal Year Operating Costs for the Base Year, (c) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent due from Tenant, and (d) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent paid by Tenant. Within twenty (20) days after such delivery, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount due minus the amount paid. If the amount paid exceeds the amount due, Landlord shall apply the excess to Tenant’s payments of Operating Cost Share Rent next coming due.

C. Definitions .

(1) Included Operating Costs . “ Operating Costs ” means any expenses, costs and disbursements of any kind (including Taxes), paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation, insurance, repair and other related activities in connection with any part of the Project and of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith, including the cost of providing those services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease. Landlord may adjust the types, frequency and manner of delivery of various services during the Lease Term to reflect services being provided to similar buildings in the Phoenix Metropolitan Area, and all costs therefor shall be included in Operating Costs. Operating Costs shall also include “ Included Capital Items ”, consisting of (a) the costs of any capital improvements which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve safety, and those made to keep the Project in compliance with governmental requirements applicable from time to time, provided that the costs of such item shall be amortized by Landlord, together with an amount equal to interest at ten percent (10%) per annum, over the estimated useful life of such item and such amortized amounts are only included in Operating Costs for that portion of the useful life of the item which falls within the Term; and (b) amortized reasonable reserves for replacements of capital items, based on the useful life of the capital replacement, or amortization of expenses incurred for such capital replacements with interest at ten per cent (10%) per annum, over the estimated useful life thereof and such amortized amounts are only included in Operating Costs for that portion of the useful life of the item that falls within the Term, or a combination of amortized reserves and amortized expenses, provided both are not charged for the same time period for the same item. Further, if Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord is the manager of the Project, management fees will not exceed three per cent (3%) of gross rents including Base Rent or Minimum Rent and expense reimbursements.

 

4


Operating Costs will include all payments made to the Papago Hills Owners Association or otherwise required under the Declaration of Reciprocal Easements and Maintenance Agreement, or under the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Papago Park Center.

In order to allocate variable Operating Costs (i.e. those items that vary based on occupancy levels, such as janitorial and utility costs) among those parties who are leasing space when the Project is not at least 95% occupied during all or a portion of any calendar year, Landlord may reasonably determine the amount of such variable Operating Costs that would have been paid had the Project been at least 95% occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of variable Operating Costs for such year (rather than adjusting Tenant’s Proportionate Share by subtracting vacant space from the denominator). If Landlord does so in computing Operating Costs for any subsequent year, Landlord shall make a similar adjustment to Operating Costs for the Base Year in such computation. Similarly, if Landlord is not furnishing any particular utility or service to a tenant during any period (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Costs), Landlord may for such period: (i) exclude the rentable area of such tenant from the rentable area of the Project in computing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the component of Operating Costs for such utility or service, or (ii) adjust Operating Costs to reflect the additional amount that would reasonably have been incurred had Landlord furnished such utility or service to such tenant (rather than adjusting Tenant’s Proportionate Share).

(2) Excluded Operating Costs . Operating Costs shall not include:

 

  (a) costs of alterations of tenant premises;

 

  (b) costs of capital improvements other than Included Capital Items;

 

  (c) interest and principal payments on mortgages or any other debt costs, or rental payments on any ground lease of the Project;

 

  (d) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the negotiation of any tenant lease in the Project, including but not limited to real estate brokers’ leasing commissions and legal fees;

 

  (e) legal fees, space planner fees and advertising expenses incurred with regard to leasing the Building or portions thereof;

 

  (f) any cost or expenditure for which Landlord is reimbursed, by insurance proceeds or otherwise, except by Operating Cost Share Rent;

 

  (g) the cost of any service furnished to any office tenant of the Project which Landlord does not make available to Tenant;

 

  (h) depreciation (except on any Included Capital Items);

 

5


  (i) franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord, except to the extent imposed in lieu of all or any part of Taxes;

 

  (j) costs of correcting defects in construction of the Building (as opposed to the cost of normal repair, maintenance and replacement expected with the construction materials and equipment installed in the Building in light of their specifications);

 

  (k) legal and auditing fees which are for the benefit of Landlord such as collecting delinquent rents, preparing tax returns and other financial statements, and audits other than those incurred in connection with the preparation of reports required pursuant to Section 2B above;

 

  (l) the wages of any employee for services not related directly to the management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Building;

 

  (m) fines, penalties and interest;

 

  (n) costs or expenses incurred in conjunction with removal, enclosure, and capsulation or other handling of Hazardous Substances;

 

  (o) Landlord or its agent’s corporate overhead;

 

  (p) Increased insurance costs caused by another tenant in the Building;

 

  (q) Cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty services such as newsstand, club, or sandwich shop;

 

  (r) Costs of any work or services performed on any facility other than located at the Project; and,

 

  (s) Costs of advertising, tenant gifts and promotions.

(3) Taxes . “Taxes” means any and all taxes, assessments and charges of any kind, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, levied against the Project, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, leasing, renting, management, use, occupancy, control or operation of the Project or of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith. Taxes shall include real estate taxes, personal property taxes, sewer rents, water rents, special or general assessments, transit taxes, ad valorem taxes, and any tax levied on the rents hereunder (including but not limited to any applicable transaction privilege, sales or use taxes or the interest of Landlord under this Lease (the “ Rent Tax ”). Taxes shall also include all fees and other costs and expenses paid by Landlord in reviewing any tax and in seeking a refund or reduction of any Taxes, whether or not the Landlord is ultimately successful.

For any year, the amount to be included in Taxes (a) from taxes or assessments payable in installments, shall be the amount of the installments (with any interest) due and payable during

 

6


such year, and (b) from all other Taxes, shall at Landlord’s election be the amount accrued, assessed, or otherwise imposed for such year or the amount due and payable in such year. Any refund or other adjustment to any Taxes by the taxing authority, shall apply during the year in which the adjustment is made. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Rent Tax shall be paid by Tenant along with the monthly installments of Rent paid to Landlord.

(4) Lease Year . “ Lease Year ” means each consecutive twelve-month period beginning with the Commencement Date, except that if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall be the period from the Commencement Date through the final day of the twelve months after the first day of the following month, and each subsequent Lease Year shall be the twelve months following the prior Lease Year.

(5) Fiscal Year . “ Fiscal Year ” means the calendar year, except that the first Fiscal Year and the last Fiscal Year of the Term may be a partial calendar year.

D. Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments .

(1) Prorations . If this Lease begins on a day other than the first day of a month, the Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent shall be prorated for such partial month based on the actual number of days in such month. If this Lease begins on a day other than the first day, or ends on a day other than the last day, of the Fiscal Year, Operating Cost Share Rent shall be prorated for the applicable Fiscal Year.

(2) Default Interest . Any sum due from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until paid at ten percent (10%) per annum.

(3) Rent Adjustments . The square footage of the Premises and the Building computed pursuant to the Schedule are conclusively deemed to be the actual square footage thereof, without regard to any subsequent remeasurement of the Premises or the Building. If any Operating Cost paid in one Fiscal Year relates to more than one Fiscal Year, Landlord may proportionately allocate such Operating Cost among the related Fiscal Years.

(4) Books and Records . Landlord shall use its best efforts to maintain books and records reflecting the Operating Costs and Taxes in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) consistently applied. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not obligated to have audits performed to confirm compliance with GAAP. Tenant and its agent shall have the right to inspect Landlord’s records at Landlord’s office upon at least seventy-two (72) hours’ prior notice during normal business hours during the one (1) year following the respective delivery of the Operating Cost Report. The results of any such inspection shall be kept strictly confidential by Tenant and its agents, and Tenant and its agents must agree, in their contract for such services, to such confidentiality restrictions and shall specifically agree that the results shall not be made available to any other tenant of the Building. Unless Tenant sends to Landlord any written exception to either such report within said one (1) year period, such report shall be deemed final and accepted by Tenant. Tenant shall pay the amount shown on both reports in the manner prescribed in this Lease, whether or not Tenant takes any such written exception, without any prejudice to such exception. Tenant shall pay the cost of such

 

7


certification unless Landlord’s original determination of Tenant’s pro rata share of Operating Costs or Taxes overstated the amounts thereof by more than five percent (5%).

(5) Miscellaneous . So long as Tenant is in default of any obligation under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any refund of any amount from Landlord. If this Lease is terminated for any reason prior to the annual determination of Operating Cost Share Rent, either party shall pay the full amount due to the other within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the amount when it is determined. Landlord may commingle any payments made with respect to Operating Cost Share Rent, without payment of interest.

3. PREPARATION AND CONDITION OF PREMISES; POSSESSION AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES .

A. Condition of Premises . Except to the extent of the Tenant Improvements item on the Schedule, Landlord is leasing the Premises to Tenant “as is”, without any obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair or decorate any part of the Premises. Landlord shall cause the Premises to be completed in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Agreement attached as Appendix C .

B. Tenant’s Possession . Tenant’s taking possession of any portion of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises was in good order, repair and condition. If Landlord authorizes Tenant to take possession of any part of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for purposes of doing business, all terms of this Lease shall apply to such pre-Term possession, including Base Rent at the rate set forth for the first Lease Year in the Schedule prorated for any partial month.

C. Maintenance. Throughout the Term, Tenant shall maintain the Premises in their condition as of the Completion Date, loss or damage caused by the elements, ordinary wear, and fire and other casualty excepted, and at the termination of this Lease, or Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition. To the extent Tenant fails to perform either obligation, Landlord may, but need not, restore the Premises to such condition and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof.

4. PROJECT SERVICES . Landlord shall furnish services as follows:

A. Heating and Air Conditioning . (1)  General Area . During the normal business hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 Noon on Saturday, exclusive of Holidays (as defined in Subsection H , below), Landlord shall furnish heating and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) to provide a comfortable temperature (defined to be between 72 and 75 degrees Fahrenheit), for normal business operations, except to the extent Tenant installs equipment which adversely affects the temperature maintained by the air conditioning system. If Tenant installs such equipment, Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent the cost of installation, operation, repair and maintenance thereof. Landlord may enlarge the Building’s normal business hours, for this purpose, at any time in its sole discretion, but will not reduce the hours below those set forth above.

 

8


Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, and Landlord shall furnish HVAC outside of formal business hours (stated above, hereinafter “ After Hours HVAC ”) at a rate based upon actual expenses incurred by Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to review and audit such After Hours HVAC charges to ensure accuracy. Landlord shall reverse any charge for After Hour Usage that is billed incorrectly or in error. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant’s operations commences at 6:00AM instead of 7:00AM, Monday through Friday, except Holidays, and shall provide After Hours HVAC without the requirement of advance notification. For all other times, Tenant shall give Landlord a request for After Hours HVAC at least one business day in advance.

Tenant acknowledges that After Hours HVAC cannot be supplied to less than one full zone at a time. In the event After Hours HVAC is requested by more than one tenant of the Building for the same time period and the same zone, the charge for the After Hours HVAC shall be apportioned among those tenants on an equal basis.

(2) Server Rooms . Landlord also acknowledges that Tenant will have computer server rooms (“ Server Rooms ”) which will require HVAC on a 24 hours a day, 7 days a week basis. Server Rooms will be separately zoned for HVAC.

B. Elevators . Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service during normal business hours to Tenant in common with Landlord and all other tenants. Landlord shall provide limited passenger service at other times, except in case of an emergency.

C. Electricity . (1)  General . Landlord shall provide sufficient electricity to operate normal office lighting and equipment. This does not include special lighting in excess of building standard, or any other item of electrical equipment which singularly requires a voltage which exceeds other than one hundred twenty (120) volts (plus/minus ten percent) single phase. Tenant shall not install or operate in the Premises any electrically operated equipment or other machinery, other than business machines and equipment normally employed for general office use which do not require high electricity consumption for operation, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. If any or all of Tenant’s equipment requires electricity consumption in excess of that which is necessary to operate normal office equipment, such consumption (including consumption for computer or telephone rooms and special HVAC equipment) shall be submetered by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the cost of its submetered consumption based upon Landlord’s average cost of electricity. Such Additional Rent shall be in addition to Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Section 2A(2) to pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in or about the Premises which shall cause any substantial noise or vibration or which will increase the amount of electricity or water, if any, usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space. Tenant shall not connect with electric current or water pipes, except through existing electrical or water outlets already in the Premises, any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electric current or water.

As used above, the term “sufficient electricity to operate normal office lighting and equipment” means sufficient electrical capacity to operate (i) incandescent lights, typewriters, calculating machines, photocopying machines and other machines of the same low voltage electrical consumption (120/208 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for

 

9


said lighting and machines of low electrical voltage shall not exceed 3.0 watts per usable square foot; and (ii) lighting (277/480 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting shall not exceed 2.0 watts per usable square foot (each such rated electrical design load to be hereinafter referred to as the “ Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load ”). Should Tenant’s total rated electrical design load for the entire Premises or any portion thereof (including, but not limited to, computer or telephone rooms) exceed the Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load for either low or high voltage electrical consumption, or if Tenant’s electrical design requires low voltage or high voltage circuits in excess of Tenant’s share of the building standard circuits, Landlord will (at Tenant’s expense) install such additional circuits and Landlord will (at Tenant’s expense) install such additional circuits and associated high voltage panels and/or additional low voltage panels with associated transformers (which additional circuits, panels and transformers shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Additional Electrical Equipment ”). If the Additional Electrical Equipment is installed because Tenant’s low voltage or high voltage rated electrical design load exceeds the applicable Building Standard Rated Electrical Design Load, then a meter shall also be added (at Tenant’s expense) to measure the electricity used through the Additional Electrical Equipment. The design and installation of any Additional Electrical Equipment (or any related meter) required by Tenant shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). All expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review and approval of any Additional Electrical Equipment shall also be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant. Tenant shall also pay on demand the actual metered cost of electricity consumed through the Additional Electrical Equipment (if applicable), plus any actual accounting expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the metering thereof.

(2) Server Rooms . Landlord also acknowledges that Server Rooms will require separate electrical wiring configurations and load.

D. Water . Landlord shall furnish potable hot and cold tap water. Tenant shall pay Landlord for water furnished for any other purpose as Additional Rent equal to the rate charged by municipality to the Landlord. Tenant’s usage shall be reasonable pursuant to the attached space plan.

E. Janitorial Service . Landlord shall furnish janitorial service as generally provided to other tenants in the Building, except on the Holidays listed in Subsection H , below as specified in the attached Appendix F .

F. Interruption of Services . If any of the Building equipment or machinery ceases to function properly from any cause, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair the same promptly. Landlord’s inability to furnish, to any extent, the Project services set forth in this Section 4 , or any cessation thereof resulting from any causes, including any entry for repairs pursuant to this Lease, and any renovation, redecoration or rehabilitation of any area of the Building shall not render Landlord liable for damages to either person or property or for interruption or loss to Tenant’s business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor work an abatement of any portion of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. However, in the event that an interruption of the Project services set forth in this Section 4 causes the Premises to be untenantable for a period of at least ten (10) business days in a calendar month, Base Rent shall be thereafter abated proportionately with respect to

 

10


additional interruptions in that month. Upon request, Landlord will promptly provide a projected time frame for restoration of services and Landlord’s intended course of action to restore services.

G. Public Utility Requirements . In the event any public utility supplying energy requires, or government law, regulation, executive or administrative order results in a requirement, that Landlord or Tenant must reduce, or maintain at a certain level, the consumption of electricity for the Premises, the Building or the Project, which affects the heating, air-conditioning, lighting, or hours of operation of the Premises, Building or Project, Landlord and Tenant shall each adhere to and abide by these laws, regulations or administrative orders without any reduction or abatement in Rent.

H. Holidays . Landlord shall not be required to furnish services on the following “Holidays”; New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, any other national holiday promulgated by a Presidential Executive Order or Congressional Act.

I. Parking .

(1) Provided that Tenant shall not default or be in default at any time under the terms and conditions of this Lease, and provided further that, with respect to Covered Spaces as provided in the next paragraph, Tenant shall pay the required charge relating thereto, and provided further that Tenant shall comply with and abide by any parking rules and regulations from time to time in effect, Tenant shall have a license to park up to, but not more than, a number of passenger automobiles (but not oversized or abnormally heavy vehicles) in parking spaces located in the parking lots provided by Landlord from time to time for the Project, equal to the Total Spaces set forth or calculated under Section 14 of the Schedule, of which (i) up to thirty (30) (the “ Covered Spaces ”) shall be in reserved, covered parking areas provided and designated by Landlord from time to time, and (ii) the balance (the “ Uncovered, Unreserved Surface Spaces ”) shall be uncovered, unreserved spaces used in common with all other tenants, visitors and occupants to or in the Project.

The parking privileges or spaces made available to Tenant as provided above in this paragraph shall be charged to Tenant during the initial Lease Term beginning on the first day of the Lease Term at the rate of, and Tenant shall then pay to Landlord and in advance (plus tax thereon) for each such privilege or space, $45.00 per month, plus tax, for each Covered Space. The Uncovered, Unreserved Surface Spaces shall be available free of charge for the initial Lease Term.

Tenant covenants and agrees not to park or permit to be parked by its agents, servants or employees more vehicles than the Total Spaces at any time at or on the Project or any lots provided by Landlord for the Project, and in the event Tenant causes or permits more vehicles than designated herein to be parked, the same shall constitute a default under this Lease after Landlord notifies Tenant of such situation and Tenant does not rectify the situation in five (5) business days (but such delays shall not apply to Landlord’s right to tow offending vehicles as provided in paragraph (3) below). Each automobile shall, at Landlord’s option to be exercised from time to time, bear a permanently affixed and visible identification sticker or tag to be

 

11


provided from time to time by Landlord. Tenant shall not and shall not permit its employees, agents, servants, licensees, customers or invitees to park any vehicles in locations other than those specifically designated by Landlord as being for Tenant’s use. This license is for self-service parking only and does not include additional rights or services. Landlord shall not have any obligation to monitor or enforce Tenant’s parking licenses or privileges. Except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, neither Landlord nor its operators, agents, servants, licensees or employees shall be liable for: (i) loss or damage to any vehicle or other personal property parked or located upon or within such parking spaces or any parking areas whether pursuant to this license or otherwise and whether caused by fire, theft, explosion, strikes, riots or any other cause whatsoever; or (ii) injury to or death of any person in, about or around such parking spaces or any parking areas or any vehicles parking therein or in proximity thereto whether caused by fire, theft, assault, explosion, riot or any other cause whatsoever and Tenant hereby waives any claim for or in respect to the above. Tenant further agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord for, from and against all claims or liabilities arising out of loss or damages to property or injury to or death of persons, or both, relating to any of the foregoing unless directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Except pursuant to an assignment permitted under the Lease, Tenant shall not assign any of its rights hereunder and in the event an attempted assignment is made, it shall be void.

(2) In the event any tax, surcharge, imposition or regulatory fee is at any time imposed by any governmental authority upon or with respect to parking, parking spaces, the parking rights or license granted hereby, the parking fees to be paid hereunder, or the vehicles parking in the parking spaces referred to herein, Tenant shall pay the same to Landlord as additional rent hereunder, payable with monthly installments of Monthly Rent or as otherwise required by Landlord.

(3) Landlord or its agents shall have the right (but not the obligation), from time to time as a part of Operating Costs, to monitor all parking spaces for the Project to assure that Tenant, its employees, agents and contractors are parking only in the areas designated by Landlord from time to time for Tenant’s use. Landlord shall have the right to tow away, at the expense of the vehicle owner, any vehicles that do not park in spaces designated for Tenant’s use or any vehicles of Tenant’s invitees not parked in areas designated for Tenant’s use or visitors parking. Landlord shall only invoice the Tenant and not individual employees for said parking. Landlord shall have the right to modify the overall site parking plan including the right to change the location of any spaces previously reserved for Tenant’s use, whether covered or uncovered and/or whether surface or garage.

(4) Landlord or its agents shall have the right from time to time with ten (10) days prior written notice to the Tenant to substitute other Covered Spaces within the Project for the Covered Spaces referenced hereinabove.

(5) Landlord or its agents reserves the right to cancel the above Covered Spaces and/or convert them to Uncovered, Unreserved Surface Spaces for nonpayment of rent in excess of one (1) month. Landlord will give five (5) days written notice prior to the exercise of such right.

 

12


(6) All rental or other charges set forth above shall be due and payable at the same times as the monthly installments of Base Rent are payable under the Lease and shall in general be subject to the terms and provisions as are applicable to rental installments under the Lease, including without limitation, payment of privilege, rental or other taxes on such rental charges.

J. Tenant Security . Subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost, to install its own security systems for the Premises, which shall be located within the Premises and which shall not interfere with the Building Systems; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to interface its security systems with the Building security panel. Landlord will repair and/or replace any inoperable lighting fixtures within a reasonable period of time after notification from Tenant, subject to matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

5. ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS .

A. Landlord’s Consent and Conditions . Tenant shall not make any improvements or alterations to the Premises (the “ Work ”) without in each instance submitting plans and specifications for the Work to Landlord and obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, but this consent requirement will not apply to Work costing $10,000 or less which does not affect Building structure, roof or systems. Landlord may take into consideration in determining whether to consent to any requested alteration whether it is willing to receive the Premises with the alteration in place at the end of the Lease Term, unless Tenant agrees to remove the alteration in accordance with Sections 5D and E below. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s standard charge for review of the plans and all other items submitted by Tenant. Landlord will be deemed to be acting reasonably in withholding its consent for any Work which (a) impacts the base structural components or systems of the Building, (b) impacts any other tenant’s premises, or (c) is visible from outside the Premises.

Tenant shall pay for the cost of all Work. All Work shall become the property of Landlord upon its installation, except for Tenant’s trade fixtures and for items which Landlord requires Tenant to remove at Tenant’s cost at the termination of the Lease pursuant to Section 5E .

The following requirements shall apply to all Work exceeding $10,000 US:

(1) Prior to commencement, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord building permits, certificates of insurance satisfactory to Landlord, and, at Landlord’s request, security for payment of all costs.

(2) Tenant shall perform all Work so as to maintain peace and harmony among other contractors serving the Project and shall avoid interference with other work to be performed or services to be rendered in the Project.

(3) The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, meeting the standard for construction and quality of materials in the Building, and shall comply with all insurance requirements and all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations (“ Governmental Requirements ”).

 

13


(4) Tenant shall perform all Work so as to minimize or prevent disruption to other tenants, and Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requests of Landlord in response to complaints from other tenants.

(5) Tenant shall perform all Work in compliance with Landlord’s “Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects” in effect at the time the Work is performed.

(6) [Intentionally omitted.]

(7) Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractor’s affidavits and full and final statutory waivers of liens, as-built plans and specifications, and receipted bills covering all labor and materials, and all other close-out documentation required in Landlord’s “Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects”.

B. Damage to Systems . If any part of the mechanical, electrical or other systems in the Premises shall be damaged, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord, and Landlord shall repair such damage. Landlord may also at any reasonable time make any repairs or alterations which Landlord deems necessary for the safety or protection of the Project, or which Landlord is required to make by any court or pursuant to any Governmental Requirement. Tenant shall at its expense make all other repairs necessary to keep the Premises, and Tenant’s fixtures and personal property, in good order, condition and repair; to the extent Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may make such repairs itself. The cost of any repairs made by Landlord on account of Tenant’s default, or on account of the misuse or neglect by Tenant or its invitees, contractors or agents anywhere in the Project, shall become Additional Rent payable by Tenant on demand.

C. No Liens . Tenant has no authority to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind to affect Landlord’s interest in the Project; any such lien or encumbrance shall attach to Tenant’s interest only. If any mechanic’s lien shall be filed or claim of lien made for work or materials furnished to Tenant, then Tenant shall at its expense within ten (10) days thereafter either discharge or contest the lien or claim. If Tenant contests the lien or claim, then Tenant shall (i) within such ten (10) day period, provide Landlord adequate security for the lien or claim, (ii) contest the lien or claim in good faith by appropriate proceedings that operate to stay its enforcement, and (iii) pay promptly any final adverse judgment entered in any such proceeding. If Tenant does not comply with these requirements, Landlord may discharge the lien or claim, and the amount paid, as well as reasonable attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord, shall become Additional Rent payable by Tenant on demand.

D. Ownership of Improvements . All Work as defined in this Section 5 , partitions, hardware, equipment, machinery and all other improvements and all fixtures except trade fixtures, constructed in the Premises by either Landlord or Tenant, (i) shall become Landlord’s property upon installation without compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord consents otherwise in writing, and (ii) shall be surrendered to Landlord with the Premises at the termination of the Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, provided that if Landlord refuses to consent to the Work under Section 5A above unless Tenant agrees to remove the Work at the termination of the Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession and Tenant agrees thereto in writing as a condition of obtaining such consent from Landlord, then Tenant will remove that Work under Section 5E . All data

 

14


cabling installed by Tenant shall be part of the Improvements. If Landlord decides to remove such cabling, it shall do so at its own cost.

E. Removal at Termination . Upon the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession Tenant shall remove from the Project its trade fixtures, furniture, moveable equipment and other personal property, any Work in the Premises which it has agreed to remove pursuant to Section 5D , any unauthorized Work in the Premises unless Landlord directs it to remain, and any Work to any portion of the Project other than the Premises. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by the installation or removal of any of the foregoing items. If Tenant does not timely remove such property, then Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have, at Landlord’s election (i) conveyed such property to Landlord without compensation or (ii) abandoned such property, and Landlord may dispose of or store any part thereof in any manner at Tenant’s sole cost, without waiving Landlord’s right to claim from Tenant all expenses arising out of Tenant’s failure to remove the property, and without liability to Tenant or any other person. Landlord shall have no duty to be a bailee of any such personal property. If Landlord elects abandonment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any expenses incurred for disposition.

6. USE OF PREMISES . Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office purposes. Tenant shall not allow more than one employee or independent contractor per each one hundred thirty (130) usable square feet of the Premises to use or occupy the Premises (but such ratio will not entitle Tenant to use more parking than permitted in Section 4I ). Tenant shall not allow any use of the Premises which will negatively affect the cost of coverage of Landlord’s insurance on the Project. Tenant shall not allow any inflammable or explosive liquids or materials, except for batteries used by in office equipment (such as computers and cell phones), to be kept on the Premises. Tenant shall not allow any use of the Premises which would cause the value or utility of any part of the Premises to diminish or would interfere with any other Tenant or with the operation of the Project by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit any nuisance or waste upon the Premises, or allow any offensive noise or odor in or around the Premises.

If any governmental authority shall deem the Premises to be a “place of public accommodation” under the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other comparable law as a result of Tenant’s use, Tenant shall either modify its use to cause such authority to rescind its designation or be responsible for any alterations, structural or otherwise, required to be made to the Building or the Premises under such laws.

Tenant shall have the right to access the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, except for the consequences of Force Majeure, as defined in Section 21, and except for planned closures for Building repairs or other work outside of Normal Business Hours.

7. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES . Tenant shall comply with all Governmental Requirements applying to its use of the Premises. Tenant shall also comply with all reasonable rules established for the Project from time to time by Landlord. The present rules and regulations are contained in Appendix B . Failure by another tenant to comply with the rules or failure by Landlord to enforce them shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to comply with the rules or make Landlord responsible to Tenant in any way. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to apply the rules and regulations uniformly with respect to

 

15


Tenant and tenants in the Building under leases containing rules and regulations similar to this Lease. In the event of alterations and repairs performed by Tenant, Tenant shall comply with the provisions of Section 5 of this Lease and also Landlord’s “Policies, Rules and Regulations for Construction Projects”.

8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE .

A. Indemnity by Tenant . Tenant shall and does hereby indemnify Landlord (including without limitation its agents, employees, officers, members and managers) and agrees to save it harmless and, at Landlord’s option, defend it for, from and against any and all claims (whether groundless or not), actions, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ and other professional fees, in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property suffered by any person which is caused by Tenant, its officers, agents, contractors, employees, licensees and invitees, or which arises from or out of the business of Tenant or the occupancy or use by Tenant of the Premises or any part thereof or of any other part of the Project, whether occasioned or alleged to be occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of Tenant, its officers, agents, contractors, employees or invitees.

B. Indemnity by Landlord . Subject to the exclusions and limitations set forth in this Lease, including Section 8C , Landlord shall and does hereby indemnify Tenant (including without limitation its agents, employees, officers and directors) and agrees to save it harmless for, from and against any and all claims (whether groundless or not), actions, damages, liabilities and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ and other professional fees, in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property suffered by any person which is caused by the negligent or willful act or omission of Landlord, its officers, agents, contractors or employees.

C. Landlord’s Not Responsible for Acts of Others . Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, or to those claiming by, through or under Tenant, for any loss or damage which may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons in, or occupying leased space in, the Project or any part of any premises adjacent to or connecting with the Project, including the failure of such persons to perform their lease obligations, or for any loss or damage resulting to Tenant, or those claiming by, through or under Tenant, or its or their property, from the breaking, bursting, stoppage or leaking of electrical, water, gas, sewer, sprinkler, steam or other cable, wires, pipes or other equipment. To the extent permitted by law, Tenant waives any claims it may have against Landlord or its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, contractors or agents for business interruption or damage to property sustained by Tenant as a result of any act or omission of Landlord, its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, contractors or agents. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises, and to use such other portions of the Project as Tenant is herein given the right to use at Tenant’s own risk.

D. Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:

(1) Commercial General Liability Insurance, with (a) Contractual Liability including the indemnification provisions contained in this Lease, (b) a severability of interest

 

16


endorsement, (c) limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit per occurrence and not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate for bodily injury, sickness or death, and property damage, and (d) umbrella coverage of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

(2) Property Insurance against “All Risks” of physical loss covering the replacement cost of all improvements, fixtures and personal property. Tenant waives all rights of subrogation, and Tenant’s property insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord.

(3) Workers’ compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer’s Liability with not less than the following limits:

 

Each Accident

   $ 500,000.00   

Disease—Policy Limit

   $ 500,000.00   

Disease—Each Employee

   $ 500,000.00   

(4) Business interruption insurance.

Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and its agents.

Tenant’s insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Landlord, its agents, or mortgagee. Landlord, and if any, Landlord’s building manager or agent and ground lessor shall be named as additional insureds with respect to insurance required of the Tenant in Section 8D(1) . The company or companies writing any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease, as well as the form of such insurance, shall at all times be subject to Landlord’s approval, and any such company shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Such insurance companies shall have an A.M. Best rating of A VI or better.

Tenant shall cause any contractor of Tenant performing work on the Premises to maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:

(1) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including contractor’s liability coverage, contractual liability coverage, completed operations coverage, broad form property damage endorsement, and contractor’s protective liability coverage, to afford protection with limits, for each occurrence, of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) with respect to personal injury, death or property damage.

(2) Workers’ compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer’s Liability with not less than the following limits:

 

Each Accident

   $ 500,000.00   

Disease—Policy Limit

   $ 500,000.00   

Disease—Each Employee

   $ 500,000.00   

 

17


Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and its agents.

Tenant’s contractor’s insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Tenant, Landlord, their agents or mortgagees. Tenant and Landlord, and if any, Landlord’s building manager or agent, mortgagee or ground lessor shall be named as additional insured on Tenant’s contractor’s insurance policies.

E. Insurance Certificates . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates evidencing all required insurance no later than five (5) days prior to the Commencement Date and each renewal date. Each certificate will provide for thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to Landlord and Tenant.

F. Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall maintain “All-Risk” property insurance at replacement cost, including loss of rents, on the Building, and Commercial General Liability insurance policies covering the common areas of the Building, each with such terms, coverages and conditions as are normally carried by reasonably prudent owners of properties similar to the Project. With respect to property insurance, Landlord and Tenant mutually waive all rights of subrogation, and the respective “All-Risk” coverage property insurance policies carried by Landlord and Tenant shall contain enforceable waiver of subrogation endorsements.

9. FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY .

A. Termination . If a fire or other casualty causes substantial damage to the Building or the Premises, Landlord shall engage a registered architect to certify, as soon as reasonably possible but in no event later than within one (1) month of the casualty, to both Landlord and Tenant the estimated amount of time needed to restore the Premises to tenantability, including Building systems and common areas necessary for tenantability of the Premises, using standard working methods. If the estimated time needed exceeds six (6) months from the beginning of the restoration, or if the restoration would begin during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to the other party within ten (10) days after the notifying party’s receipt of the architect’s certificate, subject to the following paragraph. The termination shall be effective thirty (30) days from the date of the notice and Rent shall be paid by Tenant to that date, with an abatement for any portion of the Premises which has been untenantable after the casualty.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease if either (a) damage was caused by the negligence or intentional act of Tenant or any of its officers, agents, employees or contractors, or (b) Landlord (for itself or an affiliate) offers Tenant other premises in the Building or in another building that is substantially similar in all material respects to the Premises, located within the area shown on Appendix G as “ Acceptable Move Location ”, with identical or better security than the Building, which Tenant confirms in good faith meets the foregoing requirements (“ Alternative Premises ”), provided that Landlord can provide such Alternative Premises within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of the damage to the Building or Premises. In the event Landlord provides such Alternative Premises meeting the foregoing requirements, Tenant shall promptly occupy the Alternative Premises and shall pay rent therefor as provided in this Lease for the square footage of the Alternative Premises. Within

 

18


thirty (30) days after restoration of the Premises to tenantability as provided above (including Building systems and common areas necessary for tenantability of the Premises), Tenant shall move back into the Premises and vacate the Alternative Premises; provided, however, that if the restoration of the Premises to tenantability as provided above will take longer than six (6) months from the receipt of the architect’s certificate as set forth therein, Tenant shall have the option to occupy the Alternative Premises through the end of the Lease Term set forth in this Lease, to be exercised within thirty (30) days of Landlord notifying Tenant of the availability of the Alternative Premises. All provisions of this Lease shall apply to occupancy of the Alternative Premises by Tenant under this section. The parties will execute appropriate amendments to this Lease to confirm matters under this section.

B. Restoration . If a casualty causes damage to the Building or the Premises but this Lease is not terminated for any reason, then subject to the rights of any mortgagees or ground lessors, Landlord shall obtain the applicable insurance proceeds and diligently restore the Building and the Premises subject to current Governmental Requirements. Tenant shall replace its damaged improvements, personal property and fixtures. Rent shall be abated on a per diem basis during the restoration for any portion of the Premises which is untenantable, except to the extent that Tenant’s negligence caused the casualty.

10. EMINENT DOMAIN . If a part of the Project is taken by eminent domain or deed in lieu thereof which is so substantial that the Premises cannot reasonably be used by Tenant for the operation of its business, then either party may terminate this Lease effective as of the date of the taking. If any substantial portion of the Project is taken without affecting the Premises, then Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of such taking. Rent shall abate from the date of the taking in proportion to any part of the Premises taken. Except as provided below, the entire award for a taking of any kind shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no right to share in the award. All obligations accrued to the date of the taking shall be performed by the party liable to perform said obligations, as set forth herein. Tenant reserves the right to file its claims against the condemning authority for damages sustained by Tenant due to the condemnation. If the condemning authority settlement with the Landlord includes amounts attributable to Tenant’s damages, Landlord shall remit such amounts to Tenant, or credit the amount against any amounts that Tenant may owe Tenant.

11. RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD . Landlord may exercise at any time any of the following rights respecting the operation of the Project without liability to the Tenant of any kind:

A. Name . To change the name or street address of the Building or the suite number(s) of the Premises.

B. Signs . To install and maintain any signs on the exterior and in the interior of the Building, and to approve at its sole discretion, prior to installation, any of Tenant’s signs in the Premises prominently visible (with backlighting) from the common areas or the exterior of the Building. Tenant shall be entitled to install Building signage at its sole cost, in a manner and at a location approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible to maintain such signage in a good and attractive condition and to remove such signage upon termination or expiration of the Lease and to repair all damage resulting therefrom, at Tenant’s sole cost. In addition to

 

19


Landlord’s approval of Building signage, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that it is solely responsible to obtain all required permits from the City of Tempe, and that such signage is subject to the approval of Papago Park Center in accordance with their signage requirements and to compliance with established signage guidelines for The Reserve at Papago Park Center, copies of which have been delivered to Tenant.

C. Window Treatments . To approve, at its discretion, prior to installation, any shades, blinds, ventilators or window treatments of any kind, as well as any lighting within the Premises that may be visible from the exterior of the Building or any interior common area. This discretion should not be unreasonably withheld.

D. Keys . To retain all passkeys, access cards and/or entry codes to enter the Premises or any door within the Premises. Tenant shall not alter or add any lock or bolt. Except in the event of emergencies or when Tenant is in default under the Lease, Landlord shall not enter the Premises except in compliance with all reasonable security protocols of Tenant, which may include sign-in and badge requirements and escorting by Tenant employees.

E. Access . To have access to inspect the Premises, and to perform its obligations, or make repairs, alterations, additions or improvements, as permitted by this Lease.

F. Preparation for Reoccupancy . To decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy at any time after Tenant abandons the Premises, without relieving Tenant of any obligation to pay Rent.

G. Heavy Articles . To approve the weight, size, placement and time and manner of movement within the Building of any safe, central filing system or other heavy article of Tenant’s property. Tenant shall move its property entirely at its own risk.

H. Show Premises . With reasonable prior notice to Tenant, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, tenants, brokers, lenders, investors, rating agencies or others at any reasonable time, provided that such showing does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and all entries to Premises must be escorted by Tenant’s personnel.

I. [Intentionally Omitted.]

J. Use of Lockbox . To designate a lockbox collection agent for collections of amounts due Landlord. In that case, the date of payment of Rent or other sums shall be the date of the agent’s receipt of such payment or the date of actual collection if payment is made in the form of a negotiable instrument thereafter dishonored upon presentment. However, Landlord may reject any payment for all purposes as of the date of receipt or actual collection by mailing to Tenant within 21 days after such receipt or collection a check equal to the amount sent by Tenant.

K. Repairs and Alterations . To make repairs or alterations to the Project and in doing so transport any required material through the Premises, to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and other facilities in the Project, to open any ceiling in the Premises, or to temporarily suspend services or use of common areas in the Building. Landlord may perform any such repairs or alterations during ordinary business hours, except that Tenant may require

 

20


any Work in the Premises to be done after business hours if Tenant pays Landlord for overtime and any other expenses incurred; provided, however, that if Tenant notifies Landlord that core-drilling, concrete saw cutting, or similarly loud work is materially interfering with use of the Premises as a customer call center, Landlord shall defer such work to after normal business hours, at no extra cost to Tenant, unless it relates to an emergency situation. Landlord may do or permit any work on any nearby building, land, street, alley or way.

L. Landlord’s Agents . If Tenant is in default under this Lease, possession of Tenant’s funds or negotiation of Tenant’s negotiable instrument by any of Landlord’s agents shall not waive any breach by Tenant or any remedies of Landlord under this Lease.

M. Building Services . To install, use and maintain through the Premises, pipes, conduits, wires and ducts serving the Building, provided that such installation, use and maintenance does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

N. Other Actions . To take any other action which Landlord deems reasonable in connection with the operation, maintenance or preservation of the Building.

12. TENANT’S DEFAULT . Any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant:

A. Rent Default . Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due;

B. Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default . Tenant defaults in its obligations under Section 17 , Assignment and Sublease, or Section 28 , Hazardous Substances;

C. Other Performance Default . Tenant fails to perform any other obligation to Landlord under this Lease, and, in the case of only the first two (2) such failures during the Term of this Lease, this failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord, except that if Tenant begins to cure its failure within the ten (10) day period but cannot reasonably complete its cure within such period, then, so long as Tenant continues to diligently attempt to cure its failure, the ten (10) day period shall be extended to sixty (60) days, or such lesser period as is reasonably necessary to complete the cure;

D. Credit Default . One of the following credit defaults occurs:

(1) Tenant commences any proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debts, or seeks appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Tenant or for any substantial part of its property, or any such proceeding is commenced against Tenant and either remains undismissed for a period of thirty days or results in the entry of an order for relief against Tenant which is not fully stayed within seven days after entry;

(2) Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt, does not generally pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

21


(3) Any third party obtains a levy or attachment under process of law against Tenant’s leasehold interest.

E. Vacation or Abandonment Default . Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises other than due to fire, other casualty or untenantability of the Premises.

13. LANDLORD REMEDIES .

A. Termination of Lease or Possession . If Tenant defaults, Landlord may elect by notice to Tenant either to terminate this Lease or to terminate Tenant’s possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease. In either case, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and deliver possession to Landlord, and Landlord may repossess the Premises and may, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove any of Tenant’s signs and any of its other property, without relinquishing its right to receive Rent or any other right against Tenant.

B. Lease Termination Damages . If Landlord terminates the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent due on or before the date of termination, plus Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the aggregate Rent that would have been payable from the date of termination through the Termination Date, reduced by the rental value of the Premises calculated as of the date of termination for the same period, taking into account anticipated vacancy prior to reletting, reletting expenses and market concessions, both discounted to present value at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum. If Landlord shall relet any part of the Premises for any part of such period before such present value amount shall have been paid by Tenant or finally determined by a court, then the amount of Rent payable pursuant to such reletting (taking into account vacancy prior to reletting and reletting expenses or concessions) shall be deemed to be the reasonable rental value for that portion of the Premises relet during the period of the reletting.

C. Possession Termination Damages . If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession without terminating the Lease and Landlord takes possession of the Premises itself, Landlord may relet any part of the Premises for such Rent, for such time, and upon such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine, without any obligation to do so prior to renting other vacant areas in the Building. Any proceeds from reletting the Premises shall first be applied to the expenses of reletting, including redecoration, repair, alteration, advertising, brokerage, legal, and other reasonably necessary expenses. If the reletting proceeds after payment of expenses are insufficient to pay the full amount of Rent under this Lease, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly upon demand as it becomes due. Any excess proceeds shall be retained by Landlord.

D. Landlord’s Remedies Cumulative . All of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease shall be in addition to all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity. Waiver by Landlord of any breach of any obligation by Tenant shall be effective only if it is in writing, and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach, or any subsequent breach of the same obligation. Landlord’s acceptance of payment by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant, and if the acceptance occurs after Landlord’s notice to Tenant, or termination of the Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, the acceptance shall not affect such notice or termination. Acceptance of payment by Landlord after commencement of a legal proceeding or final judgment shall not affect such proceeding or judgment. Landlord may advance such

 

22


monies and take such other actions for Tenant’s account as reasonably may be required to cure or mitigate any default by Tenant. Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for any such advance, and such sums shall bear interest at the default interest rate until paid.

E. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . EACH PARTY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE. EACH PARTY SHALL BRING ANY ACTION AGAINST THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE IN A FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE ANY PROCEEDING TRANSFERRED FROM SUCH COURTS ON THE GROUND OF IMPROPER VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM.

F. Enforcement Costs . Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs in enforcing this Lease, whether or not suit is filed.

14. SURRENDER . Upon termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, ordinary wear and casualty damage excepted. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any alterations, then Tenant shall remove the alterations in a good and workmanlike manner and restore the Premises to its condition prior to their installation.

15. HOLDOVER . Except as expressly provided in the next paragraph below, Tenant shall have no right to holdover possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. If, however, Tenant retains possession of any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance for the entire Premises upon all of the terms of this Lease, except that Tenant shall pay all of Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent at double the rate in effect immediately prior to such holdover, computed on a monthly basis for each full or partial month Tenant remains in possession. Tenant shall also pay Landlord all of Landlord’s direct and consequential damages resulting from Tenant’s holdover. No acceptance of Rent or other payments by Landlord under these holdover provisions shall operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right to regain possession or any other of Landlord’s remedies.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant may holdover possession of the Premises for up to three (3) one-month periods after the stated end of the Term under Section 10 of the Schedule provided: (A) Tenant provides at least six (6) months prior written notice before the Termination Date of Tenant’s election to holdover and the number of months (not exceeding three (3)) for which Tenant’s election applies (the “Holdover Period”) and (B) all terms and provisions of this Lease shall fully apply to the Holdover Period, except Base Rent shall be one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the rate in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date.

16. SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES .

A. Subordination . This Lease shall be subordinate to any present or future ground lease or mortgage respecting the Project, and any amendments to such ground lease or mortgage,

 

23


at the election of the ground lessor or mortgagee as the case may be, affected by notice to Tenant in the manner provided in this Lease, subject to the requirements of Section 24 . The subordination shall be effective upon such notice, but at the request of Landlord or ground lessor or mortgagee, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of the request, execute and deliver to the requesting party any reasonable documents provided to evidence the subordination, subject to the requirements of Section 24 . Any mortgagee has the right, at its option, to subordinate its mortgage to the terms of this Lease, without notice to, nor the consent of, Tenant. Landlord shall provide certain nondisturbance agreements as provided in Section 24 .

B. Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage . If any ground lease is terminated or mortgage foreclosed or deed in lieu of foreclosure given and the ground lessor, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale shall thereby become the owner of the Project, upon request of such owner, Tenant shall attorn to such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser without any deduction or setoff by Tenant, and this Lease shall continue in effect as a direct lease between Tenant and such ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser. The ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser shall be liable as Landlord only during the time such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser is the owner of the Project. At the request of Landlord, ground lessor or mortgagee, Tenant shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days of the request any document furnished by the requesting party to evidence Tenant’s agreement to attorn.

C. Security Deposit . Any ground lessor or mortgagee shall be responsible for the return of any security deposit by Tenant only to the extent the security deposit is received by such ground lessor or mortgagee.

D. Notice and Right to Cure . The Project is subject to any ground lease and mortgage identified with name and address of ground lessor or mortgagee in Appendix D to this Lease (as the same may be amended from time to time by written notice to Tenant). Tenant agrees to send by registered or certified mail to any ground lessor or mortgagee identified either in such Appendix or in any later written notice from Landlord to Tenant a copy of any notice of default sent by Tenant to Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the required time period under this Lease, but ground lessor or mortgagee begins to cure within ten (10) days after such period and proceeds diligently to complete such cure, then ground lessor or mortgagee shall have such additional time as is necessary to complete such cure, including any time necessary to obtain possession if possession is necessary to cure, and Tenant shall not begin to enforce its remedies so long as the cure is being diligently pursued.

E. Definitions . As used in this Section 16 , “mortgage” shall include “deed of trust” and/or “trust deed” and “mortgagee” shall include “beneficiary” and/or “trustee”, “mortgagee” shall include the mortgagee of any ground lessee, and “ground lessor”, “mortgagee”, and “purchaser at a foreclosure sale” shall include, in each case, all of its successors and assigns, however remote.

17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE .

A. In General . Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord in each case, (i) make or allow any assignment or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (ii) grant or allow any lien or encumbrance, by operation of law

 

24


or otherwise, upon any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (iii) sublet any part of the Premises, or (iv) permit anyone other than Tenant and its employees to occupy any part of the Premises. Tenant shall remain primarily liable for all of its obligations under this Lease, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer. No consent granted by Landlord shall be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment or transfer, lien or encumbrance, sublease or occupancy. Tenant shall pay all of Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any consent requested by Tenant or in reviewing any proposed assignment or subletting, not to exceed $2,500. Any assignment or transfer, grant of lien or encumbrance, or sublease or occupancy without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void. If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet the Premises in its entirety any rights of Tenant to renew this Lease, extend the Term or to lease additional space in the Project shall be extinguished thereby and will not be transferred to the assignee or subtenant, all such rights being personal to the Tenant named herein.

B. Landlord’s Consent . Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease if (i) Tenant is in default under this Lease, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is a tenant in the Project or an affiliate of such a tenant or a party that Landlord has identified as a prospective tenant in the Project, (iii) the financial responsibility, nature of business, and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant are not all reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iv) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord the purpose for which the assignee or subtenant intends to use the Premises (or a portion thereof) is not in keeping with Landlord’s standards for the Building or are in violation of the terms of this Lease or any other leases in the Project, (v) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a government entity, or (vi) the proposed assignment is for less than the entire Premises or for less than the remaining Term of the Lease. The foregoing shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent.

C. Procedure . Tenant shall notify Landlord of any proposed assignment or sublease at least thirty (30) days prior to its proposed effective date. The notice shall include the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, its corporate affiliates in the case of a corporation and its partners in a case of a partnership, an execution copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, and sufficient information to permit Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant. As a condition to any effective assignment of this Lease, the assignee shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment, an assumption of all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. As a condition to any effective sublease, subtenant shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the sublease, an agreement to comply with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and at Landlord’s option, an agreement (except for the economic obligations which subtenant will undertake directly to Tenant) to attorn to Landlord under the terms of the sublease in the event this Lease terminates before the sublease expires.

D. Change of Management or Ownership . Any transfer of the direct or indirect power to affect the management or policies of Tenant or direct or indirect change in 25% or more of the ownership interest in Tenant shall constitute an assignment of this Lease.

 

25


E. Excess Payments . If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet any part of the Premises for consideration in excess of the pro-rata portion of Rent applicable to the space subject to the assignment or sublet, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent 50% of any such excess immediately upon receipt.

F. Recapture . Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of assignment or subletting, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in Tenant’s notice, as of the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease and all obligations under this Lease as to such space shall expire except as to any obligations that expressly survive any termination of this Lease.

G. Affiliates . Notwithstanding the above provisions, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent but with concurrent notice to Landlord, to sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or to assign this Lease to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant under common control with Tenant, or any other entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or under the common control of the Tenant, or to any corporation or other entity which succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets and business of Tenant (collectively, a “ Permitted Transferee ”), provided that any such assignee assumes this Lease utilizing a form approved by Landlord and no such sublease or assignment shall result in a release of Tenant from any liability.

18. CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD . If Landlord shall at any time transfer its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall be released of any obligations occurring after such transfer, except the obligation to return to Tenant any security deposit not delivered to its transferee, and Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s successors for performance of such obligations. This Lease shall not be affected by any such transfer.

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Each party shall, within ten (10) days of receiving a request from the other party, execute, acknowledge in recordable form, and deliver to the other party or its designee a certificate stating, subject to a specific statement of any applicable exceptions, that the Lease as amended to date is in full force and effect, that the Tenant is paying Rent and other charges on a current basis, and that to the best of the knowledge of the certifying party, the other party has committed no uncured defaults and has no offsets or claims. The certifying party may also be required to state the date of commencement of payment of Rent, the Commencement Date, the Termination Date, the Base Rent and the current Operating Cost Share Rent estimate, the status of any improvements required to be completed by Landlord, the amount of any security deposit, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested. Failure to deliver such statement within the time required shall be conclusive evidence against the non-certifying party that this Lease, with any amendments identified by the requesting party, is in full force and effect, that there are no uncured defaults by the requesting party, that not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance, that the non-certifying party has not paid any security deposit, and that the non-certifying party has no claims or offsets against the requesting party.

20. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on the date of this Lease, security for the performance of all of its obligations in the amount set forth on the Schedule. If Tenant defaults under this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security

 

26


Deposit to make any defaulted payment, to pay for Landlord’s cure of any defaulted obligation, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from any default. To the extent any portion of the deposit is used, Tenant shall within five (5) days after demand from Landlord restore the deposit to its full amount. Landlord may keep the Security Deposit in its general funds and shall not be required to pay interest to Tenant on the deposit amount. If Tenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease and return the Premises to Landlord at the end of the Term, Landlord shall return all of the remaining Security Deposit to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term. The Security Deposit shall not serve as an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Landlord’s damages for any default under this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord may transfer the Security Deposit to its transferee. Upon such transfer, Landlord shall have no further obligation to return the Security Deposit to Tenant, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee.

21. FORCE MAJEURE . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease to the extent Landlord is unable to perform any of its obligations on account of any strike or labor problem, act of God, unusual inclement weather, energy reduction, shortage or blackout, governmental preemption or prescription, unusual governmental delay, national emergency, or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”).

22. TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY AND FIXTURES . In addition to any statutory lien, Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a lien against and a security interest in all of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures now or hereafter located within the Premises as security for performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant may replace such personal property and fixtures with items of equal or better quality, but shall not otherwise remove them from the Premises without the consent of Landlord until all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease have been performed. This Lease constitutes a security agreement creating a security interest in such property in favor of Landlord, subject only to the liens of existing creditors, and Landlord may at any time file this Lease as a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Project is located. Alternatively, if requested to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days of such request a Form UCC-1 Financing Statement wherein Landlord is the Secured Party and Tenant is the Debtor.

23. NOTICES . All notices, consents, approvals and similar communications to be given by one party to the other under this Lease, shall be given in writing, mailed or personally delivered as follows:

 

  A. Landlord . To Landlord as follows:

Chamberlain Development, L.L.C.

1150 West Washington, Suite 120

Tempe, Arizona 85281

or to such other person at such other address as Landlord may designate by notice to Tenant.

 

  B. Tenant . To Tenant as follows:

 

27


WageWorks, Inc.

1100 Park Place, 4th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94403

Attn: General Counsel

or to such other person at such other address as Tenant may designate by notice to Landlord.

Mailed notices shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, or by a reputable national overnight courier service, postage prepaid. Mailed notices shall be deemed to have been given on the earlier of actual delivery or three (3) business days after posting in the United States mail in the case of registered or certified mail, and one business day in the case of overnight courier.

24. QUIET POSSESSION AND NON-DISTURBANCE . So long as Tenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall enjoy peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party claiming through the Landlord.

Landlord agrees that concurrently with the execution of the Lease, Landlord shall provide from the current mortgagee and the ground sublessor described on Appendix D , and any future subordination to a mortgage under Section 16 shall be contingent on Landlord providing from the mortgagee, a Non-Disturbance Agreement or confirmation thereof providing that Tenant’s possession and this Lease, including the renewal options in Section 30 , will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in breach or default hereunder utilizing a form prescribed by the mortgagee or ground sublessor. Such Non-Disturbance Agreement shall acknowledge that, to the extent any of the concessions to be provided to Tenant have not been fully funded or performed by Landlord at the time of a foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or any other transfer of the Building as a result of a default of Landlord under the terms of the applicable ground lease, loan documents, or the like, subject to Landlord and lender protections set forth in the Lease, Tenant, to the extent Tenant pays or has paid such unfunded amount, may deduct the unfunded amount or equivalent value thereof, together with interest, from any rental amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord next becoming due and payable.

25. REAL ESTATE BROKER . Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker with respect to this Lease except for any broker(s) listed in the Schedule, and no other broker is in any way entitled to any broker’s fee or other payment in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against any claims by any other broker or third party for any payment of any kind in connection with this Lease.

26. MISCELLANEOUS .

A. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the limits on Tenant’s assignment contained in Section 17 , the provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all successors and assigns of Landlord and Tenant.

B. Date Payments Are Due . Except for payments to be made by Tenant under this Lease which are due upon demand or are due in advance (such as Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent and Parking Charges), Tenant shall pay to Landlord any amount for which Landlord renders a statement of account within ten days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement.

 

28


C. Meaning of “Landlord”, “Re-Entry”, “including” and “Affiliate” . The term “Landlord” means only the owner of the Project and the lessor’s interest in this Lease from time to time. The words “re-entry” and “re-enter” are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The words “including” and similar words shall mean “without limitation”. The word “affiliate” shall mean a person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the applicable entity. “Control” shall mean the power directly or indirectly, by contract or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of the applicable entity.

D. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.

E. No Option . This document shall not be effective for any purpose until it has been executed and delivered by both parties; execution and delivery by one party shall not create any option or other right in the other party.

F. Severability . The unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not affect any other provision.

G. Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.

H. Lease Modification . Tenant agrees to modify this Lease in any way requested by a mortgagee which does not cause increased expense to Tenant or otherwise materially adversely affect Tenant’s interests under this Lease.

I. No Oral Modification . No modification of this Lease shall be effective unless it is a written modification signed by both parties.

J. Landlord’s Right to Cure . If Landlord breaches any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and shall take no action respecting such breach so long as Landlord promptly begins to cure the breach and diligently pursues such cure to its completion. Landlord may cure any default by Tenant; any expenses incurred shall become Additional Rent due from Tenant on demand by Landlord.

K. Captions . The captions used in this Lease shall have no effect on the construction of this Lease.

L. Authority . Landlord and Tenant each represents to the other that it has full power and authority to execute and perform this Lease.

M. Landlord’s Enforcement of Remedies . Landlord may enforce any of its remedies under this Lease either in its own name or through an agent.

N. Entire Agreement . This Lease, together with all Appendices, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No representations or agreements of any kind have been made by either party which are not contained in this Lease.

 

29


O. Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title shall always be paramount to the interest of the Tenant, and nothing in this Lease shall empower Tenant to do anything which might in any way impair Landlord’s title.

P. Light and Air Rights . Landlord does not grant in this Lease any rights to light and air in connection with Project. Landlord reserves to itself, the Land, the Building below the improved floor of each floor of the Premises, the Building above the ceiling of each floor of the Premises, the exterior of the Premises and the areas on the same floor outside the Premises, along with the areas within the Premises required for the installation and repair of utility lines and other items required to serve other tenants of the Building.

Q. Singular and Plural . Wherever appropriate in this Lease, a singular term shall be construed to mean the plural where necessary, and a plural term the singular. For example, if at any time two parties shall constitute Landlord or Tenant, then the relevant term shall refer to both parties together.

R. No Recording by Tenant . Tenant shall not record in any public records any memorandum or any portion of this Lease.

S. Exclusivity . Landlord does not grant to Tenant in this Lease any exclusive right except the right to occupy its Premises.

T. No Construction Against Drafting Party . The rule of construction that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to this Lease.

U. Survival . All obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease shall survive the termination of this Lease.

V. Rent Not Based on Income . No rent or other payment in respect of the Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Premises. Tenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.

W. Building Manager and Service Providers . Landlord may perform any of its obligations under this Lease through its employees or third parties hired by the Landlord.

X. Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments . Without limiting the provisions of Section 12A, if Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent or other charge to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease within five (5) business days after the same becomes due and payable, then Tenant shall pay a late charge equal to the greater of five percent (5%) of the amount of such payment or $250. In addition, interest shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on any late payments of Rent from the date due until paid at the rate provided in Section 2D(2) . Such late charge and interest shall constitute Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon the date of payment of the delinquent payment referenced above.

Y. Tenant’s Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one physical copy to a designated individual the current audited annual and quarterly financial statements of Tenant, and annual audited

 

30


financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current year’s financial statements, each with an opinion of a certified public accountant and including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Landlord agrees to maintain at all times physical control of the copy and such shall not be distributed or copied in any way; provided, however, that upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall either (a) provide copies thereof to Landlord’s lenders and/or prospective lenders, subject to reasonable confidentiality requirements, or Tenant will authorize Landlord to provide copies thereto subject to reasonable confidentiality requirements.

27. UNRELATED BUSINESS INCOME . If Landlord is advised by its counsel at any time that any part of the payments by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease may be characterized as unrelated business income under the United States Internal Revenue Code and its regulations, then Tenant shall enter into any amendment proposed by Landlord to avoid such income, so long as the amendment does not require Tenant to make more payments or accept fewer services from Landlord, than this Lease provides.

28. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought upon, produced, stored, used, discharged or disposed of in or near the Project unless Landlord has consented to such storage or use in its sole discretion. “Hazardous Substances” include those hazardous substances described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., any other applicable federal, state or local law, and the regulations adopted under these laws. If any lender or governmental agency shall require testing for Hazardous Substances in the Premises with respect to items that were brought in by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, Tenant shall pay for such testing.

29. EXCULPATION . Landlord shall have no personal liability under this Lease; its liability shall be limited to its interest in the Project (but in no event exceeding $3,000,000, regardless of the nature of the claim), and shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Landlord. In no event shall any officer, director, employee, agent, shareholder, partner, member or beneficiary of Landlord be personally liable for any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

30. RENEWAL OPTIONS . Tenant shall have two (2) separate options to renew the Term of the Lease, each for an additional five (5) year period (each an “ Extended Term ”) upon the same terms and conditions as contained in this Lease except for the Base Rent, in accordance with the following provisions. Not later than nine (9) months and not more than twelve (12) months prior to the then current Termination Date, Tenant may give notice of its interest in renewing the Term of this Lease. If Landlord receives such a notice from Tenant, then within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s notice Landlord will provide notice (“ Landlord’s Notice ”) to Tenant of its reasonable determination of an amount equal to the then prevailing market rental rate for a lease renewal for the Premises for the applicable Extended Term, including all applicable market concessions and inducements for a renewal lease, as the Base Rent for the Extended Term, but in no event will the Base Rent during the applicable Extended Term be less than the Base Rent for the original Lease Term or the first Extended Term, as applicable (“ Renewal Base Rent ”). The parties shall have sixty (60) days after Landlord proposes the Renewal Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term in which to agree on the Renewal Base Rent for the applicable

 

31


Extended Term. If the parties agree on the Renewal Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term during that period, then they shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating such Renewal Base Rent. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on the Renewal Base Rent for the applicable Extended Term during that period, then Landlord and Tenant shall, within ten (10) days thereafter, each appoint a qualified person holding an active Arizona real estate broker’s or salesperson’s license who has been active in office building leasing in the area for at least five (5) years (“ Broker ”). Those Brokers will then have thirty (30) days to come to an agreement regarding the Renewal Base Rent. If they are unable to do so, then within five (5) days after the expiration of said 30 day period the two Brokers shall appoint a third Broker and deliver their calculations of the Renewal Base Rent to the third Broker who shall, within twenty (20) days, give notice to all parties involved of his/her determination of the Renewal Base Rent which must be not higher than the greater of the calculations of the first two (2) Brokers and not lower than the lower of the calculations of the first two (2) Brokers, and that selection shall be used by Landlord and Tenant for the Extended Term. Landlord and Tenant shall equally share in the expense of this appraisal.

31. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER . Tenant shall have an ongoing right to lease space on the first floor of the Building contiguous to the Premises during the Lease Term, as it may be extended or renewed, as follows.

Provided that Tenant provides written notice of its election to lease any available contiguous space not later than twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to lease the affected space at the economic terms detailed in this Lease, including Base Rent and Landlord’s Contribution under Appendix C , for a full 65-month Lease Term, provided that shall extend the Lease Term for the original Premises to be co-terminus with the Lease Term for the new premises with the Base Rent for any such additional Lease Term for the original Premises to be at a rate of $26.50 per square foot of Rentable Area. Thereafter, any rental of the contiguous space shall be on such terms and provisions as may be negotiated by the parties.

After the initial lease up of any contiguous space on the first floor of the Building, and excluding renewals by original tenants, prior to leasing such space in the future, Landlord shall first offer such space to Tenant by written notice. The Tenant shall have five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s notice to submit a letter of interest therefor, or Landlord shall be free to again lease that space. Upon Tenant submitting a letter of interest to lease any contiguous space, the parties thereafter shall negotiate in good faith concerning the terms of lease of such space, but if no amendment to this Lease is signed within thirty (30) days, Landlord shall be free to lease that space. Thereafter, Tenant’s right of first offer shall apply each time Landlord proposes to lease space (excluding renewal by the current occupant).

If Tenant is to lease more space under this section, the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease, in the form reasonably prepared by Landlord, within ten (10) days.

32. LETTER OF CREDIT .

A. Letter of Credit Requirements . Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with an irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”), in the amount of $500,000.00 which shall be

 

32


in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, issued by a bank or confirmed by a bank (the “Issuer”) acceptable to Landlord and having a term of at least one (1) year from the issuance thereof. The Letter of Credit shall be delivered to Landlord not later than full execution of this Lease. The Letter of Credit shall provide for partial draws.

B. Partial Reductions: Renewal or Replacement Letters of Credit . Commencing with month 6 described in Section 13 of the Schedule, if at the end of such month and each month thereafter, (1) there are no uncured events of default, and (2) there have been no monetary delinquencies by Tenant during the Lease Term (whether or not cured), Landlord agrees that its maximum draw shall be reduced by $8,333.33 for each such month, but all other requirements hereof will continue to fully apply. Further, so long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant may provide Landlord, no later than thirty (30) days before the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, with a renewal of the Letter of Credit, or a replacement Letter of Credit, substantially the same as the Letter of Credit that is being replaced, for at least a one (1) year period, for the then required amount. If Tenant fails to provide such renewal or replacement Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon the existing Letter of Credit and hold/apply the proceeds as provided below.

C. Draws . The sole condition to a draw on the Letter of Credit shall be the delivery to the Issuer by Landlord of (1) a certificate signed by an authorized officer of Landlord stating that either (a) an event of default on the part of Tenant shall have occurred and is continuing under the Lease or (b) that Landlord has not received a required renewal of the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit as required by the Lease, and that the Landlord is entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit, and (2) a draft in the amount of the draw, Landlord is expressly authorized to draw on the Letter of Credit under either of the circumstances described in the preceding sentence.

If Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit because of an event of default under item (a) above, then:

(i) If Landlord elects to terminate Tenant’s right of possession and/or this Lease under Section 13A above, then Landlord shall retain the proceeds of the Letter of Credit as liquidated damages for Tenant’s default, and not as a penalty, and Landlord shall have no right to seek or obtain other damages for such default except that Tenant shall be fully responsible to Landlord for all damage done to the Leased Premises, Building and/or Project or any personal property by Tenant or those for whom Tenant is responsible, and to indemnify Landlord for liabilities under Section 8A above, in addition to Landlord’s retention of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit hereunder.

(ii) If Landlord has not elected to terminate Tenant’s right to possession and/or this Lease under Section 13A above, then Landlord may hold/use the proceeds of the Letter of Credit under Section 20 of this Lease. To the extent Landlord uses such funds to pay or reimburse any amount due Landlord, Tenant will restore the same under Section 20 . At any tune thereafter while an event of default is pending, Landlord may elect to terminate Tenant’s right of possession and/or this Lease with the consequences described in Item (i) above.

 

33


In the event Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit under Item (b) above, (x) Landlord shall hold the proceeds thereof, with no obligation for interest to Tenant; (y) Landlord shall be entitled to apply/use the proceeds thereof under Items (i) and/or (ii) above in the event an event of default occurs; and (z) if Landlord does not apply/use the proceeds of the Letter of Credit as provided above, then upon expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease and Tenant’s satisfaction of all of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall deliver such proceeds to Tenant.

D. Cancellation of Letter of Credit Requirement; Financial Statements; Reinstatement of Requirement .

(1) Landlord agrees to relinquish and cancel the Letter of Credit within ten (10) days after either (a) Tenant establishes that it has had three (3) consecutive years of profitable operations (with “profit” being defined as EBITDA, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) as established by audited financial statements or (b) Tenant has a tangible net worth of at least $50,000,000 (as defined by GAAP standards) as established by audited financial statements delivered to Landlord.

(2) If Tenant qualifies under Section 32D(1)(a ) for a relinquishment of the Letter of Credit, then from and after such date, Tenant will provide to Landlord:

(a) if a public company, the Tenant will provide a copy of the financial statements as filed with the SEC within five (5) days of the filing demonstrating profitable operations (as defined above) during each succeeding quarter.

(b) if a private company, the Tenant will provide a copy of the quarterly financial statements, as provided to the Board of the Tenant and the bank of the Tenant, within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar quarter; the year end financial statements will be audited by the “Big 4” accounting firm or another accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and provided to Landlord by the Tenant within ninety (90) days of the Company’s year end, demonstrating profitable operations (as defined above) during each quarter.

(3) If Tenant fails to provide the required financial statements under Section 32D(2 ) or they do not show profitable operations, within twenty (20) days Tenant shall provide to Landlord a Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of Section 32A , in the amount of the last required Letter of Credit under Section 32B . The Letter of Credit shall be subject to further reduction under Section 32B , Tenant is required to continue providing the quarterly financial statements under Section 32D(2) while this new Letter of Credit is required.

(4) Landlord agrees to relinquish and cancel the Letter of Credit provided under Section 32D(3 ) if and when the required financial statements provided by Tenant show aggregate profitable operations (as defined above) for a cumulative period of four (4) consecutive calendar quarters, subject to the requirements of Sections 32D(2) and_D(3) for periods thereafter.

(5) Sections 32D(2), (3) and (4)  shall not apply if Tenant qualifies for release of the Letter of Credit under Section 32D(1)(b), relating to tangible net worth, either with respect to the original Letter of Credit or a new Letter of Credit under Section 32D(3) .

 

34


LANDLORD:
CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company
By   Sun State Builders, Inc. an Arizona corporation
Its   Managing Member
  By  

/s/ James M. Chamberlain

  Its  

President, James M. Chamberlain

By   Chamberlain Family Trust dated September 21, 1979, Restated January 9, 2002
Its   Member
  By  

/s/ James M. Chamberlain

    James M. Chamberlain
  Its   Trustee
  By  

/s/ Patsy L. Chamberlain

    Patsy L. Chamberlain
  Its   Trustee

 

TENANT:
WAGEWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By  

/s/ Kathleen McElwee

Print Name:  

Kathleen McElwee

Print Title:  

CFO

 

35


LOGO


LOGO


APPENDIX B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Tenant shall not place anything, or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may, in Landlord’s judgment, appear unsightly from outside of the Project.

2. The Project directory shall be available to Tenant solely to display names and their location in the Project, which display shall be as directed by Landlord.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purposes other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. Tenant shall lend its full cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition and shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises and move all such items and waste being taken from the Premises (other than waste customarily removed by employees of the Building) directly to the shipping platform at or about the time arranged for removal therefrom. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord, reasonably exercised, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Project. Neither Tenant nor any employee or invitee of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Project.

4. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatuses shall not be used for any purposes other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein, and to the extent caused by Tenant or its employees or invitees, the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

5. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary janitorial labor or services by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any heating or air conditioning apparatus (other than servers HVAC if such is not provided by Landlord), or carry on any mechanical business without the prior written consent of Landlord; use the Premises for housing and lodging purposes;. Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises or permit the Premises to be occupied or used for any purpose, act or thing which is in violation of any Governmental Requirement or which may be dangerous to persons or property.

7. Tenant shall not bring upon, use or keep in the Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or any other articles deemed hazardous to persons or property, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8. Landlord shall have sole power to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and other wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires is to be allowed

 

B-1


without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

9. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant’s operations are subject to certain regulatory requirements that the Premise be secured from unaccounted entrance, and entry by Landlord is subject to Section 11D of the Lease. Any entrance to Premises during office hours, other than for emergency repairs, must be accompanied by Tenant’s personnel.

10. Tenant shall not install linoleum, tile, carpet or other floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.

11. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Project or carried up or down in the freight elevator, except during business hours unless special arrangements are made in advance with Landlord. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of other entrances of the Building, or take or permit on other elevators, any item normally taken in or out through the trucking concourse or service doors or in or on freight elevators.

12. Tenant shall cause all doors to the Premises to be closed and securely locked.

13. Intentionally omitted.

14. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Premises’ or the Project’s heating and air conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls, other than room thermostats installed for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed.

15. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which may arise from a cause other than Landlord’s negligence, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed and secured.

16. Peddlers, solicitors and beggars shall be reported to the office of the Project or as Landlord otherwise requests.

17. Tenant shall not advertise the business, profession or activities of Tenant conducted in the Project in any manner which violates the letter or spirit of any code of ethics adopted by any recognized association or organization pertaining to such business, profession or activities.

18. No bicycle or other vehicles and no animals or pets shall be allowed in the Premises, halls, freight docks, or any other parts of the Building except that disabled persons may be accompanied by “service” dogs. Tenant shall not make or permit any noise, vibration or odor to emanate from the Premises, or do anything therein tending to create, or maintain, a nuisance, or do any act tending to injure the reputation of the Building. Landlord shall provide designated bicycle parking on the Project.

19. Tenant acknowledges that Building security problems may occur which may require the employment of extreme security measures in the day-to-day operation of the Project.

 

B-2


Accordingly:

(a) Landlord may, at any time, or from time to time, or for regularly scheduled time periods, as deemed advisable by Landlord and/or its agents, in their sole discretion, require that persons entering or leaving the Project or the Property identify themselves to watchmen or other employees designated by Landlord, by registration, identification or otherwise.

(b) Tenant agrees that it and its employees will cooperate fully with Project employees in the implementation of any and all security procedures.

(c) Such security measures shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no liability for any action taken by Landlord in connection therewith, it being understood that Landlord is not required to provide any security procedures and shall have no liability for such security procedures or the lack thereof.

20. Tenant shall not do or permit the manufacture, sale, purchase, of any fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic beverages without obtaining written consent of Landlord.

21. Tenant shall not disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant.

22. Provided that Landlord delivers janitorial services consistent with Appendix F, Tenant shall not provide any janitorial services or cleaning without Landlord’s written consent and then only subject to supervision of Landlord and at Tenant’s sole responsibility and by janitor or cleaning contractor or employees at all times satisfactory to Landlord.

23. [Intentionally Omitted.]

24. Except with respect to coverings already permitted by the Landlord, no equipment, mechanical ventilators, awnings, special shades or other forms of window covering shall be permitted either inside or outside the windows of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then only at the expense and risk of Tenant, and they shall be of such shape, color, material, quality, design and make as may be approved by Landlord.

25. [Intentionally Omitted.]

26. Tenant shall not install or operate any phonograph, musical or sound-producing instrument or device, radio receiver or transmitter, TV receiver or transmitter, or similar device in the Building, nor install or operate any antenna, aerial, wires or other equipment inside or outside the Building, nor operate any electrical device from which may emanate electrical waves which may interfere with or impair radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere, without in each instance the prior written approval of. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant may use devices in the Premises to play music or television so long as the volume of sound does not disturb other tenants in the Building.

 

B-3


27. Tenant shall promptly remove all rubbish and waste from the Premises that are not contracted to be removed by the janitorial services provided by Landlord. Tenant shall break large boxes down to a “flat” condition prior to placement in the trash.

28. Tenant shall not exhibit, sell or offer for sale, Rent or exchange in the Premises or at the Project any article, thing or service, except those ordinarily embraced within the use of the Premises specified in Section 6 of this Lease, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29. Tenant shall list all furniture, equipment and similar articles Tenant desires to remove from the Premises or the Building and deliver a copy of such list to Landlord and procure a removal permit from the Office of the Building authorizing Building employees to permit such articles to be removed.

30. Tenant shall not overload any floors in the Premises or any public corridors or elevators in the Building.

31. Tenant shall not do any painting in the Premises, or mark, paint, cut or drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building, outside or inside, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

32. Whenever Landlord’s consent, approval or satisfaction is required under these Rules, then unless otherwise stated, any such consent, approval or satisfaction must be obtained in advance, such consent or approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, and Landlord’s satisfaction shall be determined in its sole judgment.

33. Tenant and its employees shall cooperate in all fire drills conducted by Landlord in the Building.

34. Tenant shall require all persons who work at the Premises to dress in a manner appropriate for a class A office building in the Phoenix metropolitan area, which may include business casual attire during business hours and appropriate casual attire at hours outside of business hours. Further, Tenant shall require all persons who work at the Premises to act and behave in a manner appropriate for a class A office building including, without limitation, not sleeping or loitering in lobbies or other common areas.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

B-4


APPENDIX C

TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

1. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. The Premises will include those items shown or described on the attached Appendix C-l (“ Shell Improvements ”) which Landlord will provide at its cost. The Shell Improvements are the only improvement obligations of Landlord within or relating to the Premises. Landlord shall cause to be performed the [other] improvements (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) in the Premises in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Tenant and Landlord (the “ Plans ”), which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Tenant Improvements shall be performed at the Tenant’s cost, subject to the Landlord’s Contribution (hereinafter defined).

Landlord shall cause the Plans to be prepared, the cost of which shall be included in determination of the Maximum Cost, by Phoenix Design One (“ Landlord’s Architect ”), consistent with the space plan dated June 25, 2007 and utilizing Building Standard Improvements. Landlord shall furnish the initial draft of the Plans to Tenant for Tenant’s review and approval. Tenant shall within seven (7) days after receipt either provide comments to such Plans or approve the same. Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such Plans if it does not timely provide comments on such Plans. Landlord will incorporate in the Plans any comments of Tenant provided the same are consistent with the Building Standard Improvements or are otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

Sun State Builders will perform the construction of the Tenant Improvements, on a cost plus ten percent (10%) basis. Landlord will not charge a construction management fee. Tenant may require that major subcontracts be competitively bid with several mutually acceptable, qualified subcontractors and Tenant may select the subcontractors and their bids from those received provided that Landlord and Sun State Builders have no reasonable objection to the selections made by Tenant and provided that this process shall not delay letting of subcontracts or construction. Tenant may utilize the services of a tenant’s construction representative or similar consultant at Tenant’s sole cost, and Landlord will reasonably cooperate with any such representative provided that it does not interfere with or delay construction.

Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Tenant Improvements to be substantially completed, except for minor “Punch List” items, on or before the Commencement Date specified in the Schedule to the Lease, subject to Tenant Delay (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and Force Majeure.

2. CHANGE ORDERS. If, prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall require improvements or Changes (individually or collectively, “ Change Orders ”) to the Premises in addition to, revision of or substitution for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord for its approval plans and specifications for such Change Orders. If Landlord does not approve of the plans for Change Orders, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the revisions required. Tenant shall revise and redeliver the plans and specifications to Landlord within five (5) business days of Landlord’s advice or Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned its request for such

 

C-1


Change Orders. Tenant shall pay for all preparations and revisions of plans and specifications, and the construction of all Change Orders, subject to Landlord’s Contribution.

3. LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION. Landlord shall contribute an amount up to $1,231,391 (subject to adjustment to be $43.00 per square foot of Rentable Area, as provided in Section 3 of the Schedule) (“ Landlord’s Contribution ”) toward the costs incurred for the Tenant Improvements and Change Orders. Landlord has no obligation to pay for costs of the Tenant Improvements or Change Orders in excess of Landlord’s Contribution. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements and/or Change Orders exceeds the Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant shall pay such overage to Landlord prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or Change Orders.

If any part of the Landlord’s Contribution is not required for the Tenant Improvements and Change Orders, Tenant may use the remainder for additional improvements or alterations to the Premises for a period of eighteen (18) months following the Commencement Date subject to all such improvements or alterations complying with Section 5 of the Lease.

4. COMMENCEMENT DATE DELAY. The Commencement Date shall be delayed until the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed (the “ Completion Date ”), except to the extent that the delay shall be caused by any one or more of the following (a “ Tenant Delay ”):

(a) Tenant’s request for Change Orders whether or not any such Change Orders are actually performed; or

(b) Contractor’s performance of any Change Orders; or

(c) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times; or

(d) Tenant’s delay in preparing, reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein; or

(e) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of such request for information from the Landlord; or

(f) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for costs of the Tenant Improvements and/or Change Orders in excess of the Landlord’s Contribution; or

(g) Any other act or omission by Tenant, its agents, contractors or persons employed by any of such persons.

If the Commencement Date is delayed for any reason, then Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay, or were in fact completed without any Tenant Delay.

 

C-2


Upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, the parties will conduct a walkthrough inspection to identify any missing or nonconforming work, and prepare a “Punch List” thereof. The existence of “Punch List” items to be completed or remedied by Landlord’s contractor shall not delay or affect the Completion Date, but Landlord will cause its contractor to promptly complete or remedy all property “Punch List” items.

5. ACCESS BY TENANT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TERM. Landlord at its discretion may permit Tenant and its agents to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy, and shall permit such access beginning forty-five (45) days prior to the projected Commencement Date, subject to the conditions in this section. Any such permission shall constitute a license only, conditioned upon Tenant’s:

(a) working in harmony with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers and with other tenants and occupants of the Building;

(b) obtaining in advance Landlord’s approval of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant and depositing with Landlord in advance of any work (i) security satisfactory to Landlord for the completion thereof, and (ii) the contractor’s affidavit for the proposed work and the waivers of lien from the contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers of material; and

(c) furnishing Landlord with such insurance as Landlord may require against liabilities which may arise out of such entry.

Landlord shall have the right to withdraw such license for any reason upon twenty-four (24) hours’ written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property or installations in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from all liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses arising out of the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in the Premises or the Building. Any entry and occupation permitted under this Section shall be governed by Section 5 and all other terms of the Lease.

6. MISCELLANEOUS.

Terms used in this Appendix C shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Lease. The terms of this Appendix C are subject to the terms of the Lease.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-3


APPENDIX C-l

THE RESERVE AT PAPAGO PARK CENTER

BUILDING SHELL CONDITIONS

All structural wall, floor and roof support systems to support office floor live loads including partitions, ceilings, etc., of one hundred (100) pounds per square foot.

All exterior glass, wall finishes and weather protection systems.

Common toilet facilities, per Code, common lobbies, foyers, stairs and elevators.

Automobile parking facilities including paving, lighting and parking structure.

Package rooftop heating and air conditioning units provided on the roof. Air handlers stockpiled at tenant suites at one ton per 200 square feet of Useable Area. Electrical hookup, distribution, ductwork, diffusers and vents not included.

Main electrical service to Building and distribution of electrical power from main service to main electrical room on each floor. Light fixtures, installation and connection is not included.

Main fire sprinkler piping with heads established on a predetermined pattern.

Ceiling tile and grid materials are provided as part of Landlord’s shell work. Installation is not included.

Window Covering: Building Standard architectural miniblinds on all exterior windows.

Public Corridor Partitions: Building Standard, 5/8” thick, gypsum board and base molding attached to corridor side of 3  1 / 2 ” metal studs on 24” centers with acoustic insulation built from floor to deck above. Tenant side gypsum board, base and finish is not included. Tenant side of exterior walls is not included.

 

C-1-1


APPENDIX D

GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES CURRENTLY AFFECTING THE PROJECT

 

1. Papago Park Center Ground Lease dated March 6, 1989 between Salt River Project Agricultural Improvement and Power District, as Lessor, and Papago Park Center, Inc., as Lessee, as amended from time to time. Salt River Project’s address:

Salt River Project

1521 North Project Drive

Tempe, Arizona 85281-1206

P.O. Box 52025

Phoenix, Arizona 85072-2025

 

2. Papago Park Center Ground Sublease dated April 1, 1998 between Papago Park Center, Inc., as Landlord, and Chamberlain Development, L.L.C., as Tenant, as amended from time to time Papago Park Center, Inc.’s address is:

Jayne Lewis

Papago Park Center – PAB

1521 Project Drive/SRP Building (delivery)

Tempe, Arizona 85281-1206

P.O. Box 52025 (mailing)

Phoenix, Arizona 85072-2025

 

3. Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated December 21, 2006 and recorded December 29, 2006 as Document No. 2006-1702489, between Landlord, as Trustor, and National Bank of Arizona, as Beneficiary, as amended from time to time. National Bank of Arizona’s address is:

James Batdorf

National Bank of Arizona

6001 North 24th Street, Building B

Phoenix, Arizona 85016

 

D-1


APPENDIX E

COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION

 

Landlord:    CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.
Tenant:    WAGEWORKS, INC.

This Commencement Date Confirmation is made by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of              , 200      (the “ Lease ”) for certain premises known as Suite          in the building commonly known as The Reserve at Papago Park Center (the “ Premises ”). This Confirmation is made pursuant to Section 9 of the Schedule to the Lease.

1. Lease Commencement Date, Termination Date . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Commencement Date of the Lease              is 200      , and the Termination Date of the Lease is              , 200      .

2. Acceptance of Premises . Tenant has inspected the Premises and affirms that the Premises is acceptable in all respects in its current “as is” condition.

3. Incorporation . This Confirmation is incorporated into the Lease, and forms an integral part thereof. This Confirmation shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the terms of the Lease for all purposes.

 

TENANT:
WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

LANDLORD:
CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

E-1


APPENDIX F

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

 

DUTIES

   FREQUENCY OF MAINTENANCE  

GENERAL CLEANING

Lobbies, common areas, offices

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
   TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Clean/sanitize counters of spills and fingerprints

   5         

Clean/sanitize desks of spills and fingerprints

   Only when cleared         

Clean/sanitize phone receiver and cradle

      4      

Clean/sanitize drinking fountains

   5         

Dust/spot clean desks and counter

   5         

Dust and vacuum chairs

           4      

Dust filing cabinets & miscellaneous furniture

   5         

Dust high areas (over 72º)

   1         

Dust mop/vacuum hard floors

   5         

Dust partitions, ledges and window gills

   1         

Dust baseboards

   1         

Dust Venetian blinds

      1      

Empty ashtrays and sand urns

   5         

Empty wastebaskets

   5         

Clean kick plates

   1         

Vacuum carpets - office, spot

   5         

Vacuum carpets - office, detail

      1      

Vacuum carpets - common areas, spot

   5         

Vacuum carpets - common areas, detail

      1      

Vacuum entrance mats

   5         

Vacuum and mop stairs

   1         

Police and sweep outside entrance area

   5         

Vacuum and clean elevator

   5         

RESTROOM CLEANING AND SANITIZING

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
   TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Clean mirrors and bright work

   5         

Clean and sanitize sinks

   5         

Clean and sanitize toilets

   5         

Empty sanitary napkin receptacles

   5         

Empty trash

   5         

Fill sanitary napkin dispensers

   1         

Fill soap dispensers

   5         

Fill toilets paper dispensers

   5         

Fill paper towel dispensers

   5         

Replace deodorant

   As needed         

Spot clean restrooms partitions

   5         

Sanitize tile walls (above 60º)

      1      

Sanitize and mop restroom

   5         

Sanitize and spot clean walls (under 60º)

   5         

 

G-1


LUNCHROOM CLEANING & SANITIZING

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
     TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Clean table

   5         

Clean and sanitize sinks, counters and cabinets

   5         

Clean lunchroom chairs

   5         

Wipe out microwave

   Chg. Per occurrence         

Wipe off coffee machine

   5         

Wipe off outside of refrigerator

   5         

Dust vending machines

   5         

FLOOR MAINTENANCE

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
     TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Spot damp mop tile/resilient floors

   5         

Wet mop tile/resilient floors

   5         

Spray buff tile

        1         

Machine scrub ceramic tile

        1         

Burnish tile

        1         

Deep clean and rewax

           4      

Strip and wax

              1   

Spot clean carpets

   1         

Extraction clean carpets

   Addit. charge on request         

WINDOW CLEANING

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
     TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Outside perimeter glass

   Addit. charge on request         

Inside perimeter glass

   Addit. charge on request         

Inside partition glass complete

   Addit. charge on request         

Inside perimeter glass spot

   5         

Entrance door glass

   5         

Lobby glass interior

   Addit. charge on request         

CLOSING INSTRUCTIONS

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
     TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Arrange furniture

   5         

Clean janitor closet

   5         

Turn on night lights

   5         

Set security system

   5         

Look doors and windows

   5         

SPECIAL PROJECTS

   TIMES PER WEEK    TIMES PER
MONTH
     TIMES PER
YEAR
     TIMES PER
OTHER
 

Hand pick staples from carpets

   As needed         

Replace burned out lights, customer supplied

   Addit. charge on request         

Wash office furniture

   Addit. charge on request         

Replace A/C filter, customer supplied

   Addit. charge on request         

Wash walls (under 60º)

           4      

Clean upholstery

   Addit. charge on request         

 

G-2


APPENDIX G

ACCEPTABLE MOVE LOCATION

 

G-1


APPENDIX A

PLAN OF THE PREMISES

(attach floor plan depicting the Premises)

 

A-1


COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION

 

Landlord:    CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.
Tenant:    WAGEWORKS, INC.

This Commencement Date Confirmation is made by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of July 23, 2007 (the “ Lease ”) for certain premises known as Suite 101 in the building commonly known as The Reserve at Papago Park Center (the “ Premises ”). This Confirmation is made pursuant to Section 9 of the Schedule to the Lease.

1. Lease Commencement Date, Termination Date . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Commencement Date of the Lease is February 28, 2008 and the Termination Date of the Lease is February 28, 2013.

2. Acceptance of Premises. Tenant has inspected the Premises and affirms that the Premises is acceptable in all respects in its current “as is” condition.

3. Incorporation This Confirmation is incorporated into the Lease, and forms an integral part thereof. This Confirmation shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the terms of the Lease for all purposes.

 

TENANT:
WAGEWORKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kathleen McElwee

Name:  

Kathleen McElwee

Title:  

CFO

LANDLORD:
CHAMBERLAIN DEVELOPMENT. L.L.C.
By: Sun State Builders Inc., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ James M. Chamberlain

Name:  

James M. Chamberlain

Title:  

President

 

1

Exhibit 10.17

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“First Amendment”) is made and entered into this 24 day of May, 2010, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) and is amended as follows.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, WageWorks, Inc. (“Tenant”) and Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. are parties to that certain Lease dated July 23, 2007 (the “Lease”) with respect to Suite 101 (the “Original Premises”) located in a building (the “Building”) at 1050 West Washington Street, Tempe, Arizona, known as Papago Reserve (the “Property”) and

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant an additional 4,582 useable square feet and 5,155 rentable square feet in the Building known as Suite 114 shown on the attached Exhibit A which is incorporated herein by this reference (the “Additional Premises”) and the parties desire to enter into this Amendment to set forth the terms and provisions related thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

  1. Tenant hereby leases from Landlord and Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the Additional Premises. The Lease Term and Base Rent for the Additional Premises shall commence on the later of (i) July 1, 2010, or (ii) the Completion Date of the tenant improvements for the Additional Premises, except to the extent that the delay shall be caused by any one or more of the following (a “Tenant Delay”):

 

  a) Tenant’s request for Change Orders whether or not any such Change Orders are actually performed; or

 

  b) Contractor’s performance of any Change Orders; or

 

  c) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times; or

 

  d) Tenant’s delay in preparing, reviewing, revising, or approving plans and specifications; or

 

  e) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the project. Tenant shall provide such request for information from the Landlord; or

 

  f) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for costs of Change Orders; or

 

  g) Any other act or omission by Tenant, its agents, contractors or persons employed by any of such persons which cause a Tenant Delay.


If the Completion Date is delayed for any reason, then Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay, or were in fact completed without any Tenant Delay.

Upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, the parties will conduct a walkthrough inspection to identify any missing or nonconforming work, and prepare a “Punch List” thereof. The existence of “Punch List” items to be completed or remedied by Landlord’s contractor shall not delay or affect the Completion Date so long as the Punch List items do not interfere with Tenant’s ability to operate in the Additional Premises, but Landlord will cause its contractor to promptly complete or remedy all proper “Punch List” items.

 

  2. For the purpose of Item 3 on the Lease Schedule (“Schedule”), the Useable Area of the Original Premises and Additional Premises (the “New Premises”) is 30,037 square feet and the Rentable Area is 33,792 square feet.

 

  3. For the purpose of Item 4 on the Schedule, the Tenant’s proportionate share is 40.12% (based upon a total of 84,230 rentable square feet in the Building).

 

  4. For the purpose of Item 10 on the Schedule, the Termination Date is June 30, 2015.

 

  5. For the purpose of Item 13 on the Schedule the Base Rent for the New Premises is as follows, unless the Completion Date of the Tenant Improvements are not completed as scheduled and such delay in completion is not caused by a Tenant Delay:

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent  

07/01/10 - 12/31/10

   $ 630,014.00       $ 52,501.17   

01/01/11 - 06/30/12

   $ 743,424.00       $ 61,952.00   

07/01/12 - 06/30/14

   $ 777,216.00       $ 64,768.00   

07/01/14 - 06/30/15

   $ 811,008.00       $ 67,584.00   

The Schedule shown above is reflecting that the initial six (6) months following the Completion Date shall be free for the Additional Premises. If the Completion Date occurs after July 1, 2010, and such delay is not caused by a Tenant Delay, then Tenant’s free rent period shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

  6. For the purposes of the Lease Section 41 “thirty (30) (the “ Covered Spaces ”)” shall be replaced with “thirty-five (35) (the “ Covered Spaces ”)”.

 

  7. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, design, permit and construct the alterations to the Premises indicated on the Space Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A. The materials and finishes shall be substantially the same as the Original Premises in order to match the style and quality of the Original Premises. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in order to allow the work to be completed in an expeditious manner.


  8. Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance of $25,775.00 for Tenant’s FF&E.

 

  9. Tenant shall have access to the Additional Premises for installation of FF&E two (2) weeks prior to the Commencement Date without any obligation for rent Tenant shall work in harmony with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers and with other tenants and occupants of the Building. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Term.

 

  10. Lease Section 2(D)(4) Books and Records shall be modified to add the following language: If Landlord’s original determination of Tenant’s pro rata share of Operating Costs or Taxes is overstated by more than five percent (5%) then (i) Landlord shall be responsible for the costs associated with such audit, and (ii) Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any overpaid expenses identified in such audit addressed in existing Lease.

 

  11. Lease Section 32 Letter of Credit shall be removed. Tenant shall increase the security deposit, per Section 5 of the Lease Schedule, so that the amount is equal to $100,000,00. At the end of the third year of this Lease, Landlord shall review Tenant’s most recent financial statements to determine if a security deposit equal to last month’s rent is feasible.

 

  12. Except as otherwise amended hereby, the terms and covenants of the Lease remain in full force and effect and the parties hereto, by execution of this First Amendment, ratify and confirm same.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to be effective on the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:
PHOENIX INVESTORS #25 L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company
By:   Greenwood & McKenzie, a California general partnership
  Its: Manager
 

 

  By:   Carl J. Greenwood
  Its:   General Partner


TENANT:
WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Rich Green

Name:  

Rich Green

Title:  

CFO


EXHIBIT A

LOGO

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Second Amendment”) is made and entered into this 31 st day of August, 2010, by and between Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) and is amended as follows.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, WageWorks, Inc. (“Tenant”) and Phoenix Investors #25, L.L.C. are parties to that certain Lease dated July 23, 2007 (collectively the “Lease”) as amended by the First Amendment dated May 24, 2010 with respect to Suites 101 and 114 located in a building (the “Building”) at 1050 West Washington Street, Tempe, Arizona, known as Papago Reserve (the “Property”) and

NOW, THEREFORE, good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

  1. The Completion Date of the tenant improvements for Suite 114 is August 1, 2010.

 

  4. For the purpose of Item l0 on the Schedule, the Termination Date is July 31, 2015.

 

  5. For the purpose of Item 13 on the Schedule the Base Rent for the New Premises is as follows

 

Period

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent  

08/01/l0 - 01/31/11

   $ 630,014.00       $ 52,501.17   

02/01/l1 - 07/31/12

   $ 743,424.00       $ 61,952.00   

08/01/12 - 07/31/14

   $ 777,216.00       $ 64,768.00   

08/01/14 - 07/31/15

   $ 811,008.00       $ 67,584.00   

The Schedule shown above is reflecting that the initial six (6) months following the Completion Date shall be free for the Additional Premises.

 

  6. Except as otherwise amended hereby, the terms and covenants of the Lease remain in full force and effect and the parties hereto, by execution of this Second Amendment, ratify and confirm same.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment to be effective on the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:
PHOENIX INVESTORS #25 L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company
By:   Greenwood & McKenzie, a California general partnership
  Its:   Manager
 

/s/ Carl J. Greenwood

  By:   Carl J. Greenwood
  Its:   General partner
TENANT:
WageWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Richard T. Green

Name:  

Richard T. Green

Title:  

CFO

Exhibit 10.20

OFFICE LEASE

BETWEEN

REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C.,

a Colorado limited liability company

(“LANDLORD”)

AND

PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC.

a Colorado corporation

(“TENANT”)

DATE OF LEASE: May 3, 2006

BUILDING: REVERE CORPORATE CENTER


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

 

1.        Definitions

     1   

2.        Lease Grant

     5   

3.        Adjustment of Commencement Date/Possession

     5   

4.        Use

     7   

5.        Base Rent

     7   

6.        Security Deposit

     8   

7.        Services to be Furnished by Landlord

     8   

8.        Leasehold Improvements/Tenant’s Property

     10   

9.        Signage

     11   

10.      Repairs and Alterations by Tenant

     11   

11.      Use of Electrical Services by Tenant

     12   

12.      Entry by Landlord

     13   

13.      Assignment and Subletting

     13   

14.      Mechanic’s Liens

     15   

15.      Insurance

     15   

16.      Indemnity

     17   

17.      Damages from Certain Causes

     17   

18.      Casualty Damage

     18   

19.      Condemnation

     19   

20.      Hazardous Substances

     19   

21.      Americans with Disabilities Act

     21   

22.      Events of Default

     21   

23.      Remedies

     22   

24.      No Waiver

     26   

25.      Peaceful Enjoyment

     26   

26.      Substitution

     Intentionally Omitted   

27.      Holding Over

     26   

28.      Subordination to Mortgage/Estoppel Certificate

     26   

29.      Notice

     27   

30.      Landlord’s Lien

     28   

31.      Surrender of Premises

     28   

32.      Rights Reserved to Landlord

     28   

33.      Miscellaneous

     29   

34.      Entire Agreement

     31   

35.      Limitation of Liability

     31   

 

i


EXHIBIT A    LEGAL DESCRIPTION
EXHIBIT B    OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES
EXHIBIT C    RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT D    PAYMENT OF BASIC COSTS
EXHIBIT E    WORK LETTER
EXHIBIT F    ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
EXHIBIT G    COMMENCEMENT LETTER
EXHIBIT H    GUARANTY OF LEASE

 

ii


OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Office Lease Agreement (the “Lease” ), made and entered into on this 3rd day of May, 2006 between REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C., a Colorado limited liability company ( “Landlord” ) and PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC., a Colorado corporation ( “Tenant” ).

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Definitions . The following are definitions of some of the defined terms used in this Lease. The definitions of other defined terms are found throughout this Lease.

A. “Additional Rent” shall mean Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Basic Costs (hereinafter defined) and any other sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that are required to be paid to Landlord by Tenant hereunder, which sums are deemed to be Additional Rent under this Lease. Additional Rent and Base Rent are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

B. “Approximate Rentable Area in the Premises” shall mean the area contained within the demising walls of the Premises and any other area designated for the exclusive use of Tenant plus an allocation of the Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the square footage of the “Common Areas” and the Service Areas (as defined below). For purposes of this Lease it is agreed and stipulated by both Landlord and Tenant that the Approximate Rentable Area in the Premises is 8.639 square feet.

C. “Approximate Rentable Area in the Building” is approximately 63,364 square feet. The estimates of Rentable Area within the Premises and within the Building as set forth herein may be revised at Landlord’s election if Landlord’s architect determines such estimate to be inaccurate in any material degree after examination of the final drawings of the Premises and the Building.

D. “Base Rent”: Base Rent will be paid according to the following schedule, subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof. For the purposes of this Section 1.D, “Lease Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Commencement Date, and on each anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

P ERIOD

   A NNUAL  B ASE
R ENT
     M ONTHLY  I NSTALLMENTS
OF B ASE R ENT
 

Months 1-4

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

Months 5-16

   $ 138,224.00       $ 11,518.67   

Months 17-28

   $ 142,543.50       $ 11,878.63   

Months 29-40

   $ 146,863.00       $ 12,238.58   

Months 41-52

   $ 151,182.50       $ 12,598.54   

Months 53 - 64

   $ 155,502.00       $ 12,958.50   

Months 65 - 76

   $ 164,141.00       $ 13,678.42   

E. “Base Year” shall mean 2006 .


F. “Basic Costs” shall mean all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Building as more fully defined in Exhibit D attached hereto.

G. “Broker” shall mean Mitch Bradley of CB Richard Ellis .

H. “Building” shall mean the office building located at 6377 S. Revere Parkway, Centennial, Colorado 80111 currently known as Revere Corporate Center.

I. “Building Manager” shall mean Prime West, or such company as Landlord shall designate from time to time.

J. “Building Standard” shall mean the type, brand, quality and/or quantity of materials Landlord designates from time-to-time to be the minimum quality and/or quantity to be used in the Building or the exclusive type, grade, quality and/or quantity of material to be used in the Building.

K. “Business Day(s)” shall mean Mondays through Fridays exclusive of the normal business holidays of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day ( “Holidays” ). Landlord, from time to time during the Lease Term, shall have the right to designate additional Holidays, provided such additional Holidays are commonly recognized by other office buildings in the area where the Building is located.

L. “Commencement Date” , “Lease Term” and “Termination Date” shall have the meanings set forth in subsection I.L(l):

 

  (1) The “Lease Term” shall mean a period of seventy-six (76)  months commencing on the later to occur of (a)  September 1, 2006 (the “Target Commencement Date” ) and (b) the date upon which Landlord’s Work in the Premises has been substantially completed as such date is determined pursuant to Section 3.A hereof (the later to occur of such dates being defined as the “Commencement Date” ). The “Termination Date” shall, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, mean December 31, 2012 , the last day of the Lease Term, Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Termination Date, as determined herein, does not occur on the last day of a calendar month, the Lease Term shall be extended by the number of days necessary to cause the Termination Date to occur on the last day of the last calendar month of the Lease Term. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Additional Rent for such additional days at the same rate payable for the portion of the last calendar month immediately preceding such extension. The Commencement Date, Lease Term (including any extension by Landlord pursuant to this subsection I.L(2) and Termination Date shall be set forth in a Commencement Letter prepared by Landlord and executed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.A hereof.

M. “Common Areas” shall mean those areas located within the Building or on the Property used for corridors, elevator foyers, mail rooms, restrooms, mechanical rooms, elevator

 

2


mechanical rooms, property management office, janitorial closets, electrical and telephone closets, vending areas, and lobby areas (whether at ground level or otherwise), entrances, exits, sidewalks, skywalks, tunnels, driveways, parking areas and parking garages and landscaped areas and other similar facilities provided for the common use or benefit of tenants generally and/or the public.

N. “Default Rate” shall mean the lower of (i) the Prime Rate plus six percent (6%) or (ii) the Maximum Rate.

O. “Guarantor(s)” shall mean James Jeffrey Lynch and any other party that agrees in writing to guarantee Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

P. “Maximum Rate” shall mean the highest rate of interest from time-to-time permitted under applicable federal and state law.

Q. “Normal Business Hours” for the Building shall mean 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Mondays through Fridays, and 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon on Saturdays, exclusive of Holidays.

R. “Notice Addresses” shall mean the following addresses for Tenant and Landlord, respectively:

 

Tenant:    
Planned Benefit Systems, Inc.    
6377 South Revere Parkway    

Suite 350

Centennial, Colorado 80111

Attention: Jim Lynch

 

with a copy to:

   

 

 

   

 

   
Attention:  

 

   
     

 

3


Landlord:

Prime West

1873 South Bellaire St.

Suite 500

Denver, CO, 80222

Attn: Property Manager

With a copy to:

Revere Corporate Center, LLC

Suite 500

8230 Leesburg Pike

Vienna, VA 22182

Attn: Peter Lunt

Payments of Rent only shall be made payable to the order of:

Revere Corporate Center, LLC

c/o PRIME WEST

1873 South Bellaire St.

Suite 500

Denver, Colorado 80222

Attention: Property Manager

or such other name and address as Landlord shall, from time to time, designate.

S. “Permitted Use” shall mean general office use and no other use or purpose.

T. “Premises” shall mean the office space located within the Building and outlined on Exhibit B to this Lease.

U. “Prime Rate” shall mean the per annum interest rate announced by and quoted in the Wall Street Journal from time-to-time as the prime or base rate.

V. “Property” shall mean the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto, other improvements located on such land, adjacent parcels of land that Landlord operates jointly with the Building, and other buildings and improvements located on such adjacent parcels of land.

W. “Security Deposit” shall mean the sum of Thirteen Thousand Seven Hundred Dollars ($13,700) . The Security Deposit shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord contemporaneously with Tenant’s execution hereof.

X. “Service Areas” shall mean those areas within the Building used for stairs, elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and other vertical penetrations (but shall not include any such areas for the exclusive use of a particular tenant).

 

4


Y. “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” shall mean thirteen point sixty-three percent (13.63%) , which is the quotient (expressed as a percentage), derived by dividing the Approximate Rentable Area in the Premises by the Approximate Rentable Area in the Building.

2. Lease Grant . Subject to and upon the terms herein set forth, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises together with the right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas.

3. Adjustment of Commencement Date/Possession.

A. If the Lease Term, Commencement Date and Termination Date are to be determined in accordance with Section I.L.2 above, the Lease Term shall not commence until the later to occur of the Target Commencement Date and the date that Landlord has substantially completed the work to be performed by Landlord as set forth in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E ( “Landlord’s Work” ); provided, however, that if Landlord shall be delayed in substantially completing the Landlord Work as a result of the occurrence of any of the following (a “Delay” ):

 

  (1) Tenant’s failure to furnish information in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement or to respond to any request by Landlord for any approval of information within any time period prescribed, or if no time period is prescribed, then within three (3) Business Days of such request; or

 

  (2) Tenant’s insistence on materials, finishes or installations that have long lead times after having first been informed by Landlord in writing that such materials, finishes or installations will cause a Delay; or

 

  (3) Changes in any plans and specifications requested by Tenant; or

 

  (4) The performance or nonperformance by a person or entity employed by on or behalf of Tenant in the completion of any work in the Premises (all such work and such persons or entities being subject to prior approval of Landlord); or

 

  (5) Any request by Tenant that Landlord delay the completion of any of the Landlord’s Work; or

 

  (6) Any breach or default by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or

 

  (7) Any delay resulting from Tenant’s having taken possession of the Premises for any reason prior to substantial completion of the Landlord’s Work; or

 

  (8) Any other delay chargeable to Tenant, its agents, employees or independent contractors;

then, for purposes of determining the Commencement Date, the date of substantial completion shall be deemed to be the day that said Landlord’s Work would have been substantially completed absent any such Delay(s). The Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date that Landlord’s Work has been performed (or would have been performed

 

5


absent any Delay(s), other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other matter, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. The adjustment of the Commencement Date and, accordingly, the postponement of Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and other sums due hereunder shall be Tenant’s sole remedy and shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of the Premises not being ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Target Commencement Date. Promptly after the determination of the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a letter agreement (the “Commencement Letter” ) on the form attached hereto as Exhibit G setting forth the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and any other dates that are affected by the adjustment of the Commencement Date. If this Lease requires Landlord to perform Landlord’s Work in the Premises, the Commencement Letter shall identify any minor incomplete items of the Landlord’s Work as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect (the “Punchlist Items” ), which Punchlist Items Landlord shall promptly remedy. Tenant, within five (5) business days after receipt thereof from Landlord, shall execute the Commencement Letter and return the same to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Tenant, not to adjust the Commencement Date as provided above if such adjustment would cause Landlord to be in violation of the existing rights granted to any other tenant of the Building. If Landlord elects not to adjust the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date shall be the Target Commencement Date, provided that Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not commence until the date that Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed (or would have been substantially completed absent any Delays).

B. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant is deemed to have accepted the Premises and agreed that the Premises is in good order and satisfactory condition, with no representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of the Premises or the Building or suitability thereof for Tenant’s use.

C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to tender possession of any portion of the Premises or other space leased by Tenant from time to time hereunder that, on the date possession is to be delivered, is occupied by a tenant or other occupant or that is subject to the rights of any other tenant or occupant, nor shall Landlord have any other obligations to Tenant under this Lease with respect to such space until the date Landlord: (1) recaptures such space from such existing tenant or occupant; and (2) regains the legal right to possession thereof. This Lease shall not be affected by any such failure to deliver possession and Tenant shall have no claim for damages against Landlord as a result thereof, all of which are hereby waived and released by Tenant. If Landlord is prevented from delivering possession of the Premises to Tenant due to the holding over in possession of the Premises by a tenant or other occupant thereof, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to regain possession of the Premises in order to deliver the same to Tenant. If the Lease Term is to be determined pursuant to Section 1.L(1) hereof, the Commencement Date shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant, in which event the Termination Date shall, at the option of Tenant, correspondingly be postponed on a per diem basis. If the Lease Term is to be determined pursuant to Section l.L(2), the Commencement Date and Termination Date shall be determined as provided in Section 3.A above.

D. If Tenant takes possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease and Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Additional Rent to Landlord for each day of occupancy prior to the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant, with Landlord’s prior approval, takes possession

 

6


of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the sole purpose of performing any Landlord-approved improvements therein or installing furniture, equipment or other personal property of Tenant, such possession shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, except that Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent with respect to the period of time prior to the Commencement Date during which Tenant performs such work. Tenant shall, however, be liable for the cost of any services (e.g. electricity, HVAC) that are provided to Tenant or the Premises during the period of Tenant’s possession prior to the Commencement Date. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting Tenant the right to take possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, whether for construction, fixturing or any other purpose, without the prior consent of Landlord.

4. Use . The Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose. Tenant agrees not to use or permit the use of the Premises for any purpose which is illegal, dangerous to life, limb or property or which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, creates a nuisance or which would increase the cost of insurance coverage with respect to the Building. Tenant will conduct its business and control its agents, servants, employees, customers, licensees, and invitees in such a manner as not to interfere with, annoy or disturb other tenants or Landlord in the management of the Building and the Property. Tenant will maintain the Premises in a clean and healthful condition, and comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental entity with reference to the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant, within ten (10) business days after the receipt thereof, shall provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives with respect to a violation or alleged violation of any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations. Tenant, at its expense, will comply with the rules and regulations of the Building attached hereto as Exhibit C and such other rules and regulations adopted and altered by Landlord from time-to-time and will cause all of its agents, employees, invitees and visitors to do so. All such changes to rules and regulations will be reasonable and shall be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing.

5. Base Rent .

A. Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the full amount of all Base Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder and the full amount of all such other sums of money as shall become due under this Lease (including, without limitation, any charges for replacement of electric lamps and ballasts and any other services, goods or materials furnished by Landlord at Tenant’s request), all of which hereinafter may be collectively called “Rent.” In addition Tenant shall pay and be liable for, as Additional Rent, all rent, sales and use taxes or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state, county or other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all other payments required to be paid to Landlord by Tenant under the terms and conditions of this Lease. Any such payments shall be paid concurrently with the payments of the Rent on which the tax is based. The Base Rent and Additional Rent for each calendar year or portion thereof during the Lease Term, shall be due and payable in advance in monthly installments of the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term and any extensions or renewals hereof, and Tenant hereby agrees to pay such Base Rent and Additional Rent to Landlord without demand. If the Lease Term commences on a day other than the first day of a month or terminates on a day other than the last day of a month, then the installments of Base Rent and Additional Rent for such month or months shall be prorated, based on the number of days in such month. No payment by Tenant or receipt or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct installment of Rent due under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest Rent due hereunder,

 

7


nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other available remedy. The acceptance by Landlord of an installment of Rent on a date after the due date of such payment shall not be construed to be a waiver of Landlord’s right to declare a default for any other late payment. All amounts received by Landlord from Tenant hereunder shall be applied first to the earliest accrued and unpaid Rent then outstanding. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant set forth in this Lease.

B. To the extent allowed by law, all installments of Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid. In addition, if Tenant fails to pay any installment of Base Rent and Additional Rent or any other item of Rent when due and payable hereunder, a “Late Charge” equal to five percent (5%) of such unpaid amount will be due and payable immediately by Tenant to Landlord,

C. The Additional Rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted from time-to-time in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes.

6. Security Deposit . The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease including but not limited to those set forth in Section 10 hereof, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Tenant’s liability for damages in case of default by Tenant. Landlord shall have no fiduciary responsibilities or trust obligations whatsoever with regard to the Security Deposit and shall not assume the duties of a trustee for the Security Deposit. Landlord may, from time-to-time, without prejudice to any other remedy and without waiving such default, use the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to cure or attempt to cure, in whole or in part, any default of Tenant hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the termination of this Lease, the balance of the Security Deposit remaining after any such application shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the term of this Lease, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of such Security Deposit. Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee or assignee or successor thereof for the return of the Security Deposit. Landlord and its successors and assigns shall not be bound by any actual or attempted assignment or encumbrance of the Security Deposit by Tenant. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.

7. Services to be Furnished by Landlord .

 

  A. Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant the following services:

 

  (1)

Water for use in the lavatories on the floor(s) on which the Premises is located. If Tenant desires water in the Premises for any approved reason, including a private lavatory or kitchen, cold water shall be supplied, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, from the Building water main through a line and fixtures installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense with the prior reasonable consent of Landlord. If Tenant desires hot water in the

 

8


 

Premises, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense and subject to the prior reasonable consent of Landlord, may install a hot water heater in the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of any such water heater.

 

  (2) Central heat and air conditioning in season during Normal Business Hours, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are considered by Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, to be standard for buildings of similar class, size, age and location, or as required by governmental authority. In the event that Tenant requires central heat, ventilation or air conditioning service at times other than Normal Business Hours, such additional service shall be furnished only upon the written request of Tenant delivered to Landlord prior to 3:00 p.m. at least one Business Day in advance of the date for which such usage is requested. Tenant shall bear the entire cost of additional service as such costs are reasonably determined by Landlord from time-to-time, as Additional Rent upon presentation of a statement therefor by Landlord. All additional heating, ventilating and air conditioning required (if any) to accommodate Tenant’s design shall be installed at the Tenant’s expense subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. The cost of operation and maintenance of the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Tenant and paid to Landlord as Additional Rent.

 

  (3) Maintenance and repair of all Common Areas in the manner and to the extent reasonably deemed by Landlord to be standard for buildings of similar class, age and location.

 

  (4) Janitorial and cleaning service in and about the Premises on Business Days; provided, however, if Tenant’s floor covering or other improvements require special treatment, Tenant shall pay the additional cleaning cost attributable thereto as Additional Rent upon presentation of a statement therefor by Landlord. Tenant shall not provide or use any other janitorial or cleaning services without Landlord’s consent, and then only subject to the supervision of Landlord and at Tenant’s sole cost and responsibility and by a janitor, cleaning contractor or employees at all times satisfactory to Landlord.

 

  (5) Electricity to the Premises for general office use, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11 of this Lease.

 

  (6) Fluorescent bulb replacement in the Premises necessary to maintain building standard the lighting as established by Landlord and fluorescent and incandescent bulb and ballast replacement in the Common Areas and Service Areas.

 

  (7) Passenger elevator service in common with Landlord and other persons available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week including holidays and freight elevator service in common with the Landlord and other persons during Normal Business Hours.

 

9


  (8) Access control to the Building during other than Normal Business Hours shall be provided in such form as Landlord deems appropriate. Tenant shall cooperate fully in Landlord’s efforts to maintain access control to the Building and shall follow all regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is not warranting the efficacy of any access personnel, service, procedures or equipment and that Tenant is not relying and shall not hereafter rely on any such personnel service, procedures or equipment. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable in any manner for failure of any access personnel, services, procedures or equipment to prevent, control, or apprehend anyone suspected of causing personal injury or damage in, on or around the Project.

B. If Tenant requests any other utilities or building services in addition to those identified above, or any of the above utilities or building services in frequency, scope, quality or quantities substantially greater than the standards set by Landlord for the Building, then Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to furnish Tenant with such additional utilities or building services. Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for such additional utilities or building services, which shall be paid monthly by Tenant as Additional Rent on the same day that the monthly installment of Base Rent is due.

C. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the failure by Landlord to any extent to furnish, or the interruption or termination of these defined services in whole or in part, resulting from adherence to laws, regulations and administrative orders, wear, use, repairs, improvements alterations or any causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord shall not render Landlord liable in any respect nor be construed as a constructive eviction of Tenant, nor give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement hereof. Should any of the equipment or machinery used in the provision of such services for any cause cease to function properly, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair such equipment or machinery.

8. Leasehold Improvements/Tenant’s Property . All fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to, or built into, the Premises at the commencement of or during the Lease Term, whether or not by, or at the expense of, Tenant ( “Leasehold Improvements” ), shall be and remain a part of the Premises; shall be the property of Landlord; and shall not be removed by Tenant except as expressly provided herein, All unattached and moveable partitions, trade fixtures, moveable equipment or furniture located in the Premises and acquired by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, which can be removed without structural damage to the Building or Premises, and all personalty brought into the Premises by Tenant ( “Tenant’s Property” ) shall be owned and insured by Tenant. Landlord may, nonetheless, at any time prior to, or within one (1) month after, the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, require Tenant to remove any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant (the “Required Removables” ) at Tenant’s sole cost. In the event that Landlord so elects, Tenant shall remove such Required Removables within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord, provided that in no event shall Tenant be required to remove such Required Removables prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession. In addition to Tenant’s obligation to remove the Required Removables, Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal and perform such other work as is reasonably necessary to restore the Premises to a “move in” condition. If Tenant fails

 

10


to remove any specified Required Removables or to perform any required repairs and restoration within the time period specified above, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may remove the Required Removables (and repair any damage occasioned thereby) and dispose thereof or deliver the Required Removables to any other place of business of Tenant, or warehouse the same, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal, repair, delivery, or warehousing of the Required Removables within five (5) business days after demand from Landlord.

9. Signage . Landlord shall provide and install, at Tenant’s cost, all letters or numerals on the exterior of the Premises; all such letters and numerals shall be in the standard graphics for the Building and no others shall be used or permitted on the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. In addition, Landlord will list Tenant’s name in the Building’s directory, if any, located in the lobby of the Building.

10. Repairs and Alterations by Tenant .

A. Except to the extent such obligations are imposed upon Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair throughout the entire Lease Term, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant agrees to keep the areas visible from outside the Premises in a neat, clean and attractive condition at all times. Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs replacements and alterations in and to the Premises, Building and Property and the facilities and systems thereof, the need for which arises out of (1) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, (2) the installation, removal, use or operation of Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 8 above), (3) the moving of Tenant’s Property into or out of the Building, or (4) the act, omission, misuse or negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees. All such repairs, replacements or alterations shall be performed in accordance with Section 10.B. below and the rules, policies and procedures reasonably enacted by Landlord from time to time for the performance of work in the Building. If Tenant fails to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair, Landlord shall give Tenant notice to perform such acts as are reasonably required to so maintain the Premises. If Tenant fails to promptly commence such work and diligently pursue it to its completion, then Landlord may, at is option, make such repairs, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent, together with an administration charge in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the cost of such repairs. Landlord shall, at its expense (except as included in Basic Costs) keep and maintain in good repair and working order and make all repairs to and perform necessary maintenance upon: (a) all structural elements of the Building; and (b) all mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems that serve the Building in general; and (c) the Building facilities common to all tenants including but not limited to, the ceilings, walls and floors in the Common Areas.

B. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each such instance, which consent may be refused or given on such reasonable conditions as Landlord may elect. Prior to commencing any such work and as a condition to obtaining Landlord’s consent, Tenant must furnish Landlord with plans and specifications reasonably acceptable to Landlord; names and addresses of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord; copies of contracts; necessary permits and approvals; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in accordance with Section 15 hereof; and a payment bond or other security, all in form and amount satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for insuring that all such persons procure and maintain insurance coverage against such risks, in such amounts and with such companies as Landlord may require, including, but not limited to, Builder’s Risk and

 

11


Worker’s Compensation insurance. All such improvements, alterations or additions shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using Building Standard materials or other new materials of equal or greater quantity. Landlord, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid any disruption to the tenants and occupants of the Building, shall have the right to designate the time when any such alterations, additions and improvements may be performed and to otherwise designate reasonable rules, regulations and procedures for the performance of work in the Building. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans, contractor’s affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials. All improvements, alterations and additions shall comply with the insurance requirements, codes, ordinances, laws and regulations, including without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all sums, if any, expended by Landlord for third party examination of the architectural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing plans for any alterations, additions or improvements. In addition, if Landlord so requests, Landlord shall be entitled to oversee the construction of any alterations, additions or improvements that may affect the structure of the Building or any of the mechanical, electrical, plumbing or life safety systems of the Building. In the event Landlord elects to oversee such work, Landlord shall be entitled to receive a fee for such oversight in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such alterations, additions or improvements. Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications for any work performed for or on behalf of Tenant shall not be deemed to be representation by Landlord that such plans and specifications comply with applicable insurance requirements, building codes, ordinances, laws or regulations or that the alterations, additions and improvements constructed in accordance with such plans and specifications will be adequate for Tenant’s use.

C. At least five (5) days prior to the commencement of any work permitted to be done by persons requested by the Tenant on the Premises, the Tenant shall notify the Landlord of the proposed work and the names and addresses of the persons supplying labor and materials for the proposed work so that the Landlord may avail itself of the provisions of statutes such as Section 38-22-105(2) of the Colorado Revised Statutes (1973). During any such work on the Premises, the Landlord, or its representatives, shall have the right to go upon and inspect the Premises at all reasonable times, and shall have the right to post and keep posted thereon notices such as those provided for by Section 38-22-105(2) C.R.S. (1973) or to take any further action which the Landlord may deem to be proper for the protection of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

11. Use of Electrical Services by Tenant .

A. All electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall be paid for by Tenant through inclusion in Base Rent and Basic Costs (except as provided in Section 11.B below with respect to excess usage. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time-to-time during the Lease Term to contract for electricity service from such providers of such services as Landlord shall elect (each being an “Electric Service Provider” ). Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord, and the applicable Electric Service Provider, at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord and such Electric Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring, and any other machinery within the Premises. Landlord shall in no way be liable or responsible for any loss, damage, or expense that Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, interference, disruption, or defect in the supply or character of the electric energy furnished to the Premises, or if the character of the electric energy supplied by the Electric Service Provider is no longer suitable for Tenant’s requirements, and no such change, failure, defect, or unsuitability shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in

 

12


part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under the Lease.

B. Tenant’s use of electrical services furnished by Landlord shall not exceed in voltage, rated capacity, or overall load that which is standard for the Building. In the event Tenant shall request that it be allowed to consume electrical services in excess of Building Standard, Landlord may refuse to consent to such usage or may consent upon such conditions as Landlord reasonably elects (including the installation of utility service upgrades, submeters, air handlers or cooling units), and all such additional usage (to the extent permitted by law), installation and maintenance thereof shall be paid for by Tenant as Additional Rent. Landlord, at any time during the Lease Term, shall have the right to separately meter electrical usage for the Premises or to measure electrical usage by survey or any other method that Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, deems appropriate.

12. Entry by Landlord . Tenant shall permit Landlord or its agents or representatives to enter into and upon any part of the Premises to inspect the same, or to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, tenants (during the last (12) twelve months of the Lease Term or earlier in connection with a potential relocation) or insurers, or to clean or make repairs, alterations, or additions thereto, including any work that Landlord deems necessary for the safety, protection or preservation of the Building or any occupants thereof, or to facilitate repairs, alterations or additions to the Building or any other tenant’s premises. Except for any entry by Landlord in an emergency situation or to provide normal cleaning and janitorial service, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of at least two (2) hours of any entry into the Premises, which notice may be given verbally. Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close the Premises or the Building to perform repairs, alterations or additions in the Premises or the Building, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform all such work on weekends and after Normal Business Hours. Entry by Landlord hereunder shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason thereof.

13. Assignment and Subletting .

A. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 13.E below), Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “Transfer” ) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without limitation, it is agreed that Landlord’s consent shall not be considered unreasonably withheld if: (1) the proposed transferee’s financial condition does not meet the criteria Landlord uses to select Building tenants having similar leasehold obligations; (2) the proposed transferee’s business is not suitable for the Building considering the business of the other tenants and the Building’s prestige, or would result in a violation of another tenant’s rights; (3) the proposed transferee is a governmental agency or occupant of the Building (but only if the building is less than 90% occupied) (4) Tenant is in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period; or (5) any portion of the Building or the Premises would likely become subject to additional or different laws as a consequence of the proposed Transfer. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Section 13, shall, exercisable in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, be voidable. Consent by Landlord to one or more Transfer(s) shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord’s rights to approve any subsequent Transfer(s). In no event shall any Transfer or Permitted Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease or any liability hereunder.

 

13


B. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord financial statements for the proposed transferee, a complete copy of the proposed assignment, sublease and other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the required information and documentation either: (1) consent or reasonably refuse consent to the Transfer in writing; (2) in the event of a proposed assignment of this Lease or a proposed sublease of the entire Premises for the entire remaining term of this Lease, terminate this Lease effective the first to occur of ninety (90) days following written notice of such termination or the date that the proposed Transfer would have come into effect. If Landlord shall fail to notify Tenant in writing of its decision within such thirty (30) days period after the later of the date Landlord is notified in writing of the proposed Transfer or the date Landlord has received all required information concerning the proposed transferee and the proposed Transfer, Landlord shall be deemed to have refused to consent to such Transfer, and to have elected to keep this Lease in full force and effect. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its actual reasonable costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s review of such requested Transfer or Permitted Transfer.

C. Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of all cash and other consideration which Tenant receives as a result of a Transfer that is in excess of the rent payable to Landlord hereunder for the portion of the Premises and Term covered by the Transfer within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant is in Monetary Default (defined in Section 22 below), Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against rent in the amount of any payments received (less Landlord’s share of any excess).

D. Except as provided below with respect to a Permitted Transfer, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity, and the entity which owns or controls a majority of the voting shares/rights at the time changes for any reason (including but not limited to a merger, consolidation or reorganization), such change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer. The foregoing shall not apply so long as Tenant is an entity whose outstanding stock is listed on a nationally recognized security exchange, or if at least eighty percent (80%) of its voting stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed.

E. Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease or sublet the Premises to any entity controlling or controlled by or under common control with Tenant or to any successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization (hereinafter, collectively, referred to as “Permitted Transfer” ) without the consent of Landlord, provided: (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease; (2) if such proposed transferee is a successor to Tenant by purchase, said proposed transferee shall acquire all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant’s business or, if such proposed transferee shall acquire all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant’s business or, if such proposed transferee is a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or reorganization, the continuing or surviving corporation shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; (3) such proposed transferee shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization as evidenced to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; (4) such proposed transferee operates the business in the Premises for the Permitted Use and no other purpose; and (5) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization.

 

14


F. Tenant agrees that in the event Landlord withholds its consent to any Transfer contrary to the provisions of this Section 13, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be to seek an injunction in equity or compel performance by Landlord to give its consent and Tenant expressly waives any right to damages in the event of such withholding by Landlord of its consent.

14. Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant will not permit any mechanic’s liens or other liens to be placed upon the Premises, the Building, or the Property and nothing in this Lease shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, express or implied, by inference or otherwise, to any person for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials to the Premises, the Building, or the Property or any part thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power, or authority to contract for or permit the rendering of any services or the furnishing of any materials that would give rise to any mechanic’s or other liens against the Premises, the Building, or the Property. In the event any such lien is attached to the Premises, the Building, or the Property, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same. Any amount paid by Landlord for any of the aforesaid purposes including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord promptly on demand as Additional Rent. Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receiving such notice of lien or claim (a) have such lien or claim released or (b) deliver to Landlord a bond in form, content, amount and issued by surety, satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying, protecting, defending and holding harmless the Indemnities against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of the foregoing sentence shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 22 hereof entitling Landlord to exercise all of its remedies therefor without the requirement of any additional notice or cure period.

15. Insurance .

A. Landlord shall maintain such insurance on the Building and the Premises (other than on Tenant’s Property or on any additional improvements constructed in the Premises by Tenant), and such liability insurance in such amounts as Landlord elects. The cost of such insurance shall be included as a part of the Basic Costs, and payments for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord or the mortgagees of Landlord as their interests shall appear.

B. Tenant shall maintain at its expense, (1) in an amount equal to full replacement cost, special form (formerly known as all risk) property insurance on all of its personal property, including removable trade fixtures and leasehold and tenant improvements, and Tenant’s Property located in the Premises and in such additional amounts as are required to meet Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Section 18 hereof and with deductibles in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (ii) a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance (including endorsement or separate policy for owned or non-owned automobile liability) with respect to its activities in the Building and on the Property, with the premiums thereon fully paid on or before the due date, in an amount of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence per person coverage for bodily injury, property damage, personal injury or combination thereof (the term “personal injury” as used herein means, without limitation, false arrest, detention or imprisonment, malicious prosecution, wrongful entry, liable and slander), provided that if only single limit coverage is available it shall be for at least $2,000,000 per occurrence with an umbrella policy of at least $5,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence. Tenant’s insurance policies shall name Landlord and Building Manager as additional insureds and shall include coverage for the contractual liability of Tenant to indemnify Landlord and Building Manager pursuant to Section 16 of this Lease and shall have deductibles in an amount reasonably

 

15


satisfactory to Landlord. Prior to Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance and timely renewal of such insurance, and Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a written obligation on the part of each insurer to notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification, cancellation or expiration of such insurance policies. In the event Tenant shall not have delivered to Landlord a policy or certificate evidencing such insurance at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of each expiring policy, Landlord may obtain such insurance as Landlord may reasonably require to protect Landlord’s interest (which obtaining of insurance shall not be deemed to be a waiver of Tenant’s default hereunder). The cost to Landlord of obtaining such policies, plus an administrative fee in the amount of fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of such policies shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent upon demand.

C. The insurance requirements set forth in this Section 15 are independent of the waiver, indemnification, and other obligations under this Lease and will not be construed or interpreted in any way to restrict, limit or modify the waiver, indemnification and other obligations or to in any way limit any party’s liability under this Lease. In addition to the requirements set forth in Sections 15 and 16, the insurance required of Tenant under this Lease must be issued by an insurance company with a rating of no less than A-VIII in the current Best’s Insurance Guide, or A- in the current Standard & Poor Insurance Solvency Review, or in that is otherwise acceptable to Landlord, and admitted to engage in the business of insurance in the state in which the Building is located; be primary insurance for all claims under it and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord and Landlord’s lenders is strictly excess, secondary and noncontributing with any insurance carried by Tenant; and provide that insurance may not be cancelled, nonrenewed or the subject of material change in coverage of available limits of coverage, except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s lenders. Tenant will deliver either a duplicate original or a legally enforceable certificate of insurance on all policies procured by Tenant in compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the payment of the premiums therefor, to Landlord on or before the date Tenant first occupies any portion of the Premises, at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of any policy and upon the renewal of any policy. Landlord must give its prior written approval to all deductibles and self-insured retentions under Tenant’s policies. Tenant may comply with its insurance coverage requirements through a blanket policy, provided Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, procures a “per location” endorsement, or equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord, so that the general aggregate and other limits apply separately and specifically to the Premises.

D. Intentionally Omitted

E. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable (by way of subrogation or otherwise) to the other party (or to any insurance company insuring the other party) for any personal injury or loss or damage to any of the property of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, with respect to their respective property, the Building, the Property or the Premises or any addition or improvements thereto, or any contents therein, to the extent covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by a party hereto even though such loss might have been occasioned by the negligence or willful acts or omissions of the Landlord or Tenant or their respective employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Since this mutual waiver will preclude the assignment of any such claim by subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person), Landlord and Tenant each agree to give each insurance company which has issued, or on the future may issue, policies of insurance, with respect to the items covered by this waiver, written notice of the terms of this mutual waiver, and to have such insurance policies properly endorsed,

 

16


if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of any of the coverage provided by such insurance policies by reason of such mutual waiver. For the purpose of the foregoing waiver, the amount of any deductible applicable to any loss or damage shall be deemed covered by, and recoverable by the insured under the insurance policy to which such deductible relates. In the event that Tenant is permitted to and self-insures any risk for which insurance is required to be carried under this Lease, or if Tenant fails to carry any insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, then all loss or damage to Tenant, its leasehold interest, its business, its property, the Premises or any additions or improvements thereto or contents thereof shall be deemed covered by and recoverable by Tenant under valid and collectible policies of insurance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the Tenant for any loss or damage to any property, or bodily injury or personal injury or any resulting loss of income or losses from worker’s compensation laws and benefits, even though such loss or damage might have been occasioned by the negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees, or Building Manager, if any such loss or damage was required to be covered by insurance pursuant to this Lease.

16. Indemnity . To the extent not expressly prohibited by law, neither Landlord nor Building Manager nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, members, managers, or agents shall be liable to Tenant, or to Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, customers, licensees, or invitees for any injury to person or damage to property caused by any act, omission, or neglect of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, customers, invitees, licensees or by any other person entering the Building or upon the Property under the invitation of Tenant or arising out of the use of the Property, Building or Premises by Tenant and the conduct of its business or out of a default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations hereunder. Tenant hereby indemnifies and holds Landlord and Building Manager and their respective officers, directors, employees, members, managers and agents ( “Indemnitees” ), harmless from all liability and claims for any property damage, or bodily injury or death of, or personal injury to, a person in or on the Premises, or at any other place, including the Property or the Building and this indemnity shall be enforceable to the full extent whether or not such liability and claims are the result of the sole, joint or concurrent acts, negligent or intentional, or otherwise, of Tenant, or its employees, agents, servants, customers, invitees or licensees. Such indemnity for the benefit of Indemnitees shall be enforceable even if Indemnitees, or any one or more of them have or has caused or participated in causing such liability and claims by their joint or concurrent acts, negligent or intentional, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the terms of this Lease to the contrary, the terms of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17. Damages from Certain Causes . To the extent not expressly prohibited by law, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s employees, contractors, agents, invitees or customers, for any injury to person or damage to property sustained by Tenant or any such party or any other person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in the Premises or any other portion of the Building caused by the Premises or any other portion of the Building becoming out of repair or by defect in or failure of equipment, pipes, or wiring, or by broken glass, or by the backing up of drains, or by gas, water, steam, electricity, or oil leaking, escaping or flowing into the Premises (except where due to Landlord’s willful failure to make repairs required to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Lease, after the expiration of a reasonable time after written notice to Landlord of the need for such repairs), nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of other tenants of the Building or of any other persons whomsoever, including, but

 

17


not limited to riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition, order of any governmental body or authority, acts of God, fire or theft.

18. Casualty Damage . If the Premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give prompt written notice thereof to Landlord. In case the Building shall be so damaged that substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building shall, in Landlord’s sole opinion, be required (whether or not the Premises shall have been damaged by such casualty) or in the event there is less than two (2) years of the Lease Term remaining or in the event Landlord’s mortgagee should require that the insurance proceeds payable as a result of a casualty be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt or in the event of any material uninsured loss to the Building, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within thirty (30) days after the date of such casualty. If Landlord does not thus elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall commence and proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Building, and the improvements located within the Premises, if any, for which Landlord had financial responsibility pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (except that Landlord shall not be responsible for delays not within the control of Landlord) to substantially the same condition in which it was immediately prior to the happening of the casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to restore the Building, and the improvements located within the Premises, if any, for which Landlord had financial responsibility pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement, shall not require Landlord to expend for such repair and restoration work more than the insurance proceeds actually received by the Landlord as a result of the casualty and Landlord’s obligation to restore shall be further limited so that Landlord shall not be required to expend for the repair and restoration of the improvements located within the Premises, if any, for which Landlord had financial responsibility pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement, more than the dollar amount of the Allowance, if any, described in the Work Letter Agreement When the repairs described in the preceding two sentences have been completed by Landlord, Tenant shall, complete the restoration of all improvements, including furniture, fixtures and equipment, which are necessary to permit Tenant’s reoccupancy of the Premises. Except as set forth above, all cost and expense of reconstructing the Premises shall be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall present Landlord with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay such costs prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair and restoration of the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof, except that, subject to the provisions of the next sentence, Landlord shall allow Tenant a fair diminution of Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy. If the Premises or any other portion of the Property is damaged by fire or other casualty resulting from the fault or negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, or invitees, the rent hereunder shall not be diminished during the repair of such damage and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the cost of the repair and restoration of the Property caused thereby to the extent such cost and expense is not covered by insurance proceeds. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 18 to the contrary, if all or any portion of the Premises shall be made untenantable by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall with reasonable promptness, cause an architect or general contractor selected by Landlord to estimate the amount of time required to substantially complete repair and restoration of the Premises and make the Premises tenantable again, using standard working methods (the “Completion Estimate”). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises cannot be made tenantable within nine (9) months from the date the repair and restoration is started, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other of such election within ten (10) days after its receipt of the Completion Estimate. Tenant, however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease in the event that the fire or casualty in question was caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant. If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises can be made tenantable within nine (9) months from the date the repair and

 

18


restoration is started and Landlord has not otherwise exercised its right to terminate the Lease pursuant to the terms heroes, or is the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises cannot be made tenantable within nine (9) months but neither party terminates this Lease pursuant to this Article 18, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness to repair and restore the Premises.

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any substantial part of the Premises or if the Building or any portion thereof which would leave the remainder of the Building unsuitable for use as an office building comparable to its use on the Commencement Date, or if the land on which the Building is located or any material portion thereof, shall be taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, then Landlord or Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective when the physical taking of said Premises or said portion of the Building or land shall occur. In the event this Lease is not terminated, the rent for any portion of the Premises so taken or condemned shall be abated during the unexpired term of this Lease effective when the physical taking of said portion of the Premises shall occur. All compensation awarded for any such taking or condemnation, or sale proceeds in lieu thereof, shall be the property of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no claim thereto, the same being hereby expressly waived by Tenant, except for any portions of such award or proceeds which are specifically allocated by the condemning or purchasing party for the taking of or damage to trade fixtures of Tenant, which Tenant specifically reserves to itself.

20. Hazardous Substances .

A. Tenant hereby represents and covenants to Landlord the following: No toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (including, without limitation, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, the group of organic compounds known as polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum products including gasoline, fuel oil, crude oil and various constituents of such products, radon, and any hazardous substance as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657, as amended ( “CERCLA” ) (collectively, “Environmental Pollutants” ) other than customary office supplies and cleaning supplies stored and handled by Tenant within the Premises in accordance with all applicable laws, will be generated, treated, stored, released or disposed of, or otherwise placed, deposited in or located on the Property, and no activity shall be taken on the Property, by Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees or contractors, that would cause or contribute to (i) the Property or any part thereof to become a generation, treatment, storage or disposal facility within the meaning of or otherwise bring the Property within the ambit of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 ( “RCRA” ), 42 U.S.C. 5901, et. seq., or any similar state law or local ordinance, (ii) a release or threatened release of toxic or hazardous wastes or substances, pollutants or contaminants, from the Property or any part thereof within the meaning of, or otherwise result in liability in connection with the Property within the ambit of CERCLA, or any similar state law or local ordinance, or (iii) the discharge of pollutants or effluents into any water source or system, the dredging or filling of any waters, or the discharge into the air of any emissions, that would require a permit under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251, et. seq., or the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq., or any similar state law or local ordinance.

 

19


B. Tenant expressly waives, to the extent allowed by law, any claims under federal, state or other law that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord relating to the condition of such Property or the Premises or the Leasehold Improvements or personal property located thereon or the presence in or contamination of the Property or the Premises by hazardous materials. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnitees (as defined in Section 16) harmless from and against and to reimburse Indemnitees with respect to, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, loss, damage, liabilities, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, asserted against or incurred by Landlord at any time and from time-to-time by reason of or arising out of the breach of any representation or covenant contained in Section 20.A above.

C. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of any release or threatened release of toxic or hazardous wastes or substances, pollutants or contaminants of which Tenant has knowledge whether or not the release is in quantities that would require under law the reporting of such release to a governmental or regulatory agency.

D. Tenant shall also immediately notify Landlord in writing of, and shall contemporaneously provide Landlord with a copy of:

 

  (1) Any written notice of release of hazardous wastes or substances, pollutants or contaminants on the Property that is provided by Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant if the Premises to a governmental or regulatory agency;

 

  (2) Any notice of a violation, or a potential or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law (hereinafter defined) that is received by Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises from any governmental or regulatory agency;

 

  (3) Any inquiry, investigation, enforcement, cleanup, removal, or other action that is instituted or threatened by a governmental or regulatory agency against Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises and that relates to the release or discharge of hazardous wastes or substances, pollutants or contaminants on or from the Property;

 

  (4) Any claim that is instituted or threatened by any third-party against Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises and that relates to any release or discharge of hazardous wastes or substances, pollutants or contaminants on or from the Property; and

 

  (5) Any notice of the loss of any environmental operating permit by Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises.

E. As used herein “Environmental Laws” mean all present and future federal, state and municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to environmental and ecological conditions, and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and any other federal, state or municipal agency, or governmental board or entity relating to environmental matters.

 

20


21. Americans with Disabilities Act . Tenant agrees to comply with all requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law (July 26, 1990) ( “ADA” ) applicable to the Premises and such other current acts or other subsequent acts, (whether federal or state) addressing like issues as are enacted or amended.

22. Events of Default .

A. The following events shall be deemed to be “Events of Default” under this Lease:

 

  (1) Tenant shall fail to pay when due any Base Rent, Additional Rent or other amount payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Monetary Default” ); provided that the first two (2) such failures during any consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term shall not be an Event of Default if Tenant pays the amount due within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that such payment was not made when due,

 

  (2) Any failure by Tenant (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, which failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of notice of the occurrence of such failure provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Tenant is of such nature that the same cannot reasonably be performed within such thirty-day period, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant commences such performance within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same, and in fact, completes same within sixty (60) days after notice.

 

  (3) Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants with respect to (a) assignment and subletting set forth in Section 13, (b) mechanic’s liens set forth in Section 14, or (c) insurance set forth in Section 15.

 

  (4) Tenant or any Guarantor shall (a) become insolvent, (b) make a transfer in fraud of creditors (c) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (d) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, (e) file a petition under any section or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, pertaining to bankruptcy, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any State thereof, or Tenant or any Guarantor shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed against Tenant or any Guarantor thereunder; or a petition or answer proposing the adjudication of Tenant or any Guarantor as a bankrupt or its reorganization under any present or future federal or state bankruptcy or similar law shall be filed in any court and such petition or answer shall not be discharged or denied within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof.

 

  (5)

A receiver or trustee shall be appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any Guarantor or of the Premises or of any of Tenant’s property located thereon in any proceeding brought by Tenant or any

 

21


 

Guarantor, or any such receiver or trustee shall be appointed in any proceeding brought against Tenant or any Guarantor and shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days after such appointment or Tenant or such Guarantor shall consent to or acquiesce in such appointment.

 

  (6) The leasehold estate hereunder shall be taken on execution or other process of law in any action against Tenant.

 

  (7) Tenant shall abandon or vacate any substantial portion of the Premises.

 

  (8) Tenant shall fail to take possession of and occupy the Premises within thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date and thereafter continuously conduct its operations in the Premises for the Permitted Use as set forth in Section 4 hereof.

 

  (9) The liquidation, termination, dissolution, or forfeiture of right to do business of Tenant.

23. Remedies .

A. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to those allowed by law or equity, any one or more of which may be exercised without further notice to or demand upon Tenant and which may be pursued successively or cumulatively as Landlord may elect:

 

  (1) Landlord may re-enter the Premises and cure any default of Tenant, in which event Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for any cost and expenses which Landlord may incur to cure such default; and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage which Tenant may sustain by reason of Landlord’s action.

 

  (2) Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving to Tenant notice of Landlord’s election to do so, in which event the Term shall end, and all right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder shall expire, on the date stated in such notice;

 

  (3) Landlord may terminate the right of Tenant to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving notice to Tenant that Tenant’s right to possession shall end on the date stated in such notice, whereupon the right of Tenant to possession of the Premises or any part thereof shall cease on the date stated in such notice; and

 

  (4) Landlord may enforce the provisions of this Lease and may enforce and protect the rights of Landlord hereunder by a suit or suits in equity or at law for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein, or for the enforcement of any other appropriate legal or equitable remedy, including recovery of all moneys due or to become due from Tenant under any of the provisions of this Lease.

Landlord shall not be required to serve Tenant with any notices or demands as a prerequisite to its exercise of any of its rights or remedies under this Lease, other than those

 

22


notices and demands specifically required under this Lease. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE SERVICE OF ANY STATUTORY DEMAND OR NOTICE WHICH IS A PREREQUISITE TO LANDLORD’S COMMENCEMENT OF EVICTION PROCEEDINGS AGAINST TENANT, INCLUDING THE DEMANDS AND NOTICES SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 13-40-104, 13-40-106 AND 13-40-107 OF THE COLORADO REVISED STATUTES (1973). TENANT WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT BROUGHT BY LANDLORD TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES FOLLOWING LANDLORD’S TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE PURSUANT TO SECTION 23A(2) OR THE RIGHT OF TENANT TO POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES PURSUANT TO SECTION 23A(3) AND ON ANY CLAIM FOR DELINQUENT RENT WHICH LANDLORD MAY JOIN IN ITS LAWSUIT TO RECOVER POSSESSION.

B. If Landlord exercises either of the remedies provided in Section 23.A.(2) or 23.A.(3), Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises and immediately deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Landlord may re-enter and take complete and peaceful possession of the Premises, with process of law, full and complete license to do so being hereby granted to Landlord.

C. If Landlord terminates the right of Tenant to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to immediate recovery of all amounts then due hereunder. Such termination of possession shall not release Tenant, in whole or in part, from Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent hereunder for the full Term, and Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall remain liable for, all Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other sums accruing as they become due under this Lease during the period from the date of such notice of termination of possession to the stated end of the Term. In any such case, Landlord may relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant for such rent, for such time (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term) and upon such terms as Landlord shall determine and may collect the rents from such reletting. Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or to observe any instructions given by Tenant relative to such reletting. Also, in any such case, Landlord may make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable and in connection therewith change the locks to the Premises, and Tenant upon demand shall pay the cost of all of the foregoing together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting. The rents from any such reletting shall be applied first to the payment of the expenses of reentry, redecoration, repair and alterations and the expenses of reletting and second to the payment of Rent herein provided to be paid by Tenant. Any excess or residue shall operate only as an offsetting credit against the amount of Rent due and owing as the same thereafter becomes due and payable hereunder, and the use of such offsetting credit to reduce the amount of Rent due Landlord, if any, shall not be deemed to give Tenant any right, title or interest in or to such excess or residue and any such excess or residue shall belong to Landlord solely, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to a credit on its indebtedness to Landlord in excess of the aggregate sum (including Base Rent and Additional Rent) which would have been paid by Tenant for the period for which the credit to Tenant is being determined, had no Event of Default occurred. No such reentry or repossession, repairs, alterations and additions, or reletting shall be construed as an eviction or ouster of Tenant or as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease, unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant, or shall operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and Landlord, at any time and from time to time, may sue and recover judgment for any deficiencies remaining after the application of the proceeds of any such reletting,

 

23


D. If this Lease is terminated by Landlord pursuant to Section 23.A.(2), Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all Rent accrued and unpaid for the period up to and including such termination date, as well as all other additional sums payable by Tenant, or for which Tenant is liable or for which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Landlord under any of the provisions of this Lease, which may be then owing and unpaid, and all costs and expenses, including without limitation court costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in the enforcement of its rights and remedies hereunder, and, in addition, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages for loss of the bargain and not as a penalty (i) the aggregate sum which at the time of such termination represents the excess, if any, of the present value of the aggregate rents which would have been payable after the termination date had this Lease not been terminated, including, without limitation, Base Rent at the annual rate or respective annual rates for the remainder of the Term provided for in this Lease and the amount projected by Landlord to represent Additional Rent for the remainder of the Term over the then present value of the then aggregate fair rent value of the Premises for the balance of the Term, such present worth to be computed in each case on the basis of a ten percent (10%) per annum discount from the respective dates upon which such Rents would have been payable hereunder had this Lease not been terminated, and (ii) any damages in addition thereto, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, which Landlord sustains as a result of the breach of any of the covenants of this Lease other than for the payment of Rent.

E. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages resulting from an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord’s obligation to mitigate damages after an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease shall be satisfied in full if Landlord undertakes to lease the Premises to another tenant (a “Substitute Tenant” ) in accordance with the following criteria:

 

  (1) Landlord shall have no obligations to solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenants for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises including, without limitation, the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Premises free of any claim of Tenant;

 

  (2) Landlord shall not be obligated to lease or show the Premises, on a priority basis, offer the Premises to a prospective tenant when other premises in the Building suitable for that prospective tenant’s use are (or soon will be) available;

 

  (3) Landlord shall not be obligated to lease the Premises to a Substitute Tenant for a Rent less than the current fair market Rent then prevailing for similar uses in comparable buildings in the same market area as the Building, nor shall Landlord be obligated to enter into a new lease under other terms and conditions that are unacceptable to Landlord under Landlord’s then current leasing policies for comparable space in the Building;

 

24


  (4) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with a Substitute Tenant whose use would:

 

  (i) violate any restriction, covenant, or requirement contained in the lease of another tenant of the Building;

 

  (ii) adversely affect the reputation of the Building; or

 

  (iii) be incompatible with the operation of the Building as an office building; and

 

  (5) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any proposed Substitute Tenant which does not have, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, sufficient financial resources to operate the Premises in a first class manner.

F. All property of Tenant removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease or applicable law may be handled, removed or stored by Landlord at the cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be responsible in any event for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such removal and storage so long as the same is in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control. All such property not removed from the Premises or retaken from storage by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, however terminated, at Landlord’s option, shall be conclusively deemed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord as by bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

G. Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a first lien upon the interest of Tenant under this Lease to secure the payment of moneys due under this Lease, which lien may be enforced in equity, and Landlord shall be entitled as a matter of right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of the Premises and relet the same under order of court.

H. If Tenant is adjudged bankrupt, or a trustee in bankruptcy is appointed for Tenant, Landlord and Tenant, to the extent permitted by law, agree to request that the trustee in bankruptcy determine within sixty (60) days thereafter whether to assume or to reject this Lease.

I. The receipt by Landlord of less than the full rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant’s check or any letter accompanying Tenant’s check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent due or to pursue any other remedies provided in this lease. The acceptance by Landlord of rent hereunder shall not be construed to be a waiver of any breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease. No act or omission by Landlord or its employees or agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.

J. In the event of any litigation between Tenant and Landlord to enforce any provision of this Lease or any right of either party hereto, the unsuccessful party to such litigation shall pay to the successful party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred therein. Furthermore, if Landlord, without fault, is made a party to any litigation instituted by or against Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against, and protect, defend,

 

25


and save it harmless from, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by it in connection therewith. If Tenant, without fault, is made party to any litigation instituted by or against Landlord, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant against, and protect, defend, and save it harmless from, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by it in connection therewith.

24. No Waiver . Failure of Landlord to declare any default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking any action in connection with an event of default, shall not constitute a waiver of such default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel against Landlord, but Landlord shall have the right to declare the default at any time and take such action as is lawful or authorized under this Lease. Failure by Landlord to enforce its rights with respect to any one default shall not constitute a waiver of its rights with respect to any subsequent default.

25. Peaceful Enjoyment . Tenant shall, and may peacefully have, hold, and enjoy the Premises, subject to the other terms hereof, provided that Tenant pays the Rent and other sums herein recited to be paid by Tenant and timely performs all of Tenant’s covenants and agreements herein contained. This covenant and any and all other covenants of Landlord shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only with respect to breaches occurring during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Landlord’s interest hereunder.

26. Intentionally Omitted

27. Holding Over . In the event of holding over by Tenant after expiration or other termination of this Lease or in the event Tenant continues to occupy the Premises after the termination of Tenant’s right of possession pursuant to Section 23.A(3) hereof, occupancy of the Premises subsequent to such termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance and in no event for month-to-month or year-to-year. Tenant shall, throughout the entire holdover period, be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease and shall pay for its use and occupancy an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for any partial months during any such holdover) equal to twice the sum (or 150%) of (a) the greater of then current market rate, or (b) the Base Rent and Additional Rent which would have been applicable had the Lease Term continued through the period of such holding over by Tenant. No holding over by Tenant or payments of money by Tenant to Landlord after the expiration of the Lease Term shall be construed to extend the Lease Term or prevent Landlord from recovery of immediate possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise unless Landlord has sent written notice to Tenant that Landlord has elected to extend the Lease Term. In addition to the obligation to pay the amounts set forth above during any such holdover period, Tenant shall also be liable to Landlord for all damages, including, without limitation, any consequential damages, which Landlord may suffer by reason of any holding over by Tenant and Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord against any and all claims made by any other tenant or prospective tenant against Landlord for delay by Landlord in delivering possession of the Premises to such other tenant or prospective tenant.

28. Subordination to Mortgage/Estoppel Certificate . Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien presently existing or hereafter arising upon the Premises, or upon the Building and/or the Property and to any renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof, but Tenant agrees that any such mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate such mortgage, deed of trust or other lien to this Lease on such terms and subject to such conditions as such mortgagee may deem appropriate in its discretion. The provisions of the foregoing sentence shall be self-operative and no further instrument of

 

26


subordination shall be required. However, Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power and authority to subordinate this Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien now existing or hereafter placed upon the Premises, or the Building and/or the Property and Tenant agrees within ten (10) days after demand to execute such further instruments subordinating this Lease or attorning to the holder of any such liens as Landlord may request. The terms of this Lease are subject to approval by the Landlord’s existing lender(s) and any lender(s) who, at the time of the execution of this Lease, have committed or are considering committing to Landlord to make a loan secured by all or any portion of the Property, and such approval is a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligations hereunder. In the event that Tenant should fail to execute any subordination or other agreement required by this Section promptly as requested, Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes Landlord as its attorney-in-fact albeit limited to the sole purpose of executing such instrument in Tenant’s name, place and stead, it being agreed that such power is one coupled with an interest in Landlord and is accordingly irrevocable. Tenant agrees that it will from time-to-time upon request by Landlord execute and deliver to such persons as Landlord shall request a statement in recordable form certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as so modified), stating the dates to which rent and other charges payable under this Lease have been paid, stating that Landlord is not in default hereunder (or if Tenant alleges a default stating the nature of such alleged default) and further stating such other matters as Landlord shall reasonably require. Tenant agrees periodically to furnish within ten (10) days after so requested by Landlord, ground lessor or the holder of any deed of trust, mortgage or security agreement covering the Building, the Property, or any interest of Landlord therein, a certificate signed by Tenant certifying (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), (b) as to the Commencement Date and the date through which Base Rent and Tenant’s Additional Rent have been paid, (c) that Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises and that any improvements required by the terms of this Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the satisfaction of Tenant, (d) that except as stated in the certificate no rent has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date, (e) that the address for notices to be sent to Tenant is as set forth in this Lease (or has been changed by notice duly given and is as set forth in the certificate), (f) that except as stated in the certificate, Tenant, as of the date of such certificate, has no charge, lien, or claim of offset against rent due or to become due, (g) that except as stated in the certificate, Landlord is not then in default under this Lease, (h) as to the amount of the Approximate Rentable Area of the Premises then occupied by Tenant, (i) that there are no renewal or extension options, purchase options, rights of first refusal or the like in favor of Tenant except as set forth in this Lease, (j) the amount and nature of accounts payable to Landlord under terms of this Lease, and (k) as to such other matters as may be requested by Landlord or ground lessor or the holder of any such deed of trust, mortgage or security agreement. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any ground lessor, prospective purchaser, secured party, mortgagee or any beneficiary under any mortgage, deed of trust on the Building or the Property or any part thereof or interest of Landlord therein.

29. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Lease or by law shall be deemed to have been given if it is written and delivered in person or mailed by Registered or Certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service to the party who is to receive such notice at the address specified in Section 1.R of this Lease. When so mailed, the notice shall be deemed to have been given two (2) business days after the date it was mailed. When sent by overnight delivery service, the notice shall be deemed to have been given on the next business day after deposit with such overnight delivery service. The

 

27


addresses specified in Section 1.R of this Lease may be changed from time to time by giving written notice thereof to the other party.

30. Landlord’s Lien . In addition to any statutory lien for rent in Landlord’s favor, Landlord (the secured party for purposes hereof) shall have and Tenant (the debtor for purposes hereof) hereby grants to Landlord, a continuing security interest for all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums of money becoming due hereunder from Tenant, upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory, accounts, contract rights, and chattel paper of Tenant, but excluding all personal property of Tenant’s employees, situated on the Premises subject to this Lease and such property shall not be removed therefrom without the consent of Landlord until all arrearages in Rent as well as any and all sums of money then due to Landlord hereunder shall first have been paid and discharged. In the event of a default under this Lease, landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies provided herein or by law, all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation the right to sell the property described in this Section at public or private sale upon ten (10) business days notice to Tenant which notice Tenant hereby agrees is adequate and reasonable. Tenant hereby agrees to execute such other instruments necessary or desirable in Landlord’s discretion to perfect the security interest hereby created. Any statutory lien for Rent is not hereby waived, the express contractual lien herein being granted in addition and supplementary thereto. Tenant warrants and represents that the collateral subject to the security interest granted herein is not purchased or used by Tenant for personal, family or household purposes. Tenant further warrants and represents that the lien granted herein constitutes a first and superior lien and the Tenant will not allow the placing of any other lien upon the property described in this Section without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31. Surrender of Premises . Upon the termination, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant will at once surrender possession and vacate the Premises, together with all Leasehold Improvements (except those Leasehold Improvements Tenant is required to remove pursuant to Section 8 hereof), to Landlord in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted; conditions existing because of Tenant’s failure to perform maintenance, repairs or replacements as required of Tenant under this Lease shall not be deemed “reasonable wear and tear.” Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to the Premises and make known to Landlord the explanation of all combination locks which Tenant is permitted to leave on the Premises. Subject to the Landlord’s rights under Section 23 hereof, if Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property within one (1) day after the termination of this Lease, or Tenant’s right to possession hereunder, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expenses, shall be entitled to remove and/or store such Tenant’s Property and Landlord shall be in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any and all reasonable expenses caused by such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in possession of Landlord or under the control of Landlord. In addition, if Tenant fails to remove any Tenant’s Property from the Premises or storage, as the case may be, within ten (10) business days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may deem all or any part of such Tenant’s Property to have been abandoned by Tenant and title thereof shall immediately pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale.

32. Rights Reserved to Landlord . Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without notice, except as provided herein, and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without affecting an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim for setoff or abatement of rent or affecting any of Tenant’s

 

28


obligations under this Lease; (1) upon thirty (30) days prior notice to change the name or street address of the Building, provided Landlord reimburses Tenant for all reasonable expenses related to such address change; (2) to install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building; (3) to designate and approve window coverings to present a uniform exterior appearance; (4) to make any decorations, alterations, additions, improvements to the Building or Property, or any part thereof (including, with prior notice, the Premises) which Landlord shall desire, or deem necessary for the safety, protection, preservation or improvement of the Building or Property, or as Landlord may be required to do by law; (5) to have access to the Premises at reasonable hours to perform its duties and obligations and to exercise its rights under this Lease; (6) to retain at all times and to use in appropriate instances, pass keys to all locks within and to the Premises; (7) to approve the weight, size, or location of heavy equipment, or articles within the Premises; (8) to close or restrict access to the Building at all times other than Normal Business Hours subject to Tenant’s right to admittance at all times under such regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time, or to close (temporarily or permanently) any of the entrances to the Building provided Landlord shall have the right to restrict or prohibit access to the Building or the Premises at any time Landlord determines it is necessary to do so to minimize the risk of injuries or death to persons or damage to property (9) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances of passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets and public parts of the Building or Property; (10) to regulate access to telephone, electrical and other utility closets in the Building and to require use of designated contractors for any work involving access to the same; (11) if Tenant has vacated the Premises during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term, to perform additions, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with a reletting or anticipated reletting thereof without being responsible or liable for the value or preservation of any then existing improvements to the Premises; and (12) to grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or undertaking in the Building provided Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this clause 12, shall not be deemed to prohibit Tenant from the operation of its business in the Premises and shall not constitute a constructive eviction.

33. Miscellaneous .

A. If any term or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

B. Tenant agrees not to record this Lease or any short form or memorandum hereof.

C. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be interpreted, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

D. Events of “Force Majeure” shall include strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any other cause whatsoever beyond the control of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for the taking of any action by Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of Rent and all other such sums of money as shall become due hereunder), such party shall not be liable or responsible for, there shall be excluded from the computation of such period of time, any delays due to events of Force Majeure.

 

29


E. Except as expressly otherwise herein provided, with respect to all required acts of Tenant, time is of the essence of this Lease.

F. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Building and Property referred to herein, and in such event and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations.

G. Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that it has dealt directly with and only with the Broker as a broker in connection with this Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby indemnify and hold each other harmless against any loss, claim, expense or liability with respect to any commissions or brokerage fees claimed on account of the execution and/or renewal of this Lease due to any action of the indemnifying party.

H. The individual signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents (1) that such individual is duly authorized to execute or attest and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the organizational documents of Tenant; (2) that this Lease is binding upon Tenant; (3) that Tenant is duly organized and legally existing in the state of its organization, and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises is located.

I. Tenant acknowledges that the financial capability of Tenant to perform its obligations hereunder is material to Landlord and that Landlord would not enter into this Lease but for its belief, based on its review of Tenant’s financial statements, that Tenant is capable of performing such financial obligations. Tenant hereby represents, warrants and certifies to Landlord that its financial statements previously furnished to Landlord were at the time given true and correct in all material respects and that there have been no material subsequent changes thereto as of the date of this Lease.

J. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the expiration of the Lease Term, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, shall not relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations accruing prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, and such obligations shall survive any such expiration or other termination of the Lease Term.

K. Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenant’s review only, and the delivery hereof does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. This Lease shall not be effective until an original of this Lease executed by both Landlord and Tenant and an original Guaranty, if applicable, executed by each Guarantor is delivered to and accepted by Landlord, and this Lease has been approved by Landlord’s mortgagee, if required.

L. Landlord and Tenant understand, agree and acknowledge that (i) this Lease has been freely negotiated by both parties; and (ii) in any controversy, dispute or contest over the meaning, interpretation, validity, or enforceability of this Lease or any of its terms or conditions, there shall be not inference, presumption, or conclusion drawn whatsoever against either party by virtue of that party having drafted this Lease or any portion thereof.

M. The headings and titles to the paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience only and shall have no affect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

N. Receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s keys to the Premises shall not constitute an acceptance of surrender of the Premises.

 

30


34. Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the following Exhibits:

Exhibit A - Legal Description

Exhibit B - Outline and Location of Premises

Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D - Payment of Basic Costs

Exhibit E - Work Letter

Exhibit F - Additional Provisions

Exhibit G - Commencement Letter (Sample)

constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Lease and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent and similar documents. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this Lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this Lease. All understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties are merged in this Lease which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement of the parties, neither party relying upon any statement or representation not embodied in this Lease. This Lease may be modified only be a written agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant expressly agree that there are and shall be no implied warranties of merchantability, habitability, suitability, fitness for a particular purpose or of any other kind arising out of this Lease, all of which are hereby waived by Tenant, and that there are no warranties which extend beyond those expressly set forth in this Lease.

35. Limitation of Liability . EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO AN ABATEMENT OF RENT OR TO TERMINATE THIS LEASE AS A RESULT OF LANDLORD’S DEFAULT AS TO ANY COVENANT OR AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE OR AS A RESULT OF THE BREACH OF ANY PROMISE OR INDUCEMENT IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, WHETHER IN THIS LEASE OR ELSEWHERE AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES SUCH REMEDIES OF ABATEMENT OF RENT AND TERMINATION. TENANT HEREBY AGREES THAT TENANT’S REMEDIES FOR DEFAULT HEREUNDER OR IN ANY WAY ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE INCLUDING ANY BREACH OF ANY PROMISE OR INDUCEMENT OR WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, SHALL BE LIMITED TO SUIT FOR DIRECT AND PROXIMATE DAMAGES PROVIDED THAT TENANT HAS GIVEN THE NOTICES AS HEREINAFTER REQUIRED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD TO TENANT FOR ANY DEFAULT BY LANDLORD UNDER THIS LEASE SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE BUILDING AND THE PROPERTY AND TENANT AGREES TO LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE BUILDING AND THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT AGAINST THE LANDLORD, IT BEING INTENDED THAT LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY. TENANT HEREBY COVENANTS THAT, PRIOR TO THE FILING OF ANY SUIT FOR DIRECT AND PROXIMATE DAMAGES, IT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND ALL MORTGAGEES WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES OR

 

31


DEED OF TRUST LIENS ON THE PROPERTY, BUILDING OR PREMISES (“LANDLORD MORTGAGEES”) NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE ANY ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.

36. Parking . Landlord shall provide Tenant with thirty five (35) non exclusive surface parking spaces (inclusive of handicapped and visitor Parking) at no cost to Tenant. Tenant agrees to comply and cause its employees and invitees to comply with rules and regulations governing parking as promulgated by Landlord from time to time.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease in multiple original counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST   LANDLORD:
    REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C.,
By:  

/s/ Margie Wright

    a Colorado limited liability company
  Name:  

Margie Wright

   
  Title:  

Property Manager

    By:    
          By:  

/s/ Roger Bradley

            Name:   ROGER BRADLEY
            Title:  

MANAGER

WITNESS/ATTEST   TENANT:
        PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC.,
By:  

/s/ Lisa Russell

    a Colorado corporation
  Name:  

LISA RUSSELL

         
  Title:  

OPERATIONS MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ James Jeffrey Lynch

          Name:   James Jeffrey Lynch
          Title:  

PRESIDENT

 

33


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Lots 1 and 2, Block 1, Southfield Park Filing No. 8, County of Arapahoe, State of Colorado.

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated May 3, 2006 by and between REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C., a Colorado limited liability company ( “Landlord” ) and PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC., a Colorado corporation ( “Tenant” ) for space in the Building located at 6377 S. Revere Parkway, Centennial, Colorado 80111.

LOGO

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Building.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional looks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises, unless electrical hold backs have been installed.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register when so doing. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of same by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. All damage done to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and any expense of said damage or injury shall be borne by Tenant.

5. No large furniture or freight will be brought into or removed from the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except upon prior notice to Landlord, and in such manner, in such specific elevator, and between such hours as shall be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than 24 hours prior notice of the need to utilize an elevator for any such purpose, so as to provide Landlord with a reasonable period to schedule such use and to install such padding or take such other actions or prescribe such procedures as are appropriate to protect against damage to the elevators or other parts of the Building.

6. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building, the public facilities, the HVAC, and any other facilities furnished for the common use of tenants, in such manner as is customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

 

C-1


7. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office of the Building or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building and shall cooperate with Landlord or Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

9. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or agents, shall have caused it.

10. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent first had and obtained.

11. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines of any description other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

12. Tenant shall not use any method of HVAC other than that which may be supplied by Landlord, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to Landlord and other tenants.

16. Landlord will approve where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

 

C-2


18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairways or elevators, and shall use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s HVAC system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, when the Premises are not occupied.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord.

24. The washing and/or detailing of radios, telephones in or general work on, automobiles shall not be allowed on the Real Property; provided that mobile automobile windshield replacement shall be permitted on individual tenant employee automobiles,

25. Food vendors shall be allowed in the Building upon receipt of a written request from the Tenant. The food vendor shall service only the tenants that have a written request on file in the Building’s management office. Under no circumstance shall the food vendor display their products in a public or common area including corridors and elevator lobbies. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from the Building.

26. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

27. Tenant shall comply with any non-smoking ordinance adopted by any applicable governmental authority.

Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and

 

C-3


further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and Building, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the nonobservance of the Rules and Regulations by another tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

C-4


EXHIBIT D

PAYMENT OF BASIC COSTS

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated May 3, 2006 by and between REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C., a Colorado limited liability company ( “Landlord” ) and PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC., a Colorado corporation ( “Tenant” ) for space in the Building located at 6377 S. Revere Parkway, Centennial, Colorado 80111.

A. During each calendar year, or portion thereof, falling within the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which (a) Basic Costs (as defined below) for the applicable calendar year exceeds Basic Costs for 2006 (the “Base Year” ). In no event shall the amount required to be paid by Tenant with respect to Basic Costs for any calendar year during the Lease Term be less than zero. Prior to January 1 of each calendar year during the Lease Term, or as soon thereafter as practical, Landlord shall make a good faith estimate of Basic Costs for the applicable full or partial calendar year and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share thereof. On or before the first day of each month during such calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of the amount by which Basic Costs for such calendar year will exceed Basic Costs for the Base Year. Landlord shall have the right from time to time during any such calendar year to revise the estimate of Basic Costs for such year and provide Tenant with a revised statement therefor (provided, however, Landlord agrees that Landlord shall not issue a revised statement more than twice in any calendar year), and thereafter the amount Tenant shall pay each month shall be based upon such revised estimate. If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an estimate of the Basic Costs by January 1 of any calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay a monthly installment based on the previous year’s estimate until such time as Landlord provides Tenant with an estimate of Basic Costs for the current year. Upon receipt of such current year’s estimate, an adjustment shall be made for any month during the current year with respect to which Tenant paid monthly installments of Additional Rent based on the previous year’s estimate. Tenant shall pay Landlord for any underpayment described above upon demand. Any overpayment in excess of the equivalent of one (1) month’s Base Rent shall, at Landlord’s option, be refunded to Tenant or credited against the installments) of Additional Rent next coming due under the Lease. Any overpayment in an amount equal to or less than the equivalent of one (1) month’s Base Rent shall, at Landlord’s option, be refunded to Tenant or credited against the installment of Additional Rent due for the month immediately following the furnishing of such estimate. Any amount paid by Tenant based on any estimate shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Paragraph A below, when actual Basic Costs are determined for such calendar year.

B. As soon as is practical following the end calendar year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s actual Basic Costs for the previous calendar year. If for any calendar year the Additional Rent collected for the prior year, as a result of Landlord’s estimate of Basic Costs, is in excess of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which Basic Costs for such prior year exceeds Basic Costs

 

D-1


for the Base Year, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment (or at Landlord’s option apply such amount against Additional Rent due or to become due hereunder). Likewise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, any underpayment with respect to the prior year whether or not the Lease has terminated prior to receipt by Tenant of a statement for such underpayment, it being understood that this clause shall survive the expiration of the Lease.

C. Basic Costs shall mean all direct and indirect costs, expenses paid and disbursements of every kind (subject to the limitations set forth below) which Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in each calendar year in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing, owning and managing the Building and the Property including but not limited to, the following:

 

  (1) All labor costs for all persons performing services required or utilized in connection with the operation, repair, replacement and maintenance of and control of access to the Building and the Property, including but not limited to amounts incurred for wages, salaries and other compensation for services, payroll, social security, unemployment and other similar taxes, workers’ compensation insurance, uniforms, disability benefits, pensions, hospitalization, retirement plans, group insurance or any other similar or like expenses or benefits.

 

  (2) All management fees, the cost of equipping and maintaining a management office at the Building, accounting services, legal fees not attributable to leasing and collection activity, and all other reasonable administrative costs relating to the Building and the Property.

 

  (3) All Rent and/or purchase costs of materials, supplies, tools and equipment used in the operation, repair, replacement and maintenance and the control of access to the Building and the Property.

 

  (4) All amounts charged to Landlord by contractors and/or suppliers for services, replacement parts, components, materials, equipment and supplies furnished in connection with the operation, repair, maintenance, replacement and control of access to any part of the Building, or the Property generally, including the heating, air conditioning, ventilating, plumbing, electrical, elevator and other systems and equipment of the Building and the garage. At Landlord’s option, major repair items may be amortized over a period of up to five (5) years.

 

  (5) All premiums and deductibles paid by Landlord for fire and extended insurance coverage, earthquake and extended coverage insurance, liability and extended coverage insurance, Rent loss insurance, elevator insurance, boiler insurance and other insurance customarily carried from time to time by landlords of comparable office buildings or required to be carried by Landlord’s mortgagee.

 

D-2


  (6) Charges for all utilities, including but not limited to water, electricity, gas and sewer, but excluding those electrical charges for which tenants are individually responsible.

 

  (7) “Taxes,” which for purposes hereof, shall mean (a) all real estate taxes and assessments on the Property, the Building or the Premises, and taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation, in whole or in part of such taxes, (b) all personal property taxes for the Building’s personal property, including license expenses, (c) all taxes imposed on services of Landlord’s agents and employees, (d) all sales, use or other tax, excluding state and/or federal income tax now or hereafter imposed by any governmental authority upon Rent received by Landlord, (e) all other taxes, fees or assessments now or hereafter levied by any governmental authority on the Property, the Building or its contents or on the operation and use thereof (except as relate to specific tenants), and (f) all costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in or refunds in Taxes including, without limitation, any costs incurred by Landlord to challenge the tax valuation of the Building, but excluding income taxes. Estimates of real estate taxes and assessments for any calendar year during the Lease Term shall be determined based on Landlord’s good faith estimate of the real estate taxes and assessments. Taxes and assessments hereunder are those accrued with respect to such calendar year, as opposed to the real estate taxes and assessments paid or payable for such calendar year.

 

  (8) All landscape expenses and costs of repairing, resurfacing and striping of the parking areas and garages of the Property, if any.

 

  (9) Cost of all maintenance service agreements, including those for equipment, alarm service, window cleaning, drapery or mini-blind cleaning, janitorial services, metal refinishing, pest control, uniform supply, landscaping and any parking equipment.

 

  (10) Cost of all other repairs, replacements and general maintenance of the Property and Building neither specified above nor directly billed to tenants, including the cost of maintaining all interior Common Areas including lobbies, multi-tenant hallways, restrooms and service areas.

 

  (11)

The amortized cost of capital improvements made to the Building or the Property which are (a) primarily for the purpose of reducing operating expense costs or otherwise improving the operating efficiency of the Property or Building; or (b) required to comply with any laws, rules or regulations of any governmental authority or a requirement of Landlord’s insurance carrier. The cost of such capital improvements shall be amortized over a period of five (5) years, or longer (at Landlord’s option), and shall, at Landlord’s option, include interest at a rate that is reasonably equivalent to the interest rate that Landlord would be required to pay to finance the cost of the capital improvement in question as of the date such capital improvement is performed, provided if the payback period for any

 

D-3


 

capital improvement is less than five (5) years, Landlord may amortize the cost of such capital improvement over the payback period.

 

  (12) Any other charge or expense of any nature whatsoever which, in accordance with general industry practice with respect to the operation of a first class office building, would be construed as an operating expense.

D. Basic Costs shall not include repairs and general maintenance paid from proceeds of insurance or by a tenant or other third parties, and alterations attributable solely to individual tenants of the Property. Further, Basic Costs shall not include the cost of capital improvements (except as above set forth), depreciation, interest (except as provided above with respect to the amortization of capital improvements), lease commissions, and principal payments on mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord. Capital improvements are more specifically defined as:

 

  (1) Costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Property or with any major changes to same, including but not limited to, additions or deletions of corridor extensions, renovations and improvements of the Common Areas beyond the costs caused by normal wear and tear, and upgrades or replacement of major Property systems; and

 

  (2) Costs of correcting defects (including latent defects), including any allowances for same, in the construction of the Property or its related facilities; and

 

  (3) Costs incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, designing, redesigning, decorating or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants of the Property or other space leased or held for lease in the Property.

 

  (4) all costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes “Landlord” (as distinguished from the costs of Building operations) including, but not limited to, Landlord’s or Landlord’s managing agent’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses or such costs that would be normally included in a management fee ( e.g ., placement/recruiting fees for employees, risk management costs, corporate accounting, employee training programs, health/sports club dues, employee parking and transportation charges, tickets to special events, bank charges, etc .);

 

  (5) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the correction of defects in design and construction of the Building or Project;

E. If the Building is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during any calendar year of the Lease Term or if Landlord is not supplying services to at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the Approximate Rentable Area of the Building at any time during any calendar year of the Lease Term, actual Basic Costs for purposes hereof shall, at Landlord’s option, be determined as if the Building and such other buildings had been ninety-five percent (95%)

 

D-4


occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Approximate Rentable Area of the Building during such year. If Tenant pays for its Pro Rata Share of Basic Costs based on increases over a “Base Year” and Basic Costs for any calendar year during the Lease Term are determined as provided in the foregoing sentence, Basic Costs for such Base Year shall also be determined as if the Building and such other buildings had been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and Landlord had been supplying services to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Approximate Rentable Area of the Building and such other buildings.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this exhibit as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST   LANDLORD:
    REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C.,
By:  

/s/ Margie Wright

    a Colorado limited liability company
  Name:  

Margie Wright

   
  Title:  

Property Manager

    By:    
          By:  

/s/ Roger Bradley

            Name:   ROGER BRADLEY
            Title:  

MANAGER

WITNESS/ATTEST   TENANT:
        PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC.,
By:  

/s/ Lisa Russell

    a Colorado corporation
  Name:  

LISA RUSSELL

         
  Title:  

OPERATIONS MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ James Jeffrey Lynch

          Name:   James Jeffrey Lynch
          Title:  

PRESIDENT

 

D-5


EXHIBIT E

WORK LETTER

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated May 3, 2006 by and between REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C, a Colorado limited liability company ( “Landlord” ) and PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC., a Colorado corporation ( “Tenant” ) for space in the Building located at 6377 S. Revere Parkway, Centennial, Colorado 80111.

This Work Letter shall set forth the obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the preparation of the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. All improvements described in this Work Letter to be constructed in and upon the Premises by Landlord are hereinafter referred to as the “Landlord’s Work” . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Plans (hereinafter defined) for the Landlord’s Work have not yet been prepared and, therefore, it is impossible to determine the exact cost of the Landlord’s Work at this time. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s obligation to pay for the cost of Landlord’s Work shall be limited to $30,00 per rentable square foot (the “Maximum Amount” ) and that Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of Landlord’s Work to the extent that it exceeds the Maximum Amount. Landlord shall enter into a direct contract for the Landlord’s Work with a general contractor selected by Landlord. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the Landlord’s Work.

Space planning, architectural and engineering (mechanical, electrical and plumbing) drawings for the Landlord’s Work shall be prepared at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, provided that such costs shall be included in the cost of Landlord’s Work for purposes of determining if the Maximum Amount is exceeded. The space planning, architectural and mechanical drawings are collectively referred to herein as the “Plans” .

Tenant shall furnish any requested information and approve or disapprove any preliminary or final layout, drawings, or plans within two (2) Business Days after written request. Any disapproval shall be in writing and shall specifically set forth the reasons for such disapproval. Tenant and Landlord’s Architect shall devote such time in consultation with Landlord and Landlord’s engineer as may be required to provide all information Landlord deems necessary in order to enable Landlord’s Architect and engineer to complete, and obtain Tenant’s written approval of the Plans for the Landlord’s Work by not later than May 15, 2006 (the “Plans Due Date” ). In the event that Tenant fails to approve the Plans by the Plans Due Date, Tenant shall be responsible for one (1) day of Delay (as defined in the Lease) for each day during the period beginning on the day following the Plans Due Date and ending on the date Tenant approves the Plans.

Prior to commencing any construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a written estimate setting forth the anticipated cost of the Landlord’s Work, including but not limited to labor and materials, contractor’s fees and permit fees. Within three (3) Business Days thereafter, Tenant shall either notify Landlord in writing of its approval of the cost estimate, or specify its objections thereto and any desired changes to the proposed Landlord’s Work. In the

 

E-1


event Tenant notifies Landlord of such objections and desired changes, Tenant shall work with Landlord to reach a mutually acceptable alternative cost estimate.

In the event Landlord’s estimate shall exceed the Maximum Amount (such amounts exceeding the Maximum Amount being herein referred to as the “Excess Estimate” ), Tenant shall pay to Landlord such Excess Estimate upon demand. In the event the actual cost of construction shall exceed Landlord’s estimate (such amounts exceeding the Landlord’s estimate being herein referred to as the “Excess Costs” ), Tenant shall pay to Landlord such fifty percent (50%) of such Excess Costs upon demand. Landlord shall be responsible for absorbing the remaining 50% of the overage unless due to Tenant’s changes to the plans which subsequently increase the Landlord’s Estimate. The statements of costs submitted to Landlord by Landlord’s contractors shall be conclusive for purposes of determining the actual cost of the items described therein. The amounts payable hereunder constitute Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and the failure to timely pay same constitutes an event of default under the Lease.

If Tenant shall request any change, addition or alteration in any of the Plans after approval by Landlord, Landlord shall have such revisions to the drawings prepared, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost thereof upon demand to the extent that the cost of performing such revision cause the cost of Landlord’s Work to exceed the Maximum Amount. Promptly upon completion of the revisions, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the increased cost, if any, which will be chargeable to Tenant by reason of such change, addition or deletion. Tenant shall, within three (3) Business Days, notify Landlord in writing whether it desires to proceed with such change, addition or deletion. In the absence of such written authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue work on the Premises disregarding the requested change, addition or alteration, or Landlord may elect to discontinue work on the Premises until it receives notice of Tenant’s decision, in which event Tenant shall be responsible for any Delay in completion of the Premises resulting therefrom. In the event such revisions result in a higher estimate of the cost of construction and/or higher actual construction costs which exceed the Maximum Amount, such increased estimate or costs shall be deemed Excess Costs pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof and Tenant shall pay such Excess Costs upon demand.

Following approval of the Plans and the payment by Tenant of the required portion of the Excess Costs, if any, Landlord shall cause the Landlord’s Work to be constructed substantially in accordance with the approved Plans. Landlord shall notify Tenant of substantial completion of the Landlord’s Work.

This Exhibit E shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of this Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Exhibit E as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST   LANDLORD:
    REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C.,
By:  

/s/ Margie Wright

    a Colorado limited liability company
  Name:  

Margie Wright

   
  Title:  

Property Manager

    By:    
          By:  

/s/ Roger Bradley

            Name:   ROGER BRADLEY
            Title:  

MANAGER

WITNESS/ATTEST   TENANT:
        PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC.,
By:  

/s/ Lisa Russell

    a Colorado corporation
  Name:  

LISA RUSSELL

         
  Title:  

OPERATIONS MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ James Jeffrey Lynch

          Name:   James Jeffrey Lynch
          Title:  

PRESIDENT

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated the 3rd day of May, 2006, by and between REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C., a Colorado limited liability company ( “Landlord” ) and PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC, a Colorado corporation ( “Tenant” ) for space in the Building located at 6377 S. Revere Parkway, Centennial, Colorado 80111.

 

  1) Right of First Offer

Subject to any existing rights and to the occupancy of the existing tenants, Tenant shall have a one-time Right of First Offer on Suite 301 – approximately 3,139 RSF and Suite 300 – approximately 4,304 RSF. The current lease on Suite 301 expires January 31, 2009 and Suite 300 expires November 30, 2008. Tenant shall have five (5) business days to respond to Landlord’s Offer Notice, which shall be based upon the same lease rates and terms as those offered to a third party tenant.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST   LANDLORD:
    REVERE CORPORATE CENTER, L.L.C.,
By:  

/s/ Margie Wright

    a Colorado limited liability company
  Name:  

Margie Wright

   
  Title:  

Property Manager

    By:    
          By:  

/s/ Roger Bradley

            Name:  

ROGER BRADLEY

            Title:  

MANAGER

WITNESS/ATTEST   TENANT:
        PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC.,
By:  

/s/ Lisa Russell

    a Colorado corporation
  Name:  

LISA RUSSELL

         
  Title:  

OPERATIONS MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ James Jeffrey Lynch

          Name:   James Jeffrey Lynch
          Title:  

PRESIDENT

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

COMMENCEMENT LETTER

Date                                  

Tenant                                          

Address                                       

_______________________                                                   

 

Re: Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Lease dated                      by and between Revere Corporate Center, L.L.C., a Colorado limited liability company, as Landlord and                                          , a(n)                                  as Tenant for an Approximate Rentable Area in the Premises of                      square feet on the                      floor of the Building located at 6377 S. Revere Parkway, Centennial, Colorado 80111 currently known as Revere Corporate Center.

Dear                      :

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Lease, Tenant hereby accepts possession of the premises and agrees as follows:

The Commencement Date of the Lease is                                          ;

The Termination Date of the Lease is                                               .

Landlord agrees to complete the work in the Premises identified in the punchlist jointly prepared by Landlord and Tenant dated                      .

Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by signing all three (3) copies of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning two (2) fully executed copies of the same to my attention.

Sincerely,

XXXXXXXXXXX

Property Manager

Agreed and Accepted:

TENANT:

 

By:  

/s/ James J. Lynch

Name:  

James J. Lynch

Title:  

PRESIDENT

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

GUARANTY OF LEASE

THIS GUARANTY is made as of this 3rd day of May 2006, by James Jeffrey Lynch (the “Guarantor”), residing at 6166 S. Potomac Way, Centennial, Colorado 80111 to Revere Corporate Center, LLC (the “Landlord”), having an address at NV Commercial Incorporated, 8230 Leesburg Pike, Suite 500, Vienna, Virginia 22182.

WHEREAS, Landlord is leasing to Planned Benefit Systems, Inc (the “Tenant”) certain space (the “Premises”) at Revere Corporate Center, Centennial, CO pursuant to that certain Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant dated                      , 2006, and

WHEREAS, Guarantor is materially benefited by the Lease and Guarantor’s executing this Guaranty is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, Guarantor agrees with Landlord as follows:

1. Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees that all sums stated in the Lease to be payable by Tenant shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the Lease and that Tenant shall perform and observe its covenants and agreements thereunder. If any such sum or covenant is not timely paid, performed or observed, then Guarantor shall, promptly after notice thereof and prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period specified in the Lease, pay the same regardless of (a) any defense or right of offset or counterclaim which Tenant or Guarantor may have or assert against Landlord, (b) whether Landlord shall have taken any steps to enforce any rights against Tenant or any other person, (c) termination of the Lease as a result of Tenant’s default, or (d) any other condition or contingency. Guarantor shall also pay all expenses of collecting such sum or any part thereof or of otherwise enforcing this Guaranty, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. This Guaranty is irrevocable, unconditional and absolute.

2. Guarantor’s obligations and covenants under this Guaranty shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following, whether or not Guarantor has been notified thereof or consented thereto; (a) Landlord’s waiver of the performance or observance by Tenant, Guarantor or any other party of any covenant or condition contained in the Lease or this Guaranty; (b) any extension, in whole or in part, of the time for payment by Tenant or Guarantor of any sums owing or payable under the Lease or this Guaranty, or of any other sums or obligations under or arising out of or on account of the Lease or this Guaranty, or the renewal of the Lease or this Guaranty; (c) any assignment of the Lease or subletting of the Premises or any part thereof; (d) any modification or amendment (whether material or otherwise) of any of the obligations of Tenant or Guarantor under the Lease or this Guaranty; (e) the doing or the omission of any act referred to in the Lease or this Guaranty (including the giving of any consent referred to in the Lease or this Guaranty); (f) Landlord’s failure or delay to exercise any right or remedy available to Landlord or any action on the part of Landlord granting indulgence or extension in any form whatsoever; or (g) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any or all of the assets, marshaling of assets and liabilities, receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of

 

H-1


creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of; or other similar proceeding affecting, Tenant or Guarantor or any of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s assets; or (h) the release of Tenant or Guarantor from the performance or observation of any covenant or condition contained in the Lease or this Guaranty by operation of law.

3. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

4. If the Lease is rejected or disaffirmed by Tenant or Tenant’s trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to bankruptcy law or any other law affecting creditors’ rights, then Guarantor shall, and does hereby (without the necessity of any further agreement or act) assume all obligations and liabilities of Tenant under the Lease to the same extent as if (a) Guarantor were originally named Tenant under the Lease, and (b) there had been no such rejection or disaffirmance. Guarantor shall, upon Landlord’s request, promptly confirm in writing such assumption.

5. Notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and notice of any obligations or liabilities contracted or incurred by Tenant are hereby waived by Guarantor, Guarantor hereby waives presentment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of non-payment or non-performance.

6. This Guaranty (a) shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, (b) may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement duly executed by the parties, and (c) shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of; the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

7. Guarantor’s liability shall be primary and joint and several with that of Tenant: Landlord may proceed against Guarantor under this Guaranty without initiating or exhausting any remedy against Tenant, and may proceed against Tenant and Guarantor separately or concurrently. If more than one natural person and/or entity shall constitute Guarantor, then the liability of each such person and/or entity shall be joint and several.

8. Within five (5) days after Landlord’s written request, Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying any matter concerning this Guaranty or the Lease as Landlord may request.

9. Any notice which Landlord may elect to send shall be binding upon Guarantor if mailed to Guarantor’s address set forth above or last address known to Landlord, by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

WITNESS:     GUARANTOR:

/s/ Lisa Russell

   

/s/ James Jeffrey Lynch

    James Jeffrey Lynch

 

H-2

Exhibit 10.21

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

AGREEMENT

This Amendment is made and entered into this 6 day of October, 2008 by and between Revere Corporate Center, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, (“Landlord”) and Planned Benefits Systems, Inc., a Colorado corporation (‘Tenant”), covering premises in the building known as Revere Corporate Center (the “Building”) located at 6377 S. Revere Pkwy., Ste 400, Centennial, Colorado 80111.

RECITALS

 

  A. Tenant entered into a lease dated May 3, 2006 (“Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant pursuant to which Tenant leased 8,639 rentable square feet in the building for the premises known as Suite 350 (“Existing Premises”).

 

  B. Tenant has requested and Landlord has agreed to amend the lease agreement to expand the Premises to include Suite 301, consisting of approximately 3,139 square feet,

AGREEMENT

NOW WHEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby amend the Lease as follows:

 

  1. Effective on November 1,2008, the Premises shall be expanded to include Suite 301, consisting of approximately 3,139 square feet (the “Expansion Premises”) as outlined on the attached Exhibit A.

 

  2. “Approximate Rentable Area in the Premises” shall mean 11,778 square feet.

 

  3. “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” shall be adjusted to mean thirteen and sixty three one hundreds percent (13.63%) for the Existing Premises and four and ninety six one hundreds percent (4.96%) for the Expansion Premises, for a total of eighteen and fifty nine one hundreds percent (18.59%).

 

  4. “Base Rent” is hereby amended as follows: Expansion Premises: suite 301 – 3139 square feet.

 

For the Period

   Monthly Base Rent      Annual Rent/s.f.  

11/1/08 - 01/31/09

     free         0   

02/1/09 - 12/31/09

   $ 4,970.08       $ 19.00   

01/1/10 - 12/31/10

   $ 5,100.88       $ 19.50   

01/1/11 - 12/31/11

   $ 5,231.67       $ 20.00   

01/1/12 - 12/31/12

   $ 5,493.25       $ 21.00   

Existing Premises – no change


  5. “Base Year” shall mean 2008 for the Expansion Premises and shall continue to be 2006 for the Existing Premises.

 

  6. Landlord agrees to complete Landlord’s Work as described in Exhibit B, Tenant shall continue to occupy Suite 350 on an “as is” basis.

 

  7. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that no brokers are involved with this renewal.

 

  8. Miscellaneous. Except as modified herein, the Lease and all of the terms and provisions thereof shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect as originally written. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall control. All terms used herein but not defined herein which are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning for purposes hereof as they do for purposes of the Lease. This Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective beneficiaries, successors and assigns.

 

  9. Parking. In addition to the use of up to thirty five (35) unreserved parking spaces provided with the Existing Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to use up to thirteen (13) additional unreserved parking spaces for the Expansion Premises, to be located in such areas of the parking area for the Building as Landlord shall designate.

 

  10. “Security Deposit” shall be increased by the amount of Five thousand three hundred dollars ($5,300) to at total of Nineteen thousand dollars ($19,000).

 

  11. The personal guaranty of James Lynch shall continue to apply to the Lease, as herein amended.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment to the Lease as of the day and year above referenced.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST     LANDLORD:
      REVERE CORPORATE CENTER. LLC
BY:  

/s/ Margie Wright

     

/s/ Illegible

      By  
  Margie Wright      
 

 

Name

    Title:  

Manager

       
 

10/6/08

    Date:  

10/6/08

  Date      
WITNESS/ATTEST     TENANT:
      PLANNED BENEFIT SYSTEMS, INC.
BY:  

/s/ Tammy Andrews

     

/s/ James Lynch

      By:  
 

Tammy Andrews

     
  Name     Title:  

President

       
 

10-3-08

    Date:  

10-3-08

  Date      
SEEN AND AGREED      

/s/ James Jeffrey Lynch

     
James Jeffrey Lynch, Guarantor      

10-3-08

     
Date      

Exhibit 10.22

PINNACLE CORPORATE CENTRE IV

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Suite #300

This Lease is made this 8 day of February, 2008, by and between BK Pinnacle IV, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company and BK Properties, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company, as tenants in common, referred to hereinafter as “Lessor” and MHM Resources, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (a wholly owned subsidiary of Wage Works, Inc., a Delaware Corporation) hereinafter referred to as “Lessee”.

1. PREMISES: WITNESSETH: Lessor does hereby demise and lease under Lessee and Lessee does hereby lease from Lessor that certain office space in the PINNACLE CORPORATE CENTRE IV (“Building”), located at 4200 W. 115th Street, Leawood, Kansas, 66211, known as Suite 300, on the third floor of said building, as shown on Exhibit A , attached hereto (“Leased Premises”). For the purpose of this Lease, it is agreed by and between the parties that the net useable square footage in the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be approximately 18,094 square feet and the net rentable square footage attributable to the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be approximately 19,779 square feet.

1.1 Net Useable Footage: The approximate number of square feet of floor area within the exterior faces of exterior walls (except party walls as to which the center thereof instead of the exterior faces thereof shall be used) constructed for occupancy in the Building. No deduction or exclusion shall be made from Net Useable Footage by reason of interior partitions or other interior construction or equipment.

1.2 Net Rentable Footage: Approximately 19,779 square feet, which is equal to the sum of (i) the number of square feet of Net Useable Footage in the Premises plus (ii) approximately 1,685 square feet representing the amount of square feet of floor area in the Building common areas which is deemed to be the pro rata share thereof attributable to the Net Rentable Footage in the Premises.

2. TERM: This Lease is for a term of five (5) years beginning on the 1st day of July, 2008 and ending on the 30th day of June, 2013.

In the event that at the execution of this Lease the Leased Premises are not constructed and completed, and the same are not completed by the beginning of the stated term above described, Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for failure to complete by said time, and any damages or other responsibility by Lessor to Lessee is expressly waived, and the term shall begin on the first day of the calendar month next following the day on which the Leased Premises are completed. Should the Lessee occupy Leased Premises prior to the commencement date of the first day of the leased term, as hereinabove described, the Lessee shall be deemed to occupy the premises for the interim prior to the first day of the

 

1


term upon the same terms and conditions and rentals as stated for the term, and any rentals for a part of the calendar month shall be prorated and paid accordingly. However, in no event, shall the Lease term commence later than the latter of July 1, 2008 or the first day of the month following the completion of construction of the Building, unless otherwise consented to by the parties hereto.

3. BASE RENTAL: Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor during the Initial Lease Term, without prior demand therefore and without any offset or deduction whatsoever, the monthly rent set forth below, as adjusted under Section 3.2 hereof (“Base Rental”):

 

Time Period

  

Rent Per Square Foot per Year

  

Monthly Rent

 

7/1/08 – 6/30/09

   N/A*    *$ 37,780.38   

7/1/09 – 6/30/11

   $25.50    $ 42,030.38   

7/1/11 – 6/30/13

   $26.00    $ 42,854.50   

 

* Based upon negotiated rate for months 1-12. The Base Rental includes operating expenses other than those adjustments described in Section 3.2.

The monthly Base Rental for each month, or option thereof during the Initial Lease Term, together with any estimated adjustments pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Initial Lease Term and any extensions or renewals thereof, and Lessee hereby agrees to pay such Base Rental and any adjustments thereto to Lessor at Lessor’s address provided herein (or such other address as may be designated by Lessor in writing from time to time). The Base Rental for the first month of the Lease Term is due prior to July 1, 2008. If the term of this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of the month or terminates on a day other than the last day of the month, then the installments of Base Rental and any adjustments thereto for such month or months shall be prorated, based on the number of days in such month, and Lessor shall return any overpayment made by Lessee. All rental payments (both base and additional rentals) shall bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from date due until date paid.

3.1 INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

3.2 OPERATING EXPENSES: In the event that in any calendar year the Lessor’s “Operating Expenses” (defined hereafter) for the Building, including ground in connection therewith and ancillary parking areas, and any other common areas shall exceed the sum of Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($8.25 per net rentable square foot for 19,779 net rentable square feet), the Lessee shall pay additional rent for each full or partial calendar year during the Lease Term, an amount equal to the excess over $8.25 per net rentable square feet as the area of net rentable space bears to the total net rentable area of the building. For the purpose of making this calculation and all other calculations herein where the area of the building and the Premises are involved, it is hereby agreed that the net rentable area under the terms of this Lease is nineteen thousand seven hundred seventy nine (19,779) square feet, and the net rentable area of the Building is Fifty Nine Thousand Four Hundred Ninety Six (59,496) square feet.

 

2


In no event shall the total adjusted monthly rent be less than the base amount provided for herein. For the purposes of making any adjustments in the base rent under this Lease, the term “Operating Expenses” shall include the operating expenses of the Building and are herein defined to include, but not be limited to, the following types of expenses:

(a) Wages and salaries of all employees engaged in the operating and maintenance of the Building, including employer’s Social Security Taxes and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages and salaries, and also including any other fringe benefits, but excluding income tax liabilities incurred by Lessor out of its building operations;

(b) All costs of management, operation, and maintenance of the land, the Building, and other improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto;

(c) All janitor and office supplies and material used in the operation and maintenance of the building;

(d) Cost of all maintenance and service agreements on equipment, including window cleaning;

(e) Insurance costs allocable to the building;

(f) Cost of repairs and general maintenance, exclusive of expense of alterations of building for the accommodation of a specific lessee or lessees;

(g) The annual amortization over its useful life on a straight-line basis of the reasonable costs of any equipment installed or capital improvements, made by Lessor to the Leased Premises, the Building, or the grounds of Building;

(h) Cost of all utilities, including but not limited to water, gas, and electrical and the cost of operation and maintenance of heating, lighting, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment serving the building and parking lot;

(i) Cost of maintenance and upkeep of the landscaping and grounds of said building;

(j) Real Estate taxes and special assessments, and costs to protest or appeal same;

(k) Patrol service and/or security guard service;

(1) Such other reasonable operating expenses which Lessor determines relate to the Building, grounds, parking area and other common areas, including Park common area maintenance charges and,

(m) A management fee not to exceed four and one-half percent (4.5%).

 

3


The Lessee’s share of such increased cost shall be determined and paid on an annual basis for each calendar twelve (12) months, ending on December 31st, prorating fractional years for the entire lease term. The Lessee’s share of such increased cost shall be estimated beginning on the first day of the calendar year following the end of the first calendar year during the lease term and at the beginning of each calendar year thereafter, and a monthly rate determined. The Lessee shall pay such estimated charge on the first day of each month, (or within ten days thereafter) in advance; provided, however, that within ninety days after the end of each fiscal year the Lessor or his designated agent shall determine its net cost for such fiscal year (and Lessee’s share thereof) and furnish a copy of such computation in writing to the Lessee. If the monthly payment made by the Lessee in such fiscal year exceeds Lessee’s prorata portion of such increased operating expenses of the building, the Lessor or his designated agent shall apply such excess toward subsequent monthly payments, or refund the amount if the Lease is not renewed or otherwise terminated. If Lessee’s prorata portion of such increased operating expenses of the building exceeds the monthly payments made in such fiscal year by the Lessee, the Lessee shall pay the difference to the Lessor’s designated agent. Such payment to the Lessor or his designated agent shall be paid within ten (10) days of notification. Default of any payment required under this paragraph shall be deemed to be a default under the Lease of which it is a part. The payments provided for in this paragraph may at Lessor’s option be computed on the actual cost or estimates and billed on a monthly or on any other basis determined by Lessor and shall be paid by the Lessee within ten (10) days receipt of billing thereof from Lessor. If estimates are used for computations of operating expenses of the building, said estimated cost shall be corrected at the end of each calendar year by Lessor when actual cost are known and the Lessee shall be billed for any deficiencies if any and said deficiencies shall be paid by Lessee within ten (10) days of notice by Lessor. If estimated payments result in excess and said excesses shall be applied toward subsequent monthly charges estimated and said subsequent monthly payments reduced in accordance therewith. For all purposes of computing additional rents due Lessor pursuant to this paragraph, Lessee’s share shall be 33.2% of the total cost to Lessor computed in accordance with the foregoing. In no event will Lessee be required to share in any cost which is or could be reimbursed to Lessor by insurance.

The expenses for “labor” as hereinabove referred to shall include without limitation Workman’s Compensation Insurance, Social Security and any fringe benefits paid or accrued to employees of the building. The term “labor” shall mean all wages allocable to the operation, maintenance or repair of the building whether the person(s) receiving such wages are employed by Lessor or by a contractor or agent, provided, however, that the salaries paid to executive employees of Lessor shall not be included as operating expenses, but salaries and wages of the superintendent of the building and all employees subject to his direction shall be so included.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT: Lessee shall, on or before the commencement of the Term, deliver to Lessor a valid standby letter of credit issued by a reputable banking institution acceptable to Lessor (“Issuing Bank”), in the form set forth at Exhibit D , made a part hereof, or such other form as is acceptable to Lessor in its absolute discretion, with

 

4


an expiry no earlier than one year from the date of issuance, in the amount of Five Hundred Ninety-Three Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Dollars ($593,370.00) (or such greater amount, if any, which is advanced by Lessor as “Additional Construction Allowance” pursuant to Section 12.3 hereof) (“Letter of Credit”) which may be called, presented for payment and/or redeemed by Lessor in whole or in part at any time and from time to time whenever (i) there has been a default by Lessee under this Lease, or (ii) this Letter of Credit or a letter of credit in substitution thereof is due to expire within thirty (30) days and a renewal or substitution letter of credit in the same form has not been issued by the Issuing Bank or another bank meeting the within criteria. Lessor may use all or any part of the Letter of Credit for the payment of Rent or any other charges in default under the Lease, or for the payment of any other amount which Lessor may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Lessee’s default, or to compensate Lessor for any other loss or damage which Lessor may suffer by reason of Lessee’s default. If any portion of the Letter of Credit is so used or applied, Lessee shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Lessor in an amount sufficient to restore the full amount of said Security Deposit to the full amount hereinabove stated. The Letter of Credit (or a substitute letter of credit) shall be renewed and extended from time to time until thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Lessor must give Lessee five (5) days’ written notice prior to presenting the Letter of Credit (or any replacement Letter of Credit), and if Lessee shall fully cure all defaults prior to presentation, Lessor will refrain from presenting the Letter of Credit for payment. If Lessee shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, said Letter of Credit, any cash Security Deposit shall be returned to Lessee within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Term.

So long as (i) there is no default or event of default which has occurred and is continuing under the Lease and (ii) there have been no monetary delinquencies by Lessee during the Lease term (whether or not cured), Lessor agrees that beginning in the 37 th month of the Lease term, the amount of the Letter of Credit may be reduced by $27,724.00 per month, until the amount of the Letter of Credit is reduced to an amount equal to one month’s Base Rental.

5. OPTION TO MOVE: Lessor may move Lessee to other space in the Building of the same size or larger provided such move shall be made only in the event Lessor needs the space for the expansion of another lessee, and provided that such space shall be one contiguous space. In that event, the Lessor shall pay all of the expenses that may be involved in making the move. If the space is larger, the Base Rental shall remain the same unless an increase is mutually agreed to between the Lessee and the Lessor.

6. ASSIGNMENT & SUBLETTING: Lessee shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof and Lessee shall not assign, transfer, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber this Lease, or any portion of the term thereof, without the previous written consent in each instance of Lessor, and Lessee shall furnish to Lessor copy of such proposed instrument; Lessor agreeing, however, not to unreasonably withhold or condition consent to subletting for any legitimate business not detrimental to the premises or adjacent property, or occupants thereof, and not more hazardous on account of fire or otherwise, and not creating wear and tear to the Premises more than the business for

 

5


which the Premises are herein leased. In lieu of granting its consent to a subletting or assignment of this Lease, Lessor may, at its sole option, terminate this Lease by notice to Lessee given within five (5) days from the receipt of request for permission to sublet or assign by Lessee. Such termination shall be effective on the same date as the commencement date of the proposed subletting or assignment requested by Lessee. Permission is, however, granted Lessee to assign this Lease and also to sublet the Premises to any subsidiary corporation of Lessee, or parent corporation of Lessee, upon giving Lessor written notice of intent to so do. In the event of any assignment or subletting, Lessee shall remain the principal obligor to the Lessor under all covenants of this Lease, and by accepting any assignment or subletting, an assignee or sublessee shall become bound by and shall perform and shall become entitled to the benefit of all of the terms, conditions and covenants by which the Lessee hereunder is bound.

In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets, the Lessee shall either (a) cause the purchaser thereof to assume all of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease from and after the date of such acquisition in writing, (b) pay Lessor the amount necessary to settle any outstanding claims under this Lease, if the purchaser does not assume this Lease and this Lease is terminated by Lessor prior to its Term (under Section 2, including extensions thereof), or (c) find sublessee(s) or new tenants satisfactory to Lessor under terms acceptable to Lessor.

7. MAINTENANCE: Lessor shall, at its expense, maintain in good condition and repair (including replacements where necessary) the roof, downspouts, exterior doors, windows and walls, foundation, and structural parts of the building of which the demised premises constitute a part. Such costs shall be shared by Lessee by virtue of Section “3.2” of this Lease.

Lessee covenants and agrees to maintain the interior of the Leased Premises in good condition and repair.

So long as any action is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Lease, Lessor reserves the right to make repairs and alterations to the building or any part thereof and to the Leased Premises when and where it may deem necessary in its reasonable opinion. No damage or compensation shall be claimed by Lessee by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance or otherwise arising from the completion of the building.

8. CARE OF PREMISES: The Lessee shall not perform any acts or carry on any practices which may damage the building or be a nuisance or menace to other Lessees in the building. The Lessee shall not use or permit the use of any portion of said premises as sleeping apartments, lodging rooms, for cooking (except in a designated kitchen or lunchroom used as a convenience area in conjunction with the office use permitted herein), or for any purpose not permitted under the use clause of this Lease, or for any unlawful purpose or purposes.

9. PERMITTED USE: Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises for general office purposes and no other use or purpose, and Lessee agrees for itself and its employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees, and guests to comply with the rules and

 

6


conditions as outlined in this Lease and with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Lessor may make for the Building, its being agreed that Lessor shall not be liable for any nonobservance thereof by any other Lessee. Lessee shall not make or permit to be made any use of the Premises which, directly or indirectly, is forbidden by law, ordinance or governmental regulation or which may be dangerous to persons or property or which may invalidate or increase the premium cost of any policy of insurance carried on the Building or covering its operations; nor shall Lessee do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises which will be in conflict with fire insurance policies covering the Building.

10. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS: Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of Lessor, make any alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises. If Lessor consents to said alterations, improvements or additions, it may impose such conditions with respect thereto as Lessor deems appropriate, including without limitation requiring Lessee to furnish Lessor with security for the payment of all costs to be incurred in connection with such work and the plans and specifications together with all permits necessary for such work. The work necessary to make any alterations, improvements or additions to the premises shall be done at Lessee’s expense by employees of or contractors hired by Lessor except to the extent Lessor gives its prior written consent to Lessee’s hiring contractors. Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor or to Lessee’s contractors, as the case may be, when due, the cost of all such work and of all decorating required by reason thereof. Upon completion of such work, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor, if payment is made directly to contractors, evidence of payment, contractor’s affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials. Lessee shall defend and hold Lessor and the Land and the Building harmless from all costs, damages, liens and expenses related to such work. Lessor reserves the right to require separate documentation in the event it elects to have third-party financing of any improvements to be performed by Lessor. All work done by Lessee or its contractors shall be done in a first class, workmanlike manner, using only good grades of materials and shall comply with all insurance requirements and all applicable laws and ordinances and rules and regulations of governmental departments or agencies. All alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises, whether temporary or permanent in character, made or paid for by Lessor or Lessee shall become Lessor’s property at the termination of this Lease and shall, unless Lessor requests their removal, be relinquished to Lessor in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

In the event Lessee’s lender requests a Lessor’s consent and/or waiver with respect to Lessee’s lender’s collateral, Lessee shall submit a proposed document to Lessor along with an administrative review fee of $500.00. After receipt of the proposed document and the administrative review fee, Lessor agrees to thereafter provide a consent and/or waiver to Lessee and its lender in such form and with such changes as are acceptable to Lessor in its absolute discretion.

11. REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS: Lessee shall, at its own expense, keep the Premises in good repair and tenantable condition during the Term of this Lease except as otherwise provided in Section 14 of this Lease, and Lessee shall promptly and adequately repair all damages to the Premises occasioned by Lessee’s use or occupancy

 

7


of the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken glass, fixtures and appurtenances, under the supervision and with the approval of Lessor and within any reasonable period of time specified by Lessor. If Lessee does not do so, Lessor may (but need not) make such repairs and replacements, and Lessee shall pay Lessor the cost thereof forthwith upon being billed for same. Lessor may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and additions, including ducts and all other improvements and additions, including ducts and all other facilities for air conditioning service as Lessor shall desire or deem necessary to the Premises or to the Building or as Lessor may be required to do by any governmental authority.

12. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

12.1 IMPROVEMENTS: Except as set forth hereinafter in this Section 12, Lessee leases the Premises “AS-IS” and acknowledges that Lessor has no obligation to make or otherwise pay for any improvements, alterations or repairs thereto, provided Lessor agrees to deliver the Building shell in accordance with the building specifications set forth in Exhibit E .

12.2 WORKING DRAWINGS: Lessee will have prepared the Working Drawings for the Premises. Said Working Drawings shall be delivered by Lessee to Lessor on or before March 15, 2008 in order to avoid any Lessee delay as set forth in Section 12.4. Lessor will review and approve the Working Drawings within three (3) days following receipt thereof. As used herein, “Working Drawings” shall mean the final working drawings approved by Lessor, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “Work” shall mean all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings. Approval by Lessor of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Lessor that such drawings are adequate for any use, purpose, or condition and that such drawings comply with any applicable law or code, but shall merely be the consent of Lessor to the performance of the Work. Lessee shall, at Lessor’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof. All changes in the Work must receive the prior written approval of Lessor, and in the event of any such approved change Lessee shall, upon completion of the Work, furnish Lessor with an accurate, reproducible “as-built” plan (e.g., sepia) of the improvements as constructed, which plan shall be incorporated into this Lease by this reference for all purposes.

12.3 CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS: Lessor agrees to cause the Work to be completed in accordance with the Working Drawings. Lessor shall not be obligated to construct or install any improvements or facilities of any kind other that those called for by Working Drawings. “Building Grade” and/or “Building Standard” shall mean the type, brand, and/or quality of the materials Lessor designates from time to time to be the minimum quality to be used in PINNACLE CORPORATE CENTRE IV or the exclusive type, grade or quality of material to be used in the PINNACLE CORPORATE CENTRE IV Building. Subject to the limitation hereinafter provided, the total cost of constructing the Work (including, without limitation, space planning and construction document fees, design of the Work and preparation of the

 

8


Working Drawings including mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (MEP’s) plans, costs of construction supervision, labor and materials, all utility usage during construction, related taxes and other costs related directly to the improvement of the Premises, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “Total Construction Costs”) as outlined in Exhibit C hereof shall be borne by Lessor up to but not exceeding Five hundred ninety three thousand three hundred seventy Dollars $593,370.00 ($30.00 per rentable square foot) (the “Construction Allowance”). Lessee shall be advised of any projected costs in excess of such amount and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for such additional cost within fifteen (15) days of receipt of Lessor’s invoice. Based upon the rental rate schedule set forth herein, Landlord will agree to amortize, up to an additional Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per rentable square foot leased (“Additional Construction Allowance”) amortized over a twenty-year period at an annual interest rate of Eight (8%) per annum. Lessor or its affiliate shall supervise the Work, make disbursements required to be made to the contractors, and act as a liaison between the contractors and Lessee and coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building, and the Building’s systems. In consideration for Lessor’s construction supervision services, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a construction supervision fee equal to three percent (3%) of the total construction costs, which cost may be deducted from the Construction Allowance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor and Lessee acknowledge that Lessee shall have the right to select an architect and/or contractor of its choice to perform the Work, provided such selection shall be subject to the approval of Lessor after Lessee submits to Lessor the name, references, bonding capability and other information pertaining to such architect and/or contractor as Lessor shall reasonably request.

It is further acknowledged by Lessor and Lessee that Lessor shall bid the cost of performing the Work at the same time that Lessee bids same. If Lessor’s bid is less than Lessee’s bid, Lessee may nonetheless select its architect and/or contractor, but in such event the Construction Allowance shall not exceed the amount of Lessor’s bid.

Lessor acknowledges that Leased Premises is being used for, among others, a customer call center, and therefore, require a certain reasonable noise control. Lessor agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to limit any noises which interfere with Lessee’s business.

12.4 DELAY IN COMPLETION: If a delay in the performance of the Work occurs (a) because Lessee does not timely deliver the Working Drawings; (b) because of any change by Lessee to the Working Drawings, (c) because of any specification by Lessee of materials or installations in addition to or other than Lessor’s Building Standard materials, or (d) if Lessee, any contractor or subcontractor, or Lessee’s agents otherwise delay completion of the Work, and the obtaining of a temporary or final certificate of occupancy, then, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Lessee’s obligation to pay rent and additional charges as set forth in the Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date of the Lease.

13. INSURANCE: The Lessee agrees to pay as additional rental any increase in premiums for insurance against loss by fire that may be charged during the term of this

 

9


Lease on the amount of insurance to be carried by the Lessor on the Building, resulting from the business carried on in the Leased Premises by the Lessee whether or not the Lessor has consented to same.

If the Lessee installs any electrical equipment that overloads the lines in the herein Leased Premises, the Lessee shall at its own expense make whatever changes are necessary to comply with the requirements of the Insurance Underwriters and the City Electrical Inspector’s Department. Lessee agrees not to use any electric irons, electric grills, or other electrical equipment that contains a heating element unless said electrical equipment is used in connection with a red pilot light, connected and operated in compliance with underwriters’ specifications.

Lessee, shall at all times during the term hereof, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance, which policies shall name Lessor as an additional insured. Such insurance at all times shall be in an amount of not less that TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000) combined single limit coverage. The aforementioned minimum limits of policies shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder. Lessee shall at all times during the term of this lease keep and maintain in force and effect insurance coverage providing protection against loss, damage or injury by whatever means, with respect to all improvements, betterments, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, stock in trade and all other items kept, used or maintained by Lessee in, on or about the Premises. Each party shall also procure and continue in force throughout the term, worker’s compensation insurance. The aforementioned insurance shall be with companies having a rating of not less than Best’s A rating and which are approved by Lessor. Certificates of such insurance shall be furnished to the Lessor by the insurance companies prior to occupancy, and no such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except after THIRTY (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. The WC insurance certificate should also be required from the Lessor, and should also cover the janitorial services if that’s contracted out by the Lessor.

Lessor shall maintain in effect throughout the term of this Lease, a policy or policies of insurance providing fire and extended risk coverage subject to standard exclusions, such insurance to be to the extent of at least ninety (90) percent of the full insurable replacement value of the building in which the leased Premises are located (exclusive of Lessee’s improvements and betterments, and furniture, trade fixtures, machinery, and equipment of Lessee), and insurance for Lessor’s loss of income, and liability insurance on the common areas. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for its proportionate share of such insurance costs pursuant to Paragraph 3.2 herein.

If the Leased Premises shall be partially or totally destroyed by fire or other casualty insurable under full standard fire and extended risk insurance, so as to become partially or totally untenantable, the same, (unless Lessor shall elect not to rebuild as hereinafter provided) shall be repaired and restored by and at the cost of Lessor, and a just and proportionate part of the rent, as provided for hereinafter, shall be abated until the Leased Premises are so restored. However this duty to repair would not relieve Lessee from its obligations for Lessee’s insurance as set forth in herein, nor would it

 

10


relieve Lessee from its obligations for repairs to glass or glazing from vandalism, malicious mischief, or other damages as set forth in Paragraph 15 herein.

Lessor agrees to indemnify Lessee from and against any and all claims, demands, damages, actions, suits, judgments, decrees, orders, and expenses arising out of or on account of any damage or injuries sustained or claimed to have been sustained to any person or property in or upon any of the common facilities of the office building by any person whatsoever, unless the same shall be due to the willful or negligent act of Lessee, its agents, servants, employees, or persons or firms in privity with Lessee.

Lessee will indemnify and save harmless Lessor, its agents and servants, from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, suits, judgments, decrees, orders, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon or about the Leased Premises, or in the occupancy or use by Lessee of the Leased Premises or any part thereof, or occasioned wholly or in part by. any act or omission of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees, servants, or sublessees, unless the same be caused by the willful or negligent act of Lessor.

As part of the consideration for this Lease, each of the parties hereto does hereby release the other party hereto from all liability for damage due to any act or neglect of the other party (except as hereinafter provided) occasioned to property owned by said parties which is or might be incident to or the result of a fire or any other casualty against loss for which either of the parties is now carrying or hereafter may carry insurance; provided, however, that the releases herein contained shall not apply to any loss or damage occasioned by the willful, wanton acts of either of the parties hereto, and the parties hereto further covenant that any insurance that they obtain on their respective properties shall contain an appropriate provision whereby the insurance company, or companies, consent to the mutual release, of liability contained in this paragraph.

Lessee shall comply with all insurance regulations so that the lowest fire and extended coverage, liability and other insurance rates may be obtained and nothing shall be done, or kept in or on the premises by Lessee which will cause cancellation, invalidation or an unreasonable increase in the premiums of Lessor’s insurance. Lessee will be responsible for any increase in fire and extended risk coverage premiums which are attributable in whole or in part to the use of the Leased Premises by Lessee or the activities at or about the Lease Premises by Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees, servants, or sublessees.

14. EXAMINATION & ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES: The Lessee takes the premises as they will be on the beginning date hereof and is fully informed independent of the Lessor as to the character of the building, its construction and structure. It is further agreed that by occupying said premises as the Lessee, the Lessee formally accepts the same and acknowledges that Lessor has complied with all requirements imposed upon Lessor under the terms of the Lease, unless Lessee shall have given written notice to Lessor of any items not satisfactorily completed. Should Lessee occupy the premises without notifying Lessor within thirty (30) days of items not

 

11


completed in conformance with the lease terms, it will be conclusively presumed that the premises have been satisfactorily completed and fully accepted by Lessee. It is understood and agreed that all property kept, stored, or maintained in the demised premises shall be so kept, stored, or maintained at the risk of the Lessee only.

15. DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGES: If during the term hereof, said Leased Premises shall become untenantable by reason of fire or other unavoidable casualty the rent therefore shall abate with proportionate refund of any prepayment of rentals that may have been made until the Leased Premises shall have been restored and put in good condition by the Lessor for use by the Lessee; provided, however, if in the opinion of a licensed professional architect or civil engineer to be hired by the Lessor at its expenses, determines that the Leased Premises cannot be readied for occupancy within one hundred twenty (120) days to give written notice to the Lessee, and Lessee at that time can determine whether it intends to continue with the Lease or terminate same. If, however, the building or any portion thereof shall be or become so damaged, as in the opinion of Lessor’s licensed professional architect or civil engineer, and at the option of the Lessor, possession of the Leased Premises is desired or required by it for demolition, reconstruction, sale, or any other purpose whatsoever, the Lessor may, by written notice to the Lessee, within thirty (30) days after such casualty, terminate the within Lease and the term thereof. Lessor shall use best efforts to obtain the estimate time of reconstruction or repairs as quickly as possible. The Lessor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lessee, its officers and employees, against any liability for damage to the premises of the Lessor caused by fire or any other cause covered by the standard fire insurance with extended coverage policy used in the State of Kansas whether or not such damage is caused by the negligence of the Lessee or any of its officers or employees. In addition, if the Lease is not terminated by either Lessor or Lessee, Lessor shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to relocate Lessee during the reconstruction period to a location and on such terms as are mutually acceptable to Lessor and Lessee.

16. UTILITIES & SERVICES: Lessor recognizes that Lessee may from time to time be required to use the premises after normal business hours during evenings, Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays and Lessor will, without charge, furnish Lessee electricity at those additional times, unless Lessee’s hours of use are consistently in excess of the normal business hours of 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday thru Friday, 8 AM to 1 PM, Saturday. In such event, Lessor shall bill Lessee and Lessee shall be responsible and pay for the extra electricity used by it.

Lessee is further advised that during the air conditioning season the normal business hours for air conditioning of the premises are from 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday thru Friday, 8 AM to 1 PM, Saturday, and Lessee is further advised that special arrangements may be made for normal air conditioning at other hours, upon payment of Lessor’s actual cost of providing such service.

Lessee is further advised that during the heating season the normal business hours for heating of the premises are from 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday thru Friday, 8 AM to 1 PM, Saturday, and that the premises receive reduced heating during other hours. Lessee is further advised that special arrangements may be made for normal heating at other hours,

 

12


upon payment of Lessor’s actual cost of providing such service. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor may be required to adjust temperatures in the building to conform to regulations established by outside authorities and such conformance by Lessor shall take precedence over the terms of this Lease.

Lessor agrees to furnish Lessee with fluorescent tubes or incandescent bulbs for the electrical fixtures installed by Lessor in the Leased Premises, but not for special fixtures, lamps, and the like installed or caused to be installed by Lessee. Lessor agrees to furnish self operated passenger elevator service, and standard janitor cleaning service for the premises. Lessee agrees that Lessor shall not be held liable for failure to supply such heating, air conditioning or elevator service or any of them, it being understood that Lessor reserves the right to temporarily discontinue such services, or any of them, at such times as may be necessary by reason of accident, repairs, alterations or improvements. No person or persons other than the Lessor’s janitor and his assistants will be permitted to enter the building for such purpose without the written consent of Lessor and Lessee being first had and obtained except in cases of emergency. No freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description shall be received in the building or carried up or down in the elevators except during such hours as the Lessor may prescribe.

17. DIRECTORY: A directory will be maintained in the lobby of the building by the Lessor, with the names and suite numbers of the Lessees in the building properly numbered and lettered, but if changed or added to, Lessee will pay for cost of same. Door signs shall be ordered by the Lessor and paid for by the Lessor and installed in locations specified by Lessor. The Lessee will not attach to the doors or hallways any signs or logos other than the standard building type that will be furnished by the Lessor.

18. KEYS & INSPECTIONS: Lessee will be supplied, free of charge, with two keys for each corridor door entering the Leased Premises. All such keys shall remain the property of Lessor. No additional locks shall be allowed on any door of the Leased Premises. Lessor acknowledges that Lessee have highly sensitive information that are subject to security protection. Therefore, only when accompanied by Lessee’s employees or only with Lessee’s written consent, Lessor and Lessor’s designees may enter the interior offices and work areas of the Leased Premises, by pass key or otherwise, to examine same, or to make such repairs, decoration, additions or alterations as may be necessary for the safety, betterment, improvement, and/or preservation thereof, or of the building, without in any manner affecting the obligations of Lessee hereunder, or to show the Leased Premises for rental purposes. The accompaniment or consent requirements shall not apply to emergency repairs or security incidents (e.g., robbery), or to access to the Leased Premises from exterior doors.

19. QUIET POSSESSION AND SUBORDINATION: Lessor covenants and agrees with Lessee that upon Lessee’s paying the Rent and Additional Rent and observing and performing all of the terms, covenants and conditions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises throughout the Term of this Lease without hindrance or molestation by anyone claiming through or under Lessor, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of this Lease and any ground or underlying leases and mortgages or deeds of trust on the Land or Building. This Lease

 

13


is subject and subordinate to all present or future ground or underlying leases of the Land or Building and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter in force against the Land and Building or either and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof. Such subordination shall be self executing without further act on the part of Lessor or Lessee; provided, however, that Lessee shall at any time hereafter within 10 days, on the demand of Lessor or any lien holder, execute a subordination agreement and any instruments, releases or other documents that may be required by any lien holder for the purpose of confirming the subordination of this Lease to the lien of such lien holder. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes Lessor to execute and deliver in the name of Lessee any such instrument or instruments if Lessee fails to do so. In the event that any mortgagee through foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust to which this Lease is unsubordinated (or by deed in lieu thereof), or any ground or underlying Lessor through termination of any ground or underlying lease, or any purchaser at a foreclosure sale becomes the owner of the Premises, Lessee will attorn to and recognize such entities becoming such owner for all purposes in place of the Lessor named in this Lease; provided that there shall be no credit given by such entity to Lessee for any Rent or Additional Rent which has been prepaid to Lessor named herein.

20. HOLDING OVER: If Lessee retains possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the termination of the Term or any extension thereof by lapse of time or otherwise, Lessee shall pay Lessor rent at a rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rate payable for the month immediately preceding the commencement of said holding over (including any Additional Rent) computed on a per month basis for each month or part thereof (without reduction for any such partial month) that Lessee remains in possession; and in addition thereto, Lessee shall pay Lessor all damages, consequential as well as direct, sustained by reason of Lessee’s retention of possession. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, such retention of possession shall constitute a month-to-month lease. Alternately, at the election of Lessor expressed in a notice to Lessee and not otherwise, such retention of possession shall constitute a renewal of this Lease for one (1) year at an annual rental equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the rental paid in the year preceding. The provisions of this Section shall not exclude Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right hereunder. If Lessor has not elected to renew this Lease for one (1) year, nothing herein contained shall preclude Lessor from terminating such retention of possession by service of a thirty (30) day notice as provided by law. The acceptance by Lessor of any payment of Rent subsequent to the commencement of such retention of possession by Lessee shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver by Lessor of any of the provisions of this Section.

21. INDEMNIFICATION OF LESSOR: Lessee agrees to indemnify and save harmless Lessor against and from, and to require any sublessee to indemnify and save harmless Lessor against and from, any and all claims by or on behalf of any person or persons, firm or firms, corporation or corporations, arising from the conduct or management of or from any work or thing whatsoever done by Lessee or any sublessee in or about the Building, the Land or the sidewalks in front of the Building, or arising from any act or negligence of Lessee or any sublessee, or any of their agents, contractors, servants, invitees, employees or licensees, and from and against all costs, counsel fees,

 

14


expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon; and in case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason of any such claim. Lessee hereby covenants, and shall require any sublessee likewise to covenant, upon notice from Lessor to resist or defend at Lessee’s or such sublessee’s expenses such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor. Lessee, as a material part of the consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes and agrees to require any sublessee to assume all risk of damage to property in or upon the Premises from any source and to whomever belonging, and Lessee hereby waives and agrees to require any sublessee to waive all claims in respect thereof against Lessor and agrees to defend and save Lessor harmless from and against, and require any sublessee likewise to agree to defend and save Lessor harmless from and against, any such claims by others.

There is excluded from the foregoing indemnification and assumption any claims arising from the active negligence of Lessor, structural or latent defects in the Building or its equipment and the willful failure of Lessor to perform its obligations hereunder.

22. SURRENDER OF POSSESSION: Upon the expiration of the term or any extension thereof, or upon the termination of Lessee’s right of possession whether by lapse of time or at the option of Lessor as herein provided, Lessee shall forthwith surrender the Premises to Lessor in good order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Any interest of Lessee in the alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises (including without limitation all carpeting and floor covering) made or paid for by Lessor or Lessee shall become Lessor’s property at the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, and such alterations, improvements and additions shall be relinquished to Lessor in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. At the termination of the term or of Lessee’s right of possession, Lessee agrees to remove the following items of Lessee’s property: office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment and other items of Lessee’s property on the Premises. Lessee shall pay to Lessor upon demand the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises and to the Building caused by any such removal. If Lessee shall fail or refuse to remove any such property from the Premises, Lessee shall be conclusively presumed to have abandoned the same, and title thereto shall thereupon pass to Lessor without any cost (by setoff, credit, allowance or otherwise), and Lessor may at its option accept the title to such property or at Lessee’s expense may (a) remove the same or any part in any manner that Lessor may choose, repairing any damage to the Premises caused by such removal, and (b) store, destroy or otherwise dispose of the same without incurring liability to Lessee or any other person.

23. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

23.1 EVENTS: The occurrence of any of the following shall, at the option of Lessor, constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee: (i) Any failure by Lessee to pay the rental or to make any other payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder; (ii) The abandonment or vacation of the Premises by Lessee; (iii) A failure by Lessee to observe and perform any other provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Lessor to Lessee provided however, that if the nature of such default is

 

15


such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period commence such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; (iv) The making by Lessee of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; the filing by or against Lessee of a petition to have Lessee adjudged a bankrupt or of a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

23.2 RIGHT OF RECOVERY: In the event of any such default by Lessee, then in addition to any other remedies available to Lessor at law or in equity, Lessor shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Lessee hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Lessor shall elect to terminate this Lease then Lessor may recover from Lessee: (i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination plus; (ii) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by Lessee’s failure to perform his obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of events would be likely to result there from, and; (iii) at the Lessor’s election such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable Kansas law. The term “rent” as used herein, shall be deemed to be and to mean the minimum annual rental and all other sums required to be paid by Lessee pursuant to the terms of this Lease. As used in subparagraph (i) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum.

23.3 RIGHT TO REENTER: In the event of any such default by Lessee, Lessor shall also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Lessee.

23.4 RIGHTS OF LANDLORD: In the event of the vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee or in the event that Lessor shall elect to reenter as provided in Paragraph 23.3 above or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Lessor does not elect to terminate this Lease, as provided in Paragraph 23.2 above, then Lessor may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, either recover all rentals as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Lessor in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make necessary and repairs to the Premises.

In the event that Lessor shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Lessor from such reletting shall be applied; first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Lessee to Lessor; second, to the payment of any cost

 

16


of such reletting; third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; fourth, to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Lessor and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied by the payment of rent hereunder, be less than the rent payable during that month by Lessee hereunder, then Lessee shall pay such deficiency to Lessor immediately upon demand therefore by Lessor. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Lessee shall also pay to Lessor, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting.

24. SEVERABILITY: In the event any provisions of this Lease be officially found to be contrary to law, or void as against public policy or otherwise, such provisions shall be either modified to conform to the law or considered severable with the remaining provisions hereof continuing in full force and effect.

25. EXPENSES OF ENFORCEMENT: Lessee shall pay upon demand all of Lessor’s costs, charges and expenses, including the reasonable fees of counsel, agents and others retained by Lessor, incurred in enforcing Lessee’s obligations hereunder or incurred by Lessor in any litigation, arbitration, negotiation or transaction in which Lessee causes Lessor to become involved or concerned as a result of the relationship created hereby.

26. EMINENT DOMAIN: If the whole or a substantial part of the premises hereby leased shall be taken by any public or quasipublic authority under the power of eminent domain so that such taking would render the use of the remainder unsuitable for Lessee’s purposes, then the terms of this lease shall cease on the part so taken from the date the possession of that part shall be required for any public purpose and the rent shall be paid up to that day, and from that day and for thirty (30) days thereafter the Lessee shall have the right either to cancel this Lease and declare same null and void or to continue in the possession of the remainder of the same under the terms herein provided, except that the rent shall be reduced in proportion to the amount of the premises taken. All damages awarded for such taking shall belong to and be the property of the Lessor whether such damages shall be awarded as compensation for diminution in value to the leasehold or to the fee of the premises herein leased; provided, however, that the Lessor shall not be entitled to any portion of the award made to the Lessee for loss of business, depreciation to and cost of removal of office furniture.

27. BANKRUPTCY: Neither this Lease, nor any interest therein nor any estate hereby created shall pass to any trustee or receiver in Bankruptcy, or to any other receiver or assignee for the benefit of creditors or otherwise by operation of law during the term of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof.

28. ACCESS TO PREMISES: Subject to the same provisions in Section 18, the Lessor shall have the right to enter upon the Leased Premises at all reasonable hours for the purpose of inspecting the same and/or for the purpose of maintenance and repair of any pipes and/or conduits and/or ducts whether same are used in the supply of services

 

17


to the Lessee or to the other occupants of the building or adjacent buildings and at all reasonable hours in connection with (a) construction of additional floors on its building, or (b) carrying on any work, repairs, alterations or improvements in and about the building.

Lessee is advised that Lessor reserves the right to make such rules regarding securing the building as may in the opinion of Lessor dictate as necessary from time to time including, but not limited to, the locking of the exterior doors of the building at times earlier or later than present rules enforced, wherein the exterior doors are unlocked from 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday thru Friday, 8 AM to 1 PM Saturday, and the exterior doors are locked on Sunday, Holidays and times other than the above stated.

In the event that Lessor should elect to lock the doors at an earlier hours, it is to be the responsibility of the Lessee to arrange to meet any expected invitees during the hours when the doors are locked and to admit such invitees to the building. Lessee shall be responsible to secure the exterior doors immediately after admitting such invitees.

Lessee agrees that it will not permit the entrance into the building during any secured times of any other individual(s) other than invitees to its own suite or the building.

Lessee’s key to its suite will admit Lessee to the exterior door of the building and in the event that Lessee shall enter the building at other than regular business hours (7 AM through 6 PM, Monday through Friday, 8 AM to 1 PM Saturday, or at such other times as Lessor shall select in its sole opinion as regular business hours) then Lessee shall assume all responsibility for securing the building after entering or departing the building.

29. RIGHT TO MORTGAGE: The Lessor reserves the right to subordinate this Lease at all times to the lien of any mortgage(s) or deed(s) of trust now or hereafter placed upon the Lessor’s interest in the said Premises, Building and Land. Lessee agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) days after demand such further instrument or instruments, including an instrument subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust as shall be desired by the Lessor and/or any mortgagees or proposed mortgagees, and hereby irrevocably appoints the Lessor the attorney-in-fact of the Lessee to execute and deliver any such instrument or instruments for and in the name of the Tenant, if Tenant fails to execute said instrument within the above described time period.

30. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION: Lessor and Lessee each hereby waive all rights against the other in respect of any loss or damage for which (but only to the extent that) such party has been compensated under any policy of insurance carried by it or for its benefit. Lessor and Lessee each shall cause its insurance carriers to consent to such waiver and to waive all rights of subrogation against the other party.

 

18


31. LESSOR’S LIABILITY: No member of Lessor shall have any personal liability for the performance or nonperformance of Lessor’s obligations made under this Lease, and such liability shall be strictly limited to the assets of the Lessor.

32. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: The persons signing this Lease on behalf of Lessee hereby personally represent and warrant to Lessor that the financial statements delivered to Lessor prior to the execution of this Lease properly reflect the true and correct value of all the assets and liabilities of Lessee. Lessee acknowledges that in entering into this Lease, Lessor is relying upon the accuracy and completeness of such statements.

33. TRANSFER OF LESSOR’S INTEREST: Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has the right to transfer its interest in the Land and Building and in this Lease, and Lessee agrees that in the event of any such transfer Lessor shall automatically be released from all obligations under this Lease (but any liabilities of Lessor which have accrued prior to such transfer shall not be released), and Lessee agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Lessor’s obligations hereunder. Lessee further acknowledges that Lessor may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Lessor from its obligations hereunder and that Lessee shall continue to look solely to Lessor for the performance of Lessor’s obligations hereunder.

34. CONDITIONS: Lessee agrees to the following rules and regulations of the Lessor:

Lessee:

Will take good care of the premises at all times, keeping them clean and free from danger or damage by fire, open windows, open faucets or improper handling of apparatus or equipment of all kinds;

Will not use window coverings other than those provided or approved by Lessor;

Will conduct Lessee’s business on the Leased Premises so as not to interfere with any other Lessee in the building and will not play or permit to be played in the Leased Premises any musical instrument, phonograph or radio, or any sound equipment which will disturb others, other than that which might be supplied by the Lessor, or introduce or operate anything which may increase insurance rates of the building;

Will not permit animals or birds to be brought or kept in or about the building;

Will not move into or through any part of the building any furniture, fixtures, apparatus or supplies or any articles of weight or bulk except in such manner and at such times as Lessor may approve;

Will not overload the building floors or place thereon any weight exceeding one hundred (100) pounds per square foot;

 

19


Will have all decorating, carpentry work or any labor required for the installation of Lessee’s equipment, furnishing or other property, performed at its expense and only by the employees of Lessor or with the consent of Lessor by persons duly authorized by Lessor or; provided, however, special equipment, such as duplicating equipment, may be installed by persons other than Lessor’s employees;

Will not install any electrical lighting, heating, ventilating, or power equipment in the premises without first obtaining the written approval of Lessor;

Will not use the water closets, urinals and other water fixtures for any other purpose than that for which they were constructed;

Will not mark, paint, drill into or in any way deface the windows, doors, walls, ceiling, partitions, floors or the wood, stone or aluminum work in the building and shall not put therein any spikes, hooks, screws or nails without Lessor’s written consent, except for office pictures and wall hangings;

Will abide by and perform all such reasonable rules and regulations as Lessor may now or hereafter make which are according to Lessor’s judgment for the general good of the building and its Lessees.

Lessee agrees to repair at its expense any damage to the Leased Premises over and above normal wear and tear, except such damage as is or could be covered by the broadest available form of fire insurance with extended coverages.

According to the City of Leawood, Kansas ordinance, smoking is prohibited within the building.

35. PARKING: Lessor shall provide Lessee with Eighty Nine (89) car parking spaces for employees and guests of Lessee, in those parking areas adjacent to the office facility. Lessor, however, reserves the right to designate the Lessee’s employee parking spaces.

36. WAIVER: One or more waivers of any covenant or condition by the Lessor shall not be construed as a waiver of a further breach of the same covenant or condition, and the consent or approval by the Lessor to or of any act by the Lessee requiring the Lessor’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary the Lessor’s consent or approval to any subsequent similar act by the Lessee.

37. NOTICE: Whenever under this Lease a provision is made for any demand, notice or declaration of any kind, or whether it is deemed desirable or necessary by either party to give or serve any such notice, demand, or declaration to the other party, it shall be deemed sufficient notice and service thereof if such notice to the Lessee is in writing addressed to the Lessee in care of:

 

20


MHM Resources, LLC

C/o Wage Works, a Delaware Corporation

1100 Park Place

San Mateo, CA 94403

Attn: Kathy McElewee, Chief Financial Officer

and to the Landlord in care of:

BK Pinnacle IV, LLC and

BK Properties, LLC, as tenants in common

c/o Block & Company, Inc., Realtors

700 West 47th Street, Suite 200

Kansas City, Missouri 64112

and served by certified or registered mail, and postage prepaid. Notice needs to be only sent to one Lessee or Lessor when the Lessee or Lessor is more than one person. Either party may, by like notice at any time and from time to time, designate a different address to which notices shall be sent.

38. REAL ESTATE COMMISSION: Lessor acknowledges that BLOCK & COMPANY, INC., REALTORS and Strauss Real Estate negotiated this Lease and further agrees to pay to said Realtors, upon complete execution of this Lease, a leasing commission as set forth by separate agreement.

39. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This Lease, together with the Exhibits scheduled below, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no representation or agreement, oral or otherwise, not contained herein shall be binding upon the parties or otherwise have any force and effect. The following are Exhibits to this Lease and are incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit A Floor Plan

Exhibit B Tenant Finish Floor Plan

Exhibit C Construction Bid Covering Leased Premises

Exhibit D Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit

Exhibit E Building Plans

40. CORPORATE TENANT: Lessee, in the event that it is a corporation, hereby covenant and warrants that: (a) it is duly incorporated (or duly qualified if foreign) and authorized to do business in the State of Kansas; (b) the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Lessee are officers of Lessee; (c) such officers were duly authorized by Lessee to sign and execute this Lease on its behalf; (d) this Lease is a valid and binding obligation of Lessee, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (e) the execution and performance of this Lease by Lessee does not conflict or result in a breach of Lessee’s certificate or articles of incorporation, Lessee’s bylaws or any other agreement which affects the property or assets of Lessee.

 

21


41. MODIFICATION OF LEASE: If a lender requires as a condition to its lending funds, the repayment of which is to be secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on the Land and Building or either, that certain modifications be made to this Lease, which modifications will not require Lessee to pay any additional rentals or otherwise materially change the rights or obligations of Lessee hereunder, Lessee shall, upon Lessor’s request, execute appropriate instruments affecting such modifications.

42. DISCLOSURE: Lessee acknowledges that Lessee has been informed that person(s) associated with Block & Company, Inc., Realtors may have or may acquire an ownership interest in the (shopping center, property), and Lessee acknowledges that such ownership interest shall not affect the terms, conditions or validity of this Lease.

43. RENEWAL OPTION: Upon expiration of the initial Term, Lessee shall have the option to extend the Term of the Lease for Five (5) years at the then prevailing fair market value for rental space of comparable size, quality and floor height in first class office buildings in the area of the building. The Option shall be exercised in writing One Hundred and Eighty (180) days prior to the Lease Expiration.

44. MOVING ALLOWANCE: Upon commencement of this Lease as set forth herein, Lessor agrees to provide to Lessee a Moving Allowance equal to One Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($170,000.00).

45. BUILDING SIGNAGE: The building has city approval for two (2) signs on the exterior of the building. Lessee shall have the rights to one (1) of said signs for as long as Lessee occupies the entire Premises. Lessee’s signage shall be on the south side of the Building. Signage size, design and location shall be mutually agreed upon between Lessee and Lessor. Lessee shall not be allowed to place signage on the exterior of the building that is for any business involved in (in whole or in part) or related to the financial services industry, including but not limited to, dealer/brokers, trust companies, banks, savings and loans, credit unions, registered investment advisors, mutual funds, stocks, bonds, private equity, venture capital, 401(k) plans, annuities, life insurance, wealth management and financial planning.

46. GUARANTY: Lessee’s obligations under this Lease are guaranteed by Wage Works, Inc., pursuant to a Guaranty of Lease attached hereto.

[No further text on this page.]

 

22


The Parties Hereto affix their signature effective as of this 10 TH day of February, 2008.

PLEASE READ THIS LEASE CAREFULLY. BLOCK & COMPANY, INC., REALTORS, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO GIVE LEGAL, TAX OR ACCOUNTING ADVICE. IF YOU DESIRE SUCH ADVICE, CONSULT YOUR ATTORNEY AND/OR ACCOUNTANT BEFORE SIGNING.

 

LESSOR:
BK PINNACLE IV, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company, as tenants in common
By:   BLOCK & COMPANY, INC., REALTORS, as Agent
  By:  

/s/ Kenneth G. Block

          Kenneth G. Block, Principal
Date:  

2/10/08

Time:  

2:45 PM

LESSEE:
MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Kathleen McElwee

        Name:  

Kathleen McElwee

        Title:  

CFO

[Signature page for Standard Office Lease between BK Pinnacle IV, LLC and BK

Properties, LLC as Lessor, and MHM Resources, LLC as Lessee.]

 

23


GUARANTY OF LEASE

FOR TEN AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($10.00) AND OTHER GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by “Guarantor”, and in connection with that certain Lease Agreement dated February      , 2008 (the “Lease”) between BK Properties, LLC and BK Pinnacle IV, LLC, as tenants in common (as “Lessor”) and MHM Resources, LLC (as “Lessee”), regarding those certain premises located at 4200 W. 115th Street, Leawood, Kansas 66211, the undersigned guarantor(s) (“Guarantor”) hereby duly executes and delivers this Guaranty of Lease (the “Guaranty”), and covenants and agrees to guaranty, for and on behalf of Lessor and Lessor’s transferees, successors and assigns, the full and complete payment of all of the obligations, liabilities, and duties of any nature and kind of Lessee under the Lease (collectively, the “Liabilities”).

Guarantor represents and acknowledges that the making of the Lease will be of direct interest, benefit and advantage to Guarantor, and that, without the execution and delivery of this Guaranty, Lessor would not have agreed to enter into said Lease.

The obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Lessee, and separate actions for payment or damages may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether or not an action is brought against Lessee or the security for Lessee’s obligations, and whether or not Lessee is joined in any such actions, and whether or not notice is given or demand is made upon Lessee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Guarantor shall have no liability hereunder until the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods provided under the Lease have expired.

Lessor may, from time to time, without notice to Guarantor and without affecting, diminishing or releasing the liability of Guarantor (a) retain or obtain a security interest in any property to secure any of the Liabilities or any obligation hereunder, (b) retain or obtain the primary or secondary liability of any party or parties, in addition to Guarantor, with respect to any of the Liabilities, (c) extend or renew for any period the Lease (whether or not longer than the original period), alter or exchange any of the Liabilities, (d) release or compromise any liability of any of the parties primarily or secondarily liable on any of the Liabilities, (e) release a security interest, if any, in all or any property securing any of the Liabilities or any obligation hereunder and permit any substitution or exchange for any such property, (f) resort to Guarantor for payment of any of the Liabilities, or any portion thereof, whether or not Lessor shall have resorted to any property securing any of the Liabilities or any obligation hereunder or shall have proceeded against any party primarily or secondarily liable on any of the Liabilities, and (g) alter, extend, change, modify, release or cancel any covenant, agreement or provision contained in the Lease. Any amount received by Lessor from whatever source and applied by it toward the payment of the Liabilities shall be applied in such order of application as Lessor may from time to time elect.


Guarantor waives: (a) notice of the acceptance of this Guaranty, (b) notice of the existence or creation of the Lease or all or any of the Liabilities, (c) presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notice of whatever nature, and (d) all diligence on the part of Lessor in collection or protection of, or realization upon, any security for any of the Liabilities or in enforcing any remedy available to it under the Lease.

The creation or existence from time to time of Liabilities in excess of the amount to which the right of recovery under this Guaranty may be limited is hereby authorized, without notice to Guarantor and shall not in any way affect or impair this Guaranty.

Lessor may, without notice of any kind, sell, assign or transfer all or any of the Liabilities or the Lease, and in such event each and every successive assignee, transferee, or holder of all or any of the Liabilities shall have the right to enforce this Guaranty, by suit or otherwise for the benefit of such assignee, transferee or holder, as fully as if such assignee, transferee or holder were herein by name specifically given such rights, powers and benefits. Lessor shall have an unimpaired right, prior and superior to that of any such assignee, transferee or holder, to enforce this Guaranty for the benefit of Lessor, as to so much of the Liabilities as it has not sold, assigned, or transferred.

No delay or failure on the part of Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof and no single or partial exercise by Lessor of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy contained herein. No action of Lessor permitted hereunder shall in any way impair or affect this Guaranty. No right or power of Lessee or anyone else to assert any claim or defense as to the invalidity or unenforceability of the Lease or of the Liabilities shall impair or affect the obligations of Guarantor hereunder. Until all of the Liabilities shall have been paid to Lessor in full, Guarantor shall have no right to subrogation, and until such time Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy which Lessor now has or may hereafter have against Lessee, and waives any benefit of any right to participants in any security now or hereafter held by Lessor.

Until each and every one of the covenants and agreements of this Guaranty are fully performed, Guarantor’s obligations shall not be released, in whole or in part, by any action or thing which might, but for this provision of this instrument, be deemed a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, or by reason of any waiver, extension, modification, forbearance or delay or other act or omission of Lessor or its failure to proceed promptly or otherwise, or by reason of any action taken or omitted by Lessor, whether or not such action or failure to act varies or increases the risk of, or affects the rights or remedies of Guarantor or by reason of any further dealings between Lessee, Lessor or any other guarantor. Guarantor hereby expressly waives and surrenders any defense to its liability hereunder based upon any of the foregoing acts, omissions, things, agreements or waivers or any of them; it being the purpose and intent of the parties hereto that the covenants, agreements and all obligations hereunder are absolute, unconditional and irrevocable.


Lessor shall be entitled to assign this Guaranty in connection with an assignment of the Lease and all of its rights, privileges, interests, and remedies hereunder to any other person, firm, entity, bank or corporation whatsoever without notice to or consent by Guarantor, and such assignee shall be entitled to the benefits of this Guaranty and to exercise all such rights, interests and remedies as fully as Lessor. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Lessor, its successors and assigns, and shall bind Guarantor jointly and severally, together with its heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. If more than one party shall execute this Guaranty, the term “Guarantor” shall mean all parties executing this Guaranty, and all such parties shall be jointly and severally obligated hereunder.

This Guaranty shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas, and such laws shall govern the interpretation, construction and enforcement hereof. Wherever possible each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

Guarantor hereby (a) submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court having jurisdiction over the Lessee for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Guaranty; and (b) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall limit the right of Lessor to bring proceedings against Guarantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Guarantor acknowledges, represents and warrants that it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, that this Guaranty has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Guarantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, and that Guarantor has the requisite power and authority to execute the Guaranty and to perform its obligations under the Guaranty.

If either party (the “Moving Party”) at any time is compelled to take action, by legal proceedings or otherwise, to enforce or compel compliance with the terms of this Guaranty, or otherwise in connection with this Guaranty, the other party (with Lessor agreeing to same by its acceptance hereof) shall, in addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Moving Party may be entitled hereunder or as a matter of law or in equity, pay to the other party all costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred or expended by the Moving Party in connection therewith.


This Guaranty is executed as of this 8 day of February, 2008.

 

GUARANTOR:

WAGE WORKS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Kathleen McElwee

        Name:  

Kathleen McElwee

        Title:  

CFO

 

STATE OF California   )   
  ) SS   
COUNTY OF San Mateo     

On this 8 day of February, 2008, before me appeared Kathleen R McElwee, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is the CFO of Wage Works, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and said                          acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal in the County and State aforesaid the day and year last above written.

 

/s/ Cheri Occhipinti

Notary Public

My Commission Expires: 12/17/08

[This is the signature page of the BK Properties, LLC and

BK Pinnacle IV, LLC/MHM Resources, LLC Guaranty.]


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

TENANT FINISH FLOOR PLAN

FINAL APPROVED PLAN TO BE ATTACHED

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

CONSTRUCTION BID COVERING LEASED PREMISES

TO BE ATTACHED


EXHIBIT D

TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

BK Pinnacle IV, LLC and BK Properties, LLC, LESSOR AND

MHM Resources, LLC, LESSEE

FOR THE PROPERTY LOCATED AT

4200 W. 115 th Street,

Leawood, Kansas 66211

LETTERHEAD OF ISSUING BANK

(Required)

 

Date:                      , 2008      Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit
Number:                          
Amount: $                           Date of Expiration:                                          

 

Beneficiary:                                                Applicant:   

 

  
c/o Block & Company, Inc. Realtors     

 

  
700 W. 47 th St., Suite 200     

 

  
Kansas City, MO 64112           

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit Number                      in your favor for the account of MHM Resources, LLC (“Tenant”) for an amount of                                          Dollars (USD $              ). Payment of your draft(s) drawn on us will be honored in strict accordance with the terms herein upon presentation of your clean draft(s) drawn on us at sight and accompanied by:

 

1. A sworn Affidavit signed by an authorized officer or signatory of                      (“Landlord”), stating that Tenant defaulted under the Lease Agreement dated as of              , 2008 (“Lease”) beyond any applicable cure periods;

 

2. Landlord’s sight draft in the amount to be paid under this Letter of Credit, explicitly referencing this Letter of Credit by number and date; and

 

3. The original of this Letter of Credit (which will be returned to you after the amount of the drawing is endorsed thereon unless the full amount hereof is drawn).

It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that it shall be automatically renewed on an annual basis from the date hereof without amendment unless at least thirty (30) days prior to any such expiration date, we notify you in writing by certified mail that we elect not to renew this Letter of Credit. However, in such case, prior to the expiry of this Letter of Credit, you may draw up to the amount then available under this Letter of Credit by presentation of your sight draft and the original Letter of Credit together with the Affidavit described in paragraph 1 above. If, in the event we send you notice of our election not to consider this Letter of Credit to be renewed,


then Beneficiary may draw the entire undrawn amount of this Letter of Credit without presenting Beneficiary’s statement referenced in Paragraph 1 above.

The draft(s) must indicate the name of the issuing bank and the number and date of this Letter of Credit and must be presented at this office or any other office of this bank at which Letters of Credit may be presented.

One or more partial drawings are allowed hereunder. If the presentation is in connection with a partial draw, we will return this instrument to Beneficiary. If we fail to return this instrument to Beneficiary in violation of the immediately preceding sentence, then the requirement of presentation of this instrument on later draws will be deemed met.

If the requisite documents are presented at this office before expiration of this Letter of Credit, we will honor the draft(s) drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit upon presentation, and payment will be effected within three (3) business days if presentation is made before 10:00 a.m. (local time) that day. If presentation is made after 10:00 a.m., then payment will be effected before the close of business of the fourth business day following thereafter.

If a demand for payment made by you hereunder does not, in any instance, conform to the terms and conditions of this Letter of Credit, we shall give you prompt written notice thereof and in any event within two business days of such determination, stating the specific reasons therefor and that we are holding any documents at your disposal. Upon being notified that the proposed demand was not effected in accordance with this Letter of Credit, you may attempt to correct any such non-conforming demand for payment without penalty.

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to International Standby Practices ISP98 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590) or the successor version in effect at the time of any draws.

                     BANK

Authorized Signature:                                         

Name:                                         

Title:                                         


State of California    )   
   )    ss.
County of San Mateo    )   

On     February 8, 2008     , before me,     Cheri Occhipinti Notary Public     personally appeared Kathleen R. McElwee who

        Insert Date                                      Name of Notary Public and Title

proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacit(y/ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity on behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Cheri Occhipinti        (Notary Seal)     
Signature of Notary Public        


EXHIBIT E

BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

BUILDING OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS

PINNACLE CORPORATE CENTRE IV

LEAWOOD, KANSAS

 

GENERAL

Typical Floor Plate Area

  

Floor 1:19,938 rentable square feet

Floors 2 and 3: 19,779 rentable square feet

Exterior Materials

   Two shades of brick & cast stone with insulated high performance reflective glass

Roofing System

   Mechanically fastened TPO membrane

Floor Load

   Designed per code for 100 psf live load

Planning Module

   Window mullions on 4'-0" centers

Structural System

   Structural steel with composite concrete floor slabs

Typical Ceiling Height

  

9'-0" floor to ceiling 2 nd and 3 rd floors

Ground floor capable of 11'-0" with dropped ceiling

Parking Facilities

   4.45 spaces/1,000 usf (245 surface spaces)

Elevators

   2 computer controlled Otis 3500 lb. hydraulic passenger elevators with extra height ceilings serving all floors.

Main Floor Lobby

   Lobby floor is patterned marble and granite with paneled walls of Cherry with stone accents to match flooring materials. Carpet at ground floor building corridor.

Building Standard Door Height

  

8'-0" tenant doors within Tenant spaces.

8'-10" corridor doors - 9'0" frames

Building Security

   Computer integrated security system with card access for building entry/exit doors

Building Standard Ceiling

   2'x2' ACT with tegular edge in corridors; lobby is gypsum board; 2'x4' Second Look ceiling tile in Tenant spaces.

Toilet Rooms

  

One per floor (men’s and women’s) 4 fixtures/person & 2 sink/restroom

Ceramic tile floors and walls, granite vanities

Vinyl wall covering accents

Handicapped accessible


Miscellaneous

  

Two drinking fountains per floor

One telephone/ electrical closet per floor

One custodian closet per floor

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

Heating and Air Conditioning

   Two State-of-the-Art 90-ton Trane Intelipac high efficiency roof top units distributed by Variable Air Volume system

Energy Management System

   Fully computerized direct digital control

After Hours HVAC

   Available

Specialty HVAC Provisions

   Available

Fire Protection/Life Safety

   Computerized fire protection system with automatic fire detection audible and visual alarm signals, fire control panel, and sprinklers
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

System Distribution

  

277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire service, 3000 amps with capacity to supply 11 watts per square foot

 

Two 4” conduits from the right-of-way in the roadway into first floor electrical room are provided for Data/Communications as ordered by the tenant. Conduits extend to upper floor electrical room for extension into tenant space

Electrical Rooms

   One (1) per floor
BASE BUILDING CONDITION (TENANT SPACES)

Suite Entry

   3'-0" x 8'-10" x 1 3/4" solid core, U.L. rated 20 minute, white birch-plain sliced with mahogany stain. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Entry Door Hardware

   Entry locks are Schlage Mortise type. If Tenant desires a computer card access system this is permissible with installation and cost from TI Allowance. Door closers to be L.C.N. Cut sheet. Finish to be brushed stainless. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Entry Door Frame

   Hollow metal frame (welded, not K.D.) To match U.L. rating of door and sidelight glass. Frame to be painted, building standard color. Cut sheet available.


Interior Tenant Doors

   3' x 8' x 1 3/4" solid core, white birch - rotary cut. Door finish stain per tenant selection, to be approved by Landlord. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Interior Tenant Door Frames

   To be hollow metal, paint per Tenant finish color selection, to be approved by Landlord.

Tenant Door Hardware

   Door hardware to be lever handles to meet ADA, finish to be brushed stainless. Cut sheet available.

Entry Sidelight (If Available)

   To be clear glazing (not wire glass) with rating as required by City of Leawood. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Fire Protection Sprinkler

   Semi-recessed chrome sprinkler heads at the finished ceiling in grid systems, as required are minimum standard. Landlord to provide Main sprinkler system based upon open floor plan layout with heads turned up. Cost of relocation and/or additional sprinkler heads as well as reconfiguration to ceiling grid height from TI allowance.

Floor

  

Sealed concrete ready to receive finish

Design criteria: 100 Psf live load.

Tenant carpet shall be a minimum 28 oz. Level loop, direct glue down, to be approved by Landlord. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Walls

   Perimeter walls studded with insulation/ core walls fire rated sheet rocked, ready to finish except adjacent to Tenant spaces. Tenant required or requested interior wall cost from TI Allowance.

Ceilings

   Ceiling heights are set at 9'-0" A.F.F., ceiling material to be 2x4 tiles, second look to resemble a 2'x2' tile. Tiles to be Class I. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Light Fixtures

   2' x 4' 18 cell, 3 tube, parabolic with T8 lamps and electronic ballast. Installation and cost from TI Allowance.

Windows

   Dual pane insulated reflective glass equipped with 1" horizontal Levelor blinds consistent with building window frame colors, to be supplied by Landlord.


HVAC

  

Variable-Air-Volume System with electric heat at perimeter

Perimeter VAV/FPT boxes

Interior VAV boxes

Main trunk line in addition to 3 VAV boxes installed per floor to be supplied by Landlord. Additional VAV and/or VAV-FPT boxes with DDC controls from TI Allowance.

Fire Protection Sprinkler System

  

Semi-recessed chrome sprinkler heads at the finished ceiling in grid systems building standard. Main sprinkler system based upon open floor layout with heads turned up to be provided by Landlord.

Reconfiguration and turn down of heads based upon Tenant layout to be from TI Allowance.

Exhibit 10.23

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE dated April 30 th , 2008 for reference purposes is to be attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement (“Lease”) dated February 8, 2008 by and between BK- PINNACLE IV, LLC, a Kansas Limited Liability Company and BK PROPERTIES, LLC, a Missouri Limited Liability Company, as tenants in common, hereinafter referred to as (“Lessor”) and MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Wage Works, Inc., a Delaware Corporation) hereinafter referred to as (“Lessee”).

WHEREAS, by the Lease, Lessor leased to Lessee the premises known as Suite 300 located in the Pinnacle Corporate Centre IV, 4200 West 115 th St, Leawood, Kansas.

WHEREAS, the Parties have deemed it necessary to amend said Lease to increase the square footage.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and found in the other documents hereinbefore referred to, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that the following terms and conditions shall be amended as noted herein.

Paragraph 1, entitled “PREMISES” : shall be deleted in its entirety and the following inserted:

1. PREMISES: WITNESSETH: Lessor does hereby demise and Lease under Lessee and Lessee does hereby Lease from Lessor that certain office space in the PINNACLE CORPORATE CENTRE IV, located at 4200 West 115 th Street, Leawood, Kansas, 66211, known as Suite 300, on the third floor of said building, as shown on Exhibit “A”, attached hereto. For the purpose of this Lease, it is agreed by and between the parties that the net useable square footage in the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be approximately Eighteen Thousand Ninety-Four (18,094) square feet and the net rentable square footage attributable to the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be approximately Twenty Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Six (20,446) square feet.

1.1 Net Useable Footage: The approximate number of square feet of floor area within the exterior faces of exterior walls (except party walls as to which the center thereof instead of the exterior faces thereof shall be used) constructed for occupancy in the Building. No deduction or exclusion shall be made from Net Useable Footage by reason of interior partitions or other interior construction or equipment.

1.2 Net Rentable Footage: Approximately Twenty Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Six (20,446) square feet, which is equal to the sum of (i) the number of square feet of Net Useable Footage in the Premises plus (ii) approximately Two Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Two (2,352) square feet representing the amount of square feet of floor area in the Building common areas which is deemed to be the pro rata share thereof attributable to the Net Rentable Footage in the Premises.


Paragraph 3, entitled “BASE RENTAL” : In accordance with Paragraph 4 of the Lease Agreement, the new base monthly rental for the Premises commencing July 1, 2008 and continuing until June 30, 2013, shall be as follows:

 

Time Period

   Rent per Square Foot      Monthly Rent  

7/1/08-6/30/09

   $ 25.50       $ 37,780.38   

7/1/09-6/30/11

   $ 25.50       $ 43,447.75   

7/1/11-6/30/13

   $ 26.00       $ 44,299.67   

Paragraph 3.2, entitled “OPERATING EXPENSES” : shall be deleted in its entirety and the following inserted:

3.2 OPERATING EXPENSES: In the event that in any calendar year the Lessor’s “Operating Expenses” (defined hereafter) for the Building, including ground in connection therewith and ancillary parking areas, and any other common areas shall exceed the sum of Eight and 25/100 Dollars ($8.25 per net rentable square foot for 20,446 net rentable square feet), the Lessee shall pay additional rent for each full or partial calendar year during the Lease Term, an amount equal to the excess over $8.25 per net rentable square feet as the area of net rentable space bears to the total net rentable area of the building. For the purpose of making this calculation and all other calculations herein where the area of the building and the Premises are involved, it is hereby agreed that the net rentable area under the terms of this Lease is Twenty Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Six (20,446) square feet, and the net rentable area of the Building is Fifty Nine Thousand Four Hundred Ninety Six (59,496) square feet.

In no event shall the total adjusted monthly rent be less than the base amount provided for herein. For the purposes of making any adjustments in the base rent under this Lease, the term “Operating Expenses” shall include the operating expenses of the Building and are herein defined to include, but not be limited to, the following types of expenses:

Wages and salaries of all employees engaged in the operating and maintenance of the Building, including employer’s Social Security Taxes and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages and salaries, and also including any other fringe benefits, but excluding income tax liabilities incurred by Lessor out of its building operations;

All costs of management, operation, and maintenance of the land, the Building, and other improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto;

All janitor and office supplies and material used in the operation and maintenance of the building;

Cost of all maintenance and service agreements on equipment, including window cleaning;

Insurance costs allocable to the building;

Cost of repairs and general maintenance, exclusive of expense of alterations of building for the accommodation of a specific lessee or lessees;


The annual amortization over its useful life on a straight-line basis of the reasonable costs of any equipment installed or capital improvements, made by Lessor to the Leased Premises, the Building, or the grounds of Building;

Cost of all utilities, including but not limited to water, gas, and electrical and the cost of operation and maintenance of heating, lighting, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment serving the building and parking lot;

Cost of maintenance and upkeep of the landscaping and grounds of said building;

Real Estate taxes and special assessments and costs to protest or appeal same;

Patrol service and/or security guard service;

Such other reasonable operating expenses which Lessor determines relate to the Building, grounds, parking area and other common areas, including Park common area maintenance charges and,

A management fee not to exceed four and one-half percent (4.5%).

The Lessee’s share of such increased cost shall be determined and paid on an annual basis for each calendar twelve (12) months, ending on December 31st, prorating fractional years for the entire lease term. The Lessee’s share of such increased cost shall be estimated beginning on the first day of the calendar year following the end of the first calendar year during the lease term and at the beginning of each calendar year thereafter, and a monthly rate determined. The Lessee shall pay such estimated charge on the first day of each month, (or within ten days thereafter) in advance; provided, however, that within ninety days after the end of each fiscal year the Lessor or his designated agent shall determine its net cost for such fiscal year (and Lessee’s share thereof) and furnish a copy of such computation in writing to the Lessee. If the monthly payment made by the Lessee in such fiscal year exceeds Lessee’s prorata portion of such increased operating expenses of the building, the Lessor or his designated agent shall apply such excess toward subsequent monthly payments, or refund the amount if the Lease is not renewed or otherwise terminated. If Lessee’s prorata portion of such increased operating expenses of the building exceeds the monthly payments made in such fiscal year by the Lessee, the Lessee shall pay the difference to the Lessor’s designated agent. Such payment to the Lessor or his designated agent shall be paid within ten (10) days of notification. Default of any payment required under this paragraph shall be deemed to be a default under the Lease of which it is a part. The payments provided for in this paragraph may at Lessor’s option be computed on the actual cost or estimates and billed on a monthly or on any other basis determined by Lessor and shall be paid by the Lessee within ten (10) days receipt of billing thereof from Lessor. If estimates are used for computations of operating expenses of the building, said estimated cost shall be corrected at the end of each calendar year by Lessor when actual cost are known and the Lessee shall be billed for any deficiencies if any and said deficiencies shall be paid by Lessee within ten (10) days of notice by Lessor. If estimated payments result in excess and said excesses shall be applied toward subsequent monthly charges estimated and said subsequent monthly payments reduced in accordance therewith. For all purposes of computing additional rents due Lessor pursuant to this paragraph, Lessee’s share shall be 37.52% of the total cost to Lessor computed in accordance with the foregoing. In no event will Lessee be required to share in any cost which is or could be reimbursed to Lessor by insurance.


The expenses for “labor” as hereinabove referred to shall include without limitation Workman’s Compensation Insurance, Social Security and any fringe benefits paid or accrued to employees of the building. The term “labor” shall mean all wages allocable to the operation, maintenance or repair of the building whether the person(s) receiving such wages are employed by Lessor or by a contractor or agent, provided, however, that the salaries paid to executive employees of Lessor shall not be included as operating expenses, but salaries and wages of the superintendent of the building and all employees subject to his direction shall be so included.

Paragraph 44, entitled “MOVING ALLOWANCE”: shall be deleted in its entirety and the following inserted:

44. MOVING ALLOWANCE: Upon commencement of this Lease as set forth herein, Lessor agrees to provide to Lessee a Moving Allowance equal to Two Hundred Thirty-Eight Thousand Seven Hundred One & 00/11 Dollars ($238,701.00). Lessee and Lessor acknowledge that Lessee may use this allowance for moving expenses, telephone, cabling, furniture expenses and for such other purposes desired by Lessee.

Except as modified above, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:

BK PINNACLE IV, LLC, a Kansas Limited

Liability Company and BK PROPERTIES, LLC, a

Missouri Limited Liability Company, as tenants in common

   

MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware

Limited Liability Company

By   BLOCK & COMPANY, INC., REALTORS,     By:  

/s/ Kathleen McElwee

  as Agent        
By:  

/s/ Kenneth G. Block

       
  Kenneth G. Block       Date:         5/1/06         Time:     11:40    
  Principal      
Date:         4/30/08         Time:         4:00PM           Witness/Attest:  

 

Witness:  

/s/ Illegible

       


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

LOGO

Exhibit 10.24

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE dated August 12, 2008 for reference purposes is to be attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement (“Lease”) dated February 8, 2008, and as amended by FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE dated April 30 2008 by and between BK PINNACLE IV, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company and BK PROPERTIES, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company, as tenants in common (“Lessor”), and MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Wage Works, Inc., a Delaware Corporation) hereinafter referred to as (“Lessee”).

WHEREAS, by the Lease and First Amendment to Lease, Lessor leased to Lessee the premises known as Suite 300 located in the Pinnacle Corporate Centre IV, 4200 West 115 th St, Leawood, Kansas (the “Building”).

WHEREAS, the Parties have deemed it necessary to amend said Lease to adjust the monthly payments in accordance with Paragraph 3 and Paragraph 12.3.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and found in the other documents hereinbefore referred to, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that the following terms and conditions shall be amended as noted herein.

Paragraph 3, entitled “BASE RENTAL” : In accordance with Paragraph 3 of the Lease Agreement, the new base monthly rental for the Premises commencing July 1, 2008 and continuing until June 30, 2013, shall be as follows:

 

Time Period

   Rent per  Square
Foot
    Monthly Base
Rent
    Additional
Construction
Allowance
     Total
Monthly
Rent
 

7/1/08 – 6/30/09

     N/A   $ 37,780.38   $ 2,481.59       $ 40,261.97   

7/1/09-6/30/11

   $ 25.50      $ 43,447.75      $ 2,481.59       $ 45,929.34   

7/1/11 – 6/30/13

   $ 26.00      $ 44,299.67      $ 2,481.59       $ 46,781.26   

 

* Based upon negotiated rates for months 1-12. The Base Rental includes operating expenses other than those adjustments described in Section 3.2.

Paragraph 12.3, entitled “CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS” : In accordance with Paragraph 12.3 of the Lease Agreement, Lessee has elected to use “Additional Construction Allowance” of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per rentable square foot for a total of Two Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Five Dollars ($296,685.00). Lessee shall pay, in addition to Base Rental, a monthly payment of


$2,481.59 to Lessor for the remainder of the Lease Term which is shown as setforth in Paragraph 3 herein.

Except as modified above, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

LESSOR:       LESSEE:

BK PINNACLE IV, LLC, a Kansas Limited

Liability Company and BK PROPERTIES, LLC a

Missouri Limited Liability Company, as tenants in

common

   

MHM RESOURCES, LLC, a Delaware

Limited Liability Company

By   BLOCK & COMPANY, INC.,REALTORS,     By:  

/s/ Kathleen McElwee

  as Agent        
By:  

/s/ Kenneth G. Block

       
  Kenneth G. Block       Date:         8/11/08         Time:     2 15        
  Principal        
Date:     8/12/08         Time: 3:00 PM       Witness/Attest:  

/s/ Illegible

Witness:  

/s/ Illegible

       

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF WAGEWORKS, INC.

MHM Resources LLC (Delaware)

Planned Benefit Systems Incorporated (Colorado)

WageWorks – Fringe Benefits Management Company (Florida)

Exhibit 23.1

REPORT AND CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

WageWorks, Inc.:

The audits referred to in our report dated April 25, 2011, included the related financial statement schedule as of December 31, 2010, and for the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, included in the registration statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We consent to the use of our reports dated April 25, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of WageWorks, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report includes reference to the Company’s change in accounting policy with respect to certain costs.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

April 25, 2011

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

As an independent public accounting firm, we hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 28, 2011 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the basis of presentation for these special purpose financial statements as described in Note 2) relating to the special purpose financial statements of FBMC Tax Favored Accounts Division, a division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus contained in said Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

April 20, 2011

Clearwater, FL

Exhibit 99.1

FBMC TAX FAVORED ACCOUNTS DIVISION,

a Division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc.

Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2009

and the Eleven Months Ended November 30, 2010

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)


LOGO    Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.
  

 

An Independent CPA Firm

KRMT Tampa Bay Division

  

 

13577 Feather Sound Drive, Suite 400

Clearwater, FL 33762

Phone: 727.572.1400 • 813.879.1400

Fax: 727.571.1933

www.mhm-pc.com

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

WageWorks, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses of the FBMC Tax Favored Accounts Division, a division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc., (the Division) for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010. These statements are the responsibility of WageWorks, Inc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Division’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the S-l of WageWorks, Inc.) as described in Note 2 and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the financial position or results of operations of the Division.

In our opinion, the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and direct expenses of the Division for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010 as described in Note 2 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

March 28, 2011

Clearwater, Florida

Member of Kreston International - a global network of independent accounting firms


FBMC TAX FAVORED ACCOUNTS DIVISION,

a Division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc.

Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

and the Eleven Months Ended November 30, 2010

(000’s)

 

     For the
Year Ending
December 31,
2009
    For the
Eleven Months
Ending
November 30,
2010
 

Revenue:

    

Spending accounts

   $ 8,683        8,286   

COBRA

     983        1,261   

Card processing

     589        747   
                

Total revenue

     10,255        10,294   

Direct expenses

     11,698        10,895   
                

Revenues less direct expenses

   $ (1,443     (601
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

3


FBMC TAX FAVORED ACCOUNTS DIVISION,

a Division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc.

Notes to the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

and the Eleven Months Ended November 30, 2010

(000’s)

 

(1) Description of Business

FBMC Tax Favored Accounts Division (the Division) is the tax-advantaged service business within Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc. (FBMC). Specifically, the Division administers and operates a broad array of tax-advantaged spending account management programs such as health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, health savings accounts, health reimbursement arrangements, commuter benefits including transit and parking programs, COBRA and debit card benefit programs (collectively, tax-advantaged services) primarily for employee benefit plans in the public sector.

WageWorks, Inc. (“WW”) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with FBMC and on November 30, 2010 acquired all of the business and operations of the Division for approximately $7,200 plus potential future contingent consideration based on the revenues of the Division in 2011 and 2012. Contemporaneously with the APA, WW and FBMC entered into a Shared Services Agreement (“SSA”) whereby WW will provide tax-advantaged programs and customer call services to certain clients retained by FBMC and FBMC will provide certain services to support the tax-advantaged services such as facilities, information technology and production support.

The assets acquired under the APA included intellectual property, customer relationships in the form of assigned contracts and other intangible assets. No material tangible assets were acquired and liabilities assumed were limited to obligations arising under the contracts assigned as they related to services post-acquisition only. Based on the nature of these liabilities, no value has been assigned to the assumed liabilities.

 

(2) Basis of Presentation

Historically, separate financial statements have not been prepared for the Division. Revenue and Direct Expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010 (the “Statements”) have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission. During the reporting periods, the Division has not been required to produce stand-alone financial statements. FBMC has not historically pushed down corporate level expenses to the Division as they are not directly associated with the revenue producing activities of the Division. Corporate level expenses include expenses such as services provided by senior management, human resources, legal and finance departments.

 

4


FBMC TAX FAVORED ACCOUNTS DIVISION,

a Division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc.

Notes to the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses - Continued

 

(2) Basis of Presentation - Continued

 

The accompanying Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses includes fee revenue determined by reference to contracts assigned under the APA and an allocation of revenues for clients retained by FBMC. Indirect expenses such as interest and income taxes, certain management expenses and shared administrative expenses have been excluded from the accompanying Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses, as it is not practical to isolate and allocate such indirect operating expenses to the Division. The accompanying Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses have been derived from the accounting records of FBMC and were prepared using FBMC’s accounting policies. The Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses are not intended to be a complete presentation of the results of the Division as a stand-alone going concern, nor are they indicative of the results to be expected from future operations of the Division. Management believes that the assumptions underlying the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses are reasonable and appropriate for the circumstances.

 

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. As discussed in Note 2, the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses includes allocations and estimates that are not necessarily indicative of the costs and expenses that would have resulted if the Division had been operated as a separate entity nor indicative of the future results of the Division.

 

  (b) Revenue Recognition

Fee revenue is earned from fees charged to clients, based on the number of participants enrolled in the client programs. In addition to the participant fees, the Division also earns revenue from its clients for monthly administrative services and, in some cases, implementation services. These revenues are recognized in the period in which persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been provided, all obligations have been performed, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured.

Under the APA, certain contracts were assigned directly to WW (the Contracts Assigned) and certain contracts were retained by FBMC (Contracts Retained) who contracted with WW (through the SSA) to provide the same tax-advantaged services as performed on the Contracts Assigned. Revenues related to Contracts Assigned were based upon direct services performed and amounts billed and accrued by FBMC. Revenues related to the Contracts Retained were allocated to the Division based on an average fee per participant for the Contracts Assigned multiplied by the number of participants in Contracts Retained. Revenues related to Contracts Retained were approximately $1,300 and $1,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010, respectively.

 

5


FBMC TAX FAVORED ACCOUNTS DIVISION,

a Division of Fringe Benefits Management Company, Inc.

Notes to the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses - Continued

 

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

 

 

  (c) Direct Expenses

Expenses directly associated with providing tax-advantaged services were assigned to the Division and include claims administration, COBRA and card processing. Expenses for services that are not limited to tax-advantaged services including customer care, deduction management and information technology were allocated to Contracts Assigned based on criteria developed by FBMC’s management utilizing factors such as processing time, call volumes, relative revenues and time accounting. Expenses for services that are not limited to tax-advantaged services were allocated to Contracts Retained based on the average direct expenses for Contracts Assigned. The allocation of other expenses from centralized functions of FBMC to the Division including sales and marketing, occupancy and personnel were based on criteria developed by FBMC’s management and utilized factors such as square footage occupied, salaries and benefits.

 

  (d) Cash Flow

During the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2010, FBMC provided for the Division’s financing requirements. Any cash generated by the Division was included in the overall cash flows of FBMC. Since the Division has historically not been managed or operated as a stand-alone entity, statements of cash flows were not prepared for the Division. It is not practical to prepare historical cash flow information reflecting the Division’s operating, investing and financing cash flows.

 

(4) Commitment and Contingencies

Under the terms of the SSA, the Division obtained the right to use a portion of FBMC’s headquarters facility, including maintenance, utilities, connectivity and other services through November 30, 2015. Future payments under this license are $544 per year through November 30, 2013 at which time the annual rate will be adjusted if the current lease rate is different from the prevailing lease rate for comparable properties and services by more than 10%.

 

(5) Concentrations

The Division had one customer that represented approximately 15% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the eleven month period ended November 30, 2010. No other customer individually represented more than 10% of revenue for either period.

 

(6) Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events were evaluated through March 28, 2011, which is the date the Statements of Revenue and Direct Expenses were available to be issued.

 

6

Exhibit 99.2

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 is derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of WageWorks and revenues and direct expenses of FBM. Such financial statements give effect to WageWorks’ acquisition of FBM effective November 30, 2010.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations is presented as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010, the first day of WageWorks’ fiscal year 2010.

The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting which requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over the amounts assigned to tangible or intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results the consolidated company may achieve in future periods or the historical results that would have been obtained had WageWorks and FBM been a consolidated company during the relevant period presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not include the effects of:

 

   

non-recurring impacts to the statement of operations arising directly as a result of the acquisition; and

   

any operating efficiencies or cost savings.

These unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, including the notes hereto, should be read in conjunction with:

 

   

the historical financial statements for WageWorks included elsewhere in this document; and

   

the historical statements of revenue and direct expenses of FBM included elsewhere in this document.


     WageWorks
Historical
    FBM
Historical
    Pro forma
Adjustments
    Pro forma  

Revenue

     115,047        10,294            125,341   

Operating expenses

     107,013        10,895        1,580        (a     119,488   

Income from operations

     8,034        (601 )     (1,580       5,853   

Other expense (income)

     (26,488 )       (210     (b     (26,698

Loss before income taxes

     (18,454     (601 )     (1,790       (20,845

Income tax benefit

     1,204        -          -            1,204   

Net loss

     (17,250     (601 )     (1,790       (19,641

Accretion of redemption premium

     (6,740 )     -              (6,740

Net loss to common stockholders

     (23,990     (601 )     (1,790       (26,381

Loss per common share - Basic and diluted

   $ (7.85   $ -        $ -          $ (8.63

Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic and diluted

     3,057        -          -            3,057   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


Notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRO FORMA PRESENTATION

WageWorks, Inc. entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with FBMC and on November 30, 2010 acquired all of the business and operations of FBM for approximately $7,200 plus potential future contingent consideration based on the revenues of FBM in 2011 and 2012. Contemporaneously with the APA, WageWorks and FBMC entered into a Shared Services Agreement (“SSA”) whereby we will provide tax-advantaged programs and customer call services to certain clients retained by FBMC and FBMC will provide certain services to support the tax-advantaged services such as facilities, information technology and production support. The assets acquired under the APA included customer relationships in the form of assigned contracts and other intangible assets.

Historically, separate financial statements have not been prepared for FBM. Revenue and Direct Expenses for the eleven months ended November 30, 2010 (the “Statements”) have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Statements have been prepared in lieu of complete audited financial statements as we do not believe that such statements can be prepared. During the reporting periods, FBM was not required to produce stand-alone financial statements. FBMC has not historically pushed down corporate level expenses to FBM as they are not directly associated with the revenue producing activities of FBM. Corporate level expenses include expenses such as services provided by senior management, human resources, legal and finance departments.

The accompanying historical statements for FBM include fee revenue determined by reference to contracts assigned under the APA and an allocation of revenues for clients retained by FBMC. Indirect expenses such as interest and income taxes, certain management expenses and shared administrative expenses have been excluded from these statements, as it is not practical to isolate and allocate such indirect operating expenses to FBM. The FBM historical statement of revenue and direct expenses (the “FBM Historical Statement”) have been derived from the accounting records of FBMC. The FBM Historical Statement is not intended to be a complete presentation of the results of the FBM as a stand-alone going concern, nor is it indicative of the results to be expected from future operations of FBM. Management believes that the assumptions underlying the FBM Historical Statement are reasonable and appropriate for the circumstances.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that are factually supportable and that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations is presented for information purposes only and does not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations would have been had the acquisition actually occurred on the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations.

NOTE 2 - Purchase Price and Purchase Price Allocation

The following table summarizes the purchase price:

 

Cash paid 2010

   $ 2,500   

Cash paid 2011

     4,700   

Contingent consideration

     4,900   
        

Total costs of acquisition

   $ 12,100   
        


The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price based on the fair value of the acquired assets:

 

Goodwill

   $ 4,400   

Intangibles (primarily customer relationships and tradenames)

     7,700   
        
   $     12,100   
        

Certain customer relationships and tradenames of FBM have been recorded as intangible assets. These intangible assets are expected to have weighted average estimated useful lives of approximately 10 years.

Goodwill represents the purchase price in excess of the amounts assigned to acquired intangible assets. Amounts allocated to goodwill are tax deductible in all relevant jurisdictions.

NOTE 3 - PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

  (a) Amortization, IT Support Services, Facilities and Compliance Cost— To record Amortization costs of $710,000 and IT, Facilities and Compliance contracted support service costs of $870,000 for the 11 months ended November 30, 2010 to reflect the transaction being consummated on January 1, 2010.
  (b) Interest Expense— To record interest expense on the acquisition payments for the 11 months ended November 30, 2010 to reflect the transaction being consummated on January 1, 2010.